Operation Manual
Model T100
UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Also supports operation of:
Model T100U Analyzer
Model T100H Analyzer
Model T108 Analyzer
Model T108U Analyzer
when used in conjunction with:
T100U addendum, PN 06840
T100H addendum, PN 07265
T108 addendum, PN 07268
T100U addendum, PN 06840, and
T108 addendum, PN 07268
© TELEDYNE ADVANCED POLLUTION INSTRUMENTATION (TAPI)
9480 CARROLL PARK DRIVE
SAN DIEGO, CA 92121-5201
USA
Toll-free Phone: 800-324-5190
Phone: 858-657-9800
Fax: 858-657-9816
Email: [email protected]
Website: http://www.teledyne-api.com/
Copyright 2010-2013
Teledyne Advanced Pollution Instrumentation
06807C DCN6650
22 April 2013
ABOUT TELEDYNE ADVANCED POLLUTION INSTRUMENTATION (TAPI)
Teledyne Advanced Pollution Instrumentation™ (TAPI), a business unit of Teledyne
Instruments, Inc., is a worldwide market leader in the design and manufacture of
precision analytical instrumentation used for air quality monitoring, continuous
emissions monitoring, and specialty process monitoring applications. Founded in San
Diego, California, in 1988, TAPI introduced a complete line of Air Quality Monitoring
(AQM) instrumentation, which comply with the United States Environmental Protection
Administration (EPA) and international requirements for the measurement of criteria
pollutants, including CO, SO2, NOX and Ozone.
Since 1988 TAPI has combined state-of-the-art technology, proven measuring
principles, stringent quality assurance systems and world class after-sales support to
deliver the best products and customer satisfaction in the business.
For further information on our company, our complete range of products, and the
applications that they serve, please visit www.teledyne-api.com or contact
NOTICE OF COPYRIGHT
© 2010-2013 Teledyne Advanced Pollution Instrumentation. Inc. All rights reserved.
TRADEMARKS
All trademarks, registered trademarks, brand names or product names appearing in this
document are the property of their respective owners and are used herein for
identification purposes only.
i
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
This page intentionally left blank.
ii
06807C DCN6650
IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION
Important safety messages are provided throughout this manual for the purpose of
avoiding personal injury or instrument damage. Please read these messages carefully.
Each safety message is associated with a safety alert symbol and placed throughout this
manual and inside the instrument. The symbols with messages are defined as follows:
WARNING: Electrical Shock Hazard
HAZARD: Strong oxidizer
GENERAL WARNING/CAUTION: Read the accompanying
message for specific information.
CAUTION: Hot Surface Warning
Do Not Touch: Touching some parts of the instrument without
protection or proper tools could result in damage to the part(s)
and/or the instrument.
Technician Symbol: All operations marked with this symbol are
to be performed by qualified maintenance personnel only.
Electrical Ground: This symbol inside the instrument marks the
central safety grounding point for the instrument.
CAUTION
GENERAL SAFETY HAZARD
The T100 Analyzer should only be used for the purpose and in the
manner described in this manual. If you use the T100 in a manner other
than that for which it was intended, unpredictable behavior could ensue
with possible hazardous consequences.
NEVER use any gas analyzer to sample combustible gas(es).
Technical Assistance regarding the use and maintenance of the T100 or
any other Teledyne API product can be obtained by contacting Teledyne
API’s Technical Service Department:
Note
Phone: 800-324-5190
Email: [email protected]
or by accessing various service options on our website at
7http://www.teledyne-api.com/.
iii
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
CONSIGNES DE SÉCURITÉ
Des consignes de sécurité importantes sont fournies tout au long du présent manuel dans le but d’éviter des
blessures corporelles ou d’endommager les instruments. Veuillez lire attentivement ces consignes. Chaque
consigne de sécurité est représentée par un pictogramme d’alerte de sécurité; ces pictogrammes se retrouvent
dans ce manuel et à l’intérieur des instruments. Les symboles correspondent aux consignes suivantes :
AVERTISSEMENT : Risque de choc électrique
DANGER : Oxydant puissant
AVERTISSEMENT GÉNÉRAL
/
MISE EN GARDE : Lire la consigne
complémentaire pour des renseignements spécifiques
MISE EN GARDE : Surface chaude
Ne pas toucher : Toucher à certaines parties de l’instrument sans protection ou
sans les outils appropriés pourrait entraîner des dommages aux pièces ou à
l’instrument.
Pictogramme « technicien » : Toutes les opérations portant ce symbole doivent
être effectuées uniquement par du personnel de maintenance qualifié.
Mise à la terre : Ce symbole à l’intérieur de l’instrument détermine le point central
de la mise à la terre sécuritaire de l’instrument.
MISE EN GARDE
Cet instrument doit être utilisé aux fins décrites et de la manière décrite
dans ce manuel. Si vous utilisez cet instrument d’une autre manière
que celle pour laquelle il a été prévu, l’instrument pourrait se comporter
de façon imprévisible et entraîner des conséquences dangereuses.
NE JAMAIS utiliser un analyseur de gaz pour échantillonner des gaz
combustibles!
iv
06807C DCN6650
WARRANTY
WARRANTY POLICY (02024 F)
Teledyne Advanced Pollution Instrumentation (TAPI), a business unit of Teledyne
Instruments, Inc., provides that:
Prior to shipment, TAPI equipment is thoroughly inspected and tested. Should equipment
failure occur, TAPI assures its customers that prompt service and support will be available.
COVERAGE
After the warranty period and throughout the equipment lifetime, TAPI stands ready to
provide on-site or in-plant service at reasonable rates similar to those of other manufacturers
in the industry. All maintenance and the first level of field troubleshooting are to be
performed by the customer.
NON-TAPI MANUFACTURED EQUIPMENT
Equipment provided but not manufactured by TAPI is warranted and will be repaired to the
extent and according to the current terms and conditions of the respective equipment
manufacturer’s warranty.
Product Return
All units or components returned to Teledyne API should be properly packed for
handling and returned freight prepaid to the nearest designated Service Center. After the
repair, the equipment will be returned, freight prepaid.
The complete Terms and Conditions of Sale can be reviewed at http://www.teledyne-
api.com/terms_and_conditions.asp
AVOID WARRANTY INVALIDATION
ATTENTION
Failure to comply with proper anti-Electro-Static Discharge (ESD)
handling and packing instructions and Return Merchandise Authorization
(RMA) procedures when returning parts for repair or calibration may void
your warranty. For anti-ESD handling and packing instructions please
refer to “Packing Components for Return to Teledyne API” in the Primer
on Electro-Static Discharge section of this manual, and for RMA
procedures please refer to our Website at http://www.teledyne-api.com under
Customer Support > Return Authorization.
v
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
This page intentionally left blank.
vi
06807C DCN6650
ABOUT THIS MANUAL
Presented here is information regarding the documents that are included with this
manual (Structure), its history of release and revisions (Revision History), how the
content is organized (Organization), and the conventions used to present the information
in this manual (Conventions Used).
STRUCTURE
This T100 manual, PN 06807, is comprised of multiple documents, assembled in PDF
format, as listed below.
Part No.
06807
Rev Name/Description
C
F
A
A
A
A
F
A
A
Operation Manual, T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Appendix A, Menu Trees and related software documentation
Spare Parts List (in Appendix B of this manual)
AKIT, Expendables, basic (in Appendix B of this manual)
AKIT, Expendables, IZS (in Appendix B of this manual)
AKIT, Spares (in Appendix B of this manual)
Appendix C, Repair Form
05036
06845
04357
01475
04728
04796
06908
Interconnect Diagram (in Appendix D of this manual)
Interconnect Table (in Appendix D of this manual)
Schematics (in Appendix D of this manual)
PCA, 04003, Pressure Flow Sensor Board
PCA, 04522, Relay Card
069080100
04354
04524
04181
05064
04693
04932
04468
05803
06698
06882
06731
D
D
H
C
E
C
B
B
D
B
B
PCA, 04180, PMT Preamp
PCA, 05063, Dual UV Detector
PCA, 04692, UV Lamp Driver
PCA, Thermo-Electric Cooler Driver
PCA, 04467, Analog Output Isolator
SCH, PCA 05802, MOTHERBOARD, GEN-5
SCH, PCA 06670, INTRFC, LCD TCH SCRN,
SCH, LVDS TRANSMITTER BOARD
SCH, AUX-I/O BOARD
Note
We recommend that this manual be read in its entirety before any attempt
is made to operate the instrument.
vii
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
ORGANIZATION
This manual is divided among three main parts and a collection of appendices at the end.
Part I contains introductory information that includes an overview of the analyzer,
specifications, descriptions of the available options, installation and connection
instructions, and the initial calibration and functional checks.
Part II comprises the operating instructions, which include initial functional checks and
calibration, basic, advanced and remote operation, advanced calibration, diagnostics,
testing, and ends with specifics of calibrating for use in EPA monitoring.
Part III provides detailed technical information, starting with maintenance,
troubleshooting and service, followed by principles of operation, Frequently Asked
Questions (FAQs) and a glossary. It also contains a special section dedicated to
providing information about electro-static discharge and protecting against its
consequences.
The appendices at the end of this manual provide support information such as, version-
specific software documentation, lists of spare parts and recommended stocking levels,
and schematics.
CONVENTIONS USED
In addition to the safety symbols as presented in the Important Safety Information page,
this manual provides special notices related to the safety and effective use of the
analyzer and other pertinent information.
Special Notices appear as follows:
COULD DAMAGE INSTRUMENT AND VOID WARRANTY
ATTENTION
This special notice provides information to avoid damage to your
instrument and possibly invalidate the warranty.
IMPORTANT
Note
IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA
Could either affect accuracy of instrument readings or cause loss of data.
Pertinent information associated with the proper care, operation or
maintenance of the analyzer or its parts.
viii
06807C DCN6650
REVISION HISTORY
This section provides information regarding the history of changes to this manual.
T100 Manual, PN06807
Date
Rev DCN
Change Summary
2013 Apr 22
2011 Aug 22
C
B
6650 Administrative corrections; technical corrections
6192 Administrative change: reorganized structure.
and D with latest revisions.
2010 Sep 7
A
5834 Initial release
ix
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
This page intentionally left blank.
x
06807C DCN6650
TABLE OF CONTENTS
About Teledyne Advanced Pollution Instrumentation (TAPI) ..........................................................................i
Important Safety Information.............................................................................................................................iii
CONSIGNES DE SÉCURITÉ ...............................................................................................................................iv
Warranty................................................................................................................................................................v
About This Manual.............................................................................................................................................vii
Revision History..................................................................................................................................................ix
TABLE OF CONTENTS...........................................................................................................XI
List of Figures....................................................................................................................................................xvi
List of Tables .....................................................................................................................................................xix
PART I GENERAL INFORMATION ........................................................................................ 21
1. INTRODUCTION, FEATURES AND OPTIONS ................................................................. 23
1.1. T100 Overview.............................................................................................................................................23
1.2. Features .......................................................................................................................................................23
1.3. T100 Documentation...................................................................................................................................24
1.4. Options.........................................................................................................................................................24
2. SPECIFICATIONS, APPROVALS & COMPLIANCE......................................................... 29
2.1. Specifications and Approvals....................................................................................................................29
2.2. EPA Equivalency Designation...................................................................................................................31
2.3. Approvals and Certifications.....................................................................................................................32
2.3.1. EmC .......................................................................................................................................................32
2.3.2. Safety.....................................................................................................................................................32
2.3.3. Other Type Certifications .......................................................................................................................32
3. GETTING STARTED.......................................................................................................... 33
3.1. Unpacking the T100 Analyzer....................................................................................................................33
3.1.1. Ventilation Clearance.............................................................................................................................34
3.2. Instrument Layout.......................................................................................................................................35
3.2.1. Front Panel ............................................................................................................................................35
3.2.2. Rear Panel.............................................................................................................................................39
3.2.3. Internal Chassis Layout .........................................................................................................................41
3.3. Connections and Setup..............................................................................................................................42
3.3.1. Electrical Connections ...........................................................................................................................42
3.3.2. Pneumatic Connections.........................................................................................................................57
3.4. Startup, Functional Checks, and Initial Calibration.................................................................................67
3.4.1. Startup....................................................................................................................................................68
3.4.2. Warning Messages ................................................................................................................................68
3.4.3. Functional Checks .................................................................................................................................70
3.4.4. Initial Calibration ....................................................................................................................................72
PART II OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS.................................................................................. 79
4. OVERVIEW OF OPERATING MODES .............................................................................. 81
4.1. Sample Mode...............................................................................................................................................82
4.1.1. Test Functions .......................................................................................................................................82
4.1.2. Warning Messages ................................................................................................................................85
4.2. Calibration Mode.........................................................................................................................................86
4.3. Setup Mode..................................................................................................................................................86
4.3.1. Password Security .................................................................................................................................86
4.3.2. Primary Setup Menu ..............................................................................................................................87
4.3.3. Secondary Setup Menu (SETUP>MORE).............................................................................................87
5. SETUP MENU .................................................................................................................... 89
5.1. SETUP – CFG: Configuration Information................................................................................................89
xi
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
5.2. SETUP – ACAL: Automatic Calibration Option........................................................................................89
5.3. SETUP – DAS: Internal Data Acquisition System....................................................................................90
5.4. SETUP – RNGE: Analog Output Reporting Range Configuration..........................................................90
5.4.1. Available Analog Output Signals ...........................................................................................................90
5.4.2. Physical Range versus Analog Output Reporting Ranges....................................................................91
5.4.3. Reporting Range Modes: Single, Dual, Auto Ranges ...........................................................................92
5.4.4. Range Units ...........................................................................................................................................96
5.4.5. Dilution Ratio (Option)............................................................................................................................98
5.5. SETUP – PASS: Password Protection ......................................................................................................99
5.6. SETUP – CLK: Setting the Internal Time-of-Day Clock........................................................................ 102
5.7. SETUP – COMM: Communications Ports.............................................................................................. 104
5.7.1. ID (Instrument Identification)............................................................................................................... 104
5.7.2. INET (Ethernet)................................................................................................................................... 105
5.7.3. COM1 and COM2 (Mode, Baud Rate and Test Port)......................................................................... 105
5.8. SETUP – VARS: Variables Setup and Definition................................................................................... 106
5.9. SETUP – DIAG: Diagnostics Functions ................................................................................................. 108
5.9.1. Signal I/O ............................................................................................................................................ 110
5.9.2. Analog Output Step Test..................................................................................................................... 111
5.9.3. Analog I/O Configuration..................................................................................................................... 112
5.9.4. Optic Test............................................................................................................................................ 125
5.9.5. Electrical Test ..................................................................................................................................... 126
5.9.6. Lamp Calibration................................................................................................................................. 127
5.9.7. Pressure Calibration ........................................................................................................................... 128
5.9.8. Flow Calibration .................................................................................................................................. 129
5.9.9. Test Channel Output........................................................................................................................... 130
6. COMMUNICATIONS SETUP AND OPERATION ............................................................ 133
6.1. Data Terminal / Communication Equipment (DTE DCE)...................................................................... 133
6.2. Communication Modes, Baud Rate and Port testing........................................................................... 133
6.2.1. Communication Modes ....................................................................................................................... 134
6.2.2. COMM Port Baud Rate....................................................................................................................... 136
6.2.3. COMM Port Testing ............................................................................................................................ 137
6.3. RS-232 ....................................................................................................................................................... 137
6.4. RS-485 (Option)........................................................................................................................................ 138
6.5. Ethernet..................................................................................................................................................... 138
6.5.1. Configuring Ethernet Communication Manually (Static IP Address).................................................. 139
6.5.2. Configuring Ethernet Communication Using Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) ............ 141
6.5.3. USB Port for Remote access.............................................................................................................. 143
6.6. Communications Protocols .................................................................................................................... 145
6.6.1. MODBUS ............................................................................................................................................ 145
6.6.2. HESSEN ............................................................................................................................................. 147
7. DATA ACQUISITION SYSTEM (DAS) AND APICOM..................................................... 153
7.1. DAS Structure........................................................................................................................................... 154
7.1.1. DAS Channels .................................................................................................................................... 154
7.1.2. DAS Parameters................................................................................................................................. 155
7.1.3. DAS Triggering Events ....................................................................................................................... 156
7.2. Default DAS Channels ............................................................................................................................. 156
7.2.1. Viewing DAS Data and Settings ......................................................................................................... 159
7.2.2. Editing DAS Data Channels................................................................................................................ 160
7.2.3. Trigger Events..................................................................................................................................... 162
7.2.4. Editing DAS Parameters..................................................................................................................... 163
7.2.5. Sample Period and Report Period...................................................................................................... 165
7.2.6. Number of Records............................................................................................................................. 166
7.2.7. RS-232 Report Function ..................................................................................................................... 168
7.2.8. Compact Report.................................................................................................................................. 168
7.2.9. Starting Date....................................................................................................................................... 168
7.2.10. Disabling/Enabling Data Channels ................................................................................................... 168
7.2.11. HOLDOFF Feature ........................................................................................................................... 170
xii
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API – T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Table of Contents
7.3. APICOM Remote Control Program......................................................................................................... 170
7.4. Remote DAS Configuration via APICOM ............................................................................................... 172
8. REMOTE OPERATION OF THE ANALYZER.................................................................. 175
8.1. Remote Operation Using the External Digital I/O ................................................................................. 175
8.1.1. Status Outputs .................................................................................................................................... 175
8.1.2. Control Inputs...................................................................................................................................... 176
8.2. Remote Operation Using the External Serial I/O .................................................................................. 178
8.2.1. Terminal Operating Modes ................................................................................................................. 178
8.2.2. Help Commands in Terminal Mode .................................................................................................... 178
8.2.3. Command Syntax ............................................................................................................................... 179
8.2.4. Data Types.......................................................................................................................................... 179
8.2.5. Status Reporting ................................................................................................................................. 180
8.3. Remote Access by Modem...................................................................................................................... 181
8.4. COM Port Password Security ................................................................................................................. 183
8.5. Additional Communications Documentation........................................................................................ 184
9. CALIBRATION PROCEDURES....................................................................................... 185
9.1. Calibration Preparations ......................................................................................................................... 185
9.1.1. Required Equipment, Supplies, and Expendables ............................................................................. 185
9.1.2. Data Recording Devices ..................................................................................................................... 187
9.2. Manual Calibration................................................................................................................................... 187
9.3. Manual Calibration Checks..................................................................................................................... 191
9.4. Manual Calibration with Zero/Span Valves............................................................................................ 192
9.5. Manual Calibration with IZS Option ....................................................................................................... 195
9.6. Manual Calibration Checks with IZS or Zero/Span Valves .................................................................. 195
9.7. Manual Calibration in DUAL or AUTO Reporting Range Modes ......................................................... 198
9.7.1. Calibration With Remote Contact Closures ........................................................................................ 198
9.8. Automatic Calibration (AutoCal) ............................................................................................................ 199
9.9. Calibration Quality ................................................................................................................................... 202
9.10. Calibration of Optional Sensors........................................................................................................... 203
9.10.1. O2 Sensor Calibration ....................................................................................................................... 203
9.10.2. CO2 Sensor Calibration..................................................................................................................... 207
10. EPA PROTOCOL CALIBRATION................................................................................. 211
10.1. Calibration Requirements ..................................................................................................................... 211
10.1.1. Calibration of Equipment................................................................................................................... 211
10.1.2. Data Recording Device..................................................................................................................... 213
10.1.3. Recommended Standards for Establishing Traceability................................................................... 213
10.1.4. EPA Calibration Using Permeation Tubes........................................................................................ 213
10.1.5. Calibration Frequency....................................................................................................................... 214
10.1.6. Record Keeping ................................................................................................................................ 214
10.1.7. Summary of Quality Assurance Checks ........................................................................................... 215
10.2. Level 1 Calibrations versus Level 2 Checks ....................................................................................... 215
10.3. ZERO and SPAN Checks....................................................................................................................... 217
10.3.1. Zero/Span Check Procedures .......................................................................................................... 217
10.4. Precision Calibration Procedures and Checks................................................................................... 217
10.4.1. Precision Calibration......................................................................................................................... 218
10.4.2. Precision Check................................................................................................................................ 218
10.5. Dynamic Multipoint Span Calibration .................................................................................................. 219
10.6. Special Calibration Requirements for Dual Range or Auto Range................................................... 220
10.7. References.............................................................................................................................................. 220
PART III MAINTENANCE AND SERVICE ........................................................................... 221
11. INSTRUMENT MAINTENANCE .................................................................................... 223
11.1. Maintenance Schedule .......................................................................................................................... 225
11.2. Predictive Diagnostics........................................................................................................................... 227
11.3. Maintenance Procedures....................................................................................................................... 228
11.3.1. Changing the Sample Particulate Filter ............................................................................................ 228
11.3.2. Changing the IZS Permeation Tube ................................................................................................. 229
xiii
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
11.3.3. Changing the External Zero Air Scrubber......................................................................................... 229
11.3.4. Changing the Critical Flow Orifice .................................................................................................... 230
11.3.5. Checking for Light Leaks .................................................................................................................. 231
11.3.6. Detailed Pressure Leak Check ......................................................................................................... 232
11.3.7. Performing a Sample Flow Check .................................................................................................... 233
11.3.8. Hydrocarbon Scrubber (Kicker) ........................................................................................................ 233
12. TROUBLESHOOTING & SERVICE............................................................................... 235
12.1. General Troubleshooting ...................................................................................................................... 236
12.1.1. Fault Diagnostics with Warning Messages....................................................................................... 236
12.1.2. Fault Diagnosis with Test Functions................................................................................................. 239
12.1.3. Using the Diagnostic Signal I/O Functions ....................................................................................... 241
12.2. Status LEDs............................................................................................................................................ 243
12.2.1. Motherboard Status Indicator (Watchdog)........................................................................................ 243
12.2.2. CPU Status Indicators....................................................................................................................... 243
12.2.3. Relay Board Status LEDs ................................................................................................................. 244
12.3. Gas Flow Problems................................................................................................................................ 244
12.3.1. Zero or Low Sample Flow................................................................................................................. 244
12.3.2. High Flow.......................................................................................................................................... 245
12.4. Calibration Problems............................................................................................................................. 245
12.4.1. Negative Concentrations................................................................................................................... 245
12.4.2. No Response .................................................................................................................................... 245
12.4.3. Unstable Zero and Span................................................................................................................... 246
12.4.4. Inability to Span - No SPAN Button .................................................................................................. 246
12.4.5. Inability to Zero - No ZERO Button................................................................................................... 247
12.4.6. Non-Linear Response....................................................................................................................... 247
12.4.7. Discrepancy Between Analog Output and Display........................................................................... 248
12.5. Other Performance Problems............................................................................................................... 248
12.5.1. Excessive noise ................................................................................................................................ 248
12.5.2. Slow Response................................................................................................................................. 248
12.5.3. The Analyzer Doesn’t Appear on the LAN or Internet ...................................................................... 248
12.6. Subsystem Checkout............................................................................................................................. 249
12.6.1. AC Power Configuration ................................................................................................................... 249
12.6.2. DC Power Supply.............................................................................................................................. 250
12.6.3. I2C Bus.............................................................................................................................................. 251
12.6.4. Touch-screen Interface..................................................................................................................... 251
12.6.5. LCD Display Module ......................................................................................................................... 251
12.6.6. Relay Board ...................................................................................................................................... 252
12.6.7. Motherboard...................................................................................................................................... 252
12.6.8. CPU................................................................................................................................................... 254
12.6.9. RS-232 Communication.................................................................................................................... 254
12.6.10. Shutter System ............................................................................................................................... 255
12.6.11. PMT Sensor.................................................................................................................................... 256
12.6.12. PMT Preamplifier Board.................................................................................................................. 256
12.6.13. PMT Temperature Control PCA...................................................................................................... 256
12.6.14. High Voltage Power Supply............................................................................................................ 256
12.6.15. Pneumatic Sensor Assembly.......................................................................................................... 257
12.6.16. Sample Pressure ............................................................................................................................ 258
12.6.17. IZS Option....................................................................................................................................... 258
12.6.18. Box Temperature ............................................................................................................................ 258
12.6.19. PMT Temperature........................................................................................................................... 258
12.7. Service Procedures................................................................................................................................ 259
12.7.1. Disk-on-Module Replacement .......................................................................................................... 259
12.7.2. Sensor Module Repair & Cleaning ................................................................................................... 260
12.8. Frequently Asked Questions (FAQs) ................................................................................................... 276
12.9. Technical Assistance............................................................................................................................. 277
13. PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION...................................................................................... 279
13.1. Sulfur Dioxide (SO2) Sensor Principles of operation ......................................................................... 279
xiv
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API – T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Table of Contents
13.1.1. SO2 Ultraviolet Fluorescence Measurement Principle...................................................................... 279
13.1.2. The UV Light Path............................................................................................................................. 282
13.1.3. UV Source Lamp............................................................................................................................... 283
13.1.4. The Reference Detector.................................................................................................................... 284
13.1.5. The PMT ........................................................................................................................................... 284
13.1.6. UV Lamp Shutter & PMT Offset........................................................................................................ 284
13.1.7. Optical Filters.................................................................................................................................... 285
13.1.8. Optical Lenses .................................................................................................................................. 287
13.1.9. Measurement Interferences.............................................................................................................. 288
13.2. Oxygen (O2) Sensor Principles of Operation ...................................................................................... 289
13.2.1. Paramagnetic Measurement of O2.................................................................................................... 289
13.2.2. O2 Sensor Operation within the T100 Analyzer................................................................................ 290
13.3. Carbon Dioxide (CO2) Sensor Principles of Operation ...................................................................... 291
13.3.1. NDIR Measurement of CO2 .............................................................................................................. 291
13.3.2. CO2 Operation within the T100 Analyzer.......................................................................................... 292
13.3.3. Electronic Operation of the CO2 Sensor........................................................................................... 292
13.4. Pneumatic Operation............................................................................................................................. 293
13.4.1. Sample Gas Flow.............................................................................................................................. 293
13.4.2. Flow Rate Control ............................................................................................................................. 294
13.4.3. Hydrocarbon Scrubber (Kicker) ........................................................................................................ 295
13.4.4. Pneumatic Sensors........................................................................................................................... 296
13.5. Electronic Operation.............................................................................................................................. 297
13.5.1. CPU................................................................................................................................................... 299
13.5.2. Sensor Module.................................................................................................................................. 300
13.5.3. Photo Multiplier Tube (PMT)............................................................................................................. 302
13.5.4. PMT Cooling System ........................................................................................................................ 304
13.5.5. PMT Preamplifier .............................................................................................................................. 305
13.5.6. Pneumatic Sensor Board.................................................................................................................. 307
13.5.7. Relay Board ...................................................................................................................................... 307
13.5.8. Motherboard...................................................................................................................................... 309
13.5.9. Analog Outputs ................................................................................................................................. 310
13.5.10. External Digital I/O.......................................................................................................................... 311
13.5.11. I2C Data Bus ................................................................................................................................... 311
13.5.12. Power up Circuit.............................................................................................................................. 311
13.5.13. Power Supply/ Circuit Breaker........................................................................................................ 311
13.6. Front Panel/Display Interface ............................................................................................................... 313
13.6.1. LVDS Transmitter Board................................................................................................................... 313
13.6.2. Front Panel Interface PCA................................................................................................................ 313
13.7. Software Operation................................................................................................................................ 314
13.7.1. Adaptive Filter................................................................................................................................... 314
13.7.2. Calibration - Slope and Offset........................................................................................................... 315
13.7.3. Temperature and Pressure Compensation (TPC) Feature .............................................................. 315
13.7.4. Internal Data Acquisition System (DAS)........................................................................................... 316
14. A PRIMER ON ELECTRO-STATIC DISCHARGE......................................................... 317
14.1. How Static Charges are Created .......................................................................................................... 317
14.2. How Electro-Static Charges Cause Damage....................................................................................... 318
14.3. Common Myths About ESD Damage ................................................................................................... 319
14.4. Basic Principles of Static Control ........................................................................................................ 320
14.4.1. General Rules................................................................................................................................... 321
14.5. Basic Anti-ESD Procedures for Analyzer Repair and Maintenance ................................................. 322
14.5.1. Working at the Instrument Rack ....................................................................................................... 322
14.5.2. Working at an Anti-ESD Work Bench ............................................................................................... 322
14.5.3. Transferring Components Between Rack and Bench ...................................................................... 323
14.5.4. Opening Shipments from Teledyne ................................................................................................... 324
14.5.5. Packing Components for Return to Teledyne API............................................................................ 324
GLOSSARY........................................................................................................................... 326
INDEX.................................................................................................................................... 331
xv
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
APPENDIX A - VERSION SPECIFIC SOFTWARE DOCUMENTATION
APPENDIX B - SPARE PARTS, T100
APPENDIX C - REPAIR QUESTIONNAIRE, T100
APPENDIX D - ELECTRONIC SCHEMATICS, T100
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 3-1:
Figure 3-2:
Figure 3-3:
Figure 3-4:
Figure 3-5:
Figure 3-6:
Figure 3-7:
Figure 3-8:
Figure 3-9:
Figure 3-10:
Figure 3-11:
Figure 3-12:
Figure 3-13:
Figure 3-14:
Figure 3-15:
Figure 3-16:
Figure 3-17:
Figure 3-18:
Figure 3-19:
Figure 3-20:
Figure 3-21:
Figure 3-22:
Figure 3-23:
Figure 3-24:
Figure 3-25:
Figure 3-26:
Figure 3-27:
Figure 3-28:
Figure 4-1:
Figure 4-2:
Figure 4-3:
Figure 5-1:
Figure 5-2:
Figure 5-3:
Figure 5-4:
Figure 5-5:
Figure 5-6:
Figure 5-7:
Figure 5-8:
Figure 5-9:
Figure 5-10:
Figure 5-11:
Figure 5-12:
Figure 5-13:
Figure 5-14:
Figure 5-15:
Front Panel Layout.......................................................................................................................35
Display Screen and Touch Control..............................................................................................36
Display/Touch Control Screen Mapped to Menu Charts ............................................................38
Rear Panel Layout .......................................................................................................................39
Internal Layout, Basic (no Valve or Second Gas Options) ..........................................................41
Analog In Connector ....................................................................................................................43
Analog Output Connector ............................................................................................................44
Current Loop Option Installed on the Motherboard .....................................................................46
Status Output Connector .............................................................................................................47
Control Input Connector...............................................................................................................49
Concentration Alarm Relay..........................................................................................................50
Rear Panel Connector Pin-Outs for RS-232 Mode......................................................................53
Default Pin Assignments for CPU Com Port Connector (RS-232)..............................................54
JP2 Pins 21-22 on RS-232-Multidrop PCA..................................................................................56
RS-232-Multidrop PCA Host/Analyzer Interconnect Diagram .....................................................57
Pneumatic Connections–Basic Configuration–Using Bottled Span Gas.....................................60
Pneumatic Connections–Basic Configuration–Using Gas Dilution Calibrator.............................60
T100 Gas Flow, Basic Configuration ...........................................................................................61
Pneumatic Layout with Zero/Span Valves Option .......................................................................62
Pneumatic Layout with IZS Options.............................................................................................63
Pneumatic Layout with O2 Sensor ...............................................................................................65
Pneumatic Layout with CO2 Sensor.............................................................................................66
Warning Messages ......................................................................................................................68
Functional Check .........................................................................................................................71
Reporting Range Verification.......................................................................................................73
Dilution Ratio Setup .....................................................................................................................74
SO2 Span Gas Setting .................................................................................................................75
Zero/Span Calibration Procedure ................................................................................................76
Front Panel Display......................................................................................................................81
Viewing T100 TEST Functions ....................................................................................................84
Viewing and Clearing T100 WARNING Messages......................................................................85
SETUP – Configuration Information ............................................................................................89
SETUP – Analog Output Connector ............................................................................................90
SETUP RNGE – Reporting Range Mode ....................................................................................92
SETUP RNGE – Single Range Mode..........................................................................................93
SETUP RNGE – Dual Range Mode ............................................................................................94
SETUP RNGE – Auto Range Mode ............................................................................................95
SETUP RNGE – Concentration Units Selection..........................................................................96
SETUP RNGE – Dilution Ratio....................................................................................................98
SETUP – Enable Password Security........................................................................................ 100
SETUP – Enter Calibration Mode Using Password.................................................................. 101
SETUP – Clock......................................................................................................................... 102
SETUP – Clock Speed Variable ............................................................................................... 103
SETUP – COMM Menu............................................................................................................. 104
COMM – Machine ID ............................................................................................................... 105
SETUP – VARS Menu .............................................................................................................. 107
xvi
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API – T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Table of Contents
Figure 5-16:
Figure 5-17:
Figure 5-18:
Figure 5-19:
Figure 5-20:
Figure 5-21:
Figure 5-22:
Figure 5-23:
Figure 5-24:
Figure 5-25:
Figure 5-26:
Figure 5-27:
Figure 5-28:
Figure 5-29.
Figure 5-30:
Figure 5-31:
Figure 5-32:
Figure 5-33:
Figure 5-34:
Figure 5-35:
Figure 6-1:
Figure 6-2:
Figure 6-3:
Figure 6-4:
Figure 6-5:
Figure 6-6:
Figure 6-7:
Figure 6-8:
Figure 6-9:
Figure 6-10:
Figure 7-1:
Figure 7-2:
Figure 7-3:
Figure 7-4:
Figure 7-5:
Figure 7-6:
Figure 7-7:
Figure 7-8:
Figure 7-9:
Figure 7-10:
Figure 7-11:
Figure 7-12:
Figure 7-13:
Figure 7-14:
Figure 7-15:
Figure 8-1:
Figure 8-2:
Figure 8-3:
Figure 8-4:
Figure 8-5:
Figure 9-1:
Figure 9-2:
Figure 9-3:
Figure 9-4:
Figure 9-5:
Figure 9-6:
Figure 9-7:
Figure 9-8:
DIAG Menu ............................................................................................................................... 109
DIAG – Signal I/O Menu ........................................................................................................... 110
DIAG – Analog Output Menu.................................................................................................... 111
DIAG – Analog I/O Configuration Menu.................................................................................... 114
DIAG – Analog Output Calibration Mode.................................................................................. 115
DIAG – Analog Output Calibration Mode – Single Analog Channel......................................... 116
DIAG – Analog Output – Auto Cal or Manual Cal Selection for Channels ............................... 117
Setup for Calibrating Analog Outputs ....................................................................................... 118
Analog Output – Voltage Adjustment........................................................................................ 119
Analog Output – Offset Adjustment .......................................................................................... 120
Setup for Calibrating Current Outputs ...................................................................................... 121
Analog Output – Zero and Span Value Adjustment for Current Outputs.................................. 122
DIAG – Analog Output – AIN Calibration.................................................................................. 123
DIAG – Analog Inputs (Option) Configuration Menu ................................................................ 124
DIAG – Optic Test..................................................................................................................... 125
DIAG – Electrical Test............................................................................................................... 126
DIAG – Lamp Calibration.......................................................................................................... 127
DIAG – Pressure Calibration .................................................................................................... 128
DIAG – Flow Calibration ........................................................................................................... 129
DIAG – Test Channel Output.................................................................................................... 130
COMM – Communication Modes Setup ................................................................................... 135
COMM – COMM Port Baud Rate ............................................................................................. 136
COMM – COM1 Test Port......................................................................................................... 137
COMM – LAN / Internet Manual Configuration......................................................................... 140
COMM – LAN / Internet Automatic Configuration..................................................................... 141
COMM – Change Hostname ................................................................................................... 142
COMM – Activating Hessen Protocol ....................................................................................... 148
COMM – Select Hessen Protocol Type.................................................................................... 149
COMM – Select Hessen Protocol Response Mode.................................................................. 150
COMM – Status Flag Bit Assignment ....................................................................................... 152
Default DAS Channels Setup ................................................................................................... 158
DAS – Data Acquisition Menu .................................................................................................. 159
DAS – Editing DAS Data Channels .......................................................................................... 160
DAS – Editing Data Channel Name.......................................................................................... 161
DAS – Trigger Events ............................................................................................................... 162
DAS – Editing DAS Parameters ............................................................................................... 163
DAS – Configuring Parameters for a Specific Data Parameter................................................ 164
DAS – Define the Report Period............................................................................................... 166
DAS – Edit Number of Records................................................................................................ 167
DAS – RS-232 Report Function................................................................................................ 168
DAS – Disabling / Enabling Data Channels.............................................................................. 169
DAS – Holdoff Feature.............................................................................................................. 170
APICOM Remote Control Program Interface............................................................................ 171
Sample APICOM User Interface for Configuring the DAS........................................................ 172
DAS Configuration Through a Terminal Emulation Program.................................................... 173
Status Output Connector .......................................................................................................... 176
Control Inputs with Local 5 V Power Supply............................................................................. 177
Control Inputs with External 5 V Power Supply........................................................................ 178
COMM – Remote Access by Modem ....................................................................................... 182
COMM – Initialize the Modem .................................................................................................. 183
Setup for Manual Calibration without Z/S valve or IZS Option (Step 1) ................................... 188
Setup for Manual Calibration without Z/S valve or IZS Option (Step 2) ................................... 189
Setup for Manual Calibration without Z/S valve or IZS Option (Step 3) ................................... 190
Setup for Manual Calibration Checks ....................................................................................... 191
Setup for Manual Calibration with Z/S Valve Option Installed (Step 1).................................... 192
Setup for Manual Calibration with Z/S Valve Option Installed (Step 2).................................... 193
Setup for Manual Calibration with Z/S Valve Option Installed (Step 3).................................... 194
Manual Calibration with IZS Option .......................................................................................... 195
xvii
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Figure 9-9:
Setup for Manual Calibration Check with Z/S Valve or IZS Option (Step 1) ............................ 196
Setup for Manual Calibration Check with Z/S Valve or IZS Option (Step 2) ............................ 197
Manual Calibration in Dual/Auto Reporting Range Modes....................................................... 198
AUTO CAL – User Defined Sequence...................................................................................... 201
O2 Sensor Calibration Set Up ................................................................................................... 203
O2 Span Gas Concentration Set Up ......................................................................................... 204
Activate O2 Sensor Stability Function....................................................................................... 205
O2 Zero/Span Calibration.......................................................................................................... 206
CO2 Sensor Calibration Set Up................................................................................................. 207
CO2 Span Gas Concentration Setup ........................................................................................ 208
Activate CO2 Sensor Stability Function .................................................................................... 209
CO2 Zero/Span Calibration ....................................................................................................... 210
Dynamic Multipoint Span Calibration........................................................................................ 219
Sample Particulate Filter Assembly.......................................................................................... 228
Critical Flow Orifice Assembly .................................................................................................. 230
Simple Leak Check Fixture....................................................................................................... 233
Hydrocarbon Scrubber Leak Check Setup ............................................................................... 234
Viewing and Clearing Warning Messages................................................................................ 237
Example of Signal I/O Function ................................................................................................ 242
CPU Status Indicator ................................................................................................................ 243
Location of Relay Board Power Configuration Jumper............................................................. 250
Manual Activation of the UV Light Shutter................................................................................ 256
Sensor Module Wiring and Pneumatic Fittings......................................................................... 260
Sensor Module Mounting Screws............................................................................................. 262
Sample Chamber Mounting Bracket......................................................................................... 263
Hex Screw Between Lens Housing and Sample Chamber ...................................................... 264
UV Lens Housing / Filter Housing............................................................................................. 265
PMT UV Filter Housing Disassembled ..................................................................................... 265
Disassembling the Shutter Assembly ....................................................................................... 267
Shutter Assembly...................................................................................................................... 268
UV Lamp Adjustment................................................................................................................ 269
Location of UV Reference Detector Potentiometer .................................................................. 270
PMT Assembly - Exploded View............................................................................................... 272
Pre-Amplifier Board (Preamp PCA) Layout .............................................................................. 274
UV Absorption........................................................................................................................... 280
UV Light Path............................................................................................................................ 283
Source UV Lamp Construction ................................................................................................. 284
Excitation Lamp UV Spectrum Before/After Filtration............................................................... 285
PMT Optical Filter Bandwidth ................................................................................................... 286
Effects of Focusing Source UV in Sample Chamber................................................................ 287
Oxygen Sensor - Principles of Operation ................................................................................. 290
CO2 Sensor Principles of Operation ......................................................................................... 291
CO2 Sensor Option PCA Layout and Electronic Connections ................................................. 292
Gas Flow and Location of Critical Flow Orifice......................................................................... 293
Flow Control Assembly & Critical Flow Orifice.......................................................................... 294
T100 Hydrocarbon Scrubber (Kicker)....................................................................................... 295
T100 Electronic Block Diagram ................................................................................................ 297
CPU Board Annotated .............................................................................................................. 299
T100 Sensor Module................................................................................................................. 300
T100 Sample Chamber............................................................................................................. 301
PMT Housing Assembly............................................................................................................ 302
Basic PMT Design .................................................................................................................... 303
PMT Cooling System ................................................................................................................ 304
PMT Preamp Block Diagram .................................................................................................... 306
Relay Board Status LED Locations .......................................................................................... 308
Power Distribution Block Diagram ............................................................................................ 312
Front Panel and Display Interface Block Diagram.................................................................... 313
Basic Software Operation......................................................................................................... 314
Figure 9-10:
Figure 9-11:
Figure 9-12:
Figure 9-13:
Figure 9-14:
Figure 9-15:
Figure 9-16:
Figure 9-17:
Figure 9-18:
Figure 9-19:
Figure 9-20:
Figure 10-1:
Figure 11-1:
Figure 11-2:
Figure 11-3:
Figure 11-4:
Figure 12-1:
Figure 12-2:
Figure 12-3:
Figure 12-4:
Figure 12-5:
Figure 12-6:
Figure 12-7:
Figure 12-8:
Figure 12-9:
Figure 12-10:
Figure 12-11:
Figure 12-12:
Figure 12-13:
Figure 12-14.
Figure 12-15:
Figure 12-16:
Figure 12-17:
Figure 13-1:
Figure 13-2:
Figure 13-3:
Figure 13-4:
Figure 13-5:
Figure 13-6:
Figure 13-7:
Figure 13-8:
Figure 13-9:
Figure 13-10:
Figure 13-11:
Figure 13-12:
Figure 13-13:
Figure 13-14:
Figure 13-15:
Figure 13-16:
Figure 13-17:
Figure 13-18:
Figure 13-19:
Figure 13-20:
Figure 13-21:
Figure 13-22:
Figure 13-23:
Figure 13-24:
xviii
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API – T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Table of Contents
Figure 13-25:
Figure 14-1:
Figure 14-2:
Calibration Slope and Offset..................................................................................................... 315
Triboelectric Charging............................................................................................................... 318
Basic anti-ESD Work Station.................................................................................................... 321
LIST OF TABLES
Table 1-1:
Table 2-1
Table 2-2:
Table 2-3:
Table 3-1:
Table 3-2:
Table 3-3:
Table 3-4:
Table 3-5:
Table 3-6:
Table 3-7:
Table 3-8:
Table 3-9:
Table 3-10:
Table 3-11:
Table 3-12:
Table 3-13:
Table 3-14:
Table 4-1:
Table 4-2:
Table 4-3:
Table 4-4:
Table 4-5:
Table 5-1:
Table 5-2:
Table 5-3:
Table 5-4:
Table 5-5:
Table 5-6:
Table 5-7:
Table 5-8:
Table 5-9:
Table 6-1:
Table 6-2:
Table 6-3:
Table 6-4:
Table 6-5:
Table 6-6:
Table 6-7:
Table 7-1:
Table 7-2:
Table 7-3:
Table 8-1:
Table 8-2:
Table 8-3:
Table 8-4:
Table 8-5:
Table 9-1:
Table 9-2:
Table 9-3:
Analyzer Options..........................................................................................................................25
T100 Basic Unit Specifications ....................................................................................................29
O2 Sensor Option Specifications..................................................................................................30
CO2 Sensor Option Specifications ..............................................................................................30
Ventilation Clearance...................................................................................................................34
Display Screen and Touch Control Description...........................................................................37
Rear Panel Description................................................................................................................40
Electrical Connections References..............................................................................................42
Analog Input Pin Assignments.....................................................................................................44
Analog Output Pin Assignments..................................................................................................45
Status Output Signals ..................................................................................................................48
Control Input Signals....................................................................................................................49
Pneumatic Layout Reference ......................................................................................................59
Zero/Span and Sample/Cal Valve Operating States ...................................................................62
IZS Valve Operating States .........................................................................................................64
NIST-SRM's Available for Traceability of SO2 Calibration Gases ...............................................67
Possible Startup Warning Messages – T100 Analyzers w/o Options .........................................69
Possible Startup Warning Messages – T100 Analyzers with Options.........................................70
Analyzer Operating Modes ..........................................................................................................82
Test Functions Defined................................................................................................................83
List of Warning Messages............................................................................................................85
Primary Setup Mode Features and Functions .............................................................................87
Secondary Setup Mode Features and Functions ........................................................................87
Password Levels..........................................................................................................................99
Variable Names (VARS) Revision 1.0.3 ................................................................................... 106
T100 Diagnostic (DIAG) Functions........................................................................................... 108
DIAG - Analog I/O Functions .................................................................................................... 112
Analog Output Voltage Ranges ................................................................................................ 112
Analog Output Current Loop Range ......................................................................................... 113
Voltage Tolerances for Analog Output Calibration ................................................................... 118
Current Loop Output Calibration with Resistor......................................................................... 122
Test Parameters Available for Analog Output A3 (standard configuration).............................. 131
COMM Port Communication Modes......................................................................................... 134
Ethernet Status Indicators......................................................................................................... 138
LAN/Internet Default Configuration Properties ......................................................................... 139
Hostname Editing Button Functions ......................................................................................... 142
RS-232 Communication Parameters for Hessen Protocol ....................................................... 147
T100 Hessen Protocol Response Modes ................................................................................. 150
Default Hessen Status Bit Assignments ................................................................................... 151
Front Panel LED Status Indicators for DAS.............................................................................. 154
DAS Data Channel Properties.................................................................................................. 155
DAS Data Parameter Functions ............................................................................................... 156
Status Output Pin Assignments................................................................................................ 176
Control Input Pin Assignments ................................................................................................. 177
Terminal Mode Software Commands ....................................................................................... 178
Command Types....................................................................................................................... 179
Serial Interface Documents....................................................................................................... 184
NIST-SRM's Available for Traceability of SO2 Calibration Gases ............................................ 186
AutoCal Modes ......................................................................................................................... 199
AutoCal Attribute Setup Parameters......................................................................................... 199
xix
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Table 9-4:
Table 9-5:
Example Auto-Cal Sequence.................................................................................................... 200
Calibration Data Quality Evaluation.......................................................................................... 202
Activity Matrix for Calibration Equipment & Supplies................................................................ 212
Activity Matrix for Calibration Procedure................................................................................... 213
Activity Matrix for Quality Assurance Checks ........................................................................... 215
Definition of Level 1 and Level 2 Zero and Span Checks......................................................... 216
T100 Preventive Maintenance Schedule.................................................................................. 225
Predictive Uses for Test Functions........................................................................................... 227
Warning Messages - Indicated Failures ................................................................................... 238
Test Functions - Possible Causes for Out-Of-Range Values ................................................... 240
Relay Board Status LEDs ......................................................................................................... 244
DC Power Test Point and Wiring Color Code........................................................................... 250
DC Power Supply Acceptable Levels ....................................................................................... 251
Relay Board Control Devices.................................................................................................... 252
Analog Output Test Function - Nominal Values ....................................................................... 253
Status Outputs Check Pin Out.................................................................................................. 253
Example of HVPS Power Supply Outputs ................................................................................ 257
UV Lamp Signal Troubleshooting............................................................................................. 269
Relay Board Status LED’s ........................................................................................................ 308
Static Generation Voltages for Typical Activities ...................................................................... 318
Sensitivity of Electronic Devices to Damage by ESD............................................................... 319
Table 10-1:
Table 10-2:
Table 10-3:
Table 10-4:
Table 11-1:
Table 11-2:
Table 12-1:
Table 12-2:
Table 12-3:
Table 12-4:
Table 12-5:
Table 12-6:
Table 12-7:
Table 12-8:
Table 12-9:
Table 12-10:
Table 13-1:
Table 14-1:
Table 14-2:
xx
06807C DCN6650
22
06807C DCN6650
1. INTRODUCTION, FEATURES AND OPTIONS
This section provides an overview of the Model T100 Analyzer, its features and its
options, followed by a description of how this user manual is arranged.
1.1. T100 OVERVIEW
The Model T100 (also referred to as T100) UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer is a
microprocessor controlled analyzer that determines the concentration of sulfur dioxide
(SO2), in a sample gas drawn through the instrument’s sample chamber where it is
exposed to ultraviolet light, which causes any SO2 present to fluoresce. The instrument
measures the amount of fluorescence to determine the amount of SO2 present in the
sample gas.
The T100’s exceptional stability is achieved with the use of an optical shutter to
compensate for sensor drift and a reference detector to correct for changes in UV lamp
intensity. Additionally an advanced optical design combined with a special scrubber,
called a "kicker" that removes hydrocarbons (which fluoresces similarly to SO2)
prevents inaccuracies due to interferents.
Calibration of the instrument is performed in software which stores SO2 concentration
measurements made gas with when specific, known concentrations of SO2 are supplied
to the analyzer. The microprocessor uses these calibration values along with other
performance parameters such as the sensor offset, UV lamp intensity and the amount of
stray light present and measurements of the temperature and pressure of the sample gas
to compute the final SO2 concentration.
Built-in data acquisition capability, using the analyzer's internal memory, allows the
logging of multiple parameters including averaged or instantaneous concentration
values, calibration data, and operating parameters such as pressure and flow rate. Stored
data are easily retrieved through the serial port or optional Ethernet port via our
APICOM software or from the front panel, allowing operators to perform predictive
diagnostics and enhanced data analysis by tracking parameter trends. Multiple
averaging periods of one minute to 365 days are available for over a period of one year.
1.2. FEATURES
The features of your T100 UV Fluorescence Sulfur Dioxide Analyzer include:
LCD Graphical User Interface with capacitive touch screen
Ranges, 0-50 ppb to 0-20,000 ppb, user selectable
Dual ranges and auto ranging
Microprocessor control for versatility
23
06807C DCN6650
Introduction, Features and Options
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Multi-tasking software to allow viewing test variables while operating
Continuous self checking with alarms
Bi-directional USB, RS-232, and 10/100Base-T Ethernet ports for remote operation
(optional RS-485)
Front panel USB ports for peripheral devices
Digital status outputs to indicate instrument operating condition
Adaptive signal filtering to optimize response time
Temperature and Pressure compensation
Internal Zero and Span check (optional)
Internal data logging with 1 min to 365 day multiple averages
Critical flow orifices to provide flow stability
1.3. T100 DOCUMENTATION
In addition to this operation manual (part number 06807), the APICOM and DAS
manual (PN 07463) is available for download from Teledyne API’s website at
http://www.teledyne-api.com/manuals/, to support the operation of this instrument.
1.4. OPTIONS
The options available for your analyzer are presented in Table 1-1 with name, option
number, a description and/or comments, and if applicable, cross-references to technical
details in this manual, such as setup and calibration. To order these options or to learn
more about them, please contact the Sales department of Teledyne - Advanced Pollution
Instruments at:
TOLL-FREE:
TEL:
800-324-5190
+1 858-657-9800
FAX:
+1 858-657-9816
E-MAIL:
WEB SITE:
http://www.teledyne-api.com/
24
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Introduction, Features and Options
Table 1-1:Analyzer Options
OPTION
OPTION
DESCRIPTION/NOTES
REFERENCE
NUMBER
Pumps meet all typical AC power supply standards while exhibiting same pneumatic
performance.
Pumps
10A
10B
10C
10D
10E
11B
13
External Pump 100V - 120V @ 60 Hz
External Pump 220V - 240V @ 50 Hz
External Pump 220V - 240V @ 60 Hz
External Pump 100V - 120V @ 50 Hz
External Pump 100V @ 60 Hz
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Pumpless, internal or external Pump Pack
High Voltage Internal Pump 240V @ 50Hz
Rack Mount
Kits
Options for mounting the analyzer in standard 19” racks
20A
20B
21
Rack mount brackets with 26 in. chassis slides
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Rack mount brackets with 24 in. chassis slides
Rack mount brackets only (compatible with carrying strap, Option 29)
Rack mount for external pump pack (no slides)
23
Carrying Strap/Handle
Side-mounted strap for hand-carrying analyzer
Extends from “flat” position to accommodate hand for carrying.
Recesses to 9mm (3/8”) dimension for storage.
Can be used with rack mount brackets, Option 21.
Cannot be used with rack mount slides.
29
N/A
CAUTION
GENERAL SAFETY HAZARD
A FULLY LOADED T100 WITH VALVE OPTIONS WEIGHS ABOUT 18 KG (40 POUNDS).
To avoid personal injury we recommend that two persons lift and carry the analyzer. Disconnect all
cables and tubing from the analyzer before moving it.
Used for connecting external voltage signals from other instrumentation (such as
meteorological instruments).
Analog Inputs
Also can be used for logging these signals in the analyzer’s internal
DAS
Sections 3.3.1.2
and 0
64
Current Loop Analog
Outputs
Adds isolated, voltage-to-current conversion circuitry to the analyzer’s analog
outputs.
Can be configured for any output range between 0 and 20 mA.
May be ordered separately for any of the analog outputs.
Can be installed at the factory or retrofitted in the field.
Sections 3.3.1.4,
41
Parts Kits
Spare parts and expendables
Expendables Kit includes a recommended set of expendables for
42A
one year of operation of this instrument including replacement sample Appendix B
particulate filters.
Expendables Kit with IZS includes the items needed to refurbish the
Appendix B
43
internal zero air scrubber (IZS) that is included.
45
NO Optical Filter
47
Spare Parts Kit includes spares parts for one unit.
Recommended for high NOX backgrounds.
Required for EN Certification.
Appendix B
N/A
25
06807C DCN6650
Introduction, Features and Options
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
OPTION
OPTION
DESCRIPTION/NOTES
REFERENCE
NUMBER
Used to control the flow of calibration gases generated from external sources, rather
than manually switching the rear panel pneumatic connections.
Calibration Valves
Two Teflon® solenoid valve sets located inside the analyzer:
Zero/Span valve switches between zero air and span gas;
Sample/Cal valve switches between sample gas and calibration gas.
Sections 3.3.2.3,
and 9.6
50A
Internal Zero/Span (IZS)
Gas Generator
Generates internal zero air and span gas.
Includes heated enclosure for a permeation tube (tube not included –
see SO2 IZS Permeation Tubes options), an external scrubber for
producing zero air and a set of valves for switching between the
sample gas inlet and the output of the zero/span subsystem,
functionally very similar to the valves included in the zero/span valve
option.
Sections 3.3.2.4,
51A
SO2 IZS Permeation Tubes Replacement tubes for the IZS option; identical size/shape; different effusion rates.
Approximate
Concentration
Specified Flow Rate (of
indicated perm tube rate)
Effusion Rate (@ 50°C)
52C
52H
52M
796 ng/min
1592 ng/min
220 ng/min
0.3-0.5 ppm
0.8 ppm
0.76 ± 5% lpm
0.76 ± 50% lpm
0.56 ± 25% lpm
N/A
N/A
N/A
150 ppb
Each tube comes with a calibration certificate, traceable to a NIST
standard, specifying its actual effusion rate of that tube to within ± 5%
Sections 3.3.2.4,
calibration is performed at a tube temperature of 50°C.
Communication Cables
For remote serial, network and Internet communication with the analyzer.
Type
Description
Shielded, straight-through DB-9F to DB-25M cable, about
1.8 m long. Used to interface with older computers or code
activated switches with DB-25 serial connectors.
Section 3.3.1.8
and 6.3
60A
RS-232
Shielded, straight-through DB-9F to DB-9F cable of about
1.8 m length.
Sections 3.3.1.8,
60B
60C
60D
RS-232
Ethernet
USB
Patch cable, 2 meters long, used for Internet and LAN
communications.
Sections 3.3.1.8
and 6.5
USB port) and personal computer.
and 6.5.1
Concentration Alarm
Relay
Issues warning when gas concentration exceeds limits set by user.
Sections 3.3.1.7
and 3.4.4
Four (4) “dry contact” relays on the rear panel of the instrument. This
relay option is different from and in addition to the “Contact Closures”
that come standard on all TAPI instruments.
61
RS-232 Multidrop
62
Enables communications between host computer and up to eight analyzers.
Multidrop card seated on the analyzer’s CPU card.
Each instrument in the multidrop network requires this card and a
communications cable (Option 60B).
Section 3.3.1.8
26
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Introduction, Features and Options
OPTION
NUMBER
OPTION
DESCRIPTION/NOTES
REFERENCE
Second Gas Sensors
Choice of one additional gas sensor.
• Section 3.3.2.8,
(pneumatic layout)
• Section 9.10.1
(calibration)
65A
Oxygen (O2) Sensor
• Section 13.2 for
principles of
operation
• Section 3.3.2.9
(pneumatic layout)
• Section 9.10.2
(calibration)
67A
Carbon Dioxide (CO2) Sensor
• Section 13.3
(principles of
operation)
Special Features
Built in features, software activated
Maintenance Mode Switch, located inside the instrument, places the
analyzer in maintenance mode where it can continue sampling, yet
ignore calibration, diagnostic, and reset instrument commands. This
feature is of particular use for instruments connected to Multidrop or
Hessen protocol networks.
N/A
N/A
N/A
Call Technical Support for activation.
Second Language Switch activates an alternate set of display
messages in a language other than the instrument’s default language.
Call Technical Support for a specially programmed Disk on Module containing
the second language.
N/A
N/A
Dilution Ratio Option allows the user to compensate for diluted
sample gas, such as in continuous emission monitoring (CEM) where
the quality of gas in a smoke stack is being tested and the sampling
method used to remove the gas from the stack dilutes the gas.
Call Technical Support for activation.
27
06807C DCN6650
Introduction, Features and Options
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
This page intentionally left blank.
28
06807C DCN6650
2. SPECIFICATIONS, APPROVALS & COMPLIANCE
This section presents specifications for the T100 analyzer and the O2 and CO2 sensor
options, Agency approvals, EPA equivalency designation, and CE mark compliance.
2.1. SPECIFICATIONS AND APPROVALS
Table 2-1 T100 Basic Unit Specifications
Parameter
Description
Ranges
Min: 0-50 ppb Full Scale
(Physical Analog Output)
Measurement Units
Zero Noise1
Max: 0-20,000 ppb Full Scale (selectable, dual ranges and auto ranging supported)
ppb, ppm, µg/m3, mg/m3 (selectable)
< 0.2 ppb (RMS)
Span Noise1
< 0.5% of reading, above 50 ppb
0.4 ppb
Lower Detectable Limit2
Zero Drift
< 0.5 ppb/24 hours
Span Drift
< 0.5% of full scale/24 hours
20 seconds
Lag Time1
Rise/Fall Time1
Linearity
Precision1
<100 sec to 95%
1% of full scale
0.5% of reading above 50 ppb
650 cm3/min. ±10%
Sample Flow Rate
Power Requirements
Analog Output Ranges
Recorder Offset
Standard I/O
100V-120V, 60Hz (165W); 220V-240V, 50 Hz (140W)
10 V, 5 V, 1 V, 0.1 V (selectable)
± 10 %
1 Ethernet: 10/100Base-T
2 RS-232 (300 – 115,200 baud)
2 USB device ports
8 opto-isolated digital outputs
6 opto-isolated digital inputs
4 analog outputs
Optional I/O
1 USB com port
1 RS485
8 analog inputs (0-10V, 12-bit)
4 digital alarm outputs
Multidrop RS232
3 4-20mA current outputs
29
06807C DCN6650
Specifications, Approvals & Compliance
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Parameter
Description
Environmental
Installation category (over-voltage category) II; Pollution degree 2
5 - 40 oC (with EPA Equivalency)
Operating Temperature
Humidity Range
0 - 95% RH, non-condensing
Dimensions HxWxD
Weight
1 As defined by the USEPA.
7" x 17" x 23.5" (178 mm x 432 mm x 597 mm)
31 lbs (14 kg); 35.7 lbs (16 kg) with internal pump
2 Defined as twice the zero noise level by the USEPA.
Table 2-2:O2 Sensor Option Specifications
Parameter
Description
Ranges
0-1% to 0-100% user selectable. Dual ranges and auto-ranging supported.
Zero Noise1
<0.02% O2
Lower Detectable Limit2
Zero Drift (24 hours) 3
Zero Drift (7 days)
Span Noise1
<0.04% O2
<± 0.02% O2
<±- 0.05% O2
<± 0.05% O2
Span Drift (7 days)
Accuracy
<± 0.1% O2
(intrinsic error) <± 0.1% O2
<± 0.1 % O2
Linearity
Temp Coefficient
Rise and Fall Time
<± 0.05% O2 /°C,
<60 seconds to 95%
1 As defined by the USEPA
2 Defined as twice the zero noise level by the USEPA
3 Note: zero drift is typically <± 0.1% O2 during the first 24 hrs of operation
Table 2-3:CO2 Sensor Option Specifications
Parameter
Description
Ranges
0-1% to 0-20% user selectable. Dual ranges and auto-ranging supported.
Zero Noise1
<0.02% CO2
Zero Drift (24 hours)
Zero Drift (7 days)
Span Noise1
<± 0.02% CO2
<± 0.05% CO2
<± 0.1% CO2
Span Drift (7 days)
Lower Detectable Limit2
Accuracy
<± 0.1% CO2
<0.04% CO2
<± (0.02% CO2 + 2% of reading)
<± 0.1% CO2
Linearity
Temperature Coefficient
Rise and Fall Time
<± 0.01% CO2 /°C
<60 seconds to 95%
1 As defined by the USEPA
2 Defined as twice the zero noise level by the USEPA
30
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Specifications, Approvals & Compliance
2.2. EPA EQUIVALENCY DESIGNATION
The T100 Analyzer is designated as Reference Method Number EQSA-0495-100 as per
40 CFR Part 53 when operated under the following conditions:
Range: Any range from 50 parts per billion (ppb) to 10 parts per million (ppm)
Ambient temperature range of 5 oC to 40 oC
Line voltage range of 100-120 VAC or 220-240 VAC, at 50 or 60 Hz
Sample filter: Equipped with PTFE filter element in the internal filter assembly
Sample flow of 650 +/- 65 cm3/min
Vacuum pump (internal) capable of 14"Hg Absolute pressure @ 1 slpm or better
Software settings:
Dynamic span
Dynamic zero
OFF
OFF
Dilution factor
OFF
AutoCal
ON or OFF
ON or OFF
ON or OFF
ON
Dual range
Auto-range
Temp/Pressure compensation
Under this designation, the analyzer may be operated with or without the following
optional equipment:
Rack mount with chassis slides
Rack mount without slides, ears only
Zero/span valve options.
Internal zero/span (IZS) option with either:
SO2 permeation tube - 0.4ppm at 0.7 liter per minute; certified/uncertified,
or
SO2 permeation tube - 0.8 ppm at 0.7 liter per minute; certified/uncertified.
Under the designation, the IZS option cannot be used as the source of
calibration
4-20mA isolated analog outputs
Status outputs
Control inputs
RS-232 output
Ethernet output
Zero air scrubber
4-20mA, isolated output
31
06807C DCN6650
Specifications, Approvals & Compliance
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
2.3. APPROVALS AND CERTIFICATIONS
The Teledyne API Model T100 analyzer was tested and certified for Safety and
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC). This section presents the compliance statements
for those requirements and directives..
2.3.1. EMC
EN 61326-1 (IEC 61326-1), Class A Emissions/Industrial Immunity
EN 55011 (CISPR 11), Group 1, Class A Emissions
FCC 47 CFR Part 15B, Class A Emissions
CE: 2004/108/EC, Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive
2.3.2. SAFETY
IEC 61010-1:2001, Safety requirements for electrical equipment for measurement,
control, and laboratory use.
CE: 2006/95/EC, Low-Voltage Directive
North American:
cNEMKO (Canada): CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 61010-1-04
NEMKO-CCL (US): UL No. 61010-1 (2nd Edition)
2.3.3. OTHER TYPE CERTIFICATIONS
MCERTS: Sira MC 050067/04
For additional certifications, please contact Technical Support:
Toll-free Phone: 800-324-5190
Phone: 858-657-9800
Fax: 858-657-9816
Email: [email protected]
32
06807C DCN6650
3. GETTING STARTED
This section addresses the procedures for unpacking the instrument and inspecting for
damage, presents clearance specifications for proper ventilation, introduces the
instrument layout, then presents the procedures for getting started: making electrical and
pneumatic connections, and conducting an initial calibration check.
3.1. UNPACKING THE T100 ANALYZER
CAUTION
GENERAL SAFETY HAZARD
To avoid personal injury, always use two persons to lift and carry the
T100.
COULD DAMAGE INSTRUMENT AND VOID WARRANTY
ATTENTION
Printed Circuit Assemblies (PCAs) are sensitive to electro-static
discharges too small to be felt by the human nervous system. Failure to
use ESD protection when working with electronic assemblies will void
preventing ESD damage.
CAUTION
Do not operate this instrument until you’ve removed dust plugs from
SAMPLE and EXHAUST ports on the rear panel!
Note
Teledyne API recommends that you store shipping containers/materials
for future use if/when the instrument should be returned to the factory for
repair and/or calibration service. See Warranty section in this manual and
shipping procedures on our Website at http://www.teledyne-api.com
under Customer Support > Return Authorization.
33
06807C DCN6650
Getting Started
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Verify that there is no apparent external shipping damage. If damage has occurred,
please advise the shipper first, then Teledyne API.
Included with your analyzer is a printed record of the final performance characterization
performed on your instrument at the factory. It is titled Final Test and Validation Data
Sheet (P/N 04551). This record is an important quality assurance and calibration record
for this instrument. It should be placed in the quality records file for this instrument.
With no power to the unit, carefully remove the top cover of the analyzer and check for
internal shipping damage by carrying out the following steps:
1. Remove the locking screw located in the top, center of the Front panel;
2. Remove the two flat head, Phillips screws on the sides of the instrument;
3. Slide the cover backwards until it clears the analyzer’s front bezel, and;
4. Lift the cover straight up.
5. Inspect the interior of the instrument to ensure that all circuit boards and other
components are in good shape and properly seated.
6. Check the connectors of the various internal wiring harnesses and pneumatic
hoses to ensure that they are firmly and properly seated.
7. Verify that all of the optional hardware ordered with the unit has been installed.
These are listed on the paperwork accompanying the analyzer.
WARNING
ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD
Never disconnect PCAs, wiring harnesses or electronic subassemblies
while under power.
3.1.1. VENTILATION CLEARANCE
Whether the analyzer is set up on a bench or installed into an instrument rack, be sure to
leave sufficient ventilation clearance.
Table 3-1: Ventilation Clearance
MINIMUM REQUIRED
AREA
CLEARANCE
Back of the instrument
Sides of the instrument
4 in.
1 in.
Above and below the
instrument
1 in.
manual for more information.
34
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Getting Started
3.2. INSTRUMENT LAYOUT
Instrument layout includes front panel and display, rear panel connectors, and internal
chassis layout.
3.2.1. FRONT PANEL
Figure 3-1 shows the analyzer’s front panel layout, followed by a close-up of the
front panel are provided for the connection of peripheral devices:
plug-in mouse (not included) to be used as an alternative to the touchscreen
interface
thumb drive (not included) to download updates to instruction software (contact
TAPI Technical Support for information).
Figure 3-1: Front Panel Layout
35
06807C DCN6650
Getting Started
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Figure 3-2: Display Screen and Touch Control
The front panel liquid crystal display screen includes touch control. Upon analyzer start-
up, the screen shows a splash screen and other initialization indicators before the main
The LEDs on the display screen indicate the Sample, Calibration and Fault states; also
on the screen is the gas concentration field (Conc), which displays real-time readouts for
the primary gas and for the secondary gas if installed. The display screen also shows
what mode the analyzer is currently in, as well as messages and data (Param). Along the
bottom of the screen is a row of touch control buttons; only those that are currently
applicable will have a label. Table 3-2 provides detailed information for each
component of the screen.
COULD DAMAGE INSTRUMENT AND VOID WARRANTY
ATTENTION
Do not use hard-surfaced instruments such as pens to touch the control
buttons.
36
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Getting Started
Table 3-2:Display Screen and Touch Control Description
Field
Description/Function
Status
LEDs indicating the states of Sample, Calibration and Fault, as follows:
Name
Color
State
Off
Definition
Unit is not operating in sample mode, DAS is disabled.
On
Sample Mode active; Front Panel Display being updated; DAS data
being stored.
SAMPLE Green
Unit is operating in sample mode, front panel display being updated,
DAS hold-off mode is ON, DAS disabled
Blinking
Off
Auto Cal disabled
CAL
Yellow
Red
On
Auto Cal enabled
Blinking
Unit is in calibration mode
Off
Blinking
No warnings exist
Warnings exist
FAULT
Displays the actual concentration of the sample gas currently being measured by the analyzer in the
currently selected units of measure
Conc
Mode
Param
Displays the name of the analyzer’s current operating mode
Displays a variety of informational messages such as warning messages, operational data, test function
values and response messages during interactive tasks.
Control Buttons Displays dynamic, context sensitive labels on each button, which is blank when inactive until applicable.
Figure 3-3 shows how the front panel display is mapped to the menu charts illustrated in
this manual. The Mode, Param (parameters), and Conc (gas concentration) fields in the
display screen are represented across the top row of each menu chart. The eight touch
control buttons along the bottom of the display screen are represented in the bottom
row of each menu chart.
37
06807C DCN6650
Getting Started
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Figure 3-3:
Display/Touch Control Screen Mapped to Menu Charts
Note
The menu charts in this manual contain condensed representations of the
analyzer’s display during the various operations being described. These
menu charts are not intended to be exact visual representations of the
actual display.
38
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Getting Started
3.2.2. REAR PANEL
Figure 3-4: Rear Panel Layout
Table 3-3 provides a description of each component on the rear panel.
39
06807C DCN6650
Getting Started
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Table 3-3:Rear Panel Description
Component
Function
Pulls ambient air into chassis through side vents and exhausts through rear.
cooling fan
Connector for three-prong cord to apply AC power to the analyzer.
CAUTION! The cord’s power specifications (specs) MUST comply with the power
specs on the analyzer’s rear panel Model number label
AC power
connector
Identifies the analyzer model number and provides power specs
(not used in this model)
Model/specs label
TO CONV
(not used in this model)
FROM CONV
Connect a gas line from the source of sample gas here.
SAMPLE
Calibration gases are also inlet here on units without zero/span/shutoff valve options
installed.
Connect an exhaust gas line of not more than 10 meters long here that leads outside
the shelter or immediate area surrounding the instrument.
EXHAUST
SPAN 1
On units with zero/span/shutoff valve options installed, connect a gas line to the source
of calibrated span gas here.
Used as a second cal gas input line when instrument is configured with zero/span
valves and a dual gas option, or as a cal gas vent line when instrument is configured
with a pressurized span option (Call factory for details).
SPAN2/VENT
Internal Zero Air: On units with zero/span/shutoff valve options installed but no internal
zero air scrubber attach a gas line to the source of zero air here.
ZERO AIR
LEDs indicate receive (RX) and transmit (TX) activity on the when blinking.
Serial communications port for RS-232 or RS-485.
RX TX
COM 2
RS-232
Serial communications port for RS-232 only.
Switch to select either data terminal equipment or data communication equipment
during RS-232 communication. (Section 6.1).
DCE DTE
For outputs to devices such as Programmable Logic Controllers (PLCs).
For voltage or current loop outputs to a strip chart recorder and/or a data logger.
For remotely activating the zero and span calibration modes.
STATUS
ANALOG OUT
CONTROL IN
ALARM
Option for concentration alarms and system warnings.
Connector for network or Internet remote communication, using Ethernet cable
ETHERNET
Option for external voltage signals from other instrumentation and for logging these
signals
ANALOG IN
Connector for direct connection to personal computer, using USB cable.
Includes voltage and frequency specifications
USB
Information Label
40
06807C DCN6650
Getting Started
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
3.3. CONNECTIONS AND SETUP
connections for setup and preparing for instrument operation.
3.3.1. ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
Note
To maintain compliance with EMC standards, it is required that the cable
length be no greater than 3 meters for all I/O connections, which include
Analog In, Analog Out, Status Out, Control In, Ethernet/LAN, USB, RS-232,
and RS-485.
This section provides instructions for basic connections and for options. Table 3-4
provides a direct link to the instructions for the subsections that apply to your analyzer’s
configuration.
Table 3-4: Electrical Connections References
Connection
Section
Power
Analog Inputs (Option)
Analog Outputs
Current Loop Analog Outputs (Option),
and converting current to voltage output
Status Outputs
Control Inputs
Concentration Alarm Relay (Option)
Communications (Ethernet, USB,
RS-232, Multidrop, RS-485)*
* USB is an option with exceptions.
* RS-485 is an option and requires special setup (contact the Factory).
Either USB or RS-485 can be used; not both.
42
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Getting Started
3.3.1.1. CONNECTING POWER
Attach the power cord to the analyzer and plug it into a power outlet capable of carrying
at least 10 Amps of current at your AC voltage and that it is equipped with a functioning
earth ground.
WARNING
ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD
High Voltages are present inside the analyzers case.
Power connection must have functioning ground connection.
Do not defeat the ground wire on power plug.
Power off analyzer before disconnecting or connecting electrical
subassemblies.
Do not operate analyzer with the cover off.
CAUTION
GENERAL SAFETY HAZARD
The T100 analyzer can be configured for both 100-120 V and 220-240 V at
either 50 or 60 Hz.
To avoid damage to your analyzer, ensure that the AC power voltage
matches the voltage indicated on the Analyzer’s model identification label
3.3.1.2. CONNECTING ANALOG INPUTS (OPTION)
The Analog In connector is used for connecting external voltage signals from other
instrumentation (such as meteorological instruments) and for logging these signals in the
analyzer’s internal DAS. The input voltage range for each analog input is 1-10 VDC,
and input impedance is nominally 20kΩ in parallel with 0.1µF.
Figure 3-6: Analog In Connector
Pin assignments for the Analog In connector are presented in Table 3-5 .
43
06807C DCN6650
Getting Started
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Table 3-5: Analog Input Pin Assignments
DAS
PIN
DESCRIPTION
PARAMETER1
1
Analog input # 1
Analog input # 2
Analog input # 3
Analog input # 4
Analog input # 5
Analog input # 6
Analog input # 7
Analog input # 8
Analog input Ground
AIN 1
AIN 2
AIN 3
AIN 4
AIN 5
AIN 6
AIN 7
AIN 8
N/A
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
GND
3.3.1.3. CONNECTING ANALOG OUTPUTS
The T100 is equipped with several analog output channels accessible through a
connector on the rear panel of the instrument. The standard configuration for these
outputs is mVDC. An optional current loop output is available for each. (Section
When the instrument is in its default configuration, channels A1 and A2 output a signal
that is proportional to the SO2 concentration of the sample gas. Either can be used for
connecting the analog output signal to a chart recorder or for interfacing with a
datalogger.
Output A3 is only used on the T100 if the optional O2 or CO2 sensor is installed.
one of the parameters accessible through the <TST TST> buttons of the unit’s sample
display.
To access these signals attach a strip chart recorder and/or data-logger to the appropriate
analog output connections on the rear panel of the analyzer.
ANALOG OUT
A1
A2
A3
A4
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
Figure 3-7: Analog Output Connector
44
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Getting Started
Table 3-6: Analog Output Pin Assignments
PIN
ANALOG OUTPUT
VOLTAGE SIGNAL
CURRENT SIGNAL
1
2
3
4
5
V Out
Ground
V Out
I Out +
I Out -
I Out +
I Out -
I Out +
A1
A2
Ground
V Out
A3
(Only used if an
optional O2 or CO2
sensor is installed)
6
Ground
I Out -
7
8
V Out
I Out +
I Out -
A4
Ground
3.3.1.4. CURRENT LOOP ANALOG OUTPUTS (OPTION 41) SETUP
If your analyzer had this option installed at the factory, there are no further connections
to be made. The current loop option can be configured for any output range between 0
outputs.
This section provides instructions for setting up the analog outputs for voltage and/or
combination of one current output and two voltage outputs configuration.
For current output install the Current Loop option PCA on J19, on J21 or on J23 of
the motherboard.
For voltage output, install jumpers on J19, J21 and/or J23.
standard 0-to-5 VDC outputs.
CAUTION – AVOID INVALIDATING WARRANTY
Servicing or handling of circuit components requires electrostatic
discharge protection, i.e. ESD grounding straps, mats and containers.
Failure to use ESD protection when working with electronic assemblies will
void the instrument warranty. Refer to Section 13 for more information on
preventing ESD damage.
45
06807C DCN6650
Getting Started
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Figure 3-8: Current Loop Option Installed on the Motherboard
CONVERTING CURRENT LOOP ANALOG OUTPUTS TO STANDARD
VOLTAGE OUTPUTS
To convert an output configured for current loop operation to the standard 0 to 5 VDC
output operation:
1. Turn off power to the analyzer.
2. If a recording device was connected to the output being modified, disconnect it.
3. Remove the top cover
Remove the set screw located in the top, center of the rear panel
Remove the screws fastening the top cover to the unit (four per side).
Lift the cover straight up.
4. Disconnect the current loop option PCA from the appropriate connector on the
5. Each connector, J19 and J23, requires two shunts. Place one shunt on the
two left most pins and the second shunt on the two pins next to it (refer to
6. Reattach the top case to the analyzer.
The analyzer is now ready to have a voltage-sensing, recording device attached to that
output.
46
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Getting Started
Calibrate the analog output as described in Section 5.9.3
3.3.1.5. CONNECTING THE STATUS OUTPUTS
The status outputs report analyzer conditions via optically isolated NPN transistors,
which sink up to 50 mA of DC current. These outputs can be used interface with
devices that accept logic-level digital inputs, such as Programmable Logic Controllers
(PLCs). Each status bit is an open collector output that can withstand up to 40 VDC.
All of the emitters of these transistors are tied together and available at the “D”
connector pin.
COULD DAMAGE INSTRUMENT AND VOID WARRANTY
ATTENTION
Most PLC’s have internal provisions for limiting the current that the input
will draw from an external device. When connecting to a unit that does
not have this feature, an external dropping resistor must be used to limit
the current through the transistor output to less than 50 mA. At 50 mA,
the transistor will drop approximately 1.2V from its collector to emitter.
The status outputs are accessed via a 12-pin connector on the analyzer’s rear panel
STATUS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
D
+
Figure 3-9: Status Output Connector
47
06807C DCN6650
Getting Started
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Table 3-7:Status Output Signals
REAR PANEL
LABEL
STATUS
DEFINITION
CONDITION
SYSTEM OK
CONC VALID
ON if no faults are present.
1
2
OFF any time the HOLD OFF feature is active, such as during calibration or when
other faults exist possibly invalidating the current concentration measurement
(example: sample flow rate is outside of acceptable limits).
ON if concentration measurement is valid.
HIGH RANGE
ZERO CAL
SPAN CAL
DIAG MODE
ON if unit is in high range of either the DUAL or Auto range modes.
ON whenever the instrument’s ZERO point is being calibrated.
ON whenever the instrument’s SPAN point is being calibrated.
ON whenever the instrument is in DIAGNOSTIC mode
SPARE
3
4
5
6
7&8
D
EMITTER BUS
The emitters of the transistors on pins 1-8 are bussed together.
SPARE
DC POWER
+ 5 VDC, 300 mA source (combined rating with Control Output, if used).
+
Digital Ground
The ground level from the analyzer’s internal DC power supplies
3.3.1.6. CONNECTING THE CONTROL INPUTS
If you wish to use the analyzer to remotely activate the zero and span calibration modes,
several digital control inputs are provided through a 10-pin connector labeled
CONTROL IN on the analyzer’s rear panel.
There are two methods for energizing the control inputs. The internal +5V available
from the pin labeled “+” is the most convenient method. However, if full isolation is
required, an external 5 VDC power supply should be used.
48
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Getting Started
CONTROL IN
CONTROL IN
A
B
C
D
E
F
U
+
A
B
C
D
E
F
U
+
5 VDC Power
Supply
-
+
External Power Connections
Local Power Connections
Figure 3-10:
Control Input Connector
Table 3-8:Control Input Signals
Input #
Status Definition
ON Condition
The analyzer is placed in Zero Calibration mode. The mode field of the
display will read ZERO CAL R.
A
REMOTE ZERO CAL
The analyzer is placed in span calibration mode as part of performing a low
B
REMOTE SPAN CAL
span (midpoint) calibration. The mode field of the display will read LO CAL
R.
C, D, E & F SPARE
The ground level from the analyzer’s internal DC power supplies (same as
chassis ground)
Digital Ground
U
+
External Power input
5 VDC output
Input pin for +5 VDC is required to activate pins A – F.
Internally generated 5V DC power. To activate inputs A – F, place a jumper
between this pin and the “U” pin. The maximum amperage through this port
is 300 mA (combined with the analog output supply, if used).
49
06807C DCN6650
Getting Started
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
3.3.1.7. CONNECTING THE CONCENTRATION ALARM RELAY (OPTION 61)
The concentration alarm option is comprised of four (4) “dry contact” relays on the rear
panel of the instrument. This relay option is different from and in addition to the
“Contact Closures” that come standard on all Teledyne API instruments. Each relay has
3 pins: Normally Open (NO), Common (C) and Normally Closed (NC).
Figure 3-11:
Alarm 1 “System OK 2”
Concentration Alarm Relay
Alarm 2 “Conc 1”
Alarm 3 “Conc 2”
Alarm 4 “Range Bit”
“ALARM 1” RELAY
Alarm 1, which is “System OK 2” (system OK 1 is the status bit), is in the energized
state when the instrument is “OK” and there are no warnings. If there is a warning
active or if the instrument is put into the “DIAG” mode, Alarm 1 will change states.
This alarm has “reverse logic” meaning that if you put a meter across the Common and
Normally Closed pins on the connector you will find that it is OPEN when the
instrument is OK. This is so that if the instrument should turn off or lose power, it will
change states and you can record this with a data logger or other recording device.
“ALARM 2” RELAY & “ALARM 3” RELAY
Alarm 2 relay is associated with the “Concentration Alarm 1” set point in the software;
Alarm 3 relay is associated with the “Concentration Alarm 2” set point in the software.
Alarm 2 Relay
Alarm 3 Relay
Alarm 2 Relay
Alarm 3 Relay
SO2 Alarm 1 = xxx PPM
SO2 Alarm 2 = xxx PPM
SO2 Alarm 1 = xxx PPM
SO2 Alarm 2 = xxx PPM
Alarm 2 relay will be turned on any time the concentration value exceeds the set-point,
and will return to its normal state when the concentration value returns below the
concentration set-point.
Even though the relay on the rear panel is a NON-Latching alarm and resets when the
concentration goes back below the alarm set point, the warning on the front panel of the
instrument will remain latched until it is cleared. You can clear the warning on the front
panel either manually by pressing the CLR button on the front panel touch-screen or
remotely through the serial port.
50
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Getting Started
The software for this instrument is flexible enough to allow you to configure the alarms
so that you can have two alarm levels for each concentration.
SO2 Alarm 1 = 20 PPM
SO2 Alarm 2 = 100 PPM
SO2 Alarm 1 = 20 PPM
SO2 Alarm 2 = 100 PPM
In this example, SO2 Alarm 1 and SO2 Alarm 1 will both be associated with the “Alarm
2” relay on the rear panel. This allows you to have multiple alarm levels for individual
concentrations.
A more likely configuration for this would be to put one concentration on the “Alarm 1”
relay and the other concentration on the “Alarm 2” relay.
SO2 Alarm 1 = 20 PPM
SO2 Alarm 2 = Disabled
SO2 Alarm 1 = Disabled
SO2 Alarm 2 = 100 PPM
“ALARM 4” RELAY
This relay is connected to the “range bit”. If the instrument is configured for “Auto
Range” and the reading goes up into the high range, it will turn this relay on.
3.3.1.8. CONNECTING THE COMMUNICATIONS INTERFACES
The T-Series analyzers are equipped with connectors for remote communications
interfaces: Ethernet, USB, RS-232, RS-232 Multidrop and RS-485. In addition to
using the appropriate cables, each type of communication method, must be configured
which is the recommended setting when operating the instrument via Ethernet.
ETHERNET CONNECTION
For network or Internet communication with the analyzer, connect an Ethernet cable
from the analyzer’s rear panel Ethernet interface connector to an Ethernet port. Please
manual configuration: Section 6.5.1
automatic configuration (default): Section 6.5.2
51
06807C DCN6650
Getting Started
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
USB CONNECTION
For direct communication between the analyzer and a PC, connect a USB cable between
the analyzer and desktop or laptop USB ports, and ensure that their baud rates match
Note
If this option is installed, the COM2 port cannot be used for anything
other than Multidrop communication.
RS-232 CONNECTION
For RS-232 communications with data terminal equipment (DTE) or with data
communication equipment (DCE) connect either a DB9-female-to-DB9-female cable
(Teledyne API part number WR000077) or a DB9-female-to-DB25-male cable (Option
IMPORTANT
IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA
Cables that appear to be compatible because of matching connectors
may incorporate internal wiring that makes the link inoperable. Check
cables acquired from sources other than Teledyne API for pin
assignments (Figure 3-12) before using.
52
06807C DCN6650
Getting Started
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Figure 3-13:
Default Pin Assignments for CPU Com Port Connector (RS-232)
RS-232 COM PORT DEFAULT SETTINGS
As received from the factory, the analyzer is set up to emulate a DCE (Section 6.1) or
modem, with Pin 3 of the DB-9 connector designated for receiving data and Pin 2
designated for sending data.
RS-232: RS-232 (fixed) DB-9 male connector
Baud rate: 115200 bits per second (baud)
Data Bits: 8 data bits with 1 stop bit
Parity: None
COM2: RS-232 (configurable to RS 485), DB-9 female connector.
Baud rate:19200 bits per second (baud).
Data Bits: 8 data bits with 1 stop bit.
Parity: None.
54
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Getting Started
RS-232 MULTIDROP (OPTION 62) CONNECTION
When the RS-232 Multidrop option is installed, the instrument designated as last in the
chain must be terminated. This requires installing a shunt between two pins on the
multidrop printed circuit assembly (PCA) inside the instrument. Step-by-step
instructions for installation follow.
Note
Because the RS-232 Multidrop option uses both the RS232 and COM2
DB9 connectors on the analyzer’s rear panel to connect the chain of
instruments, COM2 port is no longer available for separate RS-232 or
RS-485 operation.
COULD DAMAGE INSTRUMENT AND VOID WARRANTY
ATTENTION
Printed Circuit Assemblies (PCAs) are sensitive to electro-static
discharges too small to be felt by the human nervous system. Failure to
use ESD protection when working with electronic assemblies will void
preventing ESD damage.
To install shunt in the last analyzer:
1. With NO power to the instrument, remove its top cover and lay the rear panel open
for access to the multidrop PCA, which is seated on the CPU.
2. On the multidrop PCA’s JP2 connector, use the shunt provided to jumper Pins
55
06807C DCN6650
Getting Started
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Figure 3-14:
JP2 Pins 21-22 on RS-232-Multidrop PCA
Note: If you are adding an instrument to the end of a previously configured chain,
remove the shunt between Pins 21 22 of JP2 on the Multidrop/LVDS PCA in the
instrument that was previously the last instrument in the chain.
3. Close the instrument.
interconnect the host RS232 port to the first analyzer’s RS232 port; then from the
first analyzer’s COM2 port to the second analyzer’s RS232 port; from the second
analyzer’s COM2 port to the third analyzer’s RS232 port, etc., connecting in this
fashion up to eight analyzers, subject to the distance limitations of the RS-232
standard.
5. BEFORE communicating from the host, power on the instruments and check that
use SETUP>MORE>COMM>ID. Note that the default ID is typically the model
number; to change the 4-digit identification number, press the button of the digit to
be changed).
Note
Teledyne API recommends setting up the first link, between the Host and
the first analyzer, and testing it before setting up the rest of the chain.
56
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Getting Started
Female DB9
Male DB9
Host
RS-232 port
Analyzer
Analyzer
Analyzer
Last Analyzer
COM2
COM2
COM2
COM2
RS-232
RS-232
RS-232
RS-232
Ensure jumper is
installed between
JP2 pins 21
in last instrument
of multidrop chain.
22
Figure 3-15:
RS-232-Multidrop PCA Host/Analyzer Interconnect Diagram
RS-485 CONNECTION
As delivered from the factory, COM2 is configured for RS-232 communications. This
port can be reconfigured for operation as a non-isolated, half-duplex RS-485 port. Using
COM2 for RS-485 communication disables the USB port. To reconfigure this port for
RS-485 communication, please contact the factory.
3.3.2. PNEUMATIC CONNECTIONS
This section provides not only pneumatic connection information, but also important
illustrates the pneumatic layouts for the analyzer in its basic configuration and with
options.
Before making the pneumatic connections, carefully note the following cautionary and
additional messages:
CAUTION
GENERAL SAFETY HAZARD
SULFUR DIOXIDE (SO2) IS A TOXIC GAS.
DO NOT vent calibration gas and sample gas into enclosed areas. Obtain
a Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for this material. Read and
rigorously follow the safety guidelines described there.
57
06807C DCN6650
Getting Started
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
CAUTION
GENERAL SAFETY HAZARD
Sample and calibration gases should only come into contact with PTFE
(Teflon) or glass tubes and fixtures.
They SHOULD NOT come in contact with brass or stainless steel fittings
prior to the reaction cell.
The exhaust from the analyzer’s internal pump MUST be vented outside
the immediate area or shelter surrounding the instrument.
It is important to conform to all safety requirements regarding exposure
to SO2.
COULD DAMAGE INSTRUMENT AND VOID WARRANTY
ATTENTION
Maximum Pressure:
Ideally the maximum pressure of any gas at the sample inlet should
equal ambient atmospheric pressure and should NEVER exceed 1.5 in-
hg above ambient pressure.
Venting Pressurized Gas:
In applications where any gas (span gas, zero air supply, sample gas
is) received from a pressurized manifold, a vent must be provided to
equalize the gas with ambient atmospheric pressure before it enters
the analyzer to ensure that the gases input do not exceed the
maximum inlet pressure of the analyzer, as well as to prevent back
diffusion and pressure effects. These vents should be:
• at least 0.2m long
• no more than 2m long
• vented outside the shelter or immediate area surrounding the
instrument.
Dust Plugs:
Remove dust plugs from rear panel exhaust and supply line fittings
before powering on/operating instrument. These plugs should be kept
for reuse in the event of future storage or shipping to prevent debris
from entering the pneumatics.
EPA Requirements:
IMPORTANT
US EPA requirements state that zero air and span gases must be
supplied at twice the instrument’s specified gas flow rate. Therefore,
the T100 zero and span gases should be supplied to their respective
inlets in excess of 1300 cc3/min (650 cc3/min. x 2).
58
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Getting Started
Leak Check:
IMPORTANT
Run a leak check once the appropriate pneumatic connections have
been made; check all pneumatic fittings for leaks using the
procedures defined in Section 11.3.6.
CAUTION – GENERAL SAFETY HAZARD
Gas flow though the analyzer must be maintained at all time for units with
a permeation tube installed. Insufficient gas flow allows gas to build up
to levels that will contaminate the instrument or present a safety hazard
to personnel.
provides links to the location of various internal pneumatic layout illustrations.
Table 3-9: Pneumatic Layout Reference
Pneumatic Layout
Basic
Section
Zero/Span Valves
Internal Zero/Span (IZS)
Basic with O2 Sensor
Basic with CO2 Sensor
3.3.2.1. BASIC CONNECTIONS INCLUDING W/SPAN GAS AND W/GAS DILUTION CALIBRATOR
SAMPLE inlet
Connect ¼” gas line not more than 2 m long, from sample gas
source to this inlet.
When no zero/span/shutoff valve options, also connect line from
calibration gas source to this inlet, but only when a calibration
operation is actually being performed.
EXHAUST outlet
Connect exhaust line made of PTEF tubing; minimum O.D ¼”, to
this fitting. The exhaust line should be no longer than 10 meters,
and should lead outside the shelter or immediate area surrounding
the instrument.
basic configurations.
59
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Getting Started
3.3.2.2. PNEUMATIC LAYOUT FOR BASIC CONFIGURATION
Chassis
HYDROCARBON
SCRUBBER
(Kicker)
SAMPLE
gas inlet
EXHAUST
gas outlet
PMT
UV
PUMP
LAMP
REACTION
CELL
FLOW
SENSOR
SAMPLE
PRESSURE
SENSOR
FLOW PRESSURE
SENSOR PCA
Figure 3-18:
T100 Gas Flow, Basic Configuration
61
06807C DCN6650
Getting Started
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
3.3.2.3. PNEUMATIC LAYOUT FOR ZERO/SPAN VALVES OPTION
Figure 3-19 shows the internal, pneumatic connections for a T100 with the zero/span
valve option installed.
EXHAUST GAS
OUTLET
Chassis
KICKER EXHAUST
TO PUMP
PUMP
HYDROCARBON
SCRUBBER
(KICKER)
SAMPLE/CAL
VALVE
SAMPLE
SAMPLE GAS
INLET
CHAMBER
COM
NO
NC
UV
LAMP
SAMPLE FILTER
PMT
ZERO/SPAN
VALVE
COM
NO
SPAN 1 INLET
EXHAUST TO OUTER
LAYER OF KICKER
NC
ZERO AIR INLET
FLOW
FLOW
CONTROL
ASSY
SENSOR
SAMPLE
PRESSURE
SENSOR
FLOW / PRESSURE
SENSOR PCA
Figure 3-19:
Pneumatic Layout with Zero/Span Valves Option
Table 3-10 describes the state of each valve during the analyzer’s various operational
modes.
Table 3-10: Zero/Span and Sample/Cal Valve Operating States
MODE
VALVE
CONDITION
Sample/Cal
Zero/Span
Sample/Cal
Zero/Span
Sample/Cal
Zero/Span
Open to SAMPLE inlet
Open to ZERO AIR inlet
Open to zero/span inlet
Open to ZERO AIR inlet
Open to zero/span inlet
Open to SPAN GAS inlet
SAMPLE
ZERO CAL
SPAN CAL
The state of the zero/span valves can also be controlled by any of the following means:
manually from the analyzer’s front panel by using the SIGNAL I/O controls
by activating the instrument’s AutoCal feature (refer to Section 9.8)
62
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Getting Started
remotely by using the external digital control inputs (refer to Section 8.1.2 and
Section 9.7.1)
remotely through the RS-232/485 serial I/O ports (refer to Appendix A-6 for the
appropriate commands)
Sources of zero and span gas must be capable of supplying at least 1.55 L/min.
(maximum 2.5L/min). Both supply lines should be vented outside of the analyzer’s
enclosure. In order to prevent back-diffusion and pressure effects, these vent lines
should be between 2 and 10 meters in length.
3.3.2.4. PNEUMATIC LAYOUT FOR INTERNAL ZERO/SPAN (IZS) GAS GENERATOR OPTION
Figure 3-20 shows the internal, pneumatic connections for the analyzer with the IZS
option installed.
EXHAUST GAS
Chassis
KICKER EXHAUST
OUTLET
TO PUMP
PUMP
HYDROCARBON
SCRUBBER
(KICKER)
SAMPLE/CAL
VALVE
SAMPLE
SAMPLE GAS
INLET
CHAMBER
COM
NO
NC
UV
LAMP
PMT
ZERO/SPAN
VALVE
COM
NO
EXHAUST TO OUTER LAYER
OF KICKER
NC
IZS
Permeation
Tube
CRITICAL
FLOW
ORIFICE
FLOW
SENSOR
SO2 Source
SAMPLE
PRESSURE
SENSOR
CRITICAL
FLOW
ORIFICE
FLOW / PRESSURE
SENSOR PCA
ZERO AIR INLET
Figure 3-20:
Pneumatic Layout with IZS Options
The internal zero air and span gas generator (IZS) option includes a heated enclosure
3.3.2.7) for producing zero air and a set of valves for switching between the sample gas
inlet and the output of the zero/span subsystem, functionally very similar to the valves
included in the zero/span valve option.
Table 3-11 describes the operational state of the valves associated with the IZS option
during the analyzer’s various operating modes.
63
06807C DCN6650
Getting Started
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Table 3-11: IZS Valve Operating States
MODE
VALVE
CONDITION
Sample/Cal
Zero/Span
Sample/Cal
Zero/Span
Sample/Cal
Zero/Span
Open to SAMPLE inlet
Open to ZERO AIR inlet
Open to zero/span valve
Open to ZERO AIR inlet
Open to zero/span valve
Open to SPAN GAS inlet
SAMPLE
ZERO CAL
SPAN CAL
The state of the IZS valves can also be controlled by any of the following means:
Manually from the analyzer’s front panel by using the SIGNAL I/O controls under
Remotely through the RS-232/485 serial I/O ports (refer to Appendix A-6 for the
applicable commands), or
Remotely via Ethernet
Note
The permeation tube is not included in the IZS Option and must be
ordered separately. Refer to Section 1.4 for permeation tube options.
3.3.2.5. PERMEATION TUBE HEATER
In order to keep the permeation rate constant, the IZS enclosure is heated to a constant
50 C (10° above the maximum operating temperature of the instrument). The IZS heater
is controlled by a precise PID (Proportional/Integral/Derivative) temperature control
loop. A thermistor measures the actual temperature and reports it to the CPU for control
feedback.
The IZS option includes an external zero air scrubber assembly that removes all SO2 the
zero air source. The scrubber is filled with activated charcoal.
3.3.2.6. SPAN GAS CONCENTRATION VARIATION
Span gas is created when zero air passes over a permeation tube containing liquid SO2
under high pressure, which slowly permeates through a PTFE membrane into the
surrounding air. The speed at which the SO2 permeates the membrane is called the
effusion rate. The concentration of the span gas is determined by three factors:
Size of the membrane: The larger the area of the membrane, the more permeation
occurs.
Temperature of the SO2: Increasing the temperature of the increases the pressure
inside the tube and therefore increases the effusion rate.
Flow rate of the zero air: If the previous two variables are constant, the permeation
rate of air into the zero air stream will be constant. Therefore, a lower flow rate of
64
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Getting Started
zero air produces higher concentrations of SO2. The T100 usually has a constant
flow rate and a constant permeation rate; hence, variations in concentration can be
achieved by changing the IZS temperature.
3.3.2.7. EXTERNAL ZERO AIR SCRUBBER
The IZS option includes an external zero air scrubber assembly that removes all SO2
from the zero air source. The scrubber is filled with activated charcoal.
3.3.2.8. PNEUMATIC LAYOUT WITH O2 SENSOR OPTION
Figure 3-21 shows the internal, pneumatic connections for the analyzer with the oxygen
(O2) sensor option installed. Pneumatically, the O2 sensor draws a flow of 80 cm³/min in
addition to the normal sample flow rate. It is separately controlled with its own critical
flow orifice.
HYDROCARBON
SCRUBBER
(Kicker)
Chassis
with O2 Sensor Option
SAMPLE
GAS INLET
O2
Sensor
O2 Sensor
Flow Control
PMT
UV
LAMP
EXHAUST
GAS OUTLET
REACTION
CELL
PUMP
FLOW
SENSOR
SAMPLE
PRESSURE
SENSOR
FLOW PRESSURE
SENSOR PCA
Figure 3-21:
Pneumatic Layout with O2 Sensor
65
06807C DCN6650
Getting Started
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
3.3.2.9. PNEUMATIC LAYOUT WITH CO2 SENSOR OPTION
Figure 3-22 shows the internal, pneumatic connections for the analyzer with the carbon
dioxide (CO2) sensor option installed. Pneumatically, the CO2 sensor is placed in line
with the sample gas line between the particulate filter and the analyzer’s sample
chamber. It does not alter the gas flow rate of the sample through the analyzer.
HYDROCARBON
SCRUBBER
(Kicker)
Chassis
with CO2 Sensor Option
CO2
Probe
SAMPLE
GAS INLET
PMT
UV
LAMP
EXHAUST
GAS OUTLET
REACTION
CELL
PUMP
FLOW
SENSOR
SAMPLE
PRESSURE
SENSOR
FLOW PRESSURE
SENSOR PCA
Figure 3-22:
Pneumatic Layout with CO2 Sensor
3.3.2.10. ABOUT ZERO AIR AND CALIBRATION (SPAN) GASES
Zero air and span gas are required for accurate calibration.
ZERO AIR
A gas that is similar in chemical composition to the earth’s atmosphere but without the
gas being measured by the analyzer, in this case SO2. If your analyzer is equipped with
an Internal Zero Span (IZS) or an external zero air scrubber option, it is capable of
creating zero air.
For analyzers without an IZS or external zero air scrubber option, a zero air generator
66
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Getting Started
CALIBRATION (SPAN) GAS
Calibration gas is a gas specifically mixed to match the chemical composition of the
type of gas being measured at near full scale of the desired measurement range. In this
case, SO2 measurements made with the Teledyne API T100 UV Fluorescence SO2
Analyzer, it is recommended that you use a span gas with a SO2 concentration equal to
80% of the measurement range for your application.
EXAMPLE: If the application is to measure between 0 ppm and 500 ppb, an appropriate
span gas concentration would be 450 ppb SO2.
Cylinders of calibrated SO2 gas traceable to NIST-Standard Reference Material
specifications (also referred to as SRM’s or EPA protocol calibration gases) are
various concentrations of SO2.
Table 3-12: NIST-SRM's Available for Traceability of SO2 Calibration Gases
NIST-SRM
1693a
Type
Nominal Concentration
50 ppm
Sulfur dioxide in N2
Sulfur dioxide in N2
Sulfur dioxide in N2
O2 in N2
1694a
100 pp
1661a
2659a1
500 ppm
21% by weight
4% by weight
16% by weight
2626a
27452
CO2 in N2
CO2 in N2
1 Used to calibrate optional O2 sensor.
2 Used to calibrate optional CO2 sensor.
SPAN GAS FOR MULTIPOINT CALIBRATION
Some applications, such as EPA monitoring, require a multipoint calibration procedure
where span gases of different concentrations are needed. We recommend using a bottle
of calibrated SO2 gas of higher concentration in conjunction with a gas dilution
precisely mixes a high concentration gas with zero air (both supplied externally) to
accurately produce span gas of the correct concentration. Linearity profiles can be
automated with this model and run unattended over night.
3.4. STARTUP, FUNCTIONAL CHECKS, AND INITIAL
CALIBRATION
If you are unfamiliar with the T100 principles of operation, we recommend that you
the menu trees provided in Appendix A.
67
06807C DCN6650
Getting Started
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
CAUTION - GENERAL SAFETY HAZARD
Do not look at the UV lamp while the unit is operating. UV light can
cause eye damage. Always use safety glasses made from UV blocking
material whenever working with the UV Lamp. (Generic plastic glasses
are not adequate).
3.4.1. STARTUP
After the electrical and pneumatic connections are made, an initial functional check is in
order. Turn on the instrument. The pump and exhaust fan should start immediately.
The display will show a momentary splash screen of the Teledyne API logo and other
information during the initialization process while the CPU loads the operating system,
the firmware and the configuration data.
The analyzer should automatically switch to Sample Mode after completing the boot-up
sequence and start monitoring the gas. However, there is an approximately one hour
warm-up period before reliable gas measurements can be taken. During the warm-up
period, the front panel display may show messages in the Parameters field.
3.4.2. WARNING MESSAGES
Because internal temperatures and other conditions may be outside the specified limits
during the analyzer’s warm-up period, the software will suppress most warning
conditions for 30 minutes after power up. If warning messages persist after the 60
minutes warm up period is over, investigate their cause using the troubleshooting
guidelines in Section 12.1.1.
To view and clear warning messages, press:
Figure 3-23:
Warning Messages
68
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Getting Started
Table 3-13 lists brief descriptions of the warning messages that may occur during start
up for T100 analyzers with no options installed.
Table 3-13: Possible Startup Warning Messages – T100 Analyzers w/o Options
Message
Meaning
ANALOG CAL WARNING
The instrument's A/D circuitry or one of its analog outputs is not calibrated.
BOX TEMP WARNING
CANNOT DYN SPAN2
The temperature inside the T100 chassis is outside the specified limits.
Remote span calibration failed while the dynamic span feature was set to
turned on.
Remote zero calibration failed while the dynamic zero feature was set to turned
on.
CANNOT DYN ZERO3
CONFIG INITIALIZED
DARK CAL WARNING
Configuration was reset to factory defaults or was erased.
Dark offset above limit specified indicating that too much stray light is present in
the sample chamber.
DATA INITIALIZED
HVPS WARNING
DAS data storage was erased.
High voltage power supply for the PMT is outside of specified limits.
PMT detector output is outside of operational limits.
PMT temperature is outside of specified limits.
PMT DET WARNING
PMT TEMP WARNING
RCELL TEMP WARNING
REAR BOARD NOT DET
RELAY BOARD WARN
SAMPLE FLOW WARN
SAMPLE PRESS WARN
SYSTEM RESET1
Sample chamber temperature is outside of specified limits.
CPU unable to communicate with motherboard.
CPU is unable to communicate with the relay PCA.
The flow rate of the sample gas is outside the specified limits.
Sample gas pressure outside of operational parameters.
The computer was rebooted.
The UV lamp intensity measured by the reference detector reading too low or
too high.
UV LAMP WARNING
1
2
3
Clears 45 minutes after power up.
Clears the next time successful zero calibration is performed.
Clears the next time successful span calibration is performed.
Table 3-14 lists brief descriptions of the warning messages that may occur during start
up for T100 analyzers with optional second gas options or alarms installed.
69
06807C DCN6650
Getting Started
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Table 3-14: Possible Startup Warning Messages – T100 Analyzers with Options
Message
Meaning
O2 sensor cell temperature outside of warning limits specified by
O2_CELL_SET variable.
O2 CELL TEMP WARN1
On units with IZS options installed: The permeation tube temperature is outside
of specified limits.
IZS TEMP WARNING2
O2 ALARM 1 WARN1, 4
O2 ALARM 2 WARN1, 4
CO2 ALARM 1 WARN3, 4
O2 Alarm limit #1 has been triggered.4
O2 Alarm limit #2 has been triggered.4
CO2 Alarm limit #1 has been triggered.4
CO2 Alarm limit #2 has been triggered.4
SO2 Alarm limit #1 has been triggered.4
SO2 Alarm limit #2 has been triggered.4
CO2 ALARM 2 WARN3, 4
SO2 ALARM1 WARN4
SO2 ALARM2 WARN4
`
1
2
3
4
Only appears when the optional O2 sensor is installed.
Only appears when the optional internal zero span (IZS) option is installed.
Only appears when the optional CO2 sensor is installed.
Only Appears when the optional gas concentration alarms are installed
3.4.3. FUNCTIONAL CHECKS
After the analyzer’s components have warmed up for at least 60 minutes, verify that the
software properly supports any hardware options that were installed.
For information on navigating through the analyzer’s software menus, refer to the menu
trees described in Appendix A.1.
Check to ensure that the analyzer is functioning within allowable operating parameters.
Appendix C includes a list of test functions viewable from the analyzer’s front panel
as well as their expected values.
These functions are also useful tools for diagnosing performance problems with
your analyzer (refer to Section 12.1.2).
The enclosed Final Test and Validation Data Sheet (P/N 04551) lists these values
before the instrument left the factory.
70
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Getting Started
To view the current values of these parameters press the following control button
sequence on the analyzer’s front panel. Remember until the unit has completed its
warm up these parameters may not have stabilized.
Figure 3-24:
Functional Check
71
06807C DCN6650
Getting Started
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
3.4.4. INITIAL CALIBRATION
To perform the following calibration you must have sources for zero air and span gas
available for input into the sample port on the back of the analyzer. Refer to Section
3.3.2 for instructions for connecting these gas sources.
The initial calibration should be carried out using the same reporting range set up as
used during the analyzer’s factory calibration. This will allow you to compare your
calibration results to the factory calibration as listed on the Final Test and Validation
Data Sheet, P/N 04551.
If both available DAS parameters for a specific gas type are being reported via the
instruments analog outputs (e.g. CONC1 and CONC2 when the DUAL range mode is
activated), separate calibrations should be carried out for each parameter.
Use the LOW button when calibrating for CONC1 (equivalent to RANGE1).
Use the HIGH button when calibrating for CONC2 (equivalent to RANGE2).
Refer to the Configurable Analog Output Addendum, P/N 06270 for more information
on the configurable analog output reporting ranges.
Note
Note
The following procedure assumes that the instrument does not have any
of the available Valve Options installed. Refer to Section 9.4 for
instructions for calibrating instruments possessing valve options
The T100 analyzer has been tested for its ability to reject interference for
most sources. See Section 13.1.9 for more information on this topic.
3.4.4.1. INITIAL CALIBRATION PROCEDURE FOR BASIC ANALYZERS (NO 2ND GAS OPTION)
The following procedure assumes that:
The instrument DOES NOT have any of the available calibration valve or gas inlet
options installed;
Cal gas will be supplied through the SAMPLE gas inlet on the back of the analyzer
(refer to Figure 3-4), and;
The pneumatic setup matches that described in Section 3.3.2.
VERIFYING THE REPORTING RANGE SETTINGS
While it is possible to perform the following procedure with any range setting we
recommend that you perform this initial checkout using following reporting range
settings:
Unit of Measure: PPB
Analog Output Reporting Range: 500.0 ppb
Mode Setting: SNGL
72
06807C DCN6650
Getting Started
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
DILUTION RATIO SETUP
If the dilution ratio option is enabled on your T100 and your application involves
diluting the sample gas before it enters the analyzer, set the dilution ration as follows:
Figure 3-26:
Dilution Ratio Setup
74
06807C DCN6650
Getting Started
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
ZERO/SPAN CALIBRATION
To perform the zero/span calibration procedure, press:
SAMPLE
RANGE=500.0 PPB
CAL
SO2= XXXX
SETUP
Set the Display to show
the STABIL test function.
This function calculates
the stability of the SO2
measurement.
< TST TST >
Toggle TST> button until ...
SAMPLE
STABIL= XXXX PPB
SO2=XXX.X
SETUP
< TST TST >
CAL
Allow zero gas to enter the sample port
at the rear of the analyzer.
Wait until STABIL
falls below 0.5 ppb.
This may take several
minutes.
SAMPLE
STABIL= XXXX PPB
CAL
SO2=XXX.X
< TST TST >
SETUP
Press ENTR to changes
the OFFSET & SLOPE
values for the SO2
M-P CAL
STABIL= XXXX PPB
SO2=XXX.X
<TST TST> ZERO CONC
EXIT
measurements.
Press EXIT to leave the
calibration unchanged and
return to the previous
menu.
M-P CAL
STABIL= XXXX PPB
CONC
SO2=XXX.X
EXIT
<TST TST> ENTR
Allow span gas to enter the sample port
at the rear of the analyzer.
Wait until STABIL
falls below 0.5 ppb.
This may take several
minutes.
SAMPLE
STABIL= XXXX PPB
CAL
SO2=XXX.X
< TST TST >
SETUP
The SPAN button now
appears during the transition
from zero to span.
Press ENTR to changes
the OFFSET & SLOPE
values for the SO2
M-P CAL
STABIL= XXXX PPB
SO2=XXX.X
EXIT
You may see both buttons.
If either the ZERO or SPAN
buttons fail to appear see the
Troubleshooting section for
tips.
<TST TST> ZERO SPAN CONC
measurements.
Press EXIT to leave the
calibration unchanged and
return to the previous
menu.
M-P CAL
STABIL= XXXX PPB
CONC
SO2=XXX.X
EXIT
<TST TST> ENTR
M-P CAL
STABIL= XXXX PPB
CONC
SO2=XXX.X
EXIT at this point
returns to the
SAMPLE menu.
<TST TST> ENTR
EXIT
Figure 3-28:
Zero/Span Calibration Procedure
76
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Getting Started
3.4.4.2. CALIBRATION PROCEDURE FOR THE O2 OPTION
If your analyzer is equipped with the optional O2 sensor, this sensor should be calibrated
3.4.4.3. CALIBRATION PROCEDURE FOR THE CO2 OPTION
If your analyzer is equipped with the optional CO2 sensor, this sensor should be
Note
Once you have completed the above set-up procedures, please fill out
the Quality Questionnaire that was shipped with your unit and return it
to Teledyne API. This information is vital to our efforts in continuously
improving our service and our products. THANK YOU.
77
06807C DCN6650
Getting Started
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
This page intentionally left blank.
78
06807C DCN6650
80
06807C DCN6650
4. OVERVIEW OF OPERATING MODES
To assist in navigating the analyzer’s software, a series of menu trees can be found in
Appendix A of this manual.
Note
Some control buttons on the touch screen do not appear if they are not
applicable to the menu that you’re in, the task that you are performing, the
command you are attempting to send, or to incorrect settings input by the
user. For example, the ENTR button may disappear if you input a setting
that is invalid or out of the allowable range for that parameter, such as
trying to set the 24-hour clock to 25:00:00. Once you adjust the setting to
an allowable value, the ENTR button will re-appear.
The T100 software has a variety of operating modes. Most commonly, the analyzer will
be operating in SAMPLE mode. In this mode, a continuous read-out of the SO2
concentration can be viewed on the front panel and output as an analog voltage from
rear panel terminals, calibrations can be performed, and TEST functions and
WARNING messages can be examined.
The second most important operating mode is SETUP mode. This mode is used for
performing certain configuration operations, such as for the DAS system, the reporting
ranges, or the serial (RS-232 / RS-485 / Ethernet) communication channels. The SET
UP mode is also used for performing various diagnostic tests during troubleshooting.
Figure 4-1: Front Panel Display
81
06807C DCN6650
Overview of Operating Modes
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
The Mode field of the front panel display indicates to the user which operating mode the
unit is currently running.
Table 4-1:Analyzer Operating Modes
MODE
DIAG
EXPLANATION
One of the analyzer’s diagnostic modes is active (refer to Section 5.9).
LO CAL A1
Unit is performing LOW SPAN (midpoint) calibration initiated automatically by the analyzer’s
AUTOCAL feature
LO CAL R1
Unit is performing LOW SPAN (midpoint) calibration initiated remotely through the COM ports or
digital control inputs.
M-P CAL1
SAMPLE
SAMPLE A
SETUP
This is the basic calibration mode of the instrument and is activated by pressing the CAL button.
Sampling normally, flashing text indicates adaptive filter is on.
Indicates that unit is in SAMPLE mode and AUTOCAL feature is activated.
SETUP mode is being used to configure the analyzer. The gas measurement will continue during
this process.
SPAN CAL A2
SPAN CAL M2
SPAN CAL R2
Unit is performing SPAN calibration initiated automatically by the analyzer’s AUTOCAL feature
Unit is performing SPAN calibration initiated manually by the user.
Unit is performing SPAN calibration initiated remotely through the COM ports or digital control
inputs.
ZERO CAL A2
ZERO CAL M2
ZERO CAL R2
Unit is performing ZERO calibration procedure initiated automatically by the AUTOCAL feature
Unit is performing ZERO calibration procedure initiated manually by the user.
Unit is performing ZERO calibration procedure initiated remotely through the COM ports or digital
control inputs.
2 Only Appears on units with Z/S valve or IZS options..
4.1. SAMPLE MODE
This is the analyzer’s standard operating mode. In this mode, the instrument is analyzing
SO2 and calculating concentrations.
4.1.1. TEST FUNCTIONS
A series of test functions is available at the front panel while the analyzer is in
SAMPLE mode. These parameters provide information about the present operating
status of the instrument and are useful during troubleshooting (refer to Section 12.1.2).
They can also be recorded in one of the DAS channels (refer to Section 0) for data
analysis. To view the test functions, press one of the <TST TST> buttons repeatedly in
either direction.
82
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Overview of Operating Modes
Table 4-2:Test Functions Defined
DISPLAY
RANGE
PARAMETER
UNITS
DESCRIPTION
The Full Scale limit at which the reporting range of the analyzer’s
RANGE
- -
PPB, PPM,
UGM & MGM ANALOG OUTPUTS is currently set.
RANGE1
RANGE2
THIS IS NOT the Physical Range of the instrument. Refer to Section
5.4 for more information.
If DUAL or AUTO Range modes have been selected, two RANGE
functions will appear, one for each range.
STABIL
PRES
STABILITY
mV
Standard deviation of SO2 Concentration readings. Data points are
recorded every ten seconds. The calculation uses the last 25 data
points.
SAMPLE
PRESSURE
The current pressure of the sample gas as it enters the sample
chamber, measured between the SO2 and Auto-Zero valves.
in-Hg-A
cm³/min
(cc/m)
The flow rate of the sample gas through the sample chamber. This
value is not measured but calculated from the sample pressure.
SAMP FL
PMT
SAMPLE FLOW
PMT Signal
mV
The raw output voltage of the PMT.
NORMALIZED
PMT Signal
The output voltage of the PMT after normalization for offset and
temperature/pressure compensation (if activated).
NORM PMT
mV
Source UV Lamp
Intensity
UV LAMP
mV
%
The output voltage of the UV reference detector.
The current output of the UV reference detector divided by the reading
stored in the CPU’s memory from the last time a UV Lamp calibration
was performed.
LAMP
RATIO
UV Source lamp
ratio
The offset due to stray light recorded by the CPU during the last zero-
point calibration performed.
STR. LGT
DRK PMT
Stray Light
Dark PMT
ppb
mV
The PMT output reading recorded the last time the UV source lamp
shutter was closed.
Dark UV Source
Lamp
The UV reference detector output reading recorded the last time the
UV source lamp shutter was closed.
DRK LMP
SLOPE
mV
-
SO2
measurement
Slope
The sensitivity of the instrument as calculated during the last
calibration activity. The slope parameter is used to set the span
calibration point of the analyzer.
OFFSET
SO2
measurement
Offset
mV
The overall offset of the instrument as calculated during the last
calibration activity. The offset parameter is used to set the zero point
of the analyzer response.
HVPS
HVPS
V
The PMT high voltage power supply.
RCELL
TEMP
SAMPLE
CHAMBER TEMP
°C
The current temperature of the sample chamber.
BOX
TEMPERATURE
BOX TEMP
PMT TEMP
IZS TEMP1
°C
°C
°C
The ambient temperature of the inside of the analyzer case.
The current temperature of the PMT.
PMT
TEMPERATURE
IZS
The current temperature of the internal zero/span option. Only
appears when IZS option is enabled.
TEMPERATURE1
TEST2
TIME
TEST SIGNAL2
mV
Signal of a user-defined test function on output channel A4.
The current day time for DAS records and calibration events.
CLOCK TIME
hh:mm:ss
1
Only appears if Internal Gas Span Generator option is installed.
2 Only appears if analog output A3 is actively reporting a test function.
83
06807C DCN6650
Overview of Operating Modes
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
To view the TEST Functions press the following button sequence:
Figure 4-2: Viewing T100 TEST Functions
IMPORTANT
IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA
A value of “XXXX” displayed for any of the TEST functions indicates an
out-of-range reading or the analyzer’s inability to calculate it. All
pressure measurements are represented in terms of absolute pressure.
Absolute, atmospheric pressure is 29.92 in-Hg-A at sea level. It
decreases about 1 in-Hg per 300 m gain in altitude. A variety of factors
such as air conditioning and passing storms can cause changes in the
absolute atmospheric pressure.
84
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Overview of Operating Modes
4.1.2. WARNING MESSAGES
The most common instrument failures will be reported as a warning on the analyzer’s
software.
Table 4-3:List of Warning Messages
MESSAGE
MEANING
ANALOG CAL WARNING
BOX TEMP WARNING
CANNOT DYN SPAN
CANNOT DYN ZERO
CONFIG INITIALIZED
DARK CAL WARNING
The instrument's A/D circuitry or one of its analog outputs is not calibrated.
The temperature inside the T100 chassis is outside the specified limits.
Remote span calibration failed while the dynamic span feature was set to turned on
Remote zero calibration failed while the dynamic zero feature was set to turned on
Configuration was reset to factory defaults or was erased.
Dark offset above limit specified indicating that too much stray light is present in the
sample chamber.
DATA INITIALIZED
HVPS WARNING
IZS TEMP WARNING
DAS data storage was erased.
High voltage power supply for the PMT is outside of specified limits.
On units with IZS options installed: The permeation tube temperature is outside of
specified limits.
PMT DET WARNING
PMT detector output outside of operational limits.
PMT TEMP WARNING
RCELL TEMP WARNING
REAR BOARD NOT DET
RELAY BOARD WARN
SAMPLE FLOW WARN
SAMPLE PRESS WARN
SYSTEM RESET
PMT temperature is outside of specified limits.
Sample chamber temperature is outside of specified limits.
The CPU is unable to communicate with the motherboard.
The firmware is unable to communicate with the relay board.
The flow rate of the sample gas is outside the specified limits.
Sample pressure outside of operational parameters.
The computer was rebooted.
UV LAMP WARNING
The UV lamp intensity measured by the reference detector reading too low or too
high
To view and clear warning messages, press:
SAMPLE
RANGE = 500.000 PPB
SO2 =XXX.X
TEST ignores warning messages
TEST
CAL
MSG
CLR SETUP
MSG activates warning
SAMPLE
RANGE=500.000 PPM
MSG
SO2=XXX.X
messages.
<TST TST> buttons replaced with
< TST TST > CAL
CLR SETUP
TEST button
SAMPLE
HVPS WARNING
SO2=XXX.X
Press CLR to clear the current
message.
TEST
CAL
MSG
CLR SETUP
NOTE:
If more than one warning is active, the
next message will take its place
If the warning message persists
after several attempts to clear it,
the message may indicate a real
problem and not an artifact of the
warm-up period.
Once the last warning has been
cleared, the analyzer returns to
SAMPLE mode.
Make sure warning messages are
not due to real problems.
Figure 4-3: Viewing and Clearing T100 WARNING Messages
85
06807C DCN6650
Overview of Operating Modes
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
4.2. CALIBRATION MODE
Pressing the CAL button switches the analyzer into calibration mode. In this mode, the
user can calibrate the instrument with the use of calibrated zero or span gases.
If the instrument includes either the zero/span valve option or IZS option, the display
will also include CALZ and CALS buttons. Pressing either of these buttons also puts
the instrument into multipoint calibration mode.
The CALZ button is used to initiate a calibration of the zero point.
The CALS button is used to calibrate the span point of the analyzer. It is
recommended that this span calibration is performed at 80% of full scale of the
analyzer’s currently selected reporting range.
Because of their critical importance and complexity, calibration operations are described
in detail in other sections of the manual:
IMPORTANT
IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA
To avoid inadvertent adjustments to critical settings, activate calibration
security by enabling password protection in the SETUP – PASS menu
4.3. SETUP MODE
The SETUP mode contains a variety of choices that are used to configure the analyzer’s
hardware and software features, perform diagnostic procedures, gather information on
the instrument’s performance and configure or access data from the internal data
acquisition system (DAS). For a visual representation of the software menu trees, refer
to Appendix A-1. Setup Mode is divided between Primary and Secondary Setup menus
and can be protected through password security.
4.3.1. PASSWORD SECURITY
Setup Mode can be protected by password security through the SETUP>PASS menu
86
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Overview of Operating Modes
4.3.2. PRIMARY SETUP MENU
Table 4-4:Primary Setup Mode Features and Functions
CONTROL
MODE OR FEATURE
BUTTON
MANUAL
SECTION
DESCRIPTION
Analyzer Configuration
CFG
Lists key hardware and software configuration information.
Used to set up and operate the AutoCal feature.
Auto Cal Feature
ACAL
Only appears if the analyzer has one of the internal valve
options installed.
Internal Data Acquisition
(DAS)
DAS
Used to set up the DAS system and view recorded data.
Analog Output Reporting
Range Configuration
Used to configure the output signals generated by the
instrument’s Analog outputs.
RNGE
Calibration Password Security
Internal Clock Configuration
PASS
CLK
Turns the calibration password protection feature ON/OFF.
Used to Set or adjust the instrument’s internal clock.
See
Advanced SETUP features
MORE
This button accesses the instruments secondary setup menu.
4.3.3. SECONDARY SETUP MENU (SETUP>MORE)
Table 4-5:Secondary Setup Mode Features and Functions
MENU
MANUAL
SECTION
MODE OR FEATURE
DESCRIPTION
ITEM
Used to set up and operate the analyzer’s various external I/O
channels including RS-232; RS 485, modem communication
and/or Ethernet access.
External Communication
Channel Configuration
COMM
Used to view various variables related to the instrument’s current
operational status
System Status Variables
VARS
DIAG
Used to access a variety of functions that are used to configure,
test or diagnose problems with a variety of the analyzer’s basic
systems
System Diagnostic Features
IMPORTANT
IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA
Any changes made to a variable during the SETUP procedures are not
acknowledged by the instrument until the ENTR button is pressed. If the
EXIT button is pressed before the ENTR button, the analyzer will beep,
alerting the user that the newly entered value has not been accepted.
87
06807C DCN6650
Overview of Operating Modes
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
This page intentionally left blank.
88
06807C DCN6650
5. SETUP MENU
The SETUP menu is used to set instrument parameters for performing configuration,
calibration, reporting and diagnostics operations according to user needs.
5.1. SETUP – CFG: CONFIGURATION INFORMATION
Pressing the CFG button displays the instrument configuration information. This display
lists the analyzer model, serial number, firmware revision, software library revision,
CPU type and other information. Use this information to identify the software and
hardware when contacting Technical Support. Special instrument or software features or
installed options may also be listed here.
SAMPLE
RANGE = 500.000 PPB
SO2 =XXX.X
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
SAMPLE
ENTER SETUP PASS : 818
8
1
8
ENTR EXIT
Press NEXT of PREV to move back
and forth through the following list
of Configuration information:
MODEL NAME
SAMPLE
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
Press EXIT at
any time to
return to the
SERIAL NUMBER
SOFTWARE REVISION
LIBRARY REVISION
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
SAMPLE display
iCHIP SOFTWARE REVISION1
HESSEN PROTOCOL REVISION1
ACTIVE SPECIAL SOFTWARE
OPTIONS1
SAMPLE
T100 SO2 ANALYZER
Press EXIT at
any time to
return to
CPU TYPE
DATE FACTORY CONFIGURATION
SAVED
NEXT PREV
EXIT
SETUP menu
1Only appears if relevant option of Feature is active.
Figure 5-1: SETUP – Configuration Information
5.2. SETUP – ACAL: AUTOMATIC CALIBRATION OPTION
The menu button for this option appears only when the instrument has the zero span
89
06807C DCN6650
SETUP Menu
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
5.3. SETUP – DAS: INTERNAL DATA ACQUISITION SYSTEM
Use the SETUP>DAS menu to capture and record data. Refer to Section 0 for
configuration and operation details.
5.4. SETUP – RNGE: ANALOG OUTPUT REPORTING RANGE
CONFIGURATION
Use the SETUP>RNGE menu to configure output reporting ranges, including scaled
reporting ranges to handle data resolution challenges. This section describes
configuration for Single, Dual, and Auto Range modes.
5.4.1. AVAILABLE ANALOG OUTPUT SIGNALS
The analyzer has three active analog output signals, accessible through a connector on
the rear panel.
ANALOG OUT
SO2 concentration
Test output
outputs
(not used in
standard
configuration)
A1
A2
A3
A4
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
LOW range when
DUAL mode is selected
HIGH range when
DUAL mode is selected
Figure 5-2: SETUP – Analog Output Connector
All three outputs can be configured either at the factory or by the user for full scale
outputs of 0.1 VDC, 1VDC, 5VDC or 10VDC. Additionally A1 and A2 may be
equipped with optional 0-20 mA DC current loop drivers and configured for any current
output within that range (e.g. 0-20, 2-20, 4-20, etc.). The user may also adjust the signal
level and scaling of the actual output voltage or current to match the input requirements
of the recorder or data logger (Refer to Section 6.9.4.3 and 6.9.4.5).
In its basic configuration, the A1 and A2 channels of the T100 output a signal that is
proportional to the SO2 concentration of the sample gas. Several operating modes are
available which allow:
Single range mode (SNGL Mode, refer to Section 6.7.4): Both outputs are slaved
together and will represent the same concentration span (e.g. 0-50 ppm); however
their electronic signal levels may be configured for different ranges (e.g. 0-10 VDC
vs. 0-.1 VDC – Refer to Section 6.9.4).
Dual range mode(DUAL mode, refer to Section 6.7.5): The two outputs can to
configured for separate and independent units of measure and measurement spans as
well as separate electronic signal levels.
90
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
SETUP Menu
Auto range mode (AUTO mode, refer to Section 6.7.6) gives the analyzer the ability
to automatically switch the A1 and A2 analog outputs between two ranges (low and
high) dynamically as the concentration value fluctuates.
EXAMPLE:
A1 OUTPUT: Output Signal = 0-5 VDC representing 0-1000 ppm concentration values
A2 OUTPUT: Output Signal = 0 – 10 VDC representing 0-500 ppm concentration values.
A3 OUTPUT: Test channel; e.g., PMT signal = 0-5V
Output A4 is not available on the T100 Analyzer in standard configuration.
5.4.2. PHYSICAL RANGE VERSUS ANALOG OUTPUT REPORTING
RANGES
The entire measurement range of the T100 is 0 – 20,000 ppb, but many applications use
only a small part of the analyzer’s full measurement range. This creates two
performance challenges:
The width of the T100’s physical range can create data resolution problems for most
analog recording devices. For example, in an application where the expected
concentration of SO2 is typically less than 500 ppb, the full scale of expected values is
only 0.25% of the instrument’s full 20,000 ppb measurement range. Unmodified, the
corresponding output signal would also be recorded across only 0.25% of the range of
the recording device.
The T100 solves this problem by allowing the user to select a scaled reporting range for
the analog outputs that only includes that portion of the physical range relevant to the
specific application. Only the reporting range of the analog outputs is scaled, the
physical range of the analyzer and the readings displayed on the front panel remain
unaltered.
Applications where low concentrations of SO2 are measured require greater sensitivity
and resolution than typically necessary for measurements of higher concentrations.
The T100 solves this issue by using two hardware physical ranges that cover the
instrument’s entire 0 and 20,000 ppb measurement range: a 0 to 2,000 ppb physical
range for increased sensitivity and resolution when measuring very low SO2
concentrations, and a 0 to 20,000 ppb physical range for measuring higher SO2
concentrations. The analyzer’s software automatically selects which physical range is in
effect based on the analog output reporting range selected by the user.
If the high end of the selected reporting range is 2,000 ppb. The low physical range is
selected.
If the high end of the selected reporting range is 2,001 ppb. The high physical range
is selected.
Once properly calibrated, the analyzer’s front panel display will accurately report
concentrations along the entire span of its 0 and 20,000 ppb physical range regardless of
which reporting range has been selected for the analog outputs and which physical range
is being used by the instrument’s software.
91
06807C DCN6650
SETUP Menu
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
5.4.3. REPORTING RANGE MODES: SINGLE, DUAL, AUTO RANGES
The T100 provides three analog output range modes to choose from:
Single range (SNGL) mode sets a single maximum range for the analog output. If
and will represent the same measurement span (e.g. 0-50 ppm), however their
electronic signal levels may be configured for different ranges (e.g. 0-10 VDC vs. 0-
.1 VDC – Refer to Section 5.9.3.1).
Dual range (DUAL) allows the A1 and A2 outputs to be configured with different
measurement spans (refer to Section 5.4.3.2).
Auto range (AUTO) mode gives the analyzer to ability to output data via a low
range and high range. When this mode is selected (refer to Section 5.4.3.3) the T100
will automatically switch between the two ranges dynamically as the concentration
value fluctuates.
Also, in this mode the RANGE Test function displayed on the front panel during
SAMPLE mode will be replaced by two separate functions, Range1 and Range2.
Range status is also output via the External Digital I/O Status Bits (refer to Section
To select the Analog Output Range Type press:
SAMPLE
RANGE = 500.000 PPB
SO2 =XXX.X
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
SAMPLE
ENTER SETUP PASS : 818
8
1
8
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X
RANGE CONTROL MENU
SETUP X.X
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
MODE SET UNIT
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
RANGE MODE: SNGL
EXIT Returns
to the Main
SAMPLE Display
SNGL DUAL AUTO
ENTR EXIT
Only one of the
range modes may
be active at any
time.
Go To
Section
6.7.4
Go To
Section
6.7.5
Go To
Section
6.7.6
Figure 5-3: SETUP RNGE – Reporting Range Mode
92
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
SETUP Menu
5.4.3.1. SINGLE RANGE MODE (SNGL)
The default range mode for the analyzer is single range, in which all analog
concentration outputs are set to the same reporting range. This reporting range can be set
to any value between 0.1 ppb and 20,000 ppb.
While the two outputs always have the same reporting range, the span and scaling of
their electronic signals may also be configured for different differently (e.g., A1 = 0-10
V; A2 = 0-0.1 V).
To select SNGLE range mode and to set the upper limit of the range, press:
SAMPLE
RANGE = 500.000 PPB
SO2 =XXX.X
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
SETUP X.X
RANGE MODE: SNGL
SAMPLE
ENTER SETUP PASS : 818
SNGL IND AUTO
ENTR EXIT
8
1
8
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X
RANGE CONTROL MENU
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
MODE SET UNIT
EXIT
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
SETUP X.X
RANGE CONTROL MENU
SETUP X.X
RANGE: 500.0 Conc
MODE SET UNIT
EXIT
0
0
5
0
0
.0
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X
RANGE MODE: SNGL
SETUP X.X
MODE SET UNIT
RANGE CONTROL MENU
EXIT x 2 returns
to the main
SAMPLE display
SNGL IND AUTO
ENTR EXIT
EXIT
Figure 5-4: SETUP RNGE – Single Range Mode
93
06807C DCN6650
SETUP Menu
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
5.4.3.2. DUAL RANGE MODE (DUAL)
Selecting Dual Range mode allows the A1 and A2 outputs to be configured with
different reporting ranges. The analyzer software calls these two ranges low and high.
The Low range setting corresponds with the analog output labeled A1 on the rear panel
of the instrument. The high range setting corresponds with the A2 output. While the
software names these two ranges low and high, they do not have to be configured that
way. For example: the low range can be set for a span of 0-150 ppb while the high range
is set for 0-50 ppb.
In DUAL range mode the RANGE test function displayed on the front panel will be
replaced by two separate functions:
range1: The range setting for the A1 output.
range2: The range setting for the A2 output.
To set the ranges press following control button sequence
SAMPLE
RANGE = 500.000 PPB
SO2 =XXX.X
SETUP X.X
RANGE MODE: DUAL
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
SNGL DUAL AUTO
ENTR EXIT
SAMPLE
ENTER SETUP PASS : 818
SETUP X.X
RANGE CONTROL MENU
8
1
8
ENTR EXIT
MODE SET UNIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
SETUP X.X
LOW RANGE: 500.0 Conc
.0 ENTR EXIT
Toggle the
numeral buttons
to set the upper
limit of each
range.
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
EXIT
0
0
1
0
0
SETUP X.X
RANGE CONTROL MENU
SETUP X.X
HIGH RANGE: 500.0 Conc
.0 ENTR EXIT
MODE SET UNIT
0
0
5
0
0
SETUP X.X
RANGE MODE: SNGL
SETUP X.X
RANGE CONTROL MENU
EXIT Returns
to the Main
SNGL DUAL AUTO
ENTR EXIT
MODE SET UNIT
EXIT
SAMPLE Display
.
Figure 5-5: SETUP RNGE – Dual Range Mode
IMPORTANT
IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA
In DUAL range mode the LOW and HIGH ranges have separate slopes
and offsets for computing SO2 concentration. The two ranges must be
independently calibrated.
94
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
SETUP Menu
5.4.3.3. AUTO RANGE MODE (AUTO)
In AUTO range mode, the analyzer automatically switches the reporting range between
two user-defined ranges (low and high). The unit will switch from low range to high
range when either the SO2 concentration exceeds 98% of the low range span. The unit
will return from high range back to low range once both the SO2 concentration falls
below 75% of the low range span.
In AUTO Range mode the instrument reports the same data in the same range on both
the A1 and A2 outputs and automatically switches both outputs between ranges as
described above. Also, the RANGE test function displayed on the front panel will be
replaced by two separate functions:
RANGE1: The LOW range setting for all analog outputs.
RANGE2: The HIGH range setting for all analog outputs.
The high/low range status is also reported through the external, digital status bits (refer
to Section 8.1.1).
To set individual ranges press the following control button sequence.
SAMPLE
RANGE = 500.000 PPB
SO2 =XXX.X
SETUP X.X
RANGE MODE: AUTO
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
SNGL IND AUTO
ENTR EXIT
SAMPLE
ENTER SETUP PASS : 818
8
1
8
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X
RANGE CONTROL MENU
EXIT x 2 returns
to the main
SAMPLE display
MODE SET UNIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
LOW RANGE: 500.0 Conc
Toggle the numeral
buttons to set the
LOW and HIGH
range value.
ENTR accepts the
new setting, EXIT
ignores the new
setting.
SETUP X.X
RANGE CONTROL MENU
0
0
5
5
0
0
.0
ENTR EXIT
MODE SET UNIT
SETUP X.X
RANGE MODE: SNGL
SETUP X.X
HIGH RANGE: 500.0 Conc
.0 ENTR EXIT
SNGL IND AUTO
ENTR EXIT
0
0
0
0
Figure 5-6: SETUP RNGE – Auto Range Mode
IMPORTANT
IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA
In AUTO range mode, the LOW and HIGH ranges have separate slopes
and offsets for computing SO2 concentration. The two ranges must be
independently calibrated.
95
06807C DCN6650
SETUP Menu
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
5.4.4. RANGE UNITS
The T100 can display concentrations in parts per billion (109 mols per mol, PPB), parts
per million (106 mols per mol, PPM), micrograms per cubic meter (µg/m3, UGM) or
milligrams per cubic meter (mg/m3, MGM). Changing units affects all of the display,
analog outputs, COM port and DAS values for all reporting ranges regardless of the
analyzer’s range mode.
To change the concentration units:
SAMPLE
RANGE = 500.000 PPB
SO2 =XXX.X
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
SAMPLE
ENTER SETUP PASS : 818
8
1
8
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
EXIT
EXIT returns
to the main menu.
SETUP X.X
RANGE CONTROL MENU
MODE SET UNIT
SETUP X.X
CONC UNITS: PPB
Select the preferred
concentration unit.
PPM PPB UGM MGM
ENTER EXIT
ENTR accepts
the new unit,
EXIT returns
to the SETUP
menu.
SETUP X.X
CONC UNITS: PPM
PPM PPB UGM MGM
ENTER EXIT
Figure 5-7: SETUP RNGE – Concentration Units Selection
IMPORTANT
IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA
Concentrations displayed in mg/m3 and µg/m3 use 0°C and 760 Torr as
standard temperature and pressure (STP). Consult your local regulations
volumetric to mass units
96
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
SETUP Menu
5.4.4.1. CONVERTING MICROGRAMS PER CUBIC METER TO PARTS PER MILLION
The conversion between micrograms per cubic meter and parts per million is based on
standard conditions (0oC and 101.325 kPa) where one mole of an ideal gas occupies
22.414 L. Thus, converting the mass of the pollutant Mp in grams to its equivalent
volume Vp in liters at standard temperature and pressure (STP) takes the following
equation:
Vp = [(Mp)/(MW)] x 22.414 L.mol-1
Where MW is the molecular weight of the pollutant in units of grams per mole. For
readings made at temperatures and pressures other than standard conditions, the standard
volume, 22.414 L.mol-1, must be corrected. The ideal gas law to make the correction can
be used:
(22.414 L.mol-1) x [(T2)/(273 K)] x [(101.325 kPa)/(P2)]
Where T2 and P2 are the absolute temperature (in Kelvin) and absolute pressure (in
kilopascals) at which the readings were made. Because parts per million is a volume
ratio, it can be written as:
ppm = (Vp)/(Va + Vp)
where Va is the volume of the air in cubic meters at the temperature and pressure at
which the measurement was taken. Then combine equations to yield:
ppm = {[(Mp)/(MW)] x (22.414 L.mol-1) x [(T2)/(273 K)] x [(101.325 kPa)/(P2)]}
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Va) x (1000 L.m-3)
where Mp is the mass of the pollutant of interest in micrograms. The factors converting
micrograms to grams and liters to millions of liters cancel one another. Unless
otherwise stated, it is assumed that Va = 1.00 m3
Example:
A 1-m3 sample of air was found to contain 80 µg.m-3 of SO2. The temperature and
o
pressure were 25.0 C and 103.193 kPa when the air sample was taken. What was the
SO2 concentration in parts per million?
Solution:
First, determine the MW of SO2:
MW of SO2 = 32.06 + 2(15.9994) = 64.06 g.mol-1
Next, convert the temperature from Celsius to Kelvin:
25oC + 273 K = 298 K
Using the equation derived above, Concentration is:
{[(80 µg)/(64.06 g.mol-1)] x (22.414 L.mol-1) x [(298 K)/(273 K)] x [(101.325 kPa)/(103.193 kPa)]} / [(1 m3) x (1000 L.m3)]
= 0.030 ppm of SO2
97
06807C DCN6650
SETUP Menu
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
5.4.5. DILUTION RATIO (OPTION)
The dilution ratio is a software option that allows the user to compensate for any dilution
of the sample gas before it enters the sample inlet. Once the degree of dilution is known,
add an appropriate scaling factor to the analyzer’s SO2 concentration calculation so that
the measurement range and concentration values reflect the undiluted values when
shown on the instrument’s front panel display screen and reported via the analog and
serial outputs.
Using the dilution ratio option is a 4-step process:
entered is the maximum expected concentration of the undiluted calibration gas and
that the span gas is either supplied through the same dilution inlet system as the
sample gas or has an appropriately lower actual concentration. For example, with a
dilution set to 100, a 1 ppm gas can be used to calibrate a 100 ppm sample gas if
the span gas is not routed through the dilution system. On the other hand, if a 100
ppm span gas is used, it needs to pass through the same dilution steps as the
sample gas.
3. Set the dilution factor as a gain (e.g., a value of 20 means 20 parts diluent and 1
part of sample gas):
SAMPLE
RANGE = 500.000 PPB
SO2 =XXX.X
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
SAMPLE
ENTER SETUP PASS : 818
8
1
8
ENTR EXIT
SETUP
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
SETUP
RANGE CONTROL MENU
DIL only appears
if the dilution ratio
option has been
installed
MODE SET UNIT DIL
EXIT
EXIT ignores the
new setting.
SETUP
DIL FACTOR: 1.0 GAIN
.0 ENTR
ENTR accepts the
Toggle to set the dilution factor.
new setting.
0
0
0
1
EXIT
This is the number by which the
analyzer will multiply the SO2
concentrations of the gas passing
through the reaction cell.
SETUP
DIL FACTOR: 20.0 GAIN
.0 ENTR
0
0
2
0
EXIT
Figure 5-8: SETUP RNGE – Dilution Ratio
98
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
SETUP Menu
The analyzer multiplies the measured gas concentrations with this dilution factor and
displays the result.
IMPORTANT
IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA
Once the above settings have been entered, the instrument needs to be
recalibrated using one of the methods discussed in Section 9.
5.5. SETUP – PASS: PASSWORD PROTECTION
The menu system provides password protection of the calibration and setup functions to
prevent unauthorized adjustments. When the passwords have been enabled in the PASS
menu item, the system will prompt the user for a password anytime a password-
protected function (e.g., SETUP) is selected. This allows normal operation of the
instrument, but requires the password (101) to access to the menus under SETUP. When
PASSWORD is disabled (SETUP>OFF), any operator can enter the Primary Setup
(SETUP) and Secondary Setup (SETUP>MORE) menus. Whether PASSWORD is
enabled or disabled, a password (default 818) is required to enter the VARS or DIAG
menus in the SETUP>MORE menu.
Table 5-1:Password Levels
PASSWORD
LEVEL
MENU ACCESS ALLOWED
Null (000)
Operation
All functions of the main menu (top level, or Primary, menu)
Access to Primary and Secondary SETUP Menus when PASSWORD is
enabled
Configuration/Maintenance
101
818
Configuration/Maintenance Access to Secondary SETUP Submenus VARS and DIAG whether
PASSWORD is enabled or disabled.
99
06807C DCN6650
SETUP Menu
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
To enable or disable passwords, press:
SAMPLE
RANGE = 500.0 PPB
SO2 =XXX.X
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
ENTR accepts
displayed
SAMPLE
ENTER SETUP PASS : 818
password value
8
1
8
ENTR EXIT
EXIT returns to
SAMPLE display
SETUP
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
SETUP
PASSWORD ENABLE: OFF
ENTR EXIT
PASSWORD
default state is
OFF
Toggles
password
status On/Off
OFF
SETUP
PASSWORD ENABLE: ON
ON
ENTR EXIT
EXIT ignores the
change.
ENTR accepts the
SETUP
ON
PASSWORD ENABLE: ON
change.
Once Password is
enabled, exit back
out to the main
menu for this feature
to take effect.
ENTR EXIT
Figure 5-9: SETUP – Enable Password Security
If the password feature is enabled, then when entering either Calibration or Setup Mode,
the default password displayed will be 000, and the new password must be input.
Example follows for Calibration Mode:
100
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
SETUP Menu
SAMPLE
RANGE = 500.0 PPB
SO2 =XXX.X
SETUP
< TST TST > CAL CALZ CALS
SAMPLE
ENTER SETUP PASS : 0
0
Prompts
password
number
0
0
0
ENTR EXIT
ENTR EXIT
SAMPLE
ENTER SETUP PASS : 0
1
Press
individual
buttons to set
1
101
M-P CAL
RANGE = 500.0 PPB
SO2 =XXX.X
EXIT
< TST TST > ZERO
CONC
Continue calibration process …
Figure 5-10:
SETUP – Enter Calibration Mode Using Password
101
06807C DCN6650
SETUP Menu
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
5.6. SETUP – CLK: SETTING THE INTERNAL TIME-OF-DAY
CLOCK
The T100 has a built-in clock for the AutoCal timer, Time TEST functions, and time
stamps on COM port messages and DAS data entries. To set the time-of-day, press:
SAMPLE
RANGE = 500.000 PPB
SO2 =XXX.X
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
SAMPLE
ENTER SETUP PASS : 818
8
1
8
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
SETUP X.X
TIME-OF-DAY CLOCK
Enter Current
Time-of-Day
Enter Current
Date-of-Year
TIME DATE
EXIT
SETUP X.X
DATE: 01-JAN-02
SETUP X.X
TIME: 12:00
0
1
JAN
0
2
ENTR EXIT
1
2
: 0
0
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X
JAN
DATE: 01-JAN-02
SETUP X.X3
TIME: 12:00
0
1
0
2
ENTR EXIT
1
2
: 0
0
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X
TIME-OF-DAY CLOCK
TIME DATE
SETUP X.X
EXIT
EXIT returns
to the main
SAMPLE display
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
Figure 5-11:
SETUP – Clock
In order to compensate for CPU clocks, which may run fast or slow, there is a variable
to speed up or slow down the clock by a fixed amount every day. To change this
variable, press:
102
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
SETUP Menu
SAMPLE
RANGE = 500.000 PPB
SO2 =XXX.X
SETUPX.X
0 ) DAS_HOLD_OFF=15.0 Minutes
EDIT PRNT EXIT
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
PREV NEXT JUMP
SAMPLE
ENTER SETUP PASS: 818
Continue to press NEXT until …
8
1
8
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X
7) CLOCK_ADJ=0 Sec/Day
JUMP EDIT PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
PREV
SETUP X.X
CLOCK_ADJ:0 Sec/Day
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X
SECONDARY SETUP MENU
+
0
0
COMM VARS DIAG
EXIT
Enter sign and number of seconds per
day the clock gains (-) or loses (+).
SAMPLE
ENTER SETUP PASS: 818
SETUP X.X
8) CLOCK_ADJ=0 Sec/Day
EDIT PRNT EXIT
8
1
8
ENTR EXIT
PREV NEXT JUMP
3x EXIT returns
to the main SAMPLE display
Figure 5-12:
SETUP – Clock Speed Variable
103
06807C DCN6650
SETUP Menu
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
5.7. SETUP – COMM: COMMUNICATIONS PORTS
This section introduces the communications setup menu; Section 6 provides the setup
instructions and operation information. Press SETUP>ENTR>MORE>COMM to arrive
at the communications menu.
SAMPLE
RANGE = 500.000 PPB
SO2 =XXX.X
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
If the default password 818
is replaced by 000, then
Password Protection has
been enabled. Refer to
SETUP: PASS.
SAMPLE
ENTER SETUP PASS : 818
8
1
8
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
SECONDARY SETUP MENU
COMM VARS DIAG
SETUP X.X
ID INET
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
COM1 COM2
Figure 5-13:
SETUP – COMM Menu
5.7.1. ID (INSTRUMENT IDENTIFICATION)
Press ID to display and/or change the Machine ID, which must be changed to a unique
identifier (number) when more than one instrument of the same model is used in a
default ID is the same as the model number; for the Model T100, the ID is 0100. Press
field displays the desired identifier.
104
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
SETUP Menu
SETUP X.X
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
ID INET COM1 COM2
Toggle to cycle
through the available
character set: 0-9
ENTR accepts the new
SETUP X.
MACHINE ID: 100 ID
settings
EXIT ignores the new
0
1
0
0
ENTR EXIT
settings
Figure 5-14:
COMM – Machine ID
The ID can be any 4-digit number and can also be used to identify analyzers in any
number of ways (e.g. location numbers, company asset number, etc.)
5.7.2. INET (ETHERNET)
Use SETUP>COMM>INET to configure Ethernet communications, whether manually
5.7.3. COM1 AND COM2 (MODE, BAUD RATE AND TEST PORT)
Use the SETUP>COMM>COM1[COM2] menus to:
configure communication modes (Section 6.2.1)
view/set the baud rate (Section 6.2.2)
test the connections of the com ports (Section 6.2.3).
Configuring COM1 or COM2 requires setting the DCE DTE switch on the rear panel.
105
06807C DCN6650
SETUP Menu
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
5.8. SETUP – VARS: VARIABLES SETUP AND DEFINITION
Through the SETUP>MORE>VARS menu there are several-user adjustable software
variables that define certain operational parameters. Usually, these variables are
automatically set by the instrument’s firmware, but can be manually re-defined using the
protected level.
Table 5-2:Variable Names (VARS) Revision 1.0.3
DESCRIPTION
ALLOWED VALUES
VARIABLE
NO.
Changes the internal data acquisition system (DAS) hold-off time,
which is the duration when data are not stored in the DAS because
the software considers the data to be questionable. That is the
case during warm-up or just after the instrument returns from one
of its calibration modes to SAMPLE mode. DAS_HOLD_OFF can
be disabled entirely in each DAS channel.
Can be between 0.5
and 20 minutes
DAS_HOLD_OFF
0
Default=15 min.
Enables or disables the temperature and pressure compensation
(TPC) feature (refer to Section 13.7.3).
ON/OFF
TPC_ENABLE
RCELL_SET
1
2
Sets the sample chamber temperature. Increasing or decreasing
this temperature will increase or decrease the rate at which SO2*
30º C - 70º C
Default= 50º C
Do not adjust this setting unless under the direction of Teledyne
API Technical Support personnel.
Sets the IZS option temperature. Increasing or decreasing this
temperature will increase or decrease the permeation rate of the
30º C - 70º C
Default= 50º C
IZS_SET
3
4
Dynamic zero automatically adjusts offset and slope of the SO2
response when performing a zero point calibration during an
AutoCal (refer to Section 9).
ON/OFF
ON/OFF
DYN_ZERO
Dynamic span automatically adjusts slope and slope of the SO2
response when performing a zero point calibration during an
AutoCal (refer to Section 9).
DYN_SPAN
5
Note that the DYN_ZERO and DYN_SPAN features are not
allowed for applications requiring EPA equivalency.
Allows the user to set the number of significant digits to the right of
the decimal point display of concentration and stability values.
AUTO, 1, 2, 3, 4
Default=AUTO
CONC_PRECISION
CLOCK_ADJ
6
7
Adjusts the speed of the analyzer’s clock. Choose the + sign if the
clock is too slow, choose the - sign if the clock is too fast.
-60 to +60 s/day
ON resets the service interval timer. Returns to OFF upon reset.
Number of hours since last service.
ON/OFF
0-500000
0-100000
SERVICE_CLEAR
TIME_SINCE_SVC
SVC_INTERVAL
8
9
Sets the intval between service reminders.
10
IMPORTANT
IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA
There are more VARS available when using the password, 929, for
configuration. Use caution when pressing any buttons while in this setup.
Any changes made may alter the performance of the instrument or cause
the instrument to not function properly. Note that if there is an accidental
change to a setup parameter, press EXIT to discard the changes.
106
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
SETUP Menu
To access and navigate the VARS menu, use the following button sequence.
SAMPLE*
RANGE = 500.000 PPB
SO2 =X.XXX
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
SAMPLE
ENTER SETUP PASS : 818
8
1
8
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
SECONDARY SETUP MENU
COMM VARS DIAG
EXIT ignores the new setting.
SETUP X.X
ENTER VARS PASS: 818
ENTR accepts the new setting.
8
1
8
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X
0 ) DAS_HOLD_OFF=15.0 Minutes
SETUP X.X
.0
DAS_HOLD_OFF=15.0 Minutes
ENTR EXIT
Toggle to change setting
NEXT JUMP
EDIT PRNT EXIT
1
5
SETUP X.X
1 ) TPC_ENABLE=ON
PREV NEXT JUMP
EDIT PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X
TPC_ENABLE=ON
ON
ENTR EXIT
Toggle to change setting
SETUP X.X
2)RCELL_SET=50.0 DegC
PREV NEXT JUMP
EDIT PRNT EXIT
DO NOT change
theses set-points
unless
specifically
SETUP X.X
3) IZS_SET=50.0 DegC
instructed to by
TAPI Customer
Service.
PREV NEXT JUMP
EDIT PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X
4 ) DYN_ZERO=ON
PREV NEXT JUMP
EDIT PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X
DYN_ZERO=ON
ON
ENTR EXIT
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X
5) DYN_SPAN=ON
Toggle to change setting
PREV NEXT JUMP
EDIT PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X
DYN_SPAN=ON
ON
Toggle to change setting
SETUP X.X
6) CONC_PRECISION : 3
SETUP X.X
CONC_PRECUISION : 3
ENTR EXIT
PREV NEXT JUMP
EDIT PRNT EXIT
AUTO
0
1
2
3
4
Toggle to change setting
SETUP X.X
7) CLOCK_ADJ=0 Sec/Day
SETUP X.X
CLOCK_ADJ=0 Sec/Day
ENTR EXIT
PREV NEXT JUMP
EDIT PRNT EXIT
+
0
0
Toggle to change setting
Figure 5-15:
SETUP – VARS Menu
107
06807C DCN6650
SETUP Menu
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
5.9. SETUP – DIAG: DIAGNOSTICS FUNCTIONS
The SETUP>MORE>DIAG menu provides a series of diagnostic functions whose
parameters are dependent on firmware revision (refer to Menu Tree, A-5, in Appendix
each in the remainder of this section. These functions can be used as tools in a variety of
troubleshooting and diagnostic procedures.
Table 5-3: T100 Diagnostic (DIAG) Functions
FRONT
PANEL
MODE
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTION AND MEANING
SECTION
INDICATOR
SIGNAL I/O: Allows observation of all digital and analog
signals in the instrument. Allows certain digital signals such as
valves and heaters to be toggled ON and OFF.
DIAG I/O
ANALOG OUTPUT: When entered, the analyzer performs an
analog output step test. This can be used to calibrate a chart
recorder or to test the analog output accuracy.
DIAG AOUT
DIAG AIO
ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION: Analog input/output
parameters are available for viewing and configuration.
OPTIC TEST: When activated, the analyzer performs an optic
test, which turns on an LED located inside the sensor module
near the PMT (Fig. 10-15). This diagnostic tests the response
of the PMT without having to supply span gas.
DIAG OPTIC
DIAG ELEC
DIAG LAMP
DIAG PCAL
ELECTRICAL TEST: When activated, the analyzer performs
an electric test, which generates a current intended to simulate
the PMT output to verify the signal handling and conditioning of
the PMT preamp board.
LAMP CALIBRATION: The analyzer records the current
voltage output of the UV source reference detector. This value
is used by the CPU to calculate the lamp ration used in
determining the SO2 concentration
PRESSURE CALIBRATION: The analyzer records the current
output of the sample gas pressure sensor. This value is used
by the CPU to compensate the SO2 concentration when the
TPC feature is enabled.
FLOW CALIBRATION: This function is used to calibrate the
gas flow output signals of sample gas and ozone supply.
These settings are retained when exiting DIAG.
DIAG FCAL
DIAG TCHN
TEST CHAN OUTPUT: Configures the A4 analog output
channel.
108
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
SETUP Menu
To access the DIAG functions press the following buttons:
DIAG
ANALOG I / O CONFIGURATION
SAMPLE
RANGE = 500.000 PPB
SO2 =XXX.X
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
PREV
NEXT
ENTR
EXIT
SAMPLE
ENTER SETUP PASS : 818
DIAG
OPTIC TEST
EXIT returns
to the main
SAMPLE
display
8
1
8
ENTR EXIT
PREV
NEXT
NEXT
ENTR
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
EXIT returns
to the PRIMARY
SETUP MENU
DIAG
ELECTRICAL TEST
ENTR
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
PREV
From this point
forward, EXIT returns
to the
SECONDARY
SETUP MENU
SETUP X.X
SECONDARY SETUP MENU
DIAG
LAMP CALIBRATION
ENTR
COMM VARS DIAG
EXIT
PREV
NEXT
NEXT
NEXT
EXIT
EXIT
EXIT
DIAG
PRESSURE CALIBRATION
SAMPLE
ENTER SETUP PASS : 818
If password
protection is
enabled, see
PREV
ENTR
8
1
8
ENTR EXIT
SETUP – PASS.
DIAG
FLOW CALIBRATION
DIAG
SIGNAL I / O
PREV
ENTR
NEXT
ENTR
EXIT
DIAG
ANALOG OUTPUT
DIAG
TEST CHAN OUTPUT
PREV
NEXT
ENTR
EXIT
PREV
ENTR
EXIT
Figure 5-16:
DIAG Menu
109
06807C DCN6650
SETUP Menu
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
5.9.1. SIGNAL I/O
The signal I/O diagnostic mode allows a user to review and change the digital and
analog input/output functions of the analyzer. Refer to Appendix A-4 for a complete list
of the parameters available for review under this menu.
IMPORTANT
IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA
Any changes of signal I/O settings will remain in effect only until the
signal I/O menu is exited. Exceptions are the ozone generator override
and the flow sensor calibration, which remain as entered when exiting.
Access the signal I/O test mode from the DIAG Menu (refer to Figure 5-16), then press:
DIAG
SIGNAL I / O
Press NEXT & PREV to
move between signal
types.
PREV NEXT JUMP
ENTR EXIT
Press JUMP to go
directly to a specific
signal
DIAG I / O
0) EXT_ZERO_CAL=OFF
PREV NEXT JUMP
PRNT EXIT
See Appendix A-4 for
a complete list of
available SIGNALS
EXAMPLE
DIAG I / O
JUMP TO: 12
EXAMPLE:
1
2
ENTR EXIT
Enter 12 to Jump to
12) ST_SYSTEM_OK=ON
DIAG I / O
12) ST_SYSTEM_OK = ON
Exit to return
to the
DIAG menu
PREV NEXT JUMP
ON PRNT EXIT
Pressing the PRNT button will send a formatted
printout to the serial port and can be captured
with a computer or other output device.
Toggle ON/(OFF) button to
change status.
Figure 5-17:
DIAG – Signal I/O Menu
110
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
SETUP Menu
5.9.2. ANALOG OUTPUT STEP TEST
Analog Output is used as a step test to check the accuracy and proper operation of the
analog outputs. The test forces all four analog output channels to produce signals
ranging from 0% to 100% of the full scale range in 20% increments. This test is useful
to verify the operation of the data logging/recording devices attached to the analyzer.
press:
SAMPLE
RANGE = 500.000 PPB
SO2 =XXX.X
DIAG
SIGNAL I / O
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
NEXT
ENTR EXIT
SAMPLE
ENTER SETUP PASS : 818
DIAG
ANALOG OUTPUT
8
1
8
ENTR EXIT
PREV
NEXT
ENTR EXIT
Performs
analog output
step test.
DIAG AOUT
0%
ANALOG OUTPUT
ANALOG OUTPUT
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
0% - 100%
EXIT
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
Exit-Exit
returns to the
DIAG AOUT
SETUP X.X
SECONDARY SETUP MENU
DIAG menu
[0%]
EXIT
COMM VARS DIAG
EXIT
Pressing the “0%” button while performing the test will
pause the test at that level. Brackets will appear around
the value: example: [20%] Pressing the same key again
will resume the test.
Figure 5-18:
DIAG – Analog Output Menu
111
06807C DCN6650
SETUP Menu
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
5.9.3. ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION
Table 6-8 lists the analog I/O functions that are available in the T100.
Table 5-4:DIAG - Analog I/O Functions
SUB MENU
FUNCTION
AOUTS CALIBRATED: Shows the status of the analog output calibration (YES/NO) and initiates a calibration of all
analog output channels.
CONC_OUT_1
Sets the basic electronic configuration of the A1 analog output (SO2). There are three options:
RANGE: Selects the signal type (voltage or current loop) and full scale level of the
output.
REC_OFS: Allows setting a voltage offset (not available when RANGE is set to Current
Loop (CURR).
AUTO_CAL: Performs the same calibration as AOUT CALIBRATED, but on this one
channel only.
NOTE: Any change to RANGE or REC_OFS requires recalibration of this output.
CONC_OUT_2
TEST OUTPUT
CONC_OUT_3
Same as for CONC_OUT_1 but for analog channel 2 (SO2)
Same as for CONC_OUT_1 but for analog channel 3 (TEST)
(Not available in the analyzer’s standard configuration; applies when optional sensor installed).
Shows the calibration status (YES/NO) and initiates a calibration of the analog input channels.
AIN CALIBRATED
XIN1
.
For each of 8 external analog inputs channels, shows the gain, offset, engineering units, and
whether the channel is to show up as a Test function.
.
.
XIN8
Table 5-5: Analog Output Voltage Ranges
RANGE
0-0.1 V
0-1 V
MINIMUM OUTPUT
-5 mV
MAXIMUM OUTPUT
+105 mV
-0.05 V
+1.05 V
0-5 V
-0.25 V
+5.25 V
0-10 V
-0.5 V
+10.5 V
The default offset for all ranges is 0 VDC.
112
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
SETUP Menu
The following DC current output limits apply to the current loop modules:
Table 5-6:Analog Output Current Loop Range
RANGE
MINIMUM OUTPUT
0 mA
MAXIMUM OUTPUT
0-20 mA
20 mA
These are the physical limits of the current loop modules, typical applications use 2-20 or 4-20 mA for the lower
and upper limits. Please specify desired range when ordering this option.
The default offset for all ranges is 0 mA.
ANALOG OUT
A1
A2
A3
A4
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
rear panel and Table 3-6 for pin assignments.
113
06807C DCN6650
SETUP Menu
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
5.9.3.1. ANALOG OUTPUT SIGNAL TYPE AND RANGE SPAN SELECTION
To select an output signal type (DC Voltage or current) and level for one output channel,
activate the ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION MENU from the DIAG Menu (refer
DIAG
ANALOG I / O CONFIGURATION
PREV
NEXT
ENTR
EXIT
EXIT
DIAG AIO
AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO
Press SET> to select the
analog output channel to be
configured. Press EDIT to
continue
< SET SET> CAL
DIAG AIO
CONC_OUT_1:5V,OVR,CAL
< SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
EXIT
DIAG AIO
CONC_OUT_1 RANGE: 5V
SET> EDIT
DIAG AIO
CONC_OUT_1 RANGE: 5V
These buttons set
the signal level
and type for the
selected channel
0.1V 1V 5V 10V CURR
ENTR EXIT
Pressing ENTR records the new setting
and returns to the previous menu.
Pressing EXIT ignores the new setting and
returns to the previous menu.
DIAG AIO
CONC_OUT_1 RANGE: 10V
0.1V 1V 5V 10V CURR
ENTR EXIT
Figure 5-19:
DIAG – Analog I/O Configuration Menu
114
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
SETUP Menu
5.9.3.2. ANALOG OUTPUT CALIBRATION MODE
Analog output calibration should to be carried out on first startup of the analyzer
(performed in the factory as part of the configuration process) or whenever recalibration
is required. The analog outputs can be calibrated automatically, either as a group or
individually, or adjusted manually.
In its default mode, the instrument is configured for automatic calibration of all
channels, which is useful for clearing any analog calibration warnings associated with
channels that will not be used or connected to any input or recording device, e.g.,
datalogger.
Manual calibration should be used for the 0.1V range or in cases where the outputs must
be closely matched to the characteristics of the recording device. Manual calibration
requires the AUTOCAL feature to be disabled.
To calibrate the outputs as a group, activate the ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION
DIAG
ANALOG I / O CONFIGURATION
Exit at any time
to return to the
main DIAG
menu
PREV
NEXT
ENTR
EXIT
EXIT
DIAG AIO
AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO
If AutoCal has been
turned off for any
channel, the message
for that channel will be
similar to:
< SET SET> CAL
DIAG AIO AUTO CALIBRATING CONC_OUT_1
(continues for any active channels)
NOT AUTO CAL
CONC_OUT_1
AUTO CALIBRATING TEST_OUTPUT
If any of the channels have
not been calibrated this
message will read NO.
Exit to return to
the I/O
configuration
menu
DIAG AIO
AOUTS CALIBRATED:
YES
< SET SET> CAL
EXIT
Figure 5-20:
DIAG – Analog Output Calibration Mode
115
06807C DCN6650
SETUP Menu
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
To automatically calibrate a single analog channel from the DIAG Menu (refer to Figure
DIAG
ANALOG I / O CONFIGURATION
EXIT to Return
to the main
Sample Display
PREV
NEXT
ENTR
EXIT
EXIT
DIAG AIO
AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO
<
SET> CAL
Press SET> to select the
Analog Output channel to
be configured. Then Press
EDIT to continue
DIAG AIO
CONC_OUT_2:5V, CAL
< SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
EXIT
DIAG AIO
CONC_OUT_2 RANGE: 5V
DIAG AIO
CONC_OUT_2 CALIBRATED: NO
SET> EDIT
<SET
CAL
EXIT
DIAG AIO
CONC_OUT_2 REC OFS: 0 mV
DIAG AIO
AUTO CALIBRATING CONC_OUT_2
< SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
DIAG AIO
CONC_OUT_2 AUTO CAL: ON
DIAG AIO
<SET
CONC_OUT_2 CALIBRATED: YES
< SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
CAL
EXIT
Figure 5-21:
DIAG – Analog Output Calibration Mode – Single Analog Channel
116
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
SETUP Menu
To select manual output calibration for a particular channel, access the Analog I/O
Configuration from the DIAG Menu (refer to Figure 5-16), then press:
DIAG
ANALOG I / O CONFIGURATION
DIAG AIO
CONC_OUT_2 REC OFS: 0 mV
EXIT
Exit to return to
the main
sample display
PREV
NEXT
ENTR
EXIT
< SET SET> EDIT
DIAG AIO
AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO
DIAG AIO
CONC_OUT_2 AUTO CAL: ON
< SET SET> CAL
EXIT
< SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
Press SET> to select the analog output channel to
be configured. Then press EDIT to continue
DIAG AIO
CONC_OUT_2 AUTO CAL: ON
DIAG AIO
CONC_OUT_2:5V, CAL
ON
ENTR EXIT
< SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
EXIT
Toggle to OFF to enable manual
cal adjustments to the selected
output channel only.
DIAG AIO
CONC_OUT_2 RANGE: 5V
DIAG AIO
CONC_OUT_2 AUTO CAL: OFF
SET> EDIT
OFF
ENTR EXIT
ENTR accepts the new setting
and returns to the previous menu.
EXIT ignores the new setting and
returns to the previous menu.
Figure 5-22:
DIAG – Analog Output – Auto Cal or Manual Cal Selection for Channels
Now the analog output channels should either be automatically calibrated or they should
be set to manual calibration, which is described next.
117
06807C DCN6650
SETUP Menu
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
5.9.3.3. MANUAL ANALOG OUTPUT CALIBRATION AND VOLTAGE ADJUSTMENT
For highest accuracy, the voltages of the analog outputs can be manually calibrated.
Calibration is done through the instrument software with a voltmeter connected across
buttons by setting the zero-point first and then the span-point (refer to Table 5-7).
The software allows this adjustment to be made in 100, 10 or 1 count increments.
Table 5-7: Voltage Tolerances for Analog Output Calibration
FULL SCALE
ZERO TOLERANCE
SPAN VOLTAGE
SPAN TOLERANCE
0.1 VDC
1 VDC
±0.0005V
±0.001V
±0.002V
±0.004V
90 mV
900 mV
4500 mV
4500 mV
±0.001V
±0.001V
±0.003V
±0.006V
5 VDC
10 VDC
IMPORTANT
IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA
Outputs configured for 0.1V full scale should always be calibrated
manually.
See Table 3-1 for
pin assignments
V
of Analog Out
connector on the
rear panel
+DC Gnd
V OUT +
V OUT -
V IN +
V IN -
Recording
Device
ANALYZER
Figure 5-23:
Setup for Calibrating Analog Outputs
118
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
SETUP Menu
To make these manual adjustments, the AOUT auto-calibration feature must be turned
DIAG
ANALOG I / O CONFIGURATION
DIAG AIO
CONC_OUT_1 OVERRANGE: ON
PREV
NEXT
ENTR
EXIT
SET> EDIT
EXIT
DIAG AIO
AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO
< SET SET> CAL
EXIT
DIAG AIO
CONC_OUT_1 REC OFS: 0 mV
< SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
If AutoCal is ON, go to
Section 6.7.3
Press SET> to select the analog output channel to be configured:
DISPLAYED AS=
CONC_OUT_1 =
CONC_OUT_2 =
TEST OUTPUT =
CHANNEL
A1
A2
A4
DIAG AIO
CONC_OUT_1 AUTO CAL: OFF
< SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
DIAG AIO
< SET
CONC_OUT_1 CALIBRATED: NO
CAL
DIAG AIO
CONC_OUT_1 :5V, NO CAL
EXIT
< SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
DIAG AIO
CONC_OUT_1 RANGE: 5V
DIAG AIO CONC_OUT_1 VOLT–Z : 0 mV
SET> EDIT
EXIT
U100 UP10 UP DOWN DN10 D100 ENTR EXIT
These control buttons increase / decrease the
analog output by 100, 10 or 1 counts.
EXIT ignores the
new setting.
ENTR accepts the
DIAG AIO CONC_OUT_1 VOLT–S : 4500 mV
Continue adjustments until the voltage measured
at the output of the analyzer and/or the input of
the recording device matches the value in the
upper right hand corner of the display to the
tolerance listed in Table 6-10.
U100 UP10 UP DOWN DN10 D100 ENTR EXIT
new setting.
The concentration display will not change. Only
the voltage reading of your voltmeter will change.
DIAG AIO
< SET
CONC_OUT_1 CALIBRATED: YES
CAL EXIT
Figure 5-24:
Analog Output – Voltage Adjustment
119
06807C DCN6650
SETUP Menu
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
5.9.3.4. ANALOG OUTPUT OFFSET ADJUSTMENT
Some analog signal recorders require that the zero signal to be significantly different
from the baseline of the recorder in order to record slightly negative readings from noise
around the zero point. This can be achieved in the T100 by defining a zero offset, a
small voltage (e.g., 10% of span), which can be added to the signal of individual output
channels by activating the ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION MENU from the DIAG
Menu (refer to Figure 5-16), then press:
DIAG
ANALOG I / O CONFIGURATION
PREV
NEXT
ENTR
EXIT
DIAG AIO
AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO
< SET SET> CAL
EXIT
Press SET> to select the
analog output channel to
be configured. Then press
EDIT to continue
DIAG AIO
CONC_OUT_2:5V, CAL
< SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
EXIT
DIAG AIO
DIAG AIO
DIAG AIO
CONC_OUT_2 RANGE: 5V
SET> EDIT
CONC_OUT_2 OVERRANGE: ON
SET> EDIT
EXIT
CONC_OUT_2 REC OFS: 0 mV
Pressing ENTR accepts the
new setting and returns to the
previous menu.
Pressing EXIT ignores the new
setting and returns to the
previous menu.
< SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
Set the recorder
offset (in mV) of
the selected
channel
DIAG AIO
RECORD OFFSET: 0 MV
+
0
0
0
0
ENTR EXIT
Figure 5-25:
Analog Output – Offset Adjustment
120
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
SETUP Menu
5.9.3.5. CURRENT LOOP OUTPUT ADJUSTMENT
A current loop option is available and can be installed as a retrofit for each of the analog
analog output to a current signal with 0-20 mA output current. The outputs can be scaled
to any set of limits within that 0-20 mA range. However, most current loop applications
call for either 2-20 mA or 4-20 mA range. All current loop outputs have a +5% over-
range. Ranges with the lower limit set to more than 1 mA (e.g., 2-20 or 4-20 mA) also
have a -5% under-range.
To switch an analog output from voltage to current loop after installing the current
output printed circuit assembly, follow the instructions in Section 6.9.4.1 and select
CURR from the list of options on the “Output Range” menu.
Adjusting the signal zero and span values of the current loop output is done by raising or
lowering the voltage of the respective analog output. This proportionally raises or lowers
the current produced by the current loop option.
Similar to the voltage calibration, the software allows this current adjustment to be made
in 100, 10 or 1 count increments. Since the exact current increment per voltage count
varies from output to output and from instrument to instrument, you will need to
measure the change in the current with a current meter placed in series with the output
Figure 5-26:
Setup for Calibrating Current Outputs
WARNING
Do not exceed 60 V between current loop outputs and instrument ground.
121
06807C DCN6650
SETUP Menu
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
To adjust the zero and span values of the current outputs, activate the ANALOG I/O
DIAG AIO
< SET
CONC_OUT_2 CALIBRATED: NO
CAL EXIT
DIAG
ANALOG I / O CONFIGURATION
PREV
NEXT
ENTR
EXIT
DIAG AIO CONC_OUT_2 ZERO: 0 mV
Increase or decrease the current
output by 100, 10 or 1 counts. The
resulting change in output voltage is
displayed in the upper line.
Continue adjustments until the correct
current is measured with the current
meter.
DIAG AIO
AIN A/C FREQUENCY: 60 HZ
U100 UP10 UP DOWN DN10 D100 ENTR EXIT
SET> EDIT
EXIT
EXIT
EXIT
EXAMPLE
DIAG AIO CONC_OUT_2 ZERO: 27 mV
DIAG AIO
AIN CALIBRATED: NO
U100 UP10 UP DOWN DN10 D100 ENTR EXIT
SET> EDIT
DIAG AIO
AOUT CALIBRATED: NO
DIAG AIO CONC_OUT_2 SPAN: 10000 mV
ENTR returns
to the previous
menu.
< SET SET> CAL
U100 UP10 UP DOWN DN10 D100 ENTR EXIT
Press SET> to select the analog output channel
to be configured:. Then press EDIT to continue
EXAMPLE
EXIT ignores the
new setting, ENTR
accepts the new
setting.
DIAG AIO CONC_OUT_2 ZERO: 9731 mV
DIAG AIO
CONC_OUT_CURR, NO CAL
U100 UP10 UP DOWN DN10 D100 ENTR EXIT
< SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
DIAG AIO
< SET
CONC_OUT_2 CALIBRATED: YES
CAL EXIT
DIAG AIO
CONC_OUT_2 RANGE: CURR
EXIT
<SET SET> EDIT
Figure 5-27:
Analog Output – Zero and Span Value Adjustment for Current Outputs
If a current meter is not available, an alternative method for calibrating the current loop outputs is to connect a
250 1% resistor across the current loop output. Using a voltmeter, connected across the resistor, follow the
procedure above but adjust the output to the following values:
Table 5-8: Current Loop Output Calibration with Resistor
VOLTAGE FOR 2-20 MA
VOLTAGE FOR 4-20 MA
FULL SCALE
(MEASURED ACROSS
RESISTOR)
(MEASURED ACROSS RESISTOR)
0%
0.5 V
5.0 V
1.0 V
5.0 V
100%
122
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
SETUP Menu
5.9.3.6. AIN CALIBRATION
This is the sub-menu to conduct the analog input calibration. This calibration should
only be necessary after major repair such as a replacement of CPU, motherboard or
power supplies. Navigate to the ANALOG I/O CONFIGURATION MENU from the
DIAG Menu (refer to Figure 5-16), then press:
Exit at any time to
return to the main
DIAG menu
DIAG
ANALOG I / O CONFIGURATION
ENTR EXIT
PREV
NEXT
Continue pressing SET> until …
DIAG AIO
AIN CALIBRATED: NO
< SET SET> CAL
EXIT
DIAG AIO
DIAG AIO
CALIBRATING A/D ZERO
Instrument
calibrates
automatically
CALIBRATING A/D SPAN
Exit to return to the
ANALOG I/O
CONFIGURATION
MENU
AIN CALIBRATED: YES
< SET SET> CAL
EXIT
Figure 5-28:
DIAG – Analog Output – AIN Calibration
5.9.3.7. ANALOG INPUTS (XIN1…XIN8) OPTION CONFIGURATION
To configure the analyzer’ optional analog inputs define for each channel:
gain (number of units represented by 1 volt)
offset (volts)
engineering units to be represented in volts (each press of the touchscreen button
scrolls the list of alphanumeric characters from A-Z and 0-9)
whether to display the channel in the Test functions
123
06807C DCN6650
SETUP Menu
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
To adjust settings for the Analog Inputs option parameters press:
DIAG
ANALOG I / O CONFIGURATION
PREV
NEXT
ENTR
EXIT
EXIT
DIAG AIO
AOUTS CALIBRATED: NO
Press SET> to scroll to the first
channel. Continue pressing SET>
to view each of 8 channels.
< SET SET> CAL
DIAG AIO
XIN1:1.00,0.00,V,OFF
Press EDIT at any channel
< SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
to to change Gain, Offset,
Units and whether to display
the channel in the Test
functions (OFF/ON).
DIAG AIO
XIN1 GAIN:1.00V/V
SET> EDIT
EXIT
DIAG AIO
XIN1 OFFSET:0.00V
DIAG AIO
XIN1 GAIN:1.00V/V
< SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
+
0
0
1
.0
0
ENTR EXIT
DIAG AIO
XIN1 UNITS:V
Press to change
Gain value
< SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
DIAG AIO
< SET
XIN1 DISPLAY:OFF
EDIT
Pressing ENTR records the new setting
and returns to the previous menu.
Pressing EXIT ignores the new setting and
returns to the previous menu.
EXIT
Figure 5-29.
DIAG – Analog Inputs (Option) Configuration Menu
124
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
SETUP Menu
5.9.4. OPTIC TEST
The optic test function tests the response of the PMT sensor by turning on an LED
light emitted from the LED to test its photo-electronic subsystem, including the PMT
and the current to voltage converter on the pre-amplifier board. To ensure that the
analyzer measures only the light coming from the LED, the analyzer should be supplied
with zero air. The optic test should produce a PMT signal of about 2000±1000 mV.
Access the Optic Test from the DIAG Menu (refer to Figure 5-16), then press:
DIAG
SIGNAL I / O
PREV NEXT JUMP
ENTR
EXIT
Press NEXT until…
DIAG
OPTIC TEST
PREV NEXT
ENTR EXIT
DIAG OPTIC
<TST TST>
RANGE = 500.000 PPB
SO2=XXX.X
EXIT
Press TST until…
While the optic test is
activated, PMT should be
2000 mV ± 1000 mV
DIAG ELEC
PMT = 2751 MV
SO2=XXX.X
<TST TST>
EXIT
Figure 5-30:
DIAG – Optic Test
IMPORTANT
IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA
This is a coarse test for functionality and not an accurate calibration tool.
The resulting PMT signal can vary significantly over time and also
changes with low-level calibration.
125
06807C DCN6650
SETUP Menu
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
5.9.5. ELECTRICAL TEST
The electrical test function creates a current, which substitutes the PMT signal, and
feeds it into the preamplifier board. This signal is generated by circuitry on the pre-
amplifier board itself and tests the filtering and amplification functions of that assembly
along with the A/D converter on the motherboard. It does not test the PMT itself. The
electrical test should produce a PMT signal of about 2000 ±1000 mV.
Access the Electrical Test from the DIAG Menu (refer to Figure 5-16), then press:
DIAG
SIGNAL I / O
PREV NEXT JUMP
ENTR
EXIT
Press NEXT until…
DIAG
ELECTRICAL TEST
PREV NEXT
ENTR EXIT
DIAG ELEC
<TST TST>
RANGE = 500.0 PPB
SO2 =XXX.X
EXIT
Press TST until…
While the electrical test is
activated, PMT should equal:
DIAG ELEC
PMT = 1732 MV
SO2=X.XXX
2000 mV ± 1000 mV
<TST TST>
EXIT
Figure 5-31:
DIAG – Electrical Test
126
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
SETUP Menu
5.9.6. LAMP CALIBRATION
An important factor in accurately determining SO2 concentration is the amount of UV
compensates for variations in the intensity of the available UV light by adjusting the SO2
concentration calculation using a ratio (LAMP RATIO)that results from dividing the
current UV lamp (UV LAMP) intensity by a value stored in the CPU’s memory
(LAMP_CAL). Both LAMP Ration and UV Lamp are test functions viewable from the
instruments front panel.
To cause the analyzer to measure and record a value for LAMP_CAL, access the Signal
I/O from the DIAG Menu (refer to Figure 5-16), then press:
DIAG
SIGNAL I / O
NEXT
ENTR
EXIT
Repeat Pressing NEXT until . .
.
DIAG
PREV NEXT
LAMP CALIBRATION
ENTR EXIT
DIAG FCAL LAMP CAL VALUE:4262.4 mV
4
2
6
2
.4
ENTR EXIT
The value displayed is the
current output of the UV
source reference detector
ENTR accepts the
new value
EXIT ignores the new
value
Figure 5-32:
DIAG – Lamp Calibration
127
06807C DCN6650
SETUP Menu
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
5.9.7. PRESSURE CALIBRATION
A sensor at the exit of the sample chamber continuously measures the pressure of the
sample gas. This data is used to compensate the final SO2 concentration calculation for
changes in atmospheric pressure when the instrument’s TPC feature is turned on (refer
to Section 10.7.3) and is stored in the CPU’s memory as the test function PRES (also
viewable via the front panel).
Ensure to use a barometer that measures actual barometric pressure.
To cause the analyzer to measure and record a value for PRES, access the Signal I/O
from the DIAG Menu (refer to Figure 5-16), then press:
DIAG
SIGNAL I / O
NEXT
ENTR
EXIT
Repeat Pressing NEXT until . .
.
DIAG
PRESSURE CALIBRATION
ENTR EXIT
PREV NEXT
DIAG PCAL ACTUAL PRES :27.20 IN-HG-A
2
7
.2
0
ENTR EXIT
Adjust these values until the
displayed pressure equals the
pressure measured by the
independent pressure meter.
ENTR accepts the
new value
EXIT ignores the new
value
Figure 5-33:
DIAG – Pressure Calibration
128
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
SETUP Menu
5.9.8. FLOW CALIBRATION
The flow calibration allows the user to adjust the values of the sample flow rates as they
are displayed on the front panel and reported through COM ports to match the actual
flow rate measured at the sample inlet. This does not change the hardware measurement
of the flow sensors, only the software calculated values.
To carry out this adjustment, connect an external, sufficiently accurate flow meter to the
SAMPLE inlet (refer to Section 11 for more details).
Once the flow meter is attached and is measuring actual gas flow, access the Signal I/O
from the DIAG Menu (refer to Figure 5-16), then press:
DIAG
SIGNAL I / O
NEXT
ENTR
EXIT
Repeat Pressing NEXT until . .
.
DIAG
FLOW CALIBRATION
PREV NEXT
ENTR EXIT
DIAG FCAL
ACTUAL FLOW: 607 CC / M
0
6
0
7
ENTR EXIT
Adjust these values until the
displayed flow rate equals the
flow rate being measured by the
independent flow meter.
ENTR accepts the
new value
EXIT ignores the new
value
Figure 5-34:
DIAG – Flow Calibration
129
06807C DCN6650
SETUP Menu
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
5.9.9. TEST CHANNEL OUTPUT
When activated, output channel A3 can be used in the standard configuration to report
one of the test functions viewable from the SAMPLE mode display.
To activate the A3 channel and select a test function, access the Signal I/O from the
DIAG Menu (refer to Figure 5-16), then press:
DIAG
SIGNAL I / O
PREV NEXT
ENTR EXIT
Continue to press NEXT until …
DIAG
TEST CHAN OUTPUT
ENTR
PREV
NEXT
EXIT
DIAG TCHN
TEST CHANNEL: NONE
NEXT
ENTR
EXIT
DIAG TCHN TEST CHANNEL: PMT READING
PREV NEXT ENTR
EXIT
Press PREV or NEXT
to move through the
list of available
parameters
Press ENTR to
Press EXIT to
return to the
DIAG menu
select the displayed
parameter and to
activate the test
channel.
(Table 6-9)
Figure 5-35:
DIAG – Test Channel Output
130
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
SETUP Menu
Table 5-9: Test Parameters Available for Analog Output A3 (standard
configuration)
Test Channel
Test parameter range
Test channel is turned off
0-5000 mV
NONE
PMT READING
UV READING
SAMPLE PRESSURE
SAMPLE FLOW
RCELL TEMP
CHASSIS TEMP
IZS TEMP
0-5000 mV
0-40 in-Hg-A
0-1000 cm³/min
0-70° C
0-70° C
0-70° C
PMT TEMP
0-50° C
HVPS VOLTAGE
0-5000 V
Once a TEST function is selected, the instrument begins to report a signal on the A3
output and adds TEST to the list of test functions viewable on the display (just before
the TIME test function).
131
06807C DCN6650
SETUP Menu
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
This page intentionally left blank.
132
06807C DCN6650
6. COMMUNICATIONS SETUP AND OPERATION
This instrument rear panel connections include an Ethernet port, a USB port (option) and
two serial communications ports (labeled RS232, which is the COM1 port, and COM2)
communicate with, issue commands to, and receive data from the analyzer through an
external computer system or terminal.
This section provides pertinent information regarding communication equipment,
describes the instrument’s communications modes, presents configuration instructions
for the communications ports, and provides instructions for their use, including
communications protocol. Data acquisition is presented in Section .
6.1. DATA TERMINAL / COMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT (DTE DCE)
RS-232 was developed for allowing communications between data terminal equipment
(DTE) and data communication equipment (DCE). Basic terminals always fall into the
DTE category whereas modems are always considered DCE devices. The difference
between the two is the pin assignment of the Data Receive and Data Transmit functions.
•
•
DTE devices receive data on pin 2 and transmit data on pin 3.
DCE devices receive data on pin 3 and transmit data on pin 2.
To allow the analyzer to be used with terminals (DTE), modems (DCE) and computers
(which can be either), a switch mounted below the serial ports on the rear panel allows
the user to set the RS-232 configuration for one of these two data devices. This switch
exchanges the Receive and Transmit lines on RS-232 emulating a cross-over or null-
modem cable. The switch has no effect on COM2.
6.2. COMMUNICATION MODES, BAUD RATE AND PORT TESTING
Use the SETUP>MORE>COMM menu to configure COM1 (labeled RS232 on
instrument rear panel) and/or COM2 (labeled COM2 on instrument rear panel) for
communication modes, baud rate and/or port testing for correct connection. If using a
USB option communication connection, setup requires configuring the COM2 baud rate
133
06807C DCN6650
Communications Setup and Operation
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
6.2.1. COMMUNICATION MODES
Either of the analyzer’s serial ports (RS232 or COM2 on rear panel) can be configured
to operate in a number of different modes, which are described in .
Table 6-1:COMM Port Communication Modes
MODE1
QUIET
ID
DESCRIPTION
Quiet mode suppresses any feedback from the analyzer (DAS reports, and warning
messages) to the remote device and is typically used when the port is communicating with
a computer program such as APICOM. Such feedback is still available but a command
must be issued to receive them.
1
COMPUTER
Computer mode inhibits echoing of typed characters and is used when the port is
communicating with a computer program, such as APICOM.
2
HESSEN
PROTOCOL
The Hessen communications protocol is used in some European countries. Teledyne
API’s part number 02252 contains more information on this protocol.
16
E, 7, 1
Allows the COMM port settings to be set between either
No parity; 8 data bits; 1 stop bit (ON/OFF)
to
2048
1024
Even parity; 7 data bits; 1 stop bit (ON/OFF)
RS-485
Configures the COM2 Port for RS-485 communication. RS-485 mode has precedence
over Multidrop mode if both are enabled. When the COM2 port is configured for RS-485
communication, the rear panel USB port is disabled.
SECURITY
When enabled, the serial port requires a password before it will respond. The only
command that is active is the help screen (? CR).
4
MULTIDROP
PROTOCOL
Multidrop protocol allows a multi-instrument configuration on a single communications
channel. Multidrop requires the use of instrument IDs.
32
ENABLE
MODEM
Enables sending a modem initialization string at power-up. Asserts certain lines in the RS-
232 port to enable the modem to communicate.
64
ERROR
Fixes certain types of parity errors at certain Hessen protocol installations.
CHECKING2
128
256
XON/XOFF
Disables XON/XOFF data flow control also known as software handshaking.
HANDSHAKE2
HARDWARE
HANDSHAKE
Enables CTS/RTS style hardwired transmission handshaking. This style of data
transmission handshaking is commonly used with modems or terminal emulation protocols
as well as by Teledyne Instrument’s APICOM software.
8
HARDWARE
FIFO2
Improves data transfer rate when one of the COMM ports.
512
COMMAND
PROMPT
Enables a command prompt when in terminal mode.
4096
1 Modes are listed in the order in which they appear in the
SETUP MORE COMM COM[1 OR 2] MODE menu
2 The default setting for this feature is ON. Do not disable unless instructed to by Teledyne API’s Technical Support personnel.
134
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Communications Setup and Operation
To turn on or off the communication modes for either COM1 or COM2, access the
SETUP>MORE>[COM1 or COM2] menu and at the COM1[2] Mode menu press
EDIT.
SETUP X.X
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
Select which COM
port to configure
ID INET COM1 COM2
EXIT
The sum of the mode
IDs of the selected
modes is displayed
here
SETUP X.X
SET> EDIT
COM1 MODE: 32
EXIT
SETUP X.X
COM1 QUIET MODE: OFF
ENTR EXIT
NEXT OFF
Continue pressing NEXT to scroll through the
available Modes and press the ON or OFF button
to enable or disable each mode.
Figure 6-1: COMM – Communication Modes Setup
135
06807C DCN6650
Communications Setup and Operation
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
6.2.2. COMM PORT BAUD RATE
To select the baud rate of either COMM Port, go to SETUP>MORE>COMM and select
either COM1 or COM2 as follows (use COM2 to view/match your personal computer
baud rate when using the USB port, Section 6.5.3):
SETUP X.X
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
Select which COM
port to configure.
(COM1 for example).
ID INET COM1 COM2
SETUP X.X
SET> EDIT
COM1 MODE:0
Press SET> until you
reach the COM1
BAUD RATE
EXIT
EXIT
EXIT
EXIT
EXAMPLE
SETUP X.X
COM1 BAUD RATE:19200
Use PREV and NEXT
to move between
available baud rates.
EXIT
ignores
the new
setting
<SET SET> EDIT
300
1200
4800
SETUP X.X
COM1 BAUD RATE:19200
ENTR
9600
ENTR
accepts
the new
setting
19200
38400
57600
115200
PREV NEXT
SETUP X.X
COM1 BAUD RATE:9600
ENTR
NEXT ON
Figure 6-2: COMM – COMM Port Baud Rate
136
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Communications Setup and Operation
6.2.3. COMM PORT TESTING
The serial ports can be tested for correct connection and output in the COMM menu.
This test sends a string of 256 ‘w’ characters to the selected COM port. While the test is
running, the red LED on the rear panel of the analyzer should flicker.
To initiate the test press, access the COMMUNICATIONS Menu (refer to Figure 5-13),
then press:
SETUP X.X
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
Select which
COMM port to
test.
ID INET COM1 COM2
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
SET> EDIT
COM1 MODE:0
SETUP X.X
COM1 BAUD RATE:19200
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
<SET
COM1 : TEST PORT
TEST
EXIT
SETUP X.X
<SET
TRANSMITTING TO COM1
TEST
Test runs
automatically
EXIT returns to
COMM menu
EXIT
Figure 6-3: COMM – COM1 Test Port
6.3. RS-232
The RS232 and COM2 communications (COMM) ports operate on the RS-232 protocol
(default configuration). Possible configurations for these two COMM ports are
summarized as follows:
RS232 port can also be configured to operate in single or RS-232 Multidrop mode
COM2 port can be left in its default configuration for standard RS-232 operation
including multidrop, or it can be reconfigured for half-duplex RS-485 operation
(please contact the factory for this configuration).
Note that when the rear panel COM2 port is in use, except for multidrop
communication, the rear panel USB port cannot be used. (Alternatively, when the USB
port is enabled, COM2 port cannot be used except for multidrop)
137
06807C DCN6650
Communications Setup and Operation
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
A code-activated switch (CAS), can also be used on either port to connect typically
between 2 and 16 send/receive instruments (host computer(s) printers, data loggers,
analyzers, monitors, calibrators, etc.) into one communications hub. Contact Teledyne
API Sales for more information on CAS systems.
To configure the analyzer’s communication ports, use the SETUP>MORE>COMM
configuration information.
6.4. RS-485 (OPTION)
The COM2 port of the instrument’s rear panel is set up for RS-232 communication but
can be reconfigured for RS-485 communication. Contact Technical Support. If this
option was elected at the time of purchase, the rear panel was preconfigured at the
factory.
6.5. ETHERNET
When using the Ethernet interface, the analyzer can be connected to any standard
10BaseT or 100BaseT Ethernet network via low-cost network hubs, switches or routers.
The interface operates as a standard TCP/IP device on port 3000. This allows a remote
computer to connect through the network to the analyzer using APICOM, terminal
emulators or other programs.
The Ethernet cable connector on the rear panel has two LEDs indicating the Ethernet’s
current operating status.
Table 6-2: Ethernet Status Indicators
LED
FUNCTION
amber (link)
On when connection to the LAN is valid.
green (activity Flickers during any activity on the LAN.
The analyzer is shipped with DHCP enabled by default. This allows the instrument to be
connected to a network or router with a DHCP server. The instrument will automatically
useful for quickly getting an instrument up and running on a network. However, for
permanent Ethernet connections, a static IP address should be used. Section 6.5.1 below
details how to configure the instrument with a static IP address.
138
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Communications Setup and Operation
6.5.1. CONFIGURING ETHERNET COMMUNICATION MANUALLY (STATIC
IP ADDRESS)
1. Connect a cable from the analyzer’s Ethernet port to a Local Area Network (LAN) or
Internet port.
2. From the analyzer’s front panel touchscreen, access the Communications Menu
Gateway IP addresses and Subnet Mask to the desired settings.
4. From the computer, enter the same information through an application such as
HyperTerminal.
Table 6-3 shows the default Ethernet configuration settings.
Table 6-3:LAN/Internet Default Configuration Properties
PROPERTY
DHCP
DEFAULT STATE
DESCRIPTION
This displays whether the DHCP is turned ON or OFF. Press
EDIT and toggle ON for automatic configuration after first
consulting network administrator. (
ON
INSTRUMENT IP
ADDRESS
This string of four packets of 1 to 3 numbers each (e.g.
192.168.76.55.) is the address of the analyzer itself.
Can only be edited when DHCP is set to OFF.
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
GATEWAY IP
ADDRESS
A string of numbers very similar to the Instrument IP address
(e.g. 192.168.76.1.) that is the address of the computer used
by your LAN to access the Internet.
Can only be edited when DHCP is set to OFF.
Also a string of four packets of 1 to 3 numbers each (e.g.
255.255.252.0) that identifies the LAN to which the device is
connected.
All addressable devices and computers on a LAN must have
the same subnet mask. Any transmissions sent to devices
with different subnets are assumed to be outside of the LAN
and are routed through the gateway computer onto the
Internet.
SUBNET MASK
This number defines the terminal control port by which the
instrument is addressed by terminal emulation software, such
as Internet or Teledyne API’s APICOM.
3000
T100
TCP PORT1
The name by which your analyzer will appear when
addressed from other computers on the LAN or via the
HOST NAME
1 Do not change the setting for this property unless instructed to by Teledyne API’s Technical Support
personnel.
139
06807C DCN6650
Communications Setup and Operation
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Internet Configuration Button Functions
SETUP X.X
ID INET
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
BUTTON
[0]
FUNCTION
COM1 COM2
EXIT
ENTR EXIT
EXIT
Location of cursor. Press to cycle through the range of
numerals and available characters (“0 – 9” & “ . ”)
<CH CH> Moves the cursor one character left or right.
SAMPLE
ENTER SETUP PASS : 818
8
DEL
Deletes a character at the cursor location.
Accepts the new setting and returns to the previous
menu.
8
1
ENTR
Ignores the new setting and returns to the previous
menu.
EXIT
DHCP: ON is
default setting.
Skip this step
if it has been
set to OFF.
SETUP X.X
DHCP: ON
Some buttons appear only when relevant.
SET> EDIT
SETUP X.X
DHCP: OFF
SET> EDIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X INST IP: 000.000.000.000
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
Cursor
location is
indicated by
brackets
SETUP X.X INST IP: [0] 00.000.000
<CH CH>
DEL [0]
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X GATEWAY IP: 000.000.000.000
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X GATEWAY IP: [0] 00.000.000
<CH CH> DEL [?] ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X SUBNET MASK:255.255.255.0
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X SUBNET MASK:[2]55.255.255.0
<CH CH> DEL [?] ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X TCP PORT 3000
<SET
EDIT
EXIT
The PORT number must remain at 3000.
Do not change this setting unless instructed to by
Teledyne Instruments Customer Service personnel.
Pressing EXIT from
any of the above
display menus
causes the Ethernet
option to reinitialize
its internal interface
firmware
SETUP X.X
INITIALIZING INET 0%
…
INITIALIZING INET 100%
SETUP X.X
INITIALIZATI0N SUCCEEDED
SETUP X.X
INITIALIZATION FAILED
Contact your IT
Network Administrator
SETUP X.X
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
COM1 COM2
ID
INET
EXIT
Figure 6-4: COMM – LAN / Internet Manual Configuration
140
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Communications Setup and Operation
6.5.2. CONFIGURING ETHERNET COMMUNICATION USING DYNAMIC
HOST CONFIGURATION PROTOCOL (DHCP)
1. Consult with your network administrator to affirm that your network server is running
DHCP.
SETUP X.X
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
ID INET COM1 COM2
EXIT
From this point on,
EXIT returns to
COMMUNICATIONS
MENU
SAMPLE
ENTER SETUP PASS : 818
8
1
8
ENTR EXIT
DHCP: ON is
default setting.
If it has been
set to OFF,
press EDIT
and set to ON.
SETUP X.X
DHCP: OFF
DHCP: ON
SETUP X.X
DHCP: ON
OFF
ENTR EXIT
SET> EDIT
EXIT
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
ON
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X
<SET SET>
INST IP: 0.0.0.0
SETUP X.X GATEWAY IP: 0.0.0.0
EDIT button
disabled
<SET SET>
SETUP X.X SUBNET MASK: 0.0.0.0
<SET SET>
EXIT
Do not alter unless
SETUP X.X
TCP PORT: 3000
directed to by Teledyne
Instruments Customer
Service personnel
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
TCP PORT2: 502
<SET SET> EDIT
SETUP X.X HOSTNAME:
<SET
EDIT
Figure 6-5: COMM – LAN / Internet Automatic Configuration
141
06807C DCN6650
Communications Setup and Operation
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
6.5.2.1. CHANGING THE ANALYZER’S HOSTNAME
The HOSTNAME is the name by which the analyzer appears on your network. The
default name for all Teledyne API’s T100 analyzers is T100. To change this name
(particularly if you have more than one T100 analyzer on your network), access the
SETUP X.X HOSTNAME: T100
<SET
EDIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
ID INET
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
COM1 COM2
SETUP X.X HOSTNAME: T100
EXIT
<CH CH> INS DEL [?]
ENTR EXIT
Use these buttons (See
Table 5-3) to edit HOSTNAME
SAMPLE
ENTER SETUP PASS : 818
8
8
1
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X HOSTNAME: T100-FIELD1
<SET
EDIT
EXIT
Continue pressing SET> UNTIL …
SETUP X.X
INITIALIZING INET 0%
…
INITIALIZING INET 100%
SETUP X.X
INITIALIZATI0N SUCCEEDED
SETUP X.X
INITIALIZATION FAILED
SETUP X.X
ID INET
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
COM1 COM2
Contact your IT Network
Administrator
EXIT
Figure 6-6: COMM – Change Hostname
Table 6-4:Hostname Editing Button Functions
Button
Function
<CH
CH>
INS
DEL
[?]
Moves the cursor one character to the left.
Moves the cursor one character to the right.
Inserts a character before the cursor location.
Deletes a character at the cursor location.
Press this button to cycle through the range of numerals and characters
available for insertion.:
0-9, A-Z, space ’ ~ ! # $ % ^ & * ( ) - _ = +[ ] { } < >\ | ; : , . / ?
Accepts the new setting and returns to the previous menu.
Ignores the new setting and returns to the previous menu.
ENTR
EXIT
Buttons only appear when applicable.
142
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Communications Setup and Operation
6.5.3. USB PORT FOR REMOTE ACCESS
The analyzer can be operated through a personal computer by downloading the TAPI
USB driver and directly connecting their respective USB ports.
1. Install the Teledyne T-Series USB driver on your computer, downloadable from the
Teledyne API website under Help Center>Software Downloads (www.teledyne-
api.com/software).
2. Run the installer file: “TAPIVCPInstaller.exe”
3. Connect the USB cable between the USB ports on your personal computer and your
analyzer. The USB cable should be a Type A – Type B cable, commonly used as a
USB printer cable.
4. Determine the Windows XP Com Port number that was automatically assigned to
the USB connection. (Start → Control Panel → System → Hardware → Device
Manager). This is the com port that should be set in the communications software,
such as APIcom or Hyperterminal.
Refer to the Quick Start (Direct Cable Connection) section of the Teledyne APIcom
Manual, PN 07463.
5. In the instrument’s SETUP>MORE>COMM>COM2 menu, make the following settings:
143
06807C DCN6650
Communications Setup and Operation
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Baud Rate: 115200
COM2 Mode Settings:
Quiet Mode
ON
ON
SECURITY MODE
MULTIDROP MODE
ENABLE MODEM
ERROR CHECKING
XON/XOFF HANDSHAKE
HARDWARE HANDSHAKE OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
Computer Mode
MODBUS RTU
MODBUS ASCII
E,8,1 MODE
E,7,1 MODE
RS-485 MODE
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
HARDWARE FIFO
ON
COMMAND PROMPT
OFF
6. Next, configure your communications software, such as APIcom. Use the COM port
determined in Step 4 and the baud rate set in Step 5. The figures below show how
these parameters would be configured in the Instrument Properties window in
APIcom when configuring a new instrument. See the APIcom manual (PN 07463)
for more details.
USB configuration requires that the baud rates of the instrument and
the PC match; check the PC baud rate and change if needed.
Note
Using the USB port disallows use of the rear panel COM2 port except
for multidrop communication.
144
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Communications Setup and Operation
6.6. COMMUNICATIONS PROTOCOLS
6.6.1. MODBUS
The following set of instructions assumes that the user is familiar with MODBUS
communications, and provides minimal information to get started. For additional
instruction, please refer to the Teledyne API MODBUS manual, PN 06276. Also refer to
www.modbus.org for MODBUS communication protocols.
Minimum Requirements
Instrument firmware with MODBUS capabilities installed.
MODBUS-compatible software (TAPI uses MODBUS Poll for testing; see
www.modbustools.com)
Personal computer
Communications cable (Ethernet or USB or RS232)
Possibly a null modem adapter or cable
MODBUS Setup:
Set Com Mode parameters
Comm
Ethernet:
Using the front panel menu, go to SETUP – MORE – COMM – INET; scroll through the INET
submenu until you reach TCP PORT 2 (the standard setting is 502), then continue to TCP
PORT 2 MODBUS TCP/IP; press EDIT and toggle the menu button to change the setting
to ON, then press ENTR. (Change Machine ID if needed: see “Slave ID”).
USB/RS232: Using the front panel menu, go to SETUP – MORE – COMM – COM2 – EDIT; scroll through
the COM2 EDIT submenu until the display shows COM2 MODBUS RTU: OFF (press
OFF to change the setting to ON. Scroll NEXT to COM2 MODBUS ASCII and ensure it is
set to OFF. Press ENTR to keep the new settings. (If RTU is not available with your
communications equipment, set the COM2 MODBUS ASCII setting to ON and ensure that
COM2 MODBUS RTU is set to OFF. Press ENTR to keep the new settings).
Slave ID
A MODBUS slave ID must be set for each instrument. Valid slave ID’s are in the range of 1 to 247. If
your analyzer is connected to a serial network (i.e., RS-485), a unique Slave ID must be assigned to each
instrument. To set the slave ID for the instrument, go to SETUP – MORE – COMM – ID. The default
MACHINE ID is the same as the model number. Toggle the menu buttons to change the ID.
Reboot analyzer
For the settings to take effect, power down the analyzer, wait 5 seconds, and power up the analyzer.
Connect your analyzer either:
Make appropriate cable
connections
via its Ethernet or USB port to a PC (this may require a USB-to-RS232 adapter for your PC; if so, also
install the software driver from the CD supplied with the adapter, and reboot the computer if required), or
via its COM2 port to a null modem (this may require a null modem adapter or cable).
Specify MODBUS software
settings
1. Click Setup / [Read / Write Definition] /.
a. In the Read/Write Definition window (see example that follows) select a Function (what you wish
(examples used here are for
MODBUS Poll software)
to read from the analyzer).
b. Input Quantity (based on your firmware’s register map).
c. In the View section of the Read/Write Definition window select a Display (typically Float Inverse).
d. Click OK.
2. Next, click Connection/Connect.
a. In the Connection Setup window (see example that follows), select the options based on your
computer.
b. Press OK.
Read the Modbus Poll Register Use the Register Map to find the test parameter names for the values displayed (see example that follows
If desired, assign an alias for each.
Example Read/Write Definition window:
145
06807C DCN6650
Communications Setup and Operation
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Example Connection Setup window:
Example MODBUS Poll window:
146
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Communications Setup and Operation
6.6.2. HESSEN
The Hessen protocol is a Multidrop protocol, in which several remote instruments are
connected via a common communications channel to a host computer. The remote
instruments are regarded as slaves of the host computer. The remote instruments are
unaware that they are connected to a Multidrop bus and never initiate Hessen protocol
messages. They only respond to commands from the host computer and only when they
receive a command containing their own unique ID number.
The Hessen protocol is designed to accomplish two things: to obtain the status of remote
instruments, including the concentrations of all the gases measured; and to place remote
instruments into zero or span calibration or measure mode. API’s implementation
supports both of these principal features.
The Hessen protocol is not well defined; therefore while API’s application is completely
compatible with the protocol itself, it may be different from implementations by other
companies.
The following subsections describe the basics for setting up your instrument to operate
over a Hessen Protocol network. For more detailed information as well as a list of host
computer commands and examples of command and response message syntax,
download the Manual Addendum for Hessen Protocol from the Teledyne API’s website:
http://www.teledyne-api.com/manuals/index.asp.
6.6.2.1. HESSEN COMM PORT CONFIGURATION
Hessen protocol requires the communication parameters of the T100’s COMM ports to
be set differently than the standard configuration as shown in the table below.
Table 6-5: RS-232 Communication Parameters for Hessen Protocol
Parameter
Data Bits
Stop Bits
Parity
Standard
Hessen
7
8
1
2
None
Full
Even
Half
Duplex
To change the rest of the COMM port parameters and modes, refer to Section 6.
To change the baud rate of the T100’s COMM ports, refer to Section 6.2.2.
IMPORTANT
IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA
Ensure that the communication parameters of the host computer are also
properly set.
Note
The instrument software has a 200 ms latency before it responds to
commands issued by the host computer. This latency should present no
problems, but you should be aware of it and not issue commands to the
instrument too quickly.
147
06807C DCN6650
Communications Setup and Operation
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
6.6.2.2. ACTIVATING HESSEN PROTOCOL
The first step in configuring the T100 to operate over a Hessen protocol network is to
activate the Hessen mode for COMM ports and configure the communication
parameters for the port(s) appropriately. Access the COMMUNICATIONS Menu (refer
to Figure 5-13), then press:
SETUP X.X COM1 HESSEN PROTOCOL: OFF
SETUP X.X
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
Select which COMM
port to configure
PREV NEXT OFF
ENTR EXIT
ID INET COM1 COM2
EXIT
EXIT
The sum of the mode
IDs of the selected
modes is displayed
here
Press OFF/ON to
change
activate/deactivate
SETUP X.X
SET> EDIT
COM1 MODE: 0
SETUP X.X COM1 HESSEN PROTOCOL: ON
PREV NEXT ON ENTR EXIT
selected mode.
SETUP X.X
COM1 QUIET MODE: OFF
SETUP X.X
COM1 E,8,1 MODE: OFF
NEXT OFF
ENTR EXIT
PREV NEXT OFF
ENTR EXIT
ENTR EXIT
ENTR EXIT
ENTR EXIT
Repeat the
entire process to
set up the
Continue pressing next until …
SETUP X.X
COM1 E,8,1 MODE: ON
PREV NEXT ON
COM2 port
SETUP X.X
COM1 E,7,1 MODE: OFF
PREV NEXT OFF
SETUP X.X
COM1 E,7,1 MODE: ON
ENTR accepts the new
settings
PREV NEXT ON
EXIT ignores the new
settings
Figure 6-7: COMM – Activating Hessen Protocol
148
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Communications Setup and Operation
6.6.2.3. SELECTING A HESSEN PROTOCOL TYPE
Currently there are two version of Hessen Protocol in use. The original implementation,
referred to as TYPE 1, and a more recently released version, TYPE 2 that has more
flexibility when operating with instruments that can measure more than one type of gas.
For more specific information about the difference between TYPE 1 and TYPE 2
download the Manual Addendum for Hessen Protocol from Teledyne API’s web site:
http://www.teledyne-api.com/manuals/index.asp.
To select a Hessen Protocol Type, access the COMMUNICATIONS Menu (refer to
Figure 5-13), then press:
SETUP X.X
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
ID INET HESN COM1 COM2
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.
HESSEN VARIATION: TYPE 1
SET> EDIT
ENTR accepts the new
settings
SETUP X.X HESSEN VARIATION: TYPE 1
TYPE1 TYPE 2 ENTR EXIT
EXIT ignores the new
settings
SETUP X.X HESSEN VARIATION: TYPE 2
PREV NEXT OFF ENTR EXIT
Press to change
protocol type.
Figure 6-8: COMM – Select Hessen Protocol Type
Note
While Hessen Protocol Mode can be activated independently for RS-232
and COM2, the TYPE selection affects both Ports.
149
06807C DCN6650
Communications Setup and Operation
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
6.6.2.4. SETTING THE HESSEN PROTOCOL RESPONSE MODE
Teledyne API’s implementation of Hessen Protocol allows the user to choose one of
several different modes of response for the analyzer.
Table 6-6:T100 Hessen Protocol Response Modes
MODE ID
CMD
MODE DESCRIPTION
This is the Default Setting. Reponses from the instrument are encoded as the traditional command format.
Style and format of responses depend on exact coding of the initiating command.
Responses from the instrument are always delimited with <STX> (at the beginning of the response, <ETX>
(at the end of the response followed by a 2 digit Block Check Code (checksum), regardless of the command
encoding.
BCC
Responses from the instrument are always delimited with <CR> at the beginning and the end of the string,
regardless of the command encoding.
TEXT
To Select a Hessen response mode, access the COMMUNICATIONS Menu (refer to
Figure 5-13), then press:
SETUP X.X
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
ID INET HESN COM1 COM2
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
HESSEN VARIATION: TYPE 1
SET> EDIT
ENTR accepts the new
settings
EXIT ignores the new
SETUP X.X
HESSEN RESPONSE MODE :CMD
settings
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
Press to
change
response
mode.
SETUP X.X
HESSEN RESPONSE MODE :CMD
BCC TEXT CMD
ENTR EXIT
Figure 6-9: COMM – Select Hessen Protocol Response Mode
6.6.2.5. HESSEN PROTOCOL GAS ID
The T100 analyzer is a single gas instrument that measures SO2. As such, its default gas
ID has already been set to 110. There is no need to change this setting.
6.6.2.6. SETTING HESSEN PROTOCOL STATUS FLAGS
Teledyne API’s implementation of Hessen protocols includes a set of status bits that the
instrument includes in responses to inform the host computer of its condition. Each bit
can be assigned to one operational and warning message flag. The default settings for
these bit/flags are listed in Table 6-7:
150
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Communications Setup and Operation
Table 6-7: Default Hessen Status Bit Assignments
STATUS FLAG NAME
WARNING FLAGS
DEFAULT BIT ASSIGNMENT
SAMPLE FLOW WARNING
PMT DET WARNING
UV LAMP WARNING
HVPS WARNING
0001
0002
0002
0004
0008
0010
0020
0040
0080
DARK CAL WARNING
RCELL TEMP WARNING
IZS TEMP WARNING
PMT TEMP WARNING
INVALID CONC
OPERATIONAL FLAGS
In Manual Calibration Mode
In Zero Calibration Mode
In Span Calibration Mode
UNITS OF MEASURE FLAGS
UGM
0200
0400
0800
0000
2000
MGM
PPB
4000
PPM
6000
SPARE/UNUSED BITS
UNASSIGNED FLAGS
Box Temp Warning
Sample Press Warning
System Reset
100. 8000
MP Calibration
Analog Cal Warning
Cannot Dyn Zero
Cannot Dyn Span
Instrument Off
Rear Board Not Detected
Relay Board Warning
IMPORTANT
IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA
It is possible to assign more than one flag to the same Hessen status bit.
This allows the grouping of similar flags, such as all temperature
warnings, under the same status bit. Be careful not to assign conflicting
flags to the same bit as each status bit will be triggered if any of the
assigned flags are active.
151
06807C DCN6650
Communications Setup and Operation
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
To assign or reset the status flag bit assignments, access the COMMUNICATIONS
Menu (refer to Figure 5-13), then press:
SETUP X.X
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
ID INET HESN COM1 COM2
EXIT
Repeat pressing SET> until …
SETUP X.
HESSEN STATUS FLAGS
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
SETUP X.
PMT DET WARNING: 0002
PREV NEXT
EDIT PRNT EXIT
Repeat pressing NEXT or PREV until the desired
message flag is displayed. Refer to Table 7-15.
For Example …
SETUP X.
SYSTEM RESET: 0000
EDIT PRNT EXIT
PREV NEXT
Press <CH and
CH> to move the
[ ] cursor left
and right along
the bit string.
SETUP X.
SYSTEM RESET: [0]000
[0]
ENTR accepts the new
settings
<CH CH>
ENTR EXIT
EXIT ignores the new
settings
Press [?]repeatedly to cycle through the available character set: 0-9
Note: Values of A-F can also be set but are meaningless.
Figure 6-10:
COMM – Status Flag Bit Assignment
6.6.2.7. INSTRUMENT ID
Each instrument on a Hessen Protocol network must have a unique identifier (ID
152
06807C DCN6650
7. DATA ACQUISITION SYSTEM (DAS) AND APICOM
The T100 analyzer contains a flexible and powerful, internal data acquisition system
(DAS) that enables the analyzer to store concentration and calibration data as well as a
host of diagnostic parameters. The DAS of the T100 can store up to about one million
data points, which can, depending on individual configurations, cover days, weeks or
months of valuable measurements. The data are stored in non-volatile memory and are
retained even when the instrument is powered off. Data are stored in plain text format
for easy retrieval and use in common data analysis programs (such as spreadsheet-type
programs).
The DAS is designed to be flexible, users have full control over the type, length and
reporting time of the data. The DAS permits users to access stored data through the
instrument’s front panel or its communication ports. Using APICOM, data can even be
retrieved automatically to a remote computer for further processing.
The principal use of the DAS is logging data for trend analysis and predictive
diagnostics, which can assist in identifying possible problems before they affect the
functionality of the analyzer. The secondary use is for data analysis, documentation and
archival in electronic format.
To support the DAS functionality, Teledyne API offers APICOM, a program that
provides a visual interface for remote or local setup, configuration and data retrieval of
the DAS. The APICOM manual, which is included with the program, contains a more
detailed description of the DAS structure and configuration, which is briefly described
in this section.
The T100 is configured with a basic DAS configuration, which is enabled by default.
New data channels are also enabled by default but each channel may be turned off for
later or occasional use. Note that DAS operation is suspended while its configuration is
edited through the front panel. To prevent such data loss, it is recommended to use the
APICOM graphical user interface for DAS changes.
The green SAMPLE LED on the instrument front panel, which indicates the analyzer
status, also indicates certain aspects of the DAS status, as described in Table 7-1
153
06807C DCN6650
Data Acquisition System (DAS) and APICOM
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Table 7-1:Front Panel LED Status Indicators for DAS
LED STATE
DAS STATUS
Off
Blinking
On
System is in calibration mode. Data logging can be enabled or disabled for this mode.
Calibration data are typically stored at the end of calibration periods, concentration data are
typically not sampled, diagnostic data should be collected.
Instrument is in hold-off mode, a short period after the system exits calibrations. DAS
channels can be enabled or disabled for this period. Concentration data are typically disabled
whereas diagnostic should be collected.
Sampling normally.
Note
The DAS can be disabled only by disabling or deleting its individual data
channels.
7.1. DAS STRUCTURE
The DAS is designed around the feature of a “record”. A record is a single data point of
one parameter, stored in one (or more) data channels and generated by one of several
triggering event. The entire DAS configuration is stored in a script, which can be edited
from the front panel or downloaded, edited and uploaded to the instrument in form of a
string of plain-text lines through the communication ports.
DAS data are defined by the PARAMETER type and are stored through different
triggering EVENTS in data CHANNELS, which relate triggering events to data
parameters and define certain operational functions related to the recording and
reporting of the data.
7.1.1. DAS CHANNELS
The key to the flexibility of the DAS is its ability to store a large number of
combinations of triggering events and data parameters in the form of data channels.
Users may create up to 20 data channels and each channel can contain one or more
parameters. For each channel one triggering event is selected and up to 50 data
parameters, which can be the same or different between channels. Each data channel has
several properties that define the structure of the channel and allow the user to make
operational decisions regarding the channel (refer to Table 7-2).
154
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Data Acquisition System (DAS) and APICOM
Table 7-2:DAS Data Channel Properties
Property
NAME
Description
Default
Setting Range
The name of the data channel.
“NONE”
Up to 6 letters and digits
(more with APICOM, but only
the first six are displayed on
the front panel).
The event that triggers the data channel to measure
and store its data parameters. Refer to APPENDIX
A-5 for a list of available triggering events.
A User-configurable list of data types to be
recorded in any given channel. Refer to APPENDIX
A-5 for a list of available parameters
ATIMER
Any allowed event.
TRIGGERING
EVENT
1 - PMTDET Any available concentration,
temperature, pneumatic or
NUMBER AND
LIST OF
PARAMETERS
diagnostic parameter.
The amount of time between each channel data
point.
000:01:00
100
000:00:01 to
366:23:59
(Days:Hours:Minutes)
1 to 1 million, limited by
available storage space.
REPORT PERIOD
The number of reports that will be stored in the data
file. Once the specified limit has been exceeded,
the oldest data are over-written to make space for
new data.
NUMBER OF
RECORDS
Enables the analyzer to automatically report
channel values to the RS-232 ports.
Enables or disables the channel. Provides a
convenient means to temporarily disable a data
channel.
OFF
ON
OFF or ON
OFF or ON
RS-232 REPORT
CHANNEL
ENABLED
Disables sampling of data parameters while
instrument is in calibration mode.
OFF
OFF or ON
CAL HOLD OFF
Note that - when enabled here - there is also a
length of the DAS HOLD OFF after calibration
mode, which is set in the VARS menu (refer to
7.1.2. DAS PARAMETERS
Data parameters are types of data that may be measured and stored by the DAS. For
each Teledyne API’s analyzer model, the list of available data parameters is different,
fully defined and not customizable. Appendix A-5 lists firmware specific data
parameters for the T100. The most common parameters are concentrations of the
measured gas (SO2), temperatures of heated zones (converter, sample chamber, box
temperature…), pressures and flows of the pneumatic subsystem and other diagnostic
measurements as well as calibration data (slope and offset) for each gas.
Most data parameters have associated measurement units, such as mV, ppb, cm³/min,
etc., although some parameters have no units. The only units that can be changed are
those of the concentration readings according to the SETUP-RANGE settings. Note that
the DAS does not keep track of the unit of each concentration value and DAS data files
may contain concentrations in multiple units if the unit was changed during data
acquisition.
Each data parameter has user-configurable functions that define how the data are
recorded (refer to Table 7-3).
155
06807C DCN6650
Data Acquisition System (DAS) and APICOM
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Table 7-3:DAS Data Parameter Functions
FUNCTION
EFFECT
PARAMETER
Instrument-specific parameter name.
INST: Records instantaneous reading.
SAMPLE MODE
AVG: Records average reading during reporting interval.
MIN: Records minimum (instantaneous) reading during reporting interval.
MAX: Records maximum (instantaneous) reading during reporting interval.
PRECISION
Decimal precision of parameter value (0-4).
STORE NUM. SAMPLES OFF: stores only the average (default).
ON: stores the average and the number of samples in each average for a parameter. This
property is only useful when the AVG sample mode is used. Note that the number of
samples is the same for all parameters in one channel and needs to be specified only for
one of the parameters in that channel.
Users can specify up to 50 parameters per data channel (the T100 provides about 30
parameters). However, the number of parameters and channels is ultimately limited by
available memory.
7.1.3. DAS TRIGGERING EVENTS
Triggering events define when and how the DAS records a measurement of any given
data channel. Triggering events are firmware-specific and are listed in Appendix A-5.
The most common triggering events are:
ATIMER: Sampling at regular intervals specified by an automatic timer. Most
trending information is usually stored at such regular intervals, which can be
instantaneous or averaged.
EXITZR, EXITSP, SLPCHG (exit zero, exit span, slope change): Sampling at the
end of (irregularly occurring) calibrations or when the response slope changes.
These triggering events create instantaneous data points, e.g., for the new slope and
offset (concentration response) values at the end of a calibration. Zero and slope
values are valuable to monitor response drift and to document when the instrument
was calibrated.
WARNINGS: Some data may be useful when stored if one of several warning
messages appears. This is helpful for trouble-shooting by monitoring when a
particular warning occurred.
7.2. DEFAULT DAS CHANNELS
A set of default Data Channels has been included in the analyzer’s software for logging
SO2 concentration and certain predictive diagnostic data. These default channels include
but are not limited to:
CONC: Samples SO2 concentration at one minute intervals and stores an average every
five minutes with a time and date stamp. Readings during calibration and calibration
hold off are not included in the data. By default, the last 4032 hourly averages are
stored.
PNUMTC: Collects sample flow and sample pressure data at five minute intervals and
stores an average once a day with a time and date stamp. This data is useful for
monitoring the condition of the pump and critical flow orifice (sample flow) and the
156
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Data Acquisition System (DAS) and APICOM
sample filter (clogging indicated by a drop in sample pressure) over time to predict when
maintenance will be required. The last 360 daily averages (about 1 year) are stored.
CALDAT: Logs new slope and offset every time a zero or span calibration is
performed. This Data Channel also records the instrument reading just prior to
performing a calibration. Note: this Data Channel collects data based on an event (a
calibration) rather than a timer. This Data Channel will store data from the last 200
calibrations. This does not represent any specific length of time since it is dependent on
how often calibrations are performed. As with all Data Channels, a time and date stamp
is recorded for every data point logged.
DETAIL: Samples fourteen different parameters related to the operating status of the
analyzers optical sensors and PMT. For each parameter:
A value is logged once every minute;
An average of the last 60 readings is calculated once every.
The last 480 averages are stored (20 days).
This channel is useful for diagnosing problems that cause the instruments measurements
to drift slowly over time
FAST: Almost identical to DETAIL except that for each parameter:
Samples are taken once per minute and reported once per minute, in effect causing
the instrument to record an instantaneous reading of each parameter every minute.
The last 360 readings for each parameter are recorded/reported.
This channel is useful for diagnosing transients; spikes and noise problems.
These default Data Channels can be used as they are, or they can be customized to fit a
specific application. They can also be deleted to make room for custom user-
programmed Data Channels. This can be done via the instrument’s front panel or
downloaded via the analyzer’s COM ports using a program such as APICOM (Section
7.3) or other terminal emulation program.
IMPORTANT
IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA
Sending a DAS configuration to the analyzer through its COM ports will
replace the existing configuration and will delete all stored data. Back up
any existing data and the DAS configuration before uploading new
settings
157
06807C DCN6650
Data Acquisition System (DAS) and APICOM
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
The Channel Properties, Triggering Events and Data Parameters/Functions for these
default channels are:
PARAMETER: PMTDET
MODE: AVG
PRECISION: 4
STORE NUM SAMPLES OFF
LIST OF CHANNELS
PARAMETER: UVDET
MODE: AVG
PRECISION: 4
STORE NUM SAMPLES OFF
PARAMETER: CONC1
MODE: AVG
NAME: CONC
PRECISION: 1
STORE NUM SAMPLES OFF
EVENT: ATIMER
PARAMETERS: 2
PARAMETER: LAMPR
MODE: AVG
PRECISION: 4
STARTING DATE: 01-JAN-07
SAMPLE PERIOD: 000:00:01
REPORT PERIOD: 000:00:05
NO. OF RECORDS: 4032
RS-232 REPORT: ON
STORE NUM SAMPLES OFF
PARAMETER: STABIL
MODE: AVG
PRECISION: 2
COMPACT REPORT: OFF
CHANNEL ENABLED: ON
STORE NUM SAMPLES OFF
PARAMETER: DRKPMT
MODE: AVG
PRECISION: 4
STORE NUM SAMPLES OFF
PARAMETER: SMPFLW
MODE: AVG
NAME: PNUMTC
EVENT: ATIMER
PARAMETERS: 2
PRECISION: 1
STORE NUM SAMPLES OFF
PARAMETER: DARKUV
MODE: AVG
PRECISION: 4
STARTING DATE: 01-JAN-07
SAMPLE PERIOD: 000:00:05
REPORT PERIOD: 001:00:00
NO. OF RECORDS: 360
RS-232 REPORT: OFF
COMPACT REPORT: OFF
CHANNEL ENABLED: ON
PARAMETER: SMPPRS
MODE: AVG
PRECISION: 1
STORE NUM SAMPLES OFF
STORE NUM SAMPLES OFF
PARAMETER: CONC1
MODE: AVG
PRECISION: 3
STORE NUM SAMPLES OFF
PARAMETER: SLOPE1
MODE: INST
PRECISION:3
STORE NUM SAMPLES OFF
PARAMETER: STABIL
MODE: AVG
NAME: CALDAT
PRECISION: 4
EVENT: SLPCHG
PARAMETER: OFSET1
MODE: INST
PRECISION: 1
STORE NUM SAMPLES OFF
PARAMETERS: 3
NO. OF RECORDS:200
RS-232 REPORT: OFF
COMPACT REPORT: OFF
CHANNEL ENABLED: ON
CAL HOLD OFF: OFF
NAME: DETAIL
EVENT: ATIMER
PARAMETERS: 14
STARTING DATE: 01-JAN-07
SAMPLE PERIOD: 000:00:01
REPORT PERIOD: 000:01:00
NO. OF RECORDS:480
RS-232 REPORT: OFF
COMPACT REPORT: OFF
CHANNEL ENABLED: ON
STORE NUM SAMPLES OFF
PARAMETER: STRLGT
MODE: AVG
PRECISION: 4
PARAMETER: ZSCNC1
MODE: INST
PRECISION: 1
STORE NUM SAMPLES OFF
STORE NUM SAMPLES OFF
PARAMETER: RCTEMP
MODE: AVG
PRECISION: 2
STORE NUM SAMPLES OFF
NAME: FAST
EVENT: ATIMER
PARAMETERS: 14
STARTING DATE: 01-JAN-07
SAMPLE PERIOD: 000:00:01
REPORT PERIOD: 000:00:01
NO. OF RECORDS:360
RS-232 REPORT: OFF
COMPACT REPORT: OFF
CHANNEL ENABLED: ON
Same parameters &
PARAMETER: SMPPRS
MODE: AVG
PRECISION: 4
settings as DETAIL
STORE NUM SAMPLES OFF
PARAMETER: BOXTEMP
MODE: AVG
PRECISION: 4
STORE NUM SAMPLES OFF
PARAMETER: HVPS
MODE: AVG
PRECISION: 4
STORE NUM SAMPLES OFF
PARAMETER: REFGND
MODE: AVG
PRECISION: 4
STORE NUM SAMPLES OFF
PARAMETER: REF4096
MODE: AVG
PRECISION: 4
STORE NUM SAMPLES OFF
Figure 7-1: Default DAS Channels Setup
158
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Data Acquisition System (DAS) and APICOM
7.2.1. VIEWING DAS DATA AND SETTINGS
DAS data and settings can be viewed on the front panel through the following control
button sequence.
SAMPLE
RANGE = 500.000 PPB
SO2 =XXX.X
MENU BUTTON FUNCTIONS
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
BUTTON
FUNCTION
SAMPLE
ENTER SETUP PASS : 818
<PRM
PRM>
Moves to the next Parameter
Moves to the previous
Parameter
8
1
8
ENTR EXIT
NX10
NEXT
PREV
PV10
Moves the view forward 10
data points/channels
EXIT will return to the
main SAMPLE Display.
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
Moves to the next data
point/channel
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
EXIT
EXIT
Moves to the previous data
point/channel
Moves the view back 10 data
points/channels
SETUP X.X
DATA ACQUISITION
VIEW EDIT
Buttons only appear as needed
SETUP X.X
CONC : DATA AVAILABLE
NEXT VIEW
SETUP X.X
00:00:00 CONC1 =XXXX PPB
PV10 PREV NEXT NX10 <PRM PRM>
EXIT
SETUP X.X
PNUMTC: DATA AVAILABLE
PREV NEXT VIEW
EXIT
SETUP X.X
00:00:00 SMPFLW=000.0 cc / m
<PRM
PRM>
EXIT
SETUP X.X
CALDAT: DATA AVAILABLE
PREV NEXT VIEW
EXIT
SETUP X.X
00:00:00 SLOPE1=0.000
<PRM PRM>
PV10 PREV
EXIT
SETUP X.X
DETAILED: DATA AVAILABLE
PREV NEXT VIEW
EXIT
SETUP X.X
00:00::00 PMTDET=0000.0000 m
<PRM PRM> EXIT
PV10 PREV
SETUP X.X
PREV
FAST: DATA AVAILABLE
VIEW
EXIT
SETUP X.X
00:00::00 PMTDET=0000.0000 m
<PRM PRM> EXIT
PV10 PREV
Figure 7-2: DAS – Data Acquisition Menu
159
06807C DCN6650
Data Acquisition System (DAS) and APICOM
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
7.2.2. EDITING DAS DATA CHANNELS
Although DAS configuration is most conveniently done through the APICOM remote
control program (refer to Section 6.12.2.8), the following illustrations shows how to edit
DAS channels using the analyzer’s front panel control buttons.
SAMPLE
RANGE = 500.000 PPB
SO2 =XXX.X
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
SAMPLE
ENTER SETUP PASS : 818
EXIT will return to the
previous SAMPLE
display.
8
1
8
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
Main Data Acquisition Menu
SETUP X.X
DATA ACQUISITION
VIEW EDIT
EXIT
Edit Data Channel Menu
Moves the
display up &
down the list of
Data Channels
SETUP X.X
0) CONC1: ATIMER, 2, 4032, RS-232
Exits to the Main
Data Acquisition
Menu
PREV NEXT
INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT
Exports the
Inserts a new Data
Channel into the list
BEFORE the Channel
currently being displayed
configuration of all
data channels to
RS-232 interface.
Deletes the Data
Channel currently
being displayed
Moves the display
between the
SETUP X.X
NAME:CONC1
Exits returns to the
previous Menu
PROPERTIES for this
data channel.
<SET SET> EDIT PRNT
EXIT
Reports the configuration of current
data channels to the RS-232 ports.
Allows to edit the channel name, see next menu button.
Figure 7-3: DAS – Editing DAS Data Channels
160
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Data Acquisition System (DAS) and APICOM
When editing the data channels, the top line of the display indicates some of the
configuration parameters. For example, the display line:
0) CONC: ATIMER, 4, 800
represents to the following configuration:
CHANNEL NUMBER.: 0
NAME: CONC
TRIGGER EVENT: ATIMER
PARAMETERS: Four parameters are included in this channel
EVENT: This channel is set up to record 800 data points.
To edit the name of a data channel, refer to Figure 7-3, then press:
SETUP X.X
NAME:CONC1
<SET SET> EDIT PRINT
EXIT
ENTR accepts the new string
and returns to the previous
menu.
SETUP X.X
NAME:CONC
C
O
N
C
1
-
ENTR
EXIT
EXIT ignores the new string
and returns to the previous
menu.
Press each as many times as needed to cycle through the
character set until desired character appears:
0-9, A-Z, space ’ ~ ! # $ % ^ & * ( ) - _ = +[ ] { } < >\ | ; : , . / ?
Figure 7-4: DAS – Editing Data Channel Name
161
06807C DCN6650
Data Acquisition System (DAS) and APICOM
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
7.2.3. TRIGGER EVENTS
To edit the list of data parameters associated with a specific data channel, refer to the
Edit Data Channel Menu
SETUP X.X
0) CONC1: ATIMER, 2,
4032,R
Exits to the Main
Data Acquisition
menu
PREV NEXT
INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X
NAME:CONC1
<SET SET> EDIT PRINT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
EVENT:ATIMER
<SET SET> EDIT PRINT
EXIT
ENTR accepts the new string
and returns to the previous
menu.
EXIT ignores the new string
and returns to the previous
menu.
SETUP X.X
EVENT:ATIMER
<PREV NEXT>
ENTR
EXIT
Press each button repeatedly to cycle through
the list of available trigger events.
Figure 7-5: DAS – Trigger Events
162
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Data Acquisition System (DAS) and APICOM
7.2.4. EDITING DAS PARAMETERS
Data channels can be edited individually from the front panel without affecting other
data channels. However, when editing a data channel, such as during adding, deleting or
editing parameters, all data for that particular channel will be lost, because the DAS can
store only data of one format (number of parameter columns etc.) for any given channel.
In addition, a DAS configuration can only be uploaded remotely as an entire set of
channels. Hence, remote update of the DAS will always delete all current channels and
stored data.
To modify, add or delete a parameter, follow the instruction shown in Figure 7-3, then
press:
Edit Data Channel Menu
SETUP X.X
0) CONC1: ATIMER, 2,
4032, R
Exits to the main
Data Acquisition
menu
PREV NEXT
INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X
NAME:CONC1
<SET SET> EDIT PRINT
EXIT
Press SET> until…
SETUP X.X
PARAMETERS : 2
<SET SET> EDIT PRINT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
EDIT PARAMS (DELETE DATA)
YES will delete
all data in that
entire channel.
NO returns to
the previous
menu and
YES NO
retains all data.
Edit Data Parameter Menu
Moves the
display between
available
SETUP X.X 0) PARAM=CONC1, MODE=AVG
PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT
Exits to the main
Data Acquisition
menu
EXIT
Parameters
Inserts a new Parameter
before the currently
displayed Parameter
Use to configure
the functions for
this Parameter.
Deletes the Parameter
currently displayed.
Figure 7-6: DAS – Editing DAS Parameters
163
06807C DCN6650
Data Acquisition System (DAS) and APICOM
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
To configure the parameters for a specific data parameter, follow the instructions as
SETUP X.X 0) PARAM=CONC1, MODE=AVG
PREV NEXT INS DEL EDIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X PARAMETERS:CONC1
SET> EDIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X PARAMETERS: CONC1
PREV NEXT
ENTR
EXIT
Cycle through list of available
Parameters.
SETUP X.X SAMPLE MODE:AVG
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X SAMPLE MODE: AVG
INST AVG SDEV MIN MAX
ENTR EXIT
Press any button for the desired mode
ENTR accepts the new
setting and returns to the
previous menu.
SETUP X.X PRECISION: 1
EXIT ignores the new setting
and returns to the previous
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X PRECISION: 1
1
ENTR EXIT
Set for 0-4
<SET Returns to
previous
SETUP X.X STORE NUM. SAMPLES: OFF
Functions
<SET
EDIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X STORE NUM. SAMPLES: OFF
OFF
ENTR EXIT
Turn ON or OFF
Figure 7-7: DAS – Configuring Parameters for a Specific Data Parameter
164
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Data Acquisition System (DAS) and APICOM
7.2.5. SAMPLE PERIOD AND REPORT PERIOD
The DAS defines two principal time periods by which sample readings are taken and
permanently recorded:
SAMPLE PERIOD: Determines how often DAS temporarily records a sample reading
of the parameter in volatile memory. The SAMPLE PERIOD is set to one minute by
default and generally cannot be accessed from the standard DAS front panel menu, but
is available via the instruments communication ports by using APICOM or the
analyzer’s standard serial data protocol. SAMPLE PERIOD is only used when the
DAS parameter’s sample mode is set for AVG, MIN or MAX.
REPORT PERIOD: Sets how often the sample readings stored in volatile memory are
processed, (e.g. average, minimum or maximum are calculated) and the results stored
permanently in the instrument’s Disk-on-Module as well as transmitted via the
analyzer’s communication ports. The REPORT PERIOD may be set from the front
panel.
If the INST sample mode is selected the instrument stores and reports an instantaneous
reading of the selected parameter at the end of the chosen REPORT PERIOD
In AVG, MIN or MAX sample modes, the settings for the SAMPLE PERIOD and the
REPORT PERIOD determine the number of data points used each time the average,
minimum or maximum is calculated, stored and reported to the COMM ports. The actual
sample readings are not stored past the end of the of the chosen REPORT PERIOD.
Also, the SAMPLE PERIOD and REPORT PERIOD intervals are synchronized to
the beginning and end of the appropriate interval of the instruments internal clock.
If SAMPLE PERIOD were set for one minute the first reading would occur at the
beginning of the next full minute according to the instrument’s internal clock.
If the REPORT PERIOD were set for of one hour the first report activity would occur
at the beginning of the next full hour according to the instrument’s internal clock.
EXAMPLE: Given the above settings, if DAS were activated at 7:57:35 the first sample
would occur at 7:58 and the first report would be calculated at 8:00 consisting of data
points for 7:58. 7:59 and 8:00.
During the next hour (from 8:01 to 9:00) the instrument will take a sample reading every
minute and include 60 sample readings.
When the STORE NUM. SAMPLES feature is turned on the instrument will also store
how many sample readings were used for the AVG, MIN or MAX calculation but not
the readings themselves.
REPORT PERIODS IN PROGRESS WHEN INSTRUMENT IS POWERED OFF
If the instrument is powered off in the middle of a REPORT PERIOD, the samples
accumulated so far during that period are lost. Once the instrument is turned back on,
the DAS restarts taking samples and temporarily them in volatile memory as part of the
REPORT PERIOD currently active at the time of restart. At the end of this REPORT
PERIOD only the sample readings taken since the instrument was turned back on will
be included in any AVG, MIN or MAX calculation. Also, the STORE NUM.
SAMPLES feature will report the number of sample readings taken since the instrument
was restarted.
165
06807C DCN6650
Data Acquisition System (DAS) and APICOM
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
press:
Edit Data Channel Menu
SETUP X.X
0) CONC: ATIMER, 2,
4032, R
Use PREV and NEXT to
scroll to the data channel
to be edited.
Exits to the main
Data Acquisition
menu.
PREV NEXT
INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X
NAME:CONC
<SET SET> EDIT PRINT
EXIT
Press SET> until you reach REPORT PERIOD …
SETUP X.X
REPORT PERIOD:000:00:05
<SET SET> EDIT PRINT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
REPORT PERIODD:DAYS:0
Set the number of days
between reports (0-365).
0
0
0
ENTR EXIT
Press buttons to set amount of
time between reports, in hours
(HH) and/or minutes (MM)
(max: 23:59). 01:00 sets a
report to be made every hour.
SETUP X.X
REPORT PERIODD:TIME:01:00
ENTR EXIT
ENTR accepts the new string and
returns to the previous menu.
EXIT ignores the new string and
returns to the previous menu.
0
1
0
0
IIf at any time an invalidl entry is selected (e.g., days > 366)
the ENTR button will disappear from the display.
Figure 7-8: DAS – Define the Report Period
7.2.6. NUMBER OF RECORDS
Although the DAS is capable of capturing several months worth of data,, the actual
number of records is also limited by the total number of parameters and channels and
other settings in the DAS configuration. Every additional data channel, parameter,
number of samples setting etc. will reduce the maximum amount of data points
somewhat. In general, however, the maximum data capacity is divided amongst all
channels (max: 20) and parameters (max: 50 per channel).
The DAS will check the amount of available data space and prevent the user from
specifying too many records at any given point. If, for example, the DAS memory space
can accommodate 375 more data records, the ENTR button will disappear when trying
to specify more than that number of records. This check for memory space may also
make an upload of a DAS configuration with APICOM or a Terminal program fail, if
the combined number of records would be exceeded. In this case, it is suggested to
either try from the front panel what the maximum number of records can be or use trial-
and-error in designing the DAS script or calculate the number of records using the DAS
or APICOM manuals. To set the number of records for one channel from the front panel,
press SETUP-DAS-EDIT-ENTR and the following control button sequence.
166
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Data Acquisition System (DAS) and APICOM
Edit Data Channel Menu
SETUP X.X
0) CONC: ATIMER, 2,
900
Exits to the main
Data Acquisition
PREV NEXT
INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT
menu
SETUP X.X
NAME:CONC
<SET SET> EDIT PRINT
EXIT
Press SET> until…
SETUP X.X
NUMBER OF RECORDS:4032
<SET SET> EDIT PRINT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
EDIT RECORDS (DELETEs DATA)?
NO returns to the
previous menu.
YES will delete all data
in this channel.
YES
NO
ENTR accepts the new
setting and returns to the
previous menu.
EXIT ignores the new setting
and returns to the previous
menu.
Toggle buttons to set
number of records
(1-99999)
SETUP X.X
NUMBER OF RECORDS:4032
ENTR EXIT
0
4
0
3
2
Figure 7-9: DAS – Edit Number of Records
167
06807C DCN6650
Data Acquisition System (DAS) and APICOM
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
7.2.7. RS-232 REPORT FUNCTION
The M DAS can automatically report data to the communications ports, where they can
be captured with a terminal emulation program or simply viewed by the user.
To enable automatic COMM port reporting, follow the instruction shown in Figure 7-3,
then press:
Edit Data Channel Menu
SETUP X.X
0) CONC: ATIMER, 2,
4032, R
Exits to the main
Data Acquisition
menu
PREV NEXT
INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X
NAME:CONC
<SET SET> EDIT PRINT
EXIT
Press SET> until…
SETUP X.X
RS-232 REPORT: OFF
<SET SET> EDIT PRINT
EXIT
ENTR accepts the new
setting and returns to the
previous menu.
EXIT ignores the new setting
and returns to the previous
menu.
SETUP X.X
RS-232 REPORT: OFF
Toggle to turn
reporting ON or OFF
OFF
ENTR EXIT
Figure 7-10:
DAS – RS-232 Report Function
7.2.8. COMPACT REPORT
When enabled, this option avoids unnecessary line breaks on all RS-232 reports. Instead
of reporting each parameter in one channel on a separate line, up to five parameters are
reported in one line, instead.
7.2.9. STARTING DATE
This option allows a user to specify a starting date for any given channel in case the user
wants to start data acquisition only after a certain time and date. If the Starting Date is
in the past, the DAS ignores this setting.
7.2.10. DISABLING/ENABLING DATA CHANNELS
Data channels can be temporarily disabled, which can reduce the read/write wear on the
disk-on-module. The ALL_01 channel of the T100, for example, is disabled by default.
168
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Data Acquisition System (DAS) and APICOM
Edit Data Channel Menu
SETUP X.X
0) CONC: ATIMER, 2,
4032, R
Exits to the main
Data Acquisition
menu
PREV NEXT
INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X
NAME:CONC
<SET SET> EDIT PRINT
EXIT
Press SET> until…
SETUP X.X
CHANNEL ENABLE:ON
<SET SET> EDIT PRINT
EXIT
ENTR accepts the new
setting and returns to the
previous menu.
EXIT ignores the new setting
and returns to the previous
menu.
SETUP X.X
CHANNEL ENABLE:ON
Toggle to turn
channel ON or OFF
OFF
ENTR EXIT
Figure 7-11:
DAS – Disabling / Enabling Data Channels
169
06807C DCN6650
Data Acquisition System (DAS) and APICOM
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
7.2.11. HOLDOFF FEATURE
The DAS HOLDOFF feature allows to prevent data collection during calibrations and
during the DAS_HOLDOFF period enabled and specified in the VARS (refer to Section
6.8).
press:
Edit Data Channel Menu
SETUP X.X
0) CONC: ATIMER, 2,
4032, R
Exits to the main
Data Acquisition
menu
PREV NEXT
INS DEL EDIT PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X
NAME:CONC
<SET SET> EDIT PRINT
EXIT
Press SET> until…
SETUP X.X
CAL HOLD OFF:ON
SET> EDIT PRINT
EXIT
ENTR accepts the new
setting and returns to the
previous menu.
EXIT ignores the new setting
and returns to the previous
menu.
SETUP X.X
CAL HOLD OFF:ON
Toggle to turn HOLDOFF
ON or OFF
ON
ENTR EXIT
Figure 7-12:
DAS – Holdoff Feature
The DAS can be configured and operated remotely via the APICOM program. Section
introduces APICOM and then describes how to
7.3. APICOM REMOTE CONTROL PROGRAM
APICOM is an easy-to-use, yet powerful interface program that allows a user to access
and control any of Teledyne API’s main line of ambient and stack-gas instruments from
a remote connection through direct cable, modem or Ethernet. Running APICOM, a user
can:
Establish a link from a remote location to the T100 through direct cable connection
via RS-232 modem or Ethernet.
View the instrument’s front panel and remotely access all functions that could be
accessed when standing in front of the instrument.
Remotely edit system parameters and set points.
170
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Data Acquisition System (DAS) and APICOM
Download, view, graph and save data for predictive diagnostics or data analysis.
Retrieve, view, edit, save and upload DAS configurations (Section 7.4).
Check on system parameters for trouble-shooting and quality control.
APICOM is very helpful for initial setup, data analysis, maintenance and
interface, which emulates the look and functionality of the instruments actual front
panel:
Figure 7-13:
APICOM Remote Control Program Interface
APICOM is included free of cost with the analyzer and the latest versions can also be
downloaded for free at http://www.teledyne-api.com/software/apicom/.
171
06807C DCN6650
Data Acquisition System (DAS) and APICOM
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
7.4. REMOTE DAS CONFIGURATION VIA APICOM
Editing channels, parameters and triggering events as described in this section is
performed via the APICOM remote control program using the graphic interface similar
the T100 analyzer.
Figure 7-14:
Sample APICOM User Interface for Configuring the DAS
Once a DAS configuration is edited (which can be done offline and without interrupting
DAS data collection), it is conveniently uploaded to the instrument and can be stored on
a computer for later review, alteration or documentation and archival. Refer to the
APICOM manual for details on these procedures. The APICOM user manual (Teledyne
API’s P/N 039450000) is included in the APICOM installation file, which can be
downloaded at http://www.teledyne-api.com/software/apicom/.
Although Teledyne API recommends the use of APICOM, the DAS can also be
accessed and configured through a terminal emulation program such as HyperTerminal
a strict syntax or be pasted in from of a text file, which was edited offline and then
uploaded through a specific transfer procedure.
172
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Data Acquisition System (DAS) and APICOM
Figure 7-15:
DAS Configuration Through a Terminal Emulation Program
Both procedures are best started by downloading the default DAS configuration, getting
familiar with its command structure and syntax conventions, and then altering a copy of
the original file offline before uploading the new configuration.
IMPORTANT
IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA
Whereas the editing, adding and deleting of DAS channels and
parameters of one channel through the front-panel control buttons can
be done without affecting the other channels, uploading a DAS
configuration script to the analyzer through its communication ports will
erase all data, parameters and channels by replacing them with the new
DAS configuration. Backup of data and the original DAS configuration is
advised before attempting any DAS changes.
173
06807C DCN6650
Data Acquisition System (DAS) and APICOM
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
This page intentionally left blank.
174
06807C DCN6650
8. REMOTE OPERATION OF THE ANALYZER
This section provides information needed when using external digital and serial I/O and
when using Hessen protocol for remote operation. It also provides references to
communications-related manuals.
8.1. REMOTE OPERATION USING THE EXTERNAL DIGITAL I/O
8.1.1. STATUS OUTPUTS
The status outputs report analyzer conditions via optically isolated NPN transistors,
which sink up to 50 mA of DC current. These outputs can be used interface with
devices that accept logic-level digital inputs, such as programmable logic controllers
(PLC’s). Each Status bit is an open collector output that can withstand up to 40 VDC.
All of the emitters of these transistors are tied together and available at D.
COULD DAMAGE INSTRUMENT AND VOID WARRANTY
ATTENTION
Most PLC’s have internal provisions for limiting the current that the
input will draw from an external device. When connecting to a unit that
does not have this feature, an external dropping resistor must be used
to limit the current through the transistor output to less than 50 mA. At
50 mA, the transistor will drop approximately 1.2V from its collector to
emitter.
The status outputs are accessed through a 12 pin connector on the analyzer’s rear panel
175
06807C DCN6650
Remote Operation of the Analyzer
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
STATUS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
D
+
Figure 8-1: Status Output Connector
Table 8-1:Status Output Pin Assignments
CONNECTOR PIN
STATUS
CONDITION (ON=CONDUCTING)
System Ok
Conc Valid
High Range
Zero Cal
ON if no faults are present.
1
2
ON if concentration measurement is valid, OFF when invalid.
ON if unit is in high range of any AUTO range mode.
ON whenever the instrument is in ZERO calibration mode.
ON whenever the instrument is in SPAN calibration mode.
ON whenever the instrument is in DIAGNOSTIC mode.
Unused
3
4
Span Cal
5
Diag Mode
6
7-8
The emitters of the transistors on pins 1-8 are bussed together. For most
applications, this pin should be connected to the circuit ground of the
receiving device.
Emitter Bus
Dc Power
D
+
+ 5 VDC source, 30 mA maximum (combined rating with Control Inputs)
The ground from the analyzer’s internal, 5/±15 VDC power supply.
Digital Ground
8.1.2. CONTROL INPUTS
Control inputs allow the user to remotely initiate ZERO and SPAN calibration modes
are provided through a 10-pin connector labeled CONTROL IN on the analyzer’s rear
panel. These are opto-isolated, digital inputs that are activated when a 5 VDC signal
from the “U” pin is connected to the respective input pin.
176
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Remote Operation of the Analyzer
Table 8-2:Control Input Pin Assignments
INPUT
STATUS
CONDITION WHEN ENABLED
Zero calibration mode is activated. The mode field of the display will read
ZERO CAL R.
A
External Zero Cal
Span calibration mode is activated. The mode field of the display will read
SPAN CAL R.
B
External Span Cal
C
D
E
F
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Digital Ground
Provided to ground an external device (e.g., recorder).
DC Power For Input Input for +5 VDC required to activate inputs A - F. This voltage can be taken
U
+
Pull Ups
from an external source or from the “+” pin.
Internal source of +5V which can be used to activate inputs when connected
to pin U.
Internal +5v Supply
There are two methods to activate control inputs. The internal +5V available from the
“+” pin is the most convenient method (Figure 8-2). However, to ensure that these
inputs are truly isolated, a separate, external 5 VDC power supply should be used
CONTROL IN
A
B
C
D
E
F
U
+
Figure 8-2: Control Inputs with Local 5 V Power Supply
177
06807C DCN6650
Remote Operation of the Analyzer
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
CONTROL IN
A
B
C
D
E
F
U
+
+
5 VDC Power
Supply
-
Figure 8-3: Control Inputs with External 5 V Power Supply
8.2. REMOTE OPERATION USING THE EXTERNAL SERIAL I/O
8.2.1. TERMINAL OPERATING MODES
The T100 can be remotely configured, calibrated or queried for stored data through the
serial ports. As terminals and computers use different communication schemes, the
analyzer supports two communication modes specifically designed to interface with
these two types of devices.
Computer mode is used when the analyzer is connected to a computer with a dedicated
interface program such as APICOM. More information regarding APICOM can be
found in later in this section or on the Teledyne API’s website at http://www.teledyne-
api.com/software/apicom/.
Interactive mode is used with a terminal emulation programs such as HyperTerminal or
a “dumb” computer terminal. The commands that are used to operate the analyzer in this
8.2.2. HELP COMMANDS IN TERMINAL MODE
Table 8-3:Terminal Mode Software Commands
Command
Function
Control-T
Switches the analyzer to terminal mode (echo, edit). If mode flags 1 & 2 are OFF, the interface can be
used in interactive mode with a terminal emulation program.
Control-C
CR
Switches the analyzer to computer mode (no echo, no edit).
A carriage return is required after each command line is typed into the terminal/computer. The command
(carriage return) will not be sent to the analyzer to be executed until this is done. On personal computers, this is achieved
by pressing the ENTER button.
BS
Erases one character to the left of the cursor location.
(backspace)
ESC
Erases the entire command line.
(escape)
? [ID] CR
This command prints a complete list of available commands along with the definitions of their functionality
to the display device of the terminal or computer being used. The ID number of the analyzer is only
necessary if multiple analyzers are on the same communications line, such as the multi-drop setup.
Control-C
Control-P
Pauses the listing of commands.
Restarts the listing of commands.
178
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Remote Operation of the Analyzer
8.2.3. COMMAND SYNTAX
Commands are not case-sensitive and all arguments within one command (i.e. ID
numbers, keywords, data values, etc.) must be separated with a space character.
All Commands follow the syntax:
X [ID] COMMAND <CR>
Where:
X
is the command type (one letter) that defines the type of command. Allowed
designators are listed in Table 6-25 and Appendix A-6.
[ID]
is the analyzer identification number (refer to Section 6.10.1.). Example: the
Command “? 200” followed by a carriage return would print the list of
available commands for the revision of software currently installed in the
instrument assigned ID Number 200.
COMMANDis the command designator: This string is the name of the command being
issued (LIST, ABORT, NAME, EXIT, etc.). Some commands may have
additional arguments that define how the command is to be executed.
Press? <CR> or refer to Appendix A-6 for a list of available command
designators.
<CR>
is a carriage return. All commands must be terminated by a carriage return
(usually achieved by pressing the ENTER button on a computer).
Table 8-4: Command Types
COMMAND
COMMAND TYPE
C
D
L
Calibration
Diagnostic
Logon
T
Test measurement
Variable
V
W
Warning
8.2.4. DATA TYPES
Data types consist of integers, hexadecimal integers, floating-point numbers, Boolean
expressions and text strings.
Integer data are used to indicate integral quantities such as a number of records, a filter
length, etc. They consist of an optional plus or minus sign, followed by one or more
digits. For example, +1, -12, 123 are all valid integers.
Hexadecimal integer data are used for the same purposes as integers. They consist of
the two characters “0x,” followed by one or more hexadecimal digits (0-9, A-F, a-f),
which is the ‘C’ programming language convention. No plus or minus sign is permitted.
For example, 0x1, 0x12, 0x1234abcd are all valid hexadecimal integers.
Floating-point numbers are used to specify continuously variable values such as
temperature set points, time intervals, warning limits, voltages, etc. They consist of an
optional plus or minus sign, followed by zero or more digits, an optional decimal point,
and zero or more digits. (At least one digit must appear before or after the decimal
179
06807C DCN6650
Remote Operation of the Analyzer
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
point.) Scientific notation is not permitted. For example, +1.0, 1234.5678, -0.1, 1 are all
valid floating-point numbers.
Boolean expressions are used to specify the value of variables or I/O signals that may
assume only two values. They are denoted by the keywords ON and OFF.
Text strings are used to represent data that cannot be easily represented by other data
types, such as data channel names, which may contain letters and numbers. They consist
of a quotation mark, followed by one or more printable characters, including spaces,
letters, numbers, and symbols, and a final quotation mark. For example, “a”, “1”,
“123abc”, and “()[]<>” are all valid text strings. It is not possible to include a
quotation mark character within a text string.
Some commands allow you to access variables, messages, and other items, such as DAS
data channels, by name. When using these commands, you must type the entire name of
the item; you cannot abbreviate any names.
8.2.5. STATUS REPORTING
Reporting of status messages as an audit trail is one of the three principal uses for the
RS-232 interface (the other two being the command line interface for controlling the
instrument and the download of data in electronic format). You can effectively disable
Status reports include DAS data (when reporting is enabled), warning messages,
calibration and diagnostic status messages. Refer to Appendix A-3 for a list of the
possible messages, and this section for information on controlling the instrument
through the RS-232 interface.
8.2.5.1. GENERAL MESSAGE FORMAT
All messages from the instrument (including those in response to a command line
request) are in the format:
X DDD:HH:MM [Id] MESSAGE<CRLF>
Where:
X
is a command type designator, a single character indicating the
message type, as shown in the Table 6-25.
DDD:HH:MM is the time stamp, the date and time when the message was issued. It
consists of the Day-of-year (DDD) as a number from 1 to 366, the hour
of the day (HH) as a number from 00 to 23, and the minute (MM) as a
number from 00 to 59.
[ID]
is the analyzer ID, a number with 1 to 4 digits.
MESSAGE
is the message content that may contain warning messages, test
measurements, DAS reports, variable values, etc.
<CRLF>
is a carriage return / line feed pair, which terminates the message.
The uniform nature of the output messages makes it easy for a host computer to parse
them into an easy structure. Keep in mind that the front panel display does not give any
information on the time a message was issued, hence it is useful to log such messages
180
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Remote Operation of the Analyzer
for trouble-shooting and reference purposes. Terminal emulation programs such as
HyperTerminal can capture these messages to text files for later review.
8.3. REMOTE ACCESS BY MODEM
The T100 can be connected to a modem for remote access. This requires a cable
between the analyzer’s COM port and the modem, typically a DB-9F to DB-25M cable
(available from Teledyne API with P/N WR0000024).
Once the cable has been connected, check to ensure that the DTE-DCE is in the correct
that is compatible with the modem, which needs to operate with an 8-bit word length
with one stop bit.
The first step is to turn on the MODEM ENABLE communication mode (Mode 64,
modem can be entered into the analyzer. The default setting for this feature is:
AT Y0 &D0 &H0 &I0 S0=2 &B0 &N6 &M0 E0 Q1 &W0
This string can be altered to match your modem’s initialization and can be up to 100
characters long.
181
06807C DCN6650
Remote Operation of the Analyzer
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
To change this setting, access the COMMUNICATIONS Menu (refer to Figure 5-13),
then press:
SETUP X.X
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
Select which
COM Port is
tested
ID INET COM1 COM2
EXIT
SETUP X.X
SET> EDIT
COM1 MODE:0
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
COM1 BAUD RATE:19200
<SET SET> EDIT
SETUP X.X
COM1 MODEM INIT:AT Y &D &H
EXIT
<SET SET> EDIT
ENTR accepts the
new string and returns
to the previous menu.
EXIT ignores the new
string and returns to
the previous menu.
SETUP X.X
COM1 MODEM INIT:[A]T Y &D &H
ENTR EXIT
<CH CH> INS DEL [A]
Press the [?]
button repeatedly to cycle through
the available character set:
0-9
INS inserts a
character before
the cursor location.
DEL deletes a
character at the
cursor location.
A-Z
<CH and CH> move the [ ]
cursor left and right along the
text string
space ’ ~ ! # $ % ^ & * ( ) - _ =
+[ ] { } < >\ | ; : , . / ?
Figure 8-4: COMM – Remote Access by Modem
182
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Remote Operation of the Analyzer
To initialize the modem, access the COMMUNICATIONS Menu (refer to Figure 5-13),
then press:
SETUP X.X
ID INET
COMMUNICATIONS MENU
COM1 COM2
Select which
COM Port is
tested
EXIT
SETUP X.X
COM1 MODE:0
SET> EDIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
COM1 BAUD RATE:19200
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
COM1 MODEM INIT:AT Y &D &H
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
COM1 INITIALIZE MODEM
EXIT
<SET SET> INIT
SETUP X.X
INITIALIZING MODEM
<SET SET> INIT
EXIT
EXIT returns to the
Communications Menu.
Figure 8-5: COMM – Initialize the Modem
8.4. COM PORT PASSWORD SECURITY
In order to provide security for remote access of the T100, a LOGON feature can be
enabled to require a password before the instrument will accept commands. This is done
MODE is enabled, the following items apply.
A password is required before the port will respond or pass on commands.
If the port is inactive for one hour, it will automatically logoff, which can also be
achieved with the LOGOFF command.
Three unsuccessful attempts to log on with an incorrect password will cause
subsequent logins to be disabled for 1 hour, even if the correct password is used.
If not logged on, the only active command is the '?' request for the help screen.
The following messages will be returned at logon:
183
06807C DCN6650
Remote Operation of the Analyzer
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
LOGON SUCCESSFUL - Correct password given
LOGON FAILED - Password not given or incorrect
LOGOFF SUCCESSFUL - Connection terminated successfully
To log on to the T100 analyzer with SECURITY MODE feature enabled, type:
LOGON 940331
940331 is the default password. To change the default password, use the variable RS-
232_PASS issued as follows:
V RS-232_PASS=NNNNNN
Where N is any numeral between 0 and 9.
8.5. ADDITIONAL COMMUNICATIONS DOCUMENTATION
Table 8-5:Serial Interface Documents
Interface / Tool
APICOM
Document Title
Part Number
058130000
028370000
Available Online*
APICOM User Manual
Detailed description of the DAS
YES
YES
DAS Manual
* These documents can be downloaded at http://www.teledyne-api.com/manuals/.
184
06807C DCN6650
9. CALIBRATION PROCEDURES
This section describes the calibration procedures for the T100. All of the methods
described in this section can be initiated and controlled through the COM ports.
IMPORTANT
IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA
If you are using the T100 for US-EPA controlled monitoring, refer to
9.1. CALIBRATION PREPARATIONS
The calibration procedures in this section assume that the analog range and units of
measure, range mode, and reporting range have already been selected for the analyzer. If
instructions).
IMPORTANT
IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA
It is recommended that the LAMP CAL routine (refer to Section 5.9.6) be
performed prior to all calibration operations.
This will allow the
instrument to account for minor changes due to aging of the UV lamp.
9.1.1. REQUIRED EQUIPMENT, SUPPLIES, AND EXPENDABLES
Calibration of the T100 analyzer requires a certain amount of equipment and supplies.
These include, but are not limited to, the following:
Zero-air source
Sulfur dioxide span gas source
Gas lines - all gas line materials should be Teflon-type or glass.
A recording device such as a strip-chart recorder and/or data logger (optional).
Traceability Standards
185
06807C DCN6650
Calibration Procedures
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
9.1.1.1. ZERO AIR
Zero air is similar in chemical composition to the Earth’s atmosphere but scrubbed of all
components that might affect the analyzer’s readings. For SO2 measuring devices, zero
air should be similar in composition to the sample gas but devoid of SO2 and large
amounts of hydrocarbons, nitrogen oxide (NO) and with a water vapor dew point
≤ -15° C.
Devices such as the API Model 701 zero air generator that condition ambient air by
drying and removal of pollutants are available. We recommend this type of device for
generating zero air.
9.1.1.2. SPAN GAS
Span gas is specifically mixed to match the chemical composition of the gas being
measured at about 80% of the desired full measurement range. For example, if the
measurement range is 500 ppb, the span gas should have an SO2 concentration of about
400 ppb.
Span gases should be certified to a specific accuracy to ensure accurate calibration of the
analyzer. Typical gas accuracy for SO2 gases is 1 or 2 %.
If using a secondary dilution source with zero air through a calibrator, then use a
bottle of SO2 balanced nitrogen.
If calibrator and zero air source are not available, then use a bottle of SO2 balanced
air.
Teledyne API offers an IZS option operating with permeation devices. The accuracy of
these devices is about ±5%. Whereas this may be sufficient for quick, daily calibration
checks, we strongly recommend using certified SO2 span gases for accurate calibration.
IMPORTANT
IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA
Applications requiring US-EPA equivalency do not allow permeation
devices to be used as sources of span gas for calibration of the analyzer.
9.1.1.3. CALIBRATION GAS STANDARDS AND TRACEABILITY
All equipment used to produce calibration gases should be verified against standards of
the National Institute for Standards and Technology (NIST). To ensure NIST
traceability, we recommend acquiring cylinders of working gas that are certified to be
traceable to NIST Standard Reference Materials (SRM). These are available from a variety
of commercial sources.
Table 9-1: NIST-SRM's Available for Traceability of SO2 Calibration Gases
NOMINAL
NIST-SRM4
TYPE
CONCENTRATION
1693a
1694a
1661a
Sulfur dioxide in N2
Sulfur dioxide in N2
Sulfur dioxide in N2
50 ppm
100 ppm
500 ppm
186
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Calibration Procedures
9.1.2. DATA RECORDING DEVICES
A strip chart recorder, data acquisition system or digital data acquisition system should
be used to record data from the T100’s serial or analog outputs. If analog readings are
used, the response of the recording system should be checked against a NIST traceable
voltage source or meter. Data recording device should be capable of bi-polar operation
so that negative readings can be recorded. For electronic data recording, the T100
provides an internal data acquisition system (DAS), which is described in detail in
Section 0.
IMPORTANT
IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA
Be aware of the difference between Calibration and Calibration Check:
Pressing the ENTR button during the following procedure re-calculates
the stored values for OFFSET and SLOPE and alters the instrument’s
calibration. If you wish to perform a calibration CHECK, do not press
ENTR and refer to Section 9.3.
9.2. MANUAL CALIBRATION
The following section describes the basic method for manually calibrating the T100 SO2
analyzer.
STEP ONE: Connect the sources of zero air and span gas as shown below.
187
06807C DCN6650
Calibration Procedures
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
MODEL 701
Zero Air
Generator
Source of
SAMPLE Gas
MODEL 700
Gas Dilution
Calibrator
(with Ozone
(Remove
during
calibration)
Bench Option)
Calibrated
SO2 GAS
(At high
Chassis
SAMPLE
EXHAUST
concentration)
OR
MODEL 701
Zero Air
Generator
Source of
SAMPLE Gas
(Remove
during
calibration)
3-way
Valve
Needle valve
to control
flow
Calibrated
Chassis
SAMPLE
SO2 GAS
(At high
EXHAUST
concentration)
Figure 9-1: Setup for Manual Calibration without Z/S valve or IZS Option (Step 1)
STEP TWO: Set the expected SO2 span gas concentrations. In this example the
instrument is set for single (SNGL) range mode with a reporting range span of 500 ppb.
188
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Calibration Procedures
SAMPLE
RANGE = 500.000 PPB
SO2 =XXX.X
SETUP
< TST TST > CAL
This sequence causes the
analyzer to prompt for the
expected SO2 span
concentration.
The SO2 span concentration
values automatically default
to 450.0 Conc.
M-P CAL
RANGE = 500.000 PPB
SO2 =XXX.X
EXIT
To change this value to the
actual concentration of the
span gas, enter the number
by pressing the each digit
until the expected value
appears.
< TST TST > ZERO
CONC
EXIT ignores the new setting
and returns to the previous
display.
M-P CAL
SO2 SPAN CONC: 450.0 Conc
.0 ENTR EXIT
The span gas concentration
should always be 90% of the
selected reporting range
ENTR accepts the new setting
0
0
0
4
5
and returns to the
previous display..
EXAMPLE
Reporting range = 800 ppb
Span gas conc.= 720 ppb
Figure 9-2: Setup for Manual Calibration without Z/S valve or IZS Option (Step 2)
STEP THREE: Perform the zero/span calibration:
189
06807C DCN6650
Calibration Procedures
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
SAMPLE
RANGE = 500.0 PPB
SO2 =XXX.X
SETUP
Set the Display to show the
SO2 STB test function.
This function calculates the
stability of the SO2
< TST TST > CAL
measurement
SAMPLE
RANGE = 500.0 PPB
SO2 =XXX.X
SETUP
< TST TST > CAL
ACTION:
Allow zero gas to enter the sample port at the
rear of the instrument.
Wait until SO2 STB
falls below 0.5 ppb.
This may take several
minutes.
M-P CAL
SO2 STB=X.XXX PPB
SO2 =XXX.X
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
M-P CAL
SO2 STB=X.XXX PPB
CONC
SO2 =XXX.X
EXIT
< TST TST > ZERO
Press ENTR to changes the
OFFSET & SLOPE values for the
SO2 measurements.
M-P CAL
SO2 STB=X.XXX PPB SO2 =XXX.X
< TST TST > ENTR
CONC
EXIT
Press EXIT to leave the calibration
unchanged and return to the
previous menu.
ACTION:
Allow span gas to enter the sample port at the
rear of the instrument.
The value of
SO2 STB may jump
significantly.
Wait until it falls back
below 0.5 ppb.
This may take several
minutes.
M-P CAL
SO2 STB=X.XXX PPB
SO2 =XXX.X
The SPAN button now
appears during the
transition from zero to span.
< TST TST >
M-P CAL
SPAN CONC
EXIT
You may see both the
SPAN and the ZERO
buttons.
Press ENTR to change the
OFFSET & SLOPE values for the
SO2 measurements.
RANGE = 500.0 PPB
SO2 =XXX.X
Press EXIT to leave the calibration
unchanged and return to the
previous menu.
< TST TST > ENTR SPAN CONC
EXIT
M-P CAL
RANGE = 500.0 PPB
CONC
SO2 =XXX.X
EXIT returns to the main
SAMPLE display
< TST TST > ENTR
EXIT
Figure 9-3: Setup for Manual Calibration without Z/S valve or IZS Option (Step 3)
190
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Calibration Procedures
IMPORTANT
IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA
If the ZERO or SPAN buttons are not displayed during zero or span
calibration, the measured concentration value is too different from the
expected value and the analyzer does not allow zeroing or spanning the
problems.
9.3. MANUAL CALIBRATION CHECKS
Informal calibration checks will only evaluate the analyzer’s response curve, but do not
alter it. It is recommended as a regular maintenance item, to perform calibration checks
in order to monitor the analyzer’s performance. To carry out a calibration check rather
than a full calibration, perform the following procedures:
STEP TWO: Perform the zero/span calibration check procedure:
ACTION:
Supply the instrument with zero gas.
SAMPLE
RANGE = 500.000 PPB
SO2 =XXX.X
SETUP
Scroll the display to the
STABIL test function.
< TST TST > CAL
SAMPLE
STABIL=XXX.X PPB
SO2=XXX.X
SETUP
< TST TST > CAL
Wait until
STABIL is
below 0.5 ppb.
This may take
several minutes.
ACTION:
Record the SO2
concentration
reading.
SAMPLE
STABIL=XXX.X PPB
SO2=XXX.X
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
The value of
STABIL may jump
significantly.
ACTION:
Supply span gas to the instrument
Wait until it falls
below 0.5 ppb. This
may take several
minutes.
ACTION:
Record the SO2
concentration
reading.
SAMPLE
STABIL=XXX.X PPB
SO2=XXX.X
SETUP
< TST TST > CAL
The SPAN button appears during the transition from zero to
span. You may see both the SPAN and the ZERO buttons.
Figure 9-4: Setup for Manual Calibration Checks
191
06807C DCN6650
Calibration Procedures
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
9.4. MANUAL CALIBRATION WITH ZERO/SPAN VALVES
Zero and Span calibrations using the Zero/Span Valve option are similar to that
described in Section 7.2, except that:
Zero air and span gas are supplied to the analyzer through the zero gas and span gas
inlets rather than through the sample inlet.
The zero and cal operations are initiated directly and independently with dedicated
buttons (CALZ and CALS)
STEP ONE: Connect the sources of zero air and span gas to the respective ports on the
rear panel (refer to Figure 3-1) as shown below.
Source of
SAMPLE Gas
MODEL 700
Gas Dilution Calibrator
(with O3 generator option)
VENT if input is pressurized
Chassis
SAMPLE
EXHAUST
SPAN 1
External Zero
Air Scrubber
ZERO AIR
MODEL 701
Zero Air
Generator
Calibrated
SO2 Gas
(At high
Filter
concentration)
VENT
Needle valve
to control flow
Figure 9-5: Setup for Manual Calibration with Z/S Valve Option Installed (Step 1)
192
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Calibration Procedures
STEP TWO: Set the expected SO2 span gas value:
SAMPLE
RANGE = 500.000 PPB
SO2 =XXX.X
SETUP
< TST TST > CAL
This sequence causes the
analyzer to prompt for the
expected SO2 span
The SO2 span concentration
values automatically default
to 450.0 Conc.
concentration.
M-P CAL
RANGE = 500.000 PPB
SO2 =XXX.X
EXIT
To change this value to the
actual concentration of the
span gas, enter the number
by pressing each digit until
the expected value appears.
< TST TST > ZERO
CONC
The span gas concentration
should always be 90% of the
selected reporting range
EXIT ignores the new setting
and returns to the previous
display.
M-P CAL
SO2 SPAN CONC: 450.0 Conc
.0 ENTR EXIT
ENTR accepts the new setting
0
0
0
4
5
EXAMPLE
Reporting range = 800 ppb
Span gas conc.= 720 ppb
and returns to the
previous display..
Figure 9-6: Setup for Manual Calibration with Z/S Valve Option Installed (Step 2)
193
06807C DCN6650
Calibration Procedures
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Step Three: Perform the calibration or calibration check according to the following
flow chart:
SAMPLE
RANGE = 500.000 PPB
SO2 =XXX.X
SETUP
< TST TST > CAL CALZ CALS
Scroll the display to the
STABIL test function. This
function calculates the stability
of the SO2 measurements.
SAMPLE
STABIL=XXX.X PPB
SO2 =XXX.X
SETUP
< TST TST > CAL CALZ CALS
ACTION:
Allow zero gas to enter the sample port at the
rear of the instrument.
Wait until STABIL
falls below 0.05
ppb. This may
take several
Analyzer enters ZERO
CAL mode.
ZERO CAL M
STABIL=XXX.X PPB
SO2 =XXX.X
minutes.
< TST TST > ZERO
CONC
ZERO CAL M
STABIL=XXX.X PPB
SO2 =XXX.X
EXIT
EXIT returns the unit to
SAMPLE mode without
changing the calibration
values.
< TST TST > ENTR
CONC
Pressing ENTR changes the calibration of the instrument.
ZERO CAL M
STABIL=XXX.X PPB
CONC
SO2 =XXX.X
< TST TST > ZERO
EXIT
ZERO CAL M
STABIL=XXX.X PPB
SO2=X.XX X
SETUP
< TST TST > CAL CALZ CALS
The value of STABIL
may jump
significantly. Wait
until it falls below 0.5
ppb. This may take
several minutes.
Analyzer enters SPAN
CAL Mode.
SPAN CAL M
STABIL=XXX.X PPB
CONC
SO2 =XXX.X
EXIT
< TST TST > SPAN
SPAN CAL M
STABIL=XXX.X PPB
CONC
SO2 =XXX.X
EXIT returns to the
SAMPLE mode without
changing the calibration
values.
< TST TST > ENTR
EXIT
Pressing ENTR changes the calibration of the instrument.
If either the ZERO or
SPAN button fails to
appear, see Chapter 11
for troubleshooting tips.
EXIT returns to the
main SAMPLE
display
SPAN CAL M
STABIL=XXX.X PPB
CONC
SO2 =XXX.X
EXIT
< TST TST > SPAN
Figure 9-7: Setup for Manual Calibration with Z/S Valve Option Installed (Step 3)
194
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Calibration Procedures
9.5. MANUAL CALIBRATION WITH IZS OPTION
Under the best conditions, the accuracy off the SO2 effusion rate of the IZS option’s
permeation tube is about ±5%. This can be subject to significant amounts of drift as the
tube ages and the amount of SO2 contained in the tube is depleted. Whereas this may be
sufficient for informal calibration checks, it is not adequate for formal calibrations and is
not approved for use by the US EPA as a calibration source.
Therefore, for formal calibrations of an instrument with an IZS option installed the
following provisions must be followed.
Zero air and span gas must be supplied to the analyzer through the sample gas inlet
The calibration procedure must be initiated using the CAL button, not the CALZ or
Using the CAL button does not activate the zero/span or sample/cal valves of the
IZS option, thus allowing the introduction of zero air and sample gas through the
sample port from more accurate, external sources such as a calibrated bottle of SO2
or a Model T700 Dilution Calibrator.
SAMPLE
RANGE = 500.000 PPB
CALZ CALS
SO2 =XXX.X
SETUP
< TST TST > CAL
Use for formal
calibration
operations.
Use only for
informal calibration
checks.
Figure 9-8: Manual Calibration with IZS Option
9.6. MANUAL CALIBRATION CHECKS WITH IZS OR ZERO/SPAN
VALVES
Zero and span checks using the zero/span valve or IZS option are similar to that
On units with an IZS option installed, zero air and span gas are supplied to the
analyzer through the zero gas inlet and from ambient air.
On units with a zero/span valve option installed, zero air and span gas are supplied
to the analyzer through the zero gas and span gas inlets from two different sources.
The zero and calibration operations are initiated directly and independently with
dedicated buttons CALZ and CALS.
195
06807C DCN6650
Calibration Procedures
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
To perform a manual calibration check of an analyzer with a zero/span valve or IZS
Option installed, use the following method:
STEP ONE: Connect the sources of Zero Air and Span Gas as shown below.
Source of
SAMPLE Gas
MODEL 700
Gas Dilution Calibrator
(with O3 generator option)
VENT if input is pressurized
Chassis
SAMPLE
EXHAUST
SPAN 1
Filter
External Zero
Air Scrubber
ZERO AIR
MODEL 701
Zero Air
Generator
Calibrated
SO2 gas
(At high
concentration)
VENT
Needle valve
to control flow
Internal Zero/Span Option (IZS) – Option 51A
Source of
SAMPLE Gas
VENT if input is pressurized
Chassis
SAMPLE
EXHAUST
Ambient
Air
ZERO AIR
Figure 9-9: Setup for Manual Calibration Check with Z/S Valve or IZS Option (Step 1)
196
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Calibration Procedures
STEP TWO: Perform the zero/span check.
SAMPLE
RANGE = 500.000 PPB
SO2 =XXX.X
SETUP
Scroll to the STABIL test
< TST TST > CAL CALZ CALS
function.
SAMPLE
STABIL=XXX.X PPB
SO2 =XXX.X
SETUP
Wait until STABIL
falls below 0.5
ppb. This may
take several
< TST TST > CAL CALZ CALS
ACTION:
Record the
SO2 readings
presented in the
upper right corner of
the display.
minutes.
ZERO CAL M
STABIL=XXX.X PPB SO2 =XXX.X
CONC EXIT
< TST TST > ZERO
SAMPLE
STABIL=XXX.X PPB SO2 =XXX.X
ACTION:
Record the
SO2 readings
presented in the
upper right corner of
the display.
The value of STABIL
may jump
< TST TST > CAL CALZ CALS
SETUP
significantly. Wait
until STABIL falls
below 0.5 ppb. This
may take several
minutes.
SPAN CAL M
STABIL=XXX.X PPB
SO2 =XXX.X
EXIT
EXIT returns to the main
< TST TST > ZERO SPAN CONC
SAMPLE display
Figure 9-10:
Setup for Manual Calibration Check with Z/S Valve or IZS Option (Step 2)
197
06807C DCN6650
Calibration Procedures
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
9.7. MANUAL CALIBRATION IN DUAL OR AUTO REPORTING
RANGE MODES
When the analyzer is in either Dual or Auto Range modes the user must run a separate
calibration procedure for each range. After pressing the CAL, CALZ or CALS buttons
the user is prompted for the range that is to be calibrated as seen in the CALZ example
below:
SAMPLE
RANGE = 500.000 PPB
SO2 =XXX.X
SETUP
< TST TST > CAL CALZ CALS
SAMPLE
RANGE TO CAL: LOW
ENTR
LOW HIGH
SETUP
SETUP
SAMPLE
RANGE TO CAL: HIGH
ENTR
WAIT 10
MINUTES
Or until the
reading
LOW HIGH
Analyzer enters
ZERO CAL Mode
stabilizes and
the ZERO button
is displayed
Refer to Table 6-1 for
Z/S Valve States
during this operating
mode.
ZERO CAL M
RANGE = 500.000 PPB SO2 =XXX.X
CONC EXIT
< TST TST > ZERO
Continue Calibration as per
Standard Procedure
Figure 9-11:
Manual Calibration in Dual/Auto Reporting Range Modes
Once this selection is made, the calibration procedure continues as previously described
in Sections 7.2 through 7.6. The other range may be calibrated by starting over from the
main SAMPLE display.
9.7.1. CALIBRATION WITH REMOTE CONTACT CLOSURES
Contact closures for controlling calibration and calibration checks are located on the rear
panel CONTROL IN connector. Instructions for setup and use of these contacts can be
found in Section 8.1.2.
When the appropriate contacts are closed for at least 5 seconds, the instrument switches
into zero, low span or high span mode and the internal zero/span valves will be
automatically switched to the appropriate configuration. The remote calibration contact
closures may be activated in any order. It is recommended that contact closures remain
closed for at least 10 minutes to establish a reliable reading; the instrument will stay in
the selected mode for as long as the contacts remain closed.
198
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Calibration Procedures
If contact closures are used in conjunction with the analyzer’s AutoCal (refer to Section
calibrate the analyzer until the contact is opened. At this point, the new calibration
values will be recorded before the instrument returns to SAMPLE mode.
If the AutoCal attribute CALIBRATE is disabled, the instrument will return to
SAMPLE mode, leaving the instrument’s internal calibration variables unchanged.
9.8. AUTOMATIC CALIBRATION (AUTOCAL)
The AutoCal system allows unattended, periodic operation of the zero/span valve
options by using the analyzer’s internal time of day clock. AutoCal operates by
executing user-defined sequences to initiate the various calibration modes of the
analyzer and to open and close valves appropriately. It is possible to program and run up
to three separate sequences (SEQ1, SEQ2 and SEQ3). Each sequence can operate in
one of three modes or be disabled.
Table 9-2: AutoCal Modes
MODE
DISABLED
ZERO
ACTION
Disables the sequence
Causes the sequence to perform a zero calibration or check
ZERO-SPAN
Causes the sequence to perform a zero and span concentration calibration or
check
SPAN
Causes the sequence to perform a span concentration calibration or check
sequence.
Table 9-3: AutoCal Attribute Setup Parameters
PARAMETER
Timer Enabled
Starting Date
Starting Time
Delta Days
ACTION
Turns on the Sequence timer
Sequence will operate on Starting Date
Sequence will operate at Starting Time1, 2
Number of days to skip between each sequence
Incremental delay on each Delta Day that the sequence starts.
Duration of the sequence in minutes
Delta Time
Duration
Enable to do dynamic zero/span calibration, disable to do a cal check
only. This must be set to OFF for units used in US EPA applications
and with IZS option installed.
Calibrate
1 The programmed STARTING_TIME must be a minimum of 5 minutes later than the real
time clock (refer to Section 6.6 for setting real time clock).
2 Avoid setting two or more sequences at the same time of the day. Any new sequence
which is initiated whether from a timer, the COMM ports, or the contact closure inputs will
override any sequence which is in progress.
Note
If at any time an inapplicable entry is selected (Example: Delta Days > 367)
the ENTR button will disappear from the display.
199
06807C DCN6650
Calibration Procedures
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
The CALIBRATE attribute must always be set to OFF for analyzers used in
US EPA controlled applications that have IZS option installed.
Note
Calibration of instruments used in US EPA related applications should
only be performed using external sources of zero air and span gas with an
accuracy traceable to EPA or NIST standards and supplied through the
analyzer’s sample port (refer to Section 9.2).
The following example sets Sequence 2 to carry out a zero-span calibration every other
day starting at 01:00 on September 4, 2002, lasting 15 minutes. This sequence will start
0.5 hours later each day.
Table 9-4: Example Auto-Cal Sequence
MODE / ATTRIBUTE
SEQUENCE
VALUE
COMMENT
2
ZERO-SPAN
ON
Define Sequence #2
MODE
Select Zero and Span Mode
Enable the timer
TIMER ENABLE
STARTING DATE
STARTING TIME
DELTA DAYS
DELTA TIME
DURATION
Sept. 4, 2002
01:00
Start after Sept 4, 2002
First Span starts at 01:00
Do Sequence #2 every other day
Do Sequence #2 0.5 h later each day
Operate Span valve for 15 min
2
00:30
15.0
CALIBRATE
ON
The instrument will re-set the slope and offset
values for the SO2 channel at the end of the AutoCal
sequence
200
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Calibration Procedures
To program the sample sequence shown in Table 9-4:
SAMPLE
RANGE = 500.000 PPB
SO2 =XXX.X
SETUP
SETUP C.4 STARTING TIME:14:15
<SET SET> EDIT
< TST TST > CAL CALZ CZLS
EXIT
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
SETUP C.4
DELTA DAYS: 1
CFG ACAL DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE EXIT
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
Press
number
buttons to
set
number of
days
between
procedures
(1-367)
SETUP X.X SEQ 1) DISABLED
SETUP C.4 DELTA DAYS: 1
NEXT MODE
EXIT
EXIT
0
0
2
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X SEQ 2) DISABLED
SETUP C.4 DELTA DAYS:2
PREV NEXT MODE
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X MODE: DISABLED
SETUP C.4 DELTA TIME00:00
NEXT
ENTR EXIT
ENTR EXIT
ENTR EXIT
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
ENTR EXIT
EXIT
Press
number
buttons to set
delay time for
each iteration
of the
sequence:
HH:MM
(0 – 24:00)
SETUP X.X MODE: ZERO
SETUP C.4 DELTA TIME: 00:00
PREV NEXT
0
0
:3
0
SETUP X.X MODE: ZERO–SPAN
SETUP C.4 DELTA TIEM:00:30
PREV NEXT
<SET SET> EDIT
SETUP X.X SEQ 2) ZERO–SPAN, 1:00:00
SETUP C.4 DURATION:15.0 MINUTES
PREV NEXT MODE SET
EXIT
EXIT
Press
number
buttons to
set
duration for
each
iteration of
the
sequence:
Set in
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
ENTR EXIT
EXIT
Default
value is
ON
SETUP X.X TIMER ENABLE: ON
SETUP C.4 DURATION 15.0MINUTES
SET> EDIT
3
0
.0
Decimal
minutes
from
SETUP X.X STARTING DATE: 01–JAN–02
SETUP C.4 DURATION:30.0 MINUTES
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
0.1 – 60.0
<SET SET> EDIT
Press number
buttons to set
day, month &
year:
SETUP X.X STARTING DATE: 01–JAN–02
SETUP C.4
CALIBRATE: OFF
0
4
SEP
0
3
ENTR EXIT
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
ENTR EXIT
EXIT
Format :
DD-MON-Y
Y
SETUP X.X STARTING DATE: 04–SEP–03
Toggle
between
Off and
ON
SETUP C.4
ON
CALIBRATE: OFF
<SET SET> EDIT
EXIT
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP C.4 STARTING DATE: 04–SEP–03
SETUP C.4
CALIBRATE: ON
<SET SET> EDIT
<SET SET> EDIT
SETUP C.4 STARTING TIME:00:00
Press number
buttons to set
time:
SETUP C.4 SEQ 2) ZERO–SPAN, 2:00:30
EXIT returns
to the SETUP
Menu
<SET SET> EDIT
PREV NEXT MODE SET
EXIT
Format : HH:MM
Figure 9-12:
AUTO CAL – User Defined Sequence
201
06807C DCN6650
Calibration Procedures
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
With dynamic calibration turned on, the state of the internal setup variables
DYN_SPAN and DYN_ZERO is set to ON and the instrument will reset the slope and
offset values for the SO2 response each time the AutoCal program runs. This continuous
re-adjustment of calibration parameters can often mask subtle fault conditions in the
analyzer. It is recommended that, if dynamic calibration is enabled, the analyzer’s test
functions, slope and offset values be checked frequently to assure high quality and
accurate data from the instrument.
9.9. CALIBRATION QUALITY
After completing one of the calibration procedures described above, it is important to
evaluate the analyzer’s calibration SLOPE and OFFSET parameters. These values
describe the linear response curve of the analyzer. The values for these terms, both
individually and relative to each other, indicate the quality of the calibration. To perform
this quality evaluation, you will need to record the values of both test functions (refer to
channel CALDAT for data analysis, documentation and archival.
Ensure that these parameters are within the limits listed in the following Table.
Table 9-5: Calibration Data Quality Evaluation
FUNCTION
SLOPE
MINIMUM VALUE
-0.700
OPTIMUM VALUE
MAXIMUM VALUE
1.300
1.000
n/a
OFFS
50.0 mV
250.0 mV
These values should not be significantly different from the values recorded on the
Teledyne API Final Test and Validation Data sheet that was shipped with your
202
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Calibration Procedures
9.10. CALIBRATION OF OPTIONAL SENSORS
This section presents calibration procedures for the O2 sensor option and for the CO2
sensor option.
9.10.1. O2 SENSOR CALIBRATION
Calibration begins with connecting the zero and span gases, then setting the
concentration values.
9.10.1.1. O2 CALIBRATION SETUP
Bottled gases are connected as follows:
Figure 9-13:
O2 Sensor Calibration Set Up
O2 SENSOR ZERO GAS: Teledyne API recommends using pure N2 when calibrating
the zero point of your O2 sensor option.
O2 SENSOR SPAN GAS: Teledyne API recommends using 20.9% O2 in N2 when
calibration the span point of your O2 sensor.
9.10.1.2. SET O2 SPAN GAS CONCENTRATION
Set the expected O2 span gas concentration.
This should be equal to the percent concentration of the O2 span gas of the selected
reporting range (default factory setting = 20.9%; the approximate O2 content of ambient
air).
203
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Calibration Procedures
9.10.1.3. ACTIVATE O2 SENSOR STABILITY FUNCTION
To change the stability test function from SO2 concentration to the O2 sensor output,
press:
Figure 9-15:
Activate O2 Sensor Stability Function
IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA
IMPORTANT
Use the same procedure to reset the STB test function to SO2 when the
O2 calibration procedure is complete.
205
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Calibration Procedures
9.10.2. CO2 SENSOR CALIBRATION
Calibration begins with connecting the zero and span gases, then setting the
concentration values.
9.10.2.1. CO2 CALIBRATION SETUP
Bottled gases are connected as follows:
Source of
(Remove during
calibration)
NO
NC
COM
3-way
Chassis
Valve
Manual
Control Valve
Figure 9-17:
CO2 Sensor Calibration Set Up
CO2 SENSOR ZERO GAS: Teledyne API recommends using pure N2 when calibration
the zero point of your CO2 sensor option.
CO2 SENSOR SPAN GAS: Teledyne API recommends using 16% CO2 in N2 when
calibration the span point of your CO2 sensor is 20%.
207
06807C DCN6650
Calibration Procedures
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
9.10.2.2. SET CO2 SPAN GAS CONCENTRATION
Set the expected CO2 span gas concentration.
This should be equal to the percent concentration of the CO2 span gas of the selected
reporting range (default factory setting = 12%).
Figure 9-18:
CO2 Span Gas Concentration Setup
208
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Calibration Procedures
9.10.2.3. ACTIVATE CO2 SENSOR STABILITY FUNCTION
To change the stability test function from SO2 concentration to the CO2 sensor output,
press:
Figure 9-19:
Activate CO2 Sensor Stability Function
IMPORTANT
IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA
Use the same procedure to reset the STB test function to SO2 when the
CO2 calibration procedure is complete.
209
06807C DCN6650
10. EPA PROTOCOL CALIBRATION
10.1. CALIBRATION REQUIREMENTS
If the T100 is to be used for EPA SLAMS monitoring, it must be calibrated in
accordance with the instructions in this section.
In order to insure that high quality, accurate measurements are obtained at all times, the
T100 must be calibrated prior to use. A quality assurance program centered on this
aspect and including attention to the built-in warning features of the T100 , periodic
inspection, regular zero/span checks and routine maintenance is paramount to achieving
this.
The US EPA strongly recommends obtaining a copy of the Quality Assurance
Handbook for Air Pollution Measurement Systems, Volume II, Part I (abbreviated Q.A.
Handbook Volume II).
Special attention should be paid to Section 2.9 of the EPA handbook which deals with
fluorescence based SO2 analyzers and upon which most of this section is based. Specific
regulations regarding the use and operation of ambient sulfur dioxide analyzers can be
found in 40 CFR 50 and 40 CFR 58.
10.1.1. CALIBRATION OF EQUIPMENT
In general, calibration is the process of adjusting the gain and offset of the T100 against
some recognized standard. The reliability and usefulness of all data derived from any
analyzer depends primarily upon its state of calibration. In this section the term dynamic
calibration is used to express a multipoint check against known standards and involves
introducing gas samples of known concentration into the instrument in order to adjust
the instrument to a predetermined sensitivity and to produce a calibration relationship.
This relationship is derived from the instrumental response to successive samples of
different known concentrations. As a minimum, three reference points and a zero point
are recommended to define this relationship. The true values of the calibration gas must
be traceable to NIST-SRM (refer to Table 9-1).
All monitoring instrument systems are subject to some drift and variation in internal
parameters and cannot be expected to maintain accurate calibration over long periods of
time. Therefore, it is necessary to dynamically check the calibration relationship on a
predetermined schedule. Zero and span checks must be used to document that the data
remains within control limits. These checks are also used in data reduction and
211
06807C DCN6650
EPA Protocol Calibration
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Calibrations should be carried out at the field monitoring site. The Analyzer should be in
operation for at least several hours (preferably overnight) before calibration so that it is
fully warmed up and its operation has stabilized. During the calibration, the T100 should
be in the CAL mode, and therefore sample the test atmosphere through all components
used during normal ambient sampling and through as much of the ambient air inlet
system as is practicable. If the instrument will be used in more than one range (i.e.
DUAL OR AUTO ranges), it should be calibrated separately on each applicable range.
Calibration documentation should be maintained with each analyzer and also in a central
backup file.
Table 10-1: Activity Matrix for Calibration Equipment & Supplies
ACTION IF
REQUIREMENTS ARE NOT
MET
EQUIPMENT &
SUPPLIES
FREQUENCY AND METHOD
OF MEASUREMENT
ACCEPTANCE LIMITS
Recorder
Compatible with output
signal of analyzer; min.
chart width of 150 mm (6 in)
is recommended
Check upon receipt
Return equipment to supplier
Sample line and
manifold
Constructed of PTFE or
glass
Check upon receipt
Return equipment to supplier
Calibration equipment Meets guidelines of
reference 1 and Section
Refer to Section 2.3.9 (Q.A.
Handbook)
Return equipment/ supplies
to supplier or take corrective
action
2.3.2 (Q.A. Handbook)
Working standard SO2 Traceable to NIST-SRM
Analyzed against NIST-SRM; Obtain new working
cylinder gas or SO2
permeation tube
meets limits in traceability
protocol for accuracy and
stability (refer to Section
2.0.7, Q.A. Handbook)
refer to protocol in Section
2.0.7, Q.A. Handbook
standard and check for
traceability
Zero air
Clean dry ambient air, free Refer to Section 2.9.2 (Q.A.
of contaminants that cause Handbook)
detectable response with
Obtain air from another
source or regenerate.
the SO2 analyzer.
Record form
Develop standard forms
N/A
Revise forms as appropriate
Audit equipment
Must not be the same as
used for calibration
System must be checked out Locate problem and correct
against known standards or return to supplier
212
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
EPA Protocol Calibration
Table 10-2: Activity Matrix for Calibration Procedure
ACTION IF
REQUIREMENTS ARE NOT
MET
EQUIPMENT &
SUPPLIES
FREQUENCY AND METHOD
ACCEPTANCE LIMITS
OF MEASUREMENT
Calibration gases
NIST traceable
Assayed against an NIST-
SRM semi-annually, Sec.
2.0.7, (Q.A. Handbook)
Working gas standard is
unstable, and/or
measurement method is out
of control; take corrective
action such as obtaining new
calibration gas.
Dilution gas
Zero air, free of
contaminants
Refer to Section 2.9.2 (Q.A.
Manual)
Return to supplier or take
appropriate action with
generation system
Multi-point calibration
Use calibration
Perform at least once every
Repeat the calibration
procedure in Subsec. 2.2 quarter or anytime a level
(Q.A. Handbook); also
Federal Register
span check indicates a
discrepancy, or after
maintenance which may
affect the calibration; Subsec
2.5 (Q.A. Manual)
10.1.2. DATA RECORDING DEVICE
Either a strip chart recorder, data acquisition system, digital data acquisition system
should be used to record the data from the Mode; T100 RS-232 port or analog outputs. If
analog readings are being used, the response of that system should be checked against a
NIST referenced voltage source or meter. Data recording device should be capable of bi-
polar operation so that negative readings can be recorded.
10.1.3. RECOMMENDED STANDARDS FOR ESTABLISHING TRACEABILITY
To assure data of desired quality, two considerations are essential: (1) the measurement
process must be in statistical control at the time of the measurement and (2) the
systematic errors, when combined with the random variation in the measurement
process, must result in a suitably small uncertainty.
Evidence of good quality data includes documentation of the quality control checks and
the independent audits of the measurement process by recording data on specific forms
or on a quality control chart and by using materials, instruments, and measurement
procedures that can be traced to appropriate standards of reference. To establish
traceability, data must be obtained routinely by repeat measurements of standard
reference samples (primary, secondary, and/or working standards). More specifically,
working calibration standards must be traceable to standards of higher accuracy, such as
those listed in Table 9-1.
Cylinders of working gas traceable to NIST-SRM's (called EPA Protocol Calibration
Gas) are also commercially available (from sources such as Scott Specialty Gases, etc.).
10.1.4. EPA CALIBRATION USING PERMEATION TUBES
Teledyne API does not recommend the use of permeation tubes as a source of span gas
for EPA protocol calibration operations.
213
06807C DCN6650
EPA Protocol Calibration
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
10.1.5. CALIBRATION FREQUENCY
To ensure accurate measurements of the SO2 concentrations, calibrate the analyzer at the
time of installation, and re-calibrate it:
No later than three months after the most recent calibration or performance audit to
indicate an acceptable analyzer calibration.
An interruption of more than a few days in analyzer operation.
Any repairs which might affect its calibration.
Physical relocation of the analyzer.
Any other indication (including excessive zero or span drift) of possible significant
inaccuracy of the analyzer.
Following any of the activities listed above, the zero and span should be checked to
determine if a calibration is necessary. If the analyzer zero and span drifts exceed locally
established calibration units or the calibration limits in Section 2.0.9, Subsection 9.1.3
(Q.A. Handbook), a calibration should be performed.
10.1.6. RECORD KEEPING
Record keeping is a critical part of all quality assurance programs. Standard forms
similar to those that appear in this manual should be developed for individual programs.
Three things to consider in the development of record forms are:
Does the form serve a necessary function?
Is the documentation complete?
Will the forms be filed in such a manner that they can easily be retrieved when
needed?
214
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
EPA Protocol Calibration
10.1.7. SUMMARY OF QUALITY ASSURANCE CHECKS
The following items should be checked on a regularly scheduled basis to assure high
QA Handbook should be checked for specific procedures.
Table 10-3: Activity Matrix for Quality Assurance Checks
FREQUENCY AND METHOD OF ACTION IF REQUIREMENTS ARE
CHARACTERISTIC
ACCEPTANCE LIMITS
MEASUREMENT
NOT MET
Shelter temperature Mean temperature between Check thermograph chart
Mark strip chart for the affected
weekly for variations greater time period
22oC and 28oC (72o and
82oF), daily fluctuations not
greater than ±2oC
than ±2oC (4oF)
Repair or adjust temperature
control
Sample introduction No moisture, foreign
Weekly visual inspection
Clean, repair, or replace as
needed
system
material, leaks, obstructions;
sample line connected to
manifold
Recorder
Adequate ink & paper
Legible ink traces
Weekly visual inspection
Replenish ink and paper supply
Adjust time to agree with clock;
note on chart
Correct chart speed and
range
Correct time
Analyzer operational TEST measurements at
Weekly visual inspection
Level 1 zero/span every 2
Adjust or repair as needed
settings
nominal values
2. T100 in SAMPLE mode
Analyzer operational Zero and span within
Find source of error and repair
check
tolerance limits as described weeks; Level 2 between Level
After corrective action, re-
calibrate analyzer
in Subsec. 9.1.3 of Sec.
2.0.9 (Q.A. Handbook)
1 checks at frequency desired
analyzer by user
Precision check
Assess precision as
described in Sec. 2.0.8 and
Subsec. 3.4.3 (Ibid.)
Every 2 weeks, Subsec. 3.4.3 Calc, report precision, Sec. 2.0.8
(Ibid.) (Ibid.)
10.2. LEVEL 1 CALIBRATIONS VERSUS LEVEL 2 CHECKS
Essential to quality assurance are scheduled checks for verifying the operational status
of the monitoring system. The operator should visit the site at least once each week. It is
recommended Level 1 zero and span check conducted on the analyzer every two weeks.
Level 2 zero and span checks should be conducted at a frequency desired by the user.
Definitions of these terms are given in Table 10-4.
In addition, an independent precision check between 0.08 and 0.10 ppm must be carried
activities for routine operations. A discussion of each activity appears in the following
sections.
To provide for documentation and accountability of activities, a checklist should be
compiled and then filled out by the field operator as each activity is completed.
215
06807C DCN6650
EPA Protocol Calibration
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Table 10-4: Definition of Level 1 and Level 2 Zero and Span Checks
(Refer to Section 2.0.9 of Q.A. Handbook for Air Pollution Measurement Systems)
LEVEL 1 ZERO AND SPAN CALIBRATION
LEVEL 2 ZERO AND SPAN CHECK
A Level 1 zero and span calibration is a simplified, two-
point analyzer calibration used when analyzer linearity
does not need to be checked or verified. (Sometimes
when no adjustments are made to the analyzer, the
Level 1 calibration may be called a zero/span check, in
which case it must not be confused with a Level 2
zero/span check.) Since most analyzers have a reliably
linear or near-linear output response with concentration,
they can be adequately calibrated with only two
concentration standards (two-point concentration).
Furthermore, one of the standards may be zero
concentration, which is relatively easily obtained and
need not be certified. Hence, only one certified
concentration standard is needed for the two-point (Level
1) zero and span calibration. Although lacking the
advantages of the multipoint calibration, the two-point
zero and span calibration--because of its simplicity--can
be (and should be) carried out much more frequently.
Also, two-point calibrations are easily automated.
Frequency checks or updating of the calibration
relationship with a two-point zero and span calibration
improves the quality of the monitoring data by helping to
keep the calibration relationship more closely matched to
any changes (drifts) in the analyzer response.
A Level 2 zero and span check is an "unofficial" check of an
analyzer's response. It may include dynamic checks made
with uncertified test concentrations, artificial stimulation of the
analyzer's detector, electronic or other types of checks of a
portion of the analyzer, etc.
Level 2 zero and span checks are not to be used as a basis
for analyzer zero or span adjustments, calibration updates, or
adjustment of ambient data. They are intended as quick,
convenient checks to be used between zero and span
calibrations to check for possible analyzer malfunction or
calibration drift. Whenever a Level 2 zero or span check
indicates a possible calibration problem, a Level 1 zero and
span (or multipoint) calibration should be carried out before
any corrective action is taken.
If a Level 2 zero and span check is to be used in the quality
control program, a "reference response" for the check should
be obtained immediately following a zero and span (or
multipoint) calibration while the analyzer's calibration is
accurately known. Subsequent Level 2 check responses
should then be compared to the most recent reference
response to determine if a change in response has occurred.
For automatic Level 2 zero and span checks, the first
scheduled check following the calibration should be used for
the reference response. It should be kept in mind that any
Level 2 check that involves only part of the analyzer's system
cannot provide information about the portions of the system
not checked and therefore cannot be used as a verification of
the overall analyzer calibration.
216
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
EPA Protocol Calibration
10.3. ZERO AND SPAN CHECKS
recommended. These checks must be conducted in accordance with the specific
guidance given in the Q.A. Handbook Subsection 9.1 of Section 2.0.9. It is
recommended Level 1 zero and span checks conducted every two weeks. Level 2 checks
should be conducted in between the Level 1 checks at a frequency desired by the user.
Span concentrations for both levels should be between 70 and 90% of the measurement
range.
Zero and span data are to be used to:
Provide data to allow analyzer adjustment for zero and span drift;
Provide a decision point on when to calibrate the analyzer;
Provide a decision point on invalidation of monitoring data.
Items 1 and 2 are described in detail in Subsection 9.1.3 of Section 2.0.9 (Q.A.
Handbook). Item 3 is described in Subsection 9.1.4 of the same section.
allowed variations.
10.3.1. ZERO/SPAN CHECK PROCEDURES
The Zero and Span calibration can be checked a variety of ways. They include:
Manual Zero/Span Check - Zero and Span can be checked via the front panel
Automatic Zero/Span Checks - After the appropriate setup, Z/S checks can be
and operation procedures.
Zero/Span checks via remote contact closure - Zero/Span checks can be initiated
Zero/Span via RS-232 port - Z/S checks can be controlled via the RS-232 port.
10.4. PRECISION CALIBRATION PROCEDURES AND CHECKS
Calibration must be performed with a calibrator that meets all conditions specified in
Subsection 2.9.2 (Q.A. Handbook). The user should be sure that all flow meters are
calibrated under the conditions of use against a reliable standard. All volumetric flow
rates should be corrected to 25oC (77oF) and 760mm (29.92in) Hg. Ensure that the
calibration system can supply the range of the concentration at a sufficient flow over the
whole range of concentration that will be encountered during calibration.
All operational adjustments to the T100 should be completed prior to calibration. The
following software features must be set to the desired state before calibration.
217
06807C DCN6650
EPA Protocol Calibration
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
be used on more than one range, it should be calibrated separately on each
applicable range.
Automatic temperature/pressure compensation should be enabled. Refer to Section
Alternate units: ensure that the ppb units are selected for EPA monitoring. Refer to
Section 5.4.4.
The analyzer should be calibrated on the same range used for monitoring. If the AUTO
range mode is selected, the highest of the ranges will result in the most accurate
calibration, and should be used.
10.4.1. PRECISION CALIBRATION
To perform a precision calibration, the instrument set up; input sources of zero air and
sample gas and; procedures should conform to those described in Section 9.2 for
analyzers with IZS options installed with the following exception:
10.4.2. PRECISION CHECK
A periodic check is used to assess the data for precision. A one-point precision check
must be carried out at least once every 2 weeks on each analyzer at an SO2 concentration
between 0.08 and 0.10 ppm. The analyzer must be operated in its normal sampling
mode, and the precision test gas must pass through all filters, scrubbers, conditioners,
and other components used during normal ambient sampling. The standards from which
precision check test concentrations are obtained must be traceable to NIST-SRM. Those
standards used for calibration or auditing may be used.
To perform a precision check, the instrument setup; sources of zero air and sample gas
options installed with the following exception:
Connect the analyzer to a precision gas that has an SO2 concentration between 0.08 and
0.10 ppm. If a precision check is made in conjunction with a zero/span check, it must be
made prior to any zero or span adjustments.
Record this value. Information from the check procedure is used to assess the precision
of the monitoring data; refer to 40 CFR 58 for procedures for calculating and reporting
precision.
218
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
EPA Protocol Calibration
10.5. DYNAMIC MULTIPOINT SPAN CALIBRATION
Dynamic calibration involves introducing gas samples of known concentrations to an
instrument in order to record the instruments performance at a predetermined sensitivity
and to derive a calibration relationship. A minimum of three reference points and one
zero point uniformly spaced covering 0 to 90 percent of the operating range are
recommended to define this relationship.
The analyzer's recorded response is compared with the known concentration to derive
the calibration relationship.
To perform a precision check, the instrument set up, sources of zero air and sample gas
For each mid point:
SAMPLE
RANGE = 500.000 PPB
SO2 =XXX.X
SETUP
Set the Display to show the
STABIL test function.
This function calculates the
stability of the SO2
< TST TST > CAL
measurement
SAMPLE
STABIL=X.XXX PPB
SO2 =XXX.X
SETUP
< TST TST > CAL
ACTION:
Allow calibration gas diluted to proper concentration for
Midpoint N to enter the sample port
SAMPLE
STABIL=X.XXX PPB
SO2 =XXX.X
SETUP
< TST TST > CAL CALZ CALS
Wait until
STABIL falls
below 0.5 ppb.
This may take
several minutes.
Record the SO2
reading as
displayed on the
instrument’s front
panel
SPAN CAL M
RANGE = 500.0 PPB
SO2 XXX.X
EXIT
< TST TST > ZERO SPAN CONC
Press EXIT to
Return to the
Main SAMPLE
Display
ACTION:
Allow Calibration Gas diluted to
proper concentration for
Midpoint N+1 to enter the sample
port
Figure 10-1:
Dynamic Multipoint Span Calibration
219
06807C DCN6650
EPA Protocol Calibration
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
10.6. SPECIAL CALIBRATION REQUIREMENTS FOR DUAL
RANGE OR AUTO RANGE
If Dual Range or Auto Range is selected, then calibration for Range1 and Range2
should be performed separately.
For zero and span point calibration, follow the procedure described in Section 9.2.
Repeat the procedure for both the HIGH and LOW Ranges.
10.7. REFERENCES
1. Environmental Protection Agency, Title 40, Code of Federal Regulations, Part 50,
Appendix A, Section 10.3.
2. Quality Assurance Handbook for Air Pollution Measurement Systems - Volume II,
Ambient Air Specific Methods, EPA-600/4-77-027a, 1977.
3. Catalog of NBS Standard Reference Materials. NBS Special Publication 260, 1975-
76 Edition. U.S. Department of Commerce, NBS. Washington, D.C. June 1975. (Tel:
301-975-6776 for ordering the catalog).
4. Quality Assurance Handbook for Air Pollution Measurement Systems - Volume I,
Principles. EPA-600/9-76-005. March 1976.
.
220
06807C DCN6650
222
06807C DCN6650
11. INSTRUMENT MAINTENANCE
Predictive diagnostic functions including data acquisition, failure warnings and alarms
built into the analyzer allow the user to determine when repairs are necessary. However,
preventive maintenance procedures that, when performed regularly, will help to ensure
that the analyzer continues to operate accurately and reliably over its lifetime.
Maintenance procedures are covered in this section, followed by troubleshooting and
Note:
To support your understanding of the technical details of maintenance,
instrument works.
IMPORTANT
IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA
A span and zero calibration check must be performed following some of
the maintenance procedures listed below. Refer to Section 9.
WARNING!
RISK OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK
Disconnect power before performing any operations that require entry
into the interior of the analyzer.
CAUTION
The operations outlined in this section must be performed by qualified
maintenance personnel only.
Note
The front panel of the analyzer is hinged at the bottom and may be
opened by two fasteners located in the upper right and left corners to
gain access to various components that are either mounted on the panel
itself or located near the front of the instrument (such as the particulate
filter).
223
06807C DCN6650
This page intentionally left blank.
224
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API – T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Instrument Maintenance
11.1. MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE
Table 11-1 is the recommended maintenance schedule for the T100. Please note that in certain environments with high levels of
dust, humidity or pollutant levels some maintenance procedures may need to be performed more often than shown.
Table 11-1: T100 Preventive Maintenance Schedule
CAL
CHECK
MANUAL
SECTION
ITEM
ACTION
FREQUENCY
Weekly
DATE PERFORMED
Change particle
filter
1Particulate filter
Verify test functions
Zero/span check
1Zero/span calibration
No
No
11.3.1
Review and
evaluate
11.2;
Appendix C
Weekly
Evaluate offset
and slope
Weekly
9.3, 9.6, 9.9
Zero and span
calibration
9.2, 9.4, 9.5,
9.7, 9.8
Every 3 months
Every 3 months
Every 6 Months
Annually
--
1External zero air
scrubber (optional)
Exchange
chemical
No
No
YES
Yes
Yes
--
11.3.3
11.3.7
11.3.2
11.3.6
1Perform flow check
Check Flow
Replace
Internal IZS
Permeation Tube
Perform pneumatic
leak check
Verify Leak
Tight
Annually or after repairs
involving pneumatics
Refer to
diaphragm kit
instructions
2Pump diaphragm
Replace
Annually
Prior to zero/span
calibration or PMT
hardware calibration
On PMT/ preamp
changes if
Calibrate UV Lamp
Output
Perform LAMP
5.9.6 &
12.7.2.5
CAL
Low-level
hardware
calibration
3PMT sensor
hardware calibration
Yes
12.7.2.8
0.7 < SLOPE or
SLOPE >1.3
Clean
chamber,
windows and
filters
1Sample chamber
optics
12.7.2.2 &
12.7.2.3
As necessary
Yes
Yes
1Critical flow orifice &
sintered filters
Replace
As necessary
11.3.4
1 These Items are required to maintain full warranty; all other items are strongly recommended.
2 A pump rebuild kit is available from Teledyne API’s Technical Support including all instructions and required parts (refer to Appendix B for part numbers).
3 Replace desiccant bags each time the inspection plate for the sensor assembly is removed.
06807C DCN6650
225
Instrument Maintenance
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
This page intentionally left blank.
06807C DCN6650
226
Teledyne API – T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Instrument Maintenance
11.2. PREDICTIVE DIAGNOSTICS
The analyzer’s test functions can be used to predict failures by looking at trends in their
factory and recorded on the T100 Final Test and Validation Data Form (Teledyne API
P/N 04551) that was shipped with your analyzer.
A convenient way to record and track changes to these parameters is the internal data
acquisition system (DAS). Also, APICOM control software can be used to download
and record these data for review even from remote locations (Section 7.3 discusses
APICOM).
Table 11-2: Predictive Uses for Test Functions
DAS
FUNCTION
CONDITION
BEHAVIOR
TEST FUNCTION
INTERPRETATION
EXPECTED
ACTUAL
Fluctuating
Developing leak in pneumatic system
Flow path is clogging up.
- Check critical flow orifice & sintered filter.
- Replace particulate filter
Constant within
atmospheric
changes
Slowly
increasing
PRES
SMPPRS
DRKPMT
CONC1
sample gas
Slowly
decreasing
Developing leak in pneumatic system to
vacuum (developing valve failure)
PMT output
when UV Lamp
shutter closed
Constant within
±20 of check-
out value
Significantly
increasing
PMT cooler failure
Shutter Failure
DRK PMT
At span with
IZS option
installed
Constant
response from
day to day
Change in instrument response
Decreasing
over time
Degradation of IZS permeation tube
SO2
Concentration
Standard
configuration at
span
stable for
constant
concentration
Decreasing
over time
Drift of instrument response; UV Lamp
output is excessively low.
Flow path is clogging up.
- Check critical flow orifice & sintered filter.
- Replace particulate filter
Slowly
Decreasing
Standard
Operation
SAMP FL
SMPFLW
LAMPR
Stable
Fluctuating
Leak in gas flow path.
Fluctuating or
Slowly
increasing
UV detector wearing out
UV source Filter developing pin holes
Standard
Operation
Stable and near
100%
LAMP RATIO
UV detector wearing out
Opaque oxides building up on UV source
Filter
Slowly
decreasing
UV lamp aging
227
06807C DCN6650
Instrument Maintenance
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
11.3. MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
The following procedures need to be performed regularly as part of the standard
maintenance of the T100.
11.3.1. CHANGING THE SAMPLE PARTICULATE FILTER
The particulate filter should be inspected often for signs of plugging or excess dirt. It
signs of dirt. Filters with 1 and 5 µm pore size can clog up while retaining a clean look.
We recommend handling the filter and the wetted surfaces of the filter housing with
gloves and tweezers.
IMPORTANT
IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA
Do not touch any part of the housing, filter element, PTFE retaining ring,
glass cover and the O-ring with bare hands, as contamination can
negatively impact accuracy of readings..
To change the filter according to the service interval in Table 11-1:
1. Turn OFF the analyzer to prevent drawing debris into the sample line.
2. Open the analyzer’s hinged front panel and unscrew the knurled retaining ring of the
filter assembly.
Figure 11-1:
Sample Particulate Filter Assembly
228
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Instrument Maintenance
3. Carefully remove the retaining ring, glass window, PTFE O-ring and filter element.
4. Replace the filter element, carefully centering it in the bottom of the holder.
5. Re-install the PTFE O-ring with the notches facing up, the glass cover, then screw
on the hold-down ring and hand-tighten the assembly. Inspect the (visible) seal
between the edge of the glass window and the O-ring to assure proper gas
tightness.
6. Re-start the analyzer.
11.3.2. CHANGING THE IZS PERMEATION TUBE
1. Turn off the analyzer, unplug the power cord and remove the cover.
2. Locate the IZS oven in the rear left of the analyzer.
3. Remove the top layer of insulation if necessary.
4. Unscrew the black aluminum cover of the IZS oven (3 screws) using a medium
Phillips-head screw driver. Leave the fittings and tubing connected to the cover.
5. Remove the old permeation tube if necessary and replace it with the new tube.
Ensure that the tube is placed into the larger of two holes and that the open
permeation end of the tube (Teflon) is facing up.
6. Re-attach the cover with three screws and ensure that the sealing O-ring is properly
in place and that the three screws are tightened evenly.
7. Replace the analyzer cover, plug the power cord back in and turn on the analyzer.
8. Carry out an IZS span check to see if the new permeation device works properly.
The permeation rate may need several days to stabilize.
COULD DAMAGE INSTRUMENT AND VOID WARRANTY
ATTENTION
Do not leave instrument turned off for more than 8 hours without removing
the permeation tube. Do not ship the instrument without removing the
permeation tube. The tube continues to emit gas, even at room
temperature and will contaminate the entire instrument.
11.3.3. CHANGING THE EXTERNAL ZERO AIR SCRUBBER
The chemicals in the external scrubber need to be replaced periodically according to
Table 11-1 or as needed. This procedure can be carried out while the instrument is
running. Ensure that the analyzer is not in either the ZERO or SPAN calibration modes.
1. Locate the scrubber on the outside rear panel.
2. Remove the old scrubber by disconnecting the 1/4” plastic tubing from the particle
filter using 9/16” and 1/2" wrenches.
3. Remove the particle filter from the cartridge using 9/16” wrenches.
4. Unscrew the top of the scrubber canister and discard charcoal contents. Ensure to
abide by local laws for discarding these chemicals. The rebuild kit (listed in
229
06807C DCN6650
Instrument Maintenance
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Appendix B) comes with a Material and Safety Data Sheet, which contains more
information on these chemicals.
5. Refill the scrubber with charcoal at the bottom.
6. Tighten the cap on the scrubber - hand-tight only.
7. Replace the DFU filter, if required, with a new unit and discard the old.
8. Replace the scrubber assembly into its clips on the rear panel.
9. Reconnect the plastic tubing to the fitting of the particle filter.
10. Adjust the scrubber cartridge such that it does not protrude above or below the
analyzer in case the instrument is mounted in a rack. If necessary, squeeze the clips
for a tighter grip on the cartridge.
11.3.4. CHANGING THE CRITICAL FLOW ORIFICE
A critical flow orifice, located on the exhaust manifold maintains the proper flow rate of
gas through the T100 analyzer. Refer to section 10.3.2.1 for a detailed description of its
functionality and location. Despite the fact this device is protected by sintered stainless
steel filters, it can, on occasion, clog, particularly if the instrument is operated without a
sample filter or in an environment with very fine, sub-micron particle-size dust.
1. Turn off power to the instrument and vacuum pump.
2. Locate the critical flow orifice on the pressure sensor assembly (called out in
3. Disconnect the pneumatic line.
4. Unscrew the NPT fitting.
Gas Line fitting
Spring
Sintered Filter
O-Ring
Critical Flow Orifice
O-Ring
Vacuum Manifold
Figure 11-2:
Critical Flow Orifice Assembly
230
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Instrument Maintenance
5. Take out the components of the assembly: a spring, a sintered filter, two O-rings
and the critical flow orifice.
You may need to use a scribe or pressure from the vacuum port to get the parts out
of the manifold.
6. Discard the two O-rings and the sintered filter.
7. Replace the critical flow orifice.
8. Let the part dry.
10. Reinstall the NPT fitting and connect all tubing.
11. Power up the analyzer and allow it to warm up for 60 minutes.
12. Perform a leak check (refer to Section 11.3.6).
11.3.5. CHECKING FOR LIGHT LEAKS
When re-assembled after maintenance, repair or improper operation, the T100 can
develop small leaks around the PMT, allowing stray light from the analyzer
surroundings into the PMT housing. To find light leaks, follow the below procedures:
CAUTION
This procedure must be carried out by qualified personnel, as it must be
performed while the analyzer is powered up and running and its cover
removed.
WARNING
RISK OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK
Some operations need to be carried out with the analyzer open and
running. Exercise caution to avoid electrical shocks and electrostatic or
mechanical damage to the analyzer. Do not drop tools into the analyzer
or leave those after your procedures. Do not shorten or touch electric
connections with metallic tools while operating inside the analyzer. Use
common sense when operating inside a running analyzer.
1. Scroll the TEST functions to PMT.
2. Supply zero gas to the analyzer.
3. With the instrument still running, carefully remove the analyzer cover. Take extra
care not to touch any of the inside wiring with the metal cover or your body. Do not
drop screws or tools into a running analyzer!
4. Shine a powerful flashlight or portable incandescent light at the inlet and outlet fitting
and at all of the joints of the sample chamber as well as around the PMT housing.
The PMT value should not respond to the light, the PMT signal should remain
steady within its usual noise performance.
231
06807C DCN6650
Instrument Maintenance
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
5. If there is a PMT response to the external light, symmetrically tighten the sample
chamber mounting screws or replace the 1/4” vacuum tubing with new, black PTFE
tubing (this tubing will fade with time and become transparent). Often, light leaks are
also caused by O-rings being left out of the assembly.
6. Carefully replace the analyzer cover.
11.3.6. DETAILED PRESSURE LEAK CHECK
Obtain a leak checker similar to Teledyne API P/N 01960, which contains a small pump,
shut-off valve, and pressure gauge to create both over-pressure and vacuum.
Alternatively, a tank of pressurized gas, with the two stage regulator adjusted to ≤ 15
psi, a shutoff valve and pressure gauge may be used.
COULD DAMAGE INSTRUMENT AND VOID WARRANTY
ATTENTION
Once tube fittings have been wetted with soap solution under a
pressurized system, do not apply or re-apply vacuum as this will cause
soap solution to be sucked into the instrument, contaminating inside
surfaces.
Do not exceed 15 psi when pressurizing the system.
1. Turn OFF power to the instrument and remove the instrument cover.
2. Install a leak checker or a tank of gas (compressed, oil-free air or nitrogen) as
described above on the sample inlet at the rear panel.
3. Pressurize the instrument with the leak checker or tank gas, allowing enough time to
fully pressurize the instrument through the critical flow orifice.
4. Check each tube connection (fittings, hose clamps) with soap bubble solution,
looking for fine bubbles.
5. Once the fittings have been wetted with soap solution, do not re-apply vacuum as it
will draw soap solution into the instrument and contaminate it.
6. Do not exceed 15 psi pressure.
7. If the instrument has the zero and span valve option, the normally closed ports on
each valve should also be separately checked. Connect the leak checker to the
normally closed ports and check with soap bubble solution.
8. If the analyzer is equipped with an IZS Option, connect the leak checker to the Dry
Air inlet and check with soap bubble solution.
9. Once the leak has been located and repaired, the leak-down rate of the indicated
pressure should be less than 1 in-Hg-A (0.4 psi) in 5 minutes after the pressure is
turned off.
10. Clean soap solution from all surfaces, re-connect the sample and exhaust lines and
replace the instrument cover. Restart the analyzer.
232
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Instrument Maintenance
11.3.7. PERFORMING A SAMPLE FLOW CHECK
IMPORTANT
IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA
Use a separate, calibrated flow meter capable of measuring flows
between 0 and 1000 cm³/min to measure the gas flow rate though the
analyzer. For this procedure, do not refer to the built in flow
measurement shown in the front panel display screen.
Sample flow checks are useful for monitoring the actual flow of the instrument, to
monitor drift of the internal flow measurement. A decreasing, actual sample flow may
point to slowly clogging pneumatic paths, most likely critical flow orifices or sintered
filters. To perform a sample flow check:
2. Attach the outlet port of a flow meter to the sample inlet port on the rear panel.
Ensure that the inlet to the flow meter is at atmospheric pressure.
3. The sample flow measured with the external flow meter should be 650 cm³/min
10%.
4. Low flows indicate blockage somewhere in the pneumatic pathway. Refer to
11.3.8. HYDROCARBON SCRUBBER (KICKER)
There are two possible types of problems that can occur with the scrubber: pneumatic
leaks and contamination that ruins the inner tube’s ability to absorb hydrocarbons.
11.3.8.1. CHECKING THE SCRUBBER FOR LEAKS
Leaks in the outer tubing of the scrubber can be found using the procedure described in
tubing of the scrubber.
This procedure requires a pressurized source of air (chemical composition is
unimportant) capable of supplying up to 15 psiA and a leak checking fixture such as the
one illustrated in Figure 11-3.
Vacuum/Pressure
Gauge
Needle Valve
TO SCRUBBER
FROM PUMP or
PRESSURIZED
AIR SOURCE
Manual Shut-Off
Valve
Figure 11-3:
Simple Leak Check Fixture
233
06807C DCN6650
Instrument Maintenance
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
1. Turn off the analyzer.
2. Disconnect the pneumatic tubing attached to both ends of the scrubber’s inner
tubing.
3. One end is connected to the sample particulate filter assembly and the other end is
connected to the reaction cell assembly.
4. Both ends are made of the 1/8" black Teflon tubing.
5. Cap one end of the hydrocarbon scrubber.
6. Attach the pressurized air source to the other end of the scrubber inner tubing with
the leak check fixture in line.
Scrubber
Leak Check
Fixture
Pump
or
Cap
Pressurized Air
Source
Figure 11-4:
Hydrocarbon Scrubber Leak Check Setup
7. Use the needle valve to adjust the air input until the gauge reads 15 psiA.
COULD DAMAGE INSTRUMENT AND VOID WARRANTY
Do not exceed a pressure of more than 15 psia.
ATTENTION
Do not pull the vacuum through the scrubber.
8. Close the shut-off valve.
9. Wait 5 minutes.
If the gauge pressure drops >1 psi within 5 minutes, then the hydrocarbon scrubber has
an internal leak and must be replaced. Contact Teledyne API’s Technical Support.
234
06807C DCN6650
12. TROUBLESHOOTING & SERVICE
This section contains a variety of methods for identifying and solving performance
problems with the analyzer.
Note:
To support your understanding of the technical details of maintenance,
instrument works.
CAUTION
THE OPERATIONS OUTLINED IN THIS SECTION MUST BE PERFORMED BY
QUALIFIED MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL ONLY.
WARNING
RISK OF ELECTRICAL SHOCK
SOME OPERATIONS NEED TO BE CARRIED OUT WITH THE ANALYZER OPEN
AND RUNNING. EXERCISE CAUTION TO AVOID ELECTRICAL SHOCKS AND
ELECTROSTATIC OR MECHANICAL DAMAGE TO THE ANALYZER. DO NOT
DROP TOOLS INTO THE ANALYZER OR LEAVE THOSE AFTER YOUR
PROCEDURES. DO NOT SHORTEN OR TOUCH ELECTRIC CONNECTIONS WITH
METALLIC TOOLS WHILE OPERATING INSIDE THE ANALYZER. USE COMMON
SENSE WHEN OPERATING INSIDE A RUNNING ANALYZER.
The front panel of the analyzer is hinged at the bottom and may be
opened to gain access to various components mounted on the panel
itself or located near the front of the instrument (such as the particulate
filter).
Note
Remove the locking screw located at the right-hand side of the front
panel.
06807C DCN6650
235
Troubleshooting & Service
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
12.1. GENERAL TROUBLESHOOTING
The T100 has been designed so that problems can be rapidly detected, evaluated and
repaired. During operation, it continuously performs diagnostic tests and provides the
ability to evaluate its key operating parameters without disturbing monitoring
operations.
A systematic approach to troubleshooting will generally consist of the following five
steps:
1. Note any WARNING MESSAGES and take corrective action as necessary.
2. Examine the values of all TEST functions and compare them to factory values. Note
any major deviations from the factory values and take corrective action.
3. Use the internal electronic status LEDs to determine whether the electronic
communication channels are operating properly.
Verify that the DC power supplies are operating properly by checking the voltage
test points on the relay PCA.
Note that the analyzer’s DC power wiring is color-coded and these colors match the
color of the corresponding test points on the relay PCA.
4. Suspect a leak first!
Technical Support data indicate that the majority of all problems are eventually
traced to leaks in the internal pneumatics of the analyzer or the diluent gas and
source gases delivery systems.
Check for gas flow problems such as clogged or blocked internal/external gas lines,
damaged seals, punctured gas lines, a damaged / malfunctioning pumps, etc.
functions are working (power supplies, CPU, relay PCA, touch-screen display, PMT
cooler, etc.).
analyzer.
Refer to the wiring interconnect diagram and interconnect list in Appendix D.
12.1.1. FAULT DIAGNOSTICS WITH WARNING MESSAGES
The most common and/or serious instrument failures will result in a warning message
their meaning and recommended corrective action.
It should be noted that if more than two or three warning messages occur at the same
time, it is often an indication that some fundamental analyzer sub-system (power supply,
relay board, motherboard) has failed rather than an indication of the specific failures
referenced by the warnings. In this case, a combined-error analysis needs to be
performed.
The analyzer will alert the user that a Warning message is active by flashing the FAULT
LED and displaying the Warning message in the Param field along with the CLR button
(press to clear Warning message). The MSG button displays if there is more than one
warning in queue or if you are in the TEST menu and have not yet cleared the message.
The following display/touchscreen examples provide an illustration of each:
06807C DCN6650
236
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Troubleshooting & Service
The analyzer also issues a message via the serial port(s).
To view or clear a warning message press:
SAMPLE
RANGE = 500.0 PPB
SO2 =XXX.X
In WARNING mode, <TST TST>
buttons replaced with TEST
button. Pressing TEST switches to
SAMPLE mode and hides warning
messages until new warning(s)
are activated.
TEST
CAL
MSG
CLR SETUP
MSG indicates that one or more
warning message are active but
hidden. Pressing MSG cycles
through warnings
SAMPLE
RANGE = 500.0 PPB
SO2 =XXX.X
In SAMPLE mode, all warning
messages are hidden, but MSG
button appears
< TST TST > CAL
MSG
CLR SETUP
SAMPLE
SYSTEM RESET
SO2= X.XXX
Press CLR to clear the current
warning message.
If more than one warning is
active, the next message will
take its place.
Once the last warning has been
cleared, the analyzer returns to
SAMPLE Mode.
< TST TST > CAL
MSG
CLR SETUP
If warning messages reappear,
the cause needs to be found. Do
not repeatedly clear warnings
without corrective action.
Figure 12-1:
Viewing and Clearing Warning Messages
06807C DCN6650
237
Troubleshooting & Service
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Table 12-1: Warning Messages - Indicated Failures
Warning Message
Fault Condition
Possible Causes
A parameter for one of the analog outputs, even one not currently being used,
has been changed and the analog output calibration routine was not re-run
A/D circuitry failure on motherboard
ANALOG CAL
WARNING
The instruments A/D
circuitry or one of its analog
outputs is not calibrated
Other motherboard electronic failure
Box Temp is < 5°C or >
48°C.
NOTE: Box temperature typically runs ~7oc warmer than ambient temperature.
Poor/blocked ventilation to the analyzer.
BOX TEMP WARNING
Stopped exhaust-fan
Ambient temperature outside of specified range
Measured concentration value is too high or low.
Concentration slope value too high or too low
Measured concentration value is too high.
Concentration offset value too high.
Dynamic Span operation
failed
Dynamic Zero operation
failed
Configuration and
Calibration data reset to
original Factory state.
CANNOT DYN SPAN
CANNOT DYN ZERO
CONFIG INITIALIZED
Failed disk on module
User erased data
Light leak in reaction cell
DARK CAL WARNING
The Dark Cal signal is
higher than 200 mV.
Shutter solenoid is not functioning
Failed relay board
I2C bus failure
Loose connector/wiring
PMT preamp board bad or out of cal
DATA INITIALIZED
HVPS WARNING
Data Storage in DAS was
erased
Failed disk on module
User cleared data
High voltage power supply is bad
High voltage power supply is out of cal
A/D converter circuitry is bad
Bad IZS heater
Bad IZS temperature sensor
Bad relay controlling the IZS heater
Entire relay board is malfunctioning
I2C bus malfunction
High voltage power supply
output is <400 V or >900 V
IZS TEMP WARNING
On units with IZS options
installed: The permeation
tube temperature is Sample
chamber temperature is
< 45°C or > 55°C
Failure of thermistor interface circuitry on motherboard
Failed PMT
Malfunctioning PMR preamp board
A/D converter circuitry failure
Bad PMT thermo-electric cooler
Failed PMT TEC driver circuit
PMT DET WARNING
PMT TEMP WARNING
PMT detector output is >
4995 mV
PMT temperature is
< 2°C or > 12°C
Bad PMT preamp board
Failed PMT temperature sensor
Loose wiring between PMT temperature sensor and PMT Preamp board
Malfunction of analog sensor input circuitry on motherboard
Bad reaction cell heater
RCELL TEMP
WARNING
Sample chamber
temperature is
< 45°C or > 55°C
Bad reaction cell temperature sensor
Bad relay controlling the reaction cell heater
Entire relay board is malfunctioning
I2C bus malfunction
Mother Board not detected
on power up.
Warning only appears on serial I/O COMM port(s)
Front panel display will be frozen, blank or will not respond.
Massive failure of mother board.
REAR BOARD NOT
DET
Sample flow rate is < 500
cc/min or > 1000 cc/min.
Failed sample pump
Blocked sample inlet/gas line
Dirty particulate filter
SAMPLE FLOW WARN
Leak downstream of critical flow orifice
Failed flow sensor/circuitry
Sample Pressure is <10 in- If sample pressure is < 10 in-hg:
SAMPLE PRES WARN
Hg or
o Blocked particulate filter
> 35 in-Hg1
o Blocked sample inlet/gas line
o Failed pressure sensor/circuitry
If sample pressure is > 35 in-hg:
o Blocked vent line on pressurized sample/zero/span gas supply
o Bad pressure sensor/circuitry
06807C DCN6650
238
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Troubleshooting & Service
Warning Message
Fault Condition
Possible Causes
Sample Pressure is <10 in- If sample pressure is < 10 in-hg:
SAMPLE PRES WARN
Hg or
o Blocked particulate filter
> 35 in-Hg1
o Blocked sample inlet/gas line
o Failed pressure sensor/circuitry
If sample pressure is > 35 in-hg:
o Blocked vent line on pressurized sample/zero/span gas supply
o Bad pressure sensor/circuitry
The computer has
rebooted.
This message occurs at power on.
If it is confirmed that power has not been interrupted:
Failed +5 VDC power,
SYSTEM RESET
Fatal error caused software to restart
Loose connector/wiring
UV lamp is bad
UV LAMP WARNING
The UV lamp intensity is <
600mV or > 4995 mV
Reference detector is bad or out of adjustment.
Mother board analog sensor input circuitry has failed.
Fogged or damaged lenses/filters in UV light path
A/D converter circuitry failure
Light leak in reaction cell
Shutter solenoid stuck closed
1 Normally 29.92 in-Hg at sea level decreasing at 1 in-Hg per 1000 ft of altitude
(with no flow – pump disconnected).
IMPORTANT
IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA
A failure of the analyzer’s CPU, motherboard or power supplies can
result in any or ALL of the above messages.
12.1.2. FAULT DIAGNOSIS WITH TEST FUNCTIONS
Besides being useful as predictive diagnostic tools, the TEST functions, viewable from
the front panel, can be used to isolate and identify many operational problems when
combined with a thorough understanding of the analyzer’s principles of operation (refer
to download, graph and archive TEST data for analysis, and long-term monitoring of
diagnostic data.
The acceptable ranges for these test functions are listed in Table A-3 in Appendix A-3.
The actual values for these test functions on checkout at the factory were also listed in
the Final Test and Validation Data Sheet, which was shipped with the instrument.
Values outside the acceptable ranges indicate a failure of one or more of the analyzer’s
subsystems. Functions with values that are within the acceptable range but have
significantly changed from the measurements recorded on the factory data sheet may
also indicate a failure or a maintenance item.
A problem report worksheet has been provided in Appendix C to assist in recording the
these values to be out of range.
IMPORTANT
IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA
A value of “XXXX” displayed for any of these TEST functions indicates an
OUT OF RANGE reading.
06807C DCN6650
239
Troubleshooting & Service
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Sample Pressure measurements are represented in terms of absolute
pressure because this is the least ambiguous method reporting gas pressure.
Note
Absolute atmospheric pressure is about 29.92 in-Hg-A at sea level. It
decreases about 1 in-Hg per 1000 ft gain in altitude. A variety of factors
such as air conditioning systems, passing storms, and air temperature, can
also cause changes in the absolute atmospheric pressure.
Table 12-2: Test Functions - Possible Causes for Out-Of-Range Values
TEST FUNCTION NOMINAL VALUE(S)
POSSIBLE CAUSE(S)
Faults that cause high stability values are: pneumatic leak; low or very unstable UV lamp
output; light leak; faulty HVPS; defective preamp board; aging detectors; PMT recently
exposed to room light; dirty/contaminated reaction cell.
≤1 ppb with Zero Air
STABIL
Faults are caused due to: clogged critical flow orifice; pneumatic leak; faulty flow sensor;
sample line flow restriction.
650 cm3/min ± 10%
SAMPLE FL
High or noisy readings could be due to: calibration error; pneumatic leak; excessive
background light; aging UV filter; low UV lamp output; PMT recently exposed to room
light; light leak in reaction cell; reaction cell contaminated HVPS problem.
-20 TO 150 mV with
Zero Air
PMT
It takes 24-48 hours for the PMT exposed to ambient light levels to adapt to dim light.
0-5000 mV, 0-20,000 ppb Noisy Norm PMT value (assuming unchanging SO2 concentration of sample gas):
NORM PMT
Calibration error; HVPS problem; PMT problem.
@ Span Gas Concentration
This is the instantaneous reading of the UV lamp intensity. Low UV lamp intensity could
be due to: aging UV lamp; UV lamp position out of alignment; faulty lamp transformer;
UV LAMP SIGNAL
aging or faulty UV detector; UV detector needs adjusting; dirty optical components.
2000 - 4000 mV
30 TO 120%
Intensity lower than 600 mV will cause UV LAMP WARNING. Most likely cause is a UV
lamp in need of replacement.
The current output of the UV reference detector divided by the reading stored in the
CPU’s memory from the last time a UV Lamp calibration was performed. Out of range
lamp ratio could be due to: malfunctioning UV lamp; UV lamp position out of alignment;
faulty lamp transformer; aging or faulty UV detector; dirty optical components; pin holes or
scratches in the UV optical filters; light leaks.
LAMP RATIO
High stray light could be caused by: aging UV filter; contaminated reaction cell; light leak;
pneumatic leak.
STR LGT
DRK PMT
DRK LMP
≤ 100 ppb / Zero Air
-50 to +200 mV
-50 to +200 mV
≈ 400 V to 900 V
50ºC ± 1ºC
High dark PMT reading could be due to: light leak; shutter not closing completely; high
pmt temperature; high electronic offset.
High dark UV detector could be caused by: light leak; shutter not closing completely; high
electronic offset.
Incorrect HVPS reading could be caused by; HVPS broken; preamp board circuit
problems.
HVPS
Incorrect temperature reading could be caused by: malfunctioning heater; relay board
communication (I2C bus); relay burnt out
RCELL TEMP
BOX TEMP
Ambient
+ ≈ 5ºC
Incorrect temperature reading could be caused by: Environment out of temperature
operating range; broken thermistor; runaway heater
Incorrect temperature reading could be caused by: TEC cooling circuit broken; High
chassis temperature; 12V power supply
Malfunctioning heater; relay board communication (I2C bus); relay burnt out
7ºC ± 2ºC Constant
50ºC ± 1ºC
PMT TEMP
IZS TEMP (option)
PRESS
Ambient
± 2 IN-HG-A
Incorrect sample gas pressure could be due to: pneumatic leak; malfunctioning valve;
malfunctioning pump; clogged flow orifices; sample inlet overpressure; faulty pressure sensor
Slope out of range could be due to: poor calibration quality; span gas concentration
incorrect; leaks; UV Lamp output decay.
1.0 ± 0.3
< 250 mV
SLOPE
OFFSET
High offset could be due to: incorrect span gas concentration/contaminated zero air/leak; low-
level calibration off; light leak; aging UV filter; contaminated reaction cell; pneumatic leak.
Incorrect Time could be caused by: Internal clock drifting; move across time zones;
daylight savings time?
Current Time
TIME OF DAY
06807C DCN6650
240
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Troubleshooting & Service
12.1.3. USING THE DIAGNOSTIC SIGNAL I/O FUNCTIONS
The signal I/O parameters found under the diagnostics (DIAG) menu combined with a
are useful for troubleshooting in three ways:
The technician can view the raw, unprocessed signal level of the analyzer’s critical
inputs and outputs.
All of the components and functions that are normally under instrument control can
be manually changed.
Analog and digital output signals can be manually controlled.
This allows a user to systematically observe the effect of these functions on the
menu to view the raw voltage of an input signal or to control the state of an output
voltage or control signal. The specific parameter will vary depending on the situation.
Please note that the analyzer will freeze its concentration output while in the diagnostic
signal I/O menu. This is because manually changing I/O outputs can invalidate the
instrument reading.
06807C DCN6650
241
Troubleshooting & Service
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
SAMPLE
RANGE = 500.000 PPB
SO2 =XXX.X
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
SAMPLE
ENTER SETUP PASS : 818
8
1
8
ENTR EXIT
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
EXIT
EXIT
SETUP X.X
SECONDARY SETUP MENU
COMM VARS DIAG
DIAG
SIGNAL I/O
PREV NEXT
ENTR
DIAG I/O
0 ) EXT_ZERO_CAL=ON
PREV NEXT JUMP
PRNT EXIT
If parameter is an
input signal
If parameter is an output
signal or control
DIAG I/O
29) PMT_TEMP=378.3 MV
DIAG I/O
19 ) REACTION CELL_HEATER=ON
ON PRNT EXIT
PREV NEXT JUMP
PRNT EXIT
PREV NEXT JUMP
Toggles parameter
ON/OFF
DIAG I/O
19 ) REACTION CELL_HEATER=OFF
OFF PRNT EXIT
PREV NEXT JUMP
Exit returns to
DIAG display & all values
return to software control
Figure 12-2:
Example of Signal I/O Function
06807C DCN6650
242
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Troubleshooting & Service
12.2. STATUS LEDS
Several color-coded, light-emitting diodes (LEDs) are located inside the instrument to
determine if the analyzer’s CPU, I2C communications bus and relay board are
functioning properly.
12.2.1. MOTHERBOARD STATUS INDICATOR (WATCHDOG)
DS5, a red LED on the upper portion of the motherboard, just to the right of the CPU
board, flashes when the CPU is running the main program. After power-up, DS5 should
flash on and off about once per second. If characters are written to the front panel
display but DS5 does not flash then the program files have become corrupted. Contact
Teledyne API’s Technical Support department.
If DS5 is not flashing 30 - 60 seconds after a restart and no characters have been written
to the front panel display, the firmware may be corrupted or the CPU may be defective.
If DS5 is permanently off or permanently on, the CPU board is likely locked up and
should the analyzer not respond (either with locked-up or dark front panel), then replace
the CPU.
Motherboard
CPU Status LED
Figure 12-3:
CPU Status Indicator
12.2.2. CPU STATUS INDICATORS
Power LED
IDE LED
Red
normally lit
Green
lit when active (read or write)
06807C DCN6650
243
Troubleshooting & Service
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
12.2.3. RELAY BOARD STATUS LEDS
The most important status LED on the relay board is the red I2C Bus watch-dog LED,
labeled D1 (or W/D), which indicates the health of the I2C communications bus. This
LED is located in the upper left-hand corner of the relay board when looking at the
electronic components. If D1 is blinking, then the other LEDs can be used in
conjunction with the DIAG menu I/O functions to test hardware functionality by
switching devices on and off and watching the corresponding LED turn on or off. The
LED only indicates that the logic signal for an output has been activated. If the output
driver (i.e. the relay or valve driver IC) is defective, then the LED will light up, but the
attached peripheral device will not turn on.
Table 12-3: Relay Board Status LEDs
FAULT
STATUS
LED
COLOR
FUNCTION
INDICATED FAILURE(S)
Failed/Halted CPU
Faulty Mother Board, Valve Driver board or
Relay PCA
Watchdog Circuit; I2C Continuously
bus operation. ON or OFF
D1
red
Faulty Connectors/Wiring between Motherboard,
Valve Driver board or Relay PCA
Failed/Faulty +5 VDC Power Supply (PS1)
12.3. GAS FLOW PROBLEMS
The standard analyzer has one main flow path. With the IZS option installed, there is a
second flow path through the IZS oven that runs whenever the IZS is on standby to
purge SO2 from the oven chamber. The IZS flow is not measured so there is no reading
for it on the front panel display. The full flow diagrams of the standard configuration
help in troubleshooting flow problems. In general, flow problems can be divided into
three categories:
Flow is too high
Flow is greater than zero, but is too low, and/or unstable
Flow is zero (no flow)
When troubleshooting flow problems, it is essential to confirm the actual flow rate
without relying on the analyzer’s flow display. The use of an independent, external flow
12.3.1. ZERO OR LOW SAMPLE FLOW
If the pump is operating but the unit reports a XXXX gas flow, do the following three
steps:
Check for actual sample flow
Check pressures
Carry out a leak check
To check the actual sample flow, disconnect the sample tube from the sample inlet on
the rear panel of the instrument. Ensure that the unit is in basic SAMPLE mode. Place a
06807C DCN6650
244
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Troubleshooting & Service
finger over the inlet and see if it gets sucked in by the vacuum or, more properly, use a
flow meter to measure the actual flow. If a proper flow of approximately 650 cm³/min
exists, contact Technical Support. If there is no flow or low flow, continue with the next
step.
Check that the sample pressure is at or around 28 (or about1 in-Hg-A below ambient
atmospheric pressure).
12.3.2. HIGH FLOW
Flows that are significantly higher than the allowed operating range (typically ±10-11%
of the nominal flow) should not occur in the M unless a pressurized sample, zero or span
gas is supplied to the inlet ports. Be sure to vent excess pressure and flow just before the
analyzer inlet ports.
When supplying sample, zero or span gas at ambient pressure, a high flow would
indicate that one or more of the critical flow orifices are physically broken (very
unlikely case), allowing more than nominal flow, or were replaced with an orifice of
wrong specifications. If the flows are more than 15% higher than normal, we
recommend that the technician find and correct the cause of the flow problem,
12.4. CALIBRATION PROBLEMS
This section provides information regarding possible causes of various calibration
problems.
12.4.1. NEGATIVE CONCENTRATIONS
Negative concentration values may be caused due to the following:
A slight, negative signal is normal when the analyzer is operating under zero gas and
the signal is drifting around the zero calibration point. This is caused by the
analyzer’s zero noise and may cause reported concentrations to be negative for a few
seconds at a time down to -5 ppb, but should alternate with similarly high, positive
values.
Mis-calibration is the most likely explanation for negative concentration values. If
the zero air contained some SO2 gas (contaminated zero air or a worn-out zero air
scrubber) and the analyzer was calibrated to that concentration as “zero”, the
analyzer may report negative values when measuring air that contains little or no
SO2. The same problem occurs, if the analyzer was zero-calibrated using ambient air
or span gas.
If the response offset test function for SO2 (OFFSET) are greater than 150 mV, a
failed PMT or high voltage supply, or sample chamber contamination, could be the
cause.
12.4.2. NO RESPONSE
If the instrument shows no response (display value is near zero) even though sample gas
is supplied properly and the instrument seems to perform correctly,
Confirm response by supplying SO2 span gas of about 80% of the range value to the
analyzer.
Check the sample flow rate for proper value.
06807C DCN6650
245
Troubleshooting & Service
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Check for disconnected cables to the sensor module.
Carry out an electrical test with the ELECTRICAL TEST (ETEST) procedure in
reading, the analyzer’s electronic signal path is working.
Carry out an optical test using the OPTIC TEST (OTEST) procedure in the
diagnostics menu, refer to Section 5.9.4. If this test results in a concentration signal,
then the PMT sensor and the electronic signal path are operating properly. If the M
passes both ETEST and OTEST, the instrument is capable of detecting light and
processing the signal to produce a reading. Therefore, the problem must be in the
pneumatics, optics or the UV lamp/lamp driver.
12.4.3. UNSTABLE ZERO AND SPAN
Leaks in the T100 or in the external gas supply and vacuum systems are the most
common source of unstable and non-repeatable concentration readings.
pneumatic components in the gas delivery system outside the T100 such as a change
in zero air source (ambient air leaking into zero air line or a worn-out zero air
scrubber) or a change in the span gas concentration due to zero air or ambient air
leaking into the span gas line.
Once the instrument passes a leak check, perform a flow check (refer to Section
11.3.7) to ensure that the instrument is supplied with adequate sample gas.
Confirm the UV lamp, sample pressure and sample temperature readings are correct
and steady.
Verify that the sample filter element is clean and does not need to be replaced.
12.4.4. INABILITY TO SPAN - NO SPAN BUTTON
In general, the T100 will not display certain control buttons whenever the actual value of
a parameter is outside of the expected range for that parameter. If the calibration menu
does not show a SPAN button when carrying out a span calibration, the actual
concentration must be outside of the range of the expected span gas concentration,
which can have several reasons.
Verify that the expected concentration is set properly to the actual span gas
concentration in the CONC sub-menu.
Confirm that the SO2 span gas source is accurate.
If you are using bottle calibration gas and have recently changed bottles, bottle to
bottle variation may be the cause.
Check for leaks in the pneumatic systems as described in Section 12.6.1. Leaks can
dilute the span gas and, hence, the concentration that the analyzer measures may fall
short of the expected concentration defined in the CONC sub-menu.
If the physical, low-level calibration has drifted (changed PMT response) or was
accidentally altered by the user, a low-level calibration may be necessary to get the
analyzer back into its proper range of expected values. One possible indicator of this
scenario is a slope or offset value that is outside of its allowed range (0.7-1.3 for
level hardware calibration.
06807C DCN6650
246
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Troubleshooting & Service
12.4.5. INABILITY TO ZERO - NO ZERO BUTTON
In general, the T100 will not display certain control buttons whenever the actual value of
a parameter is outside of the expected range for that parameter. If the calibration menu
does not show a ZERO button when carrying out a zero calibration, the actual gas
concentration must be significantly different from the actual zero point (as per last
calibration), which can have several reasons.
Confirm that there is a good source of zero air. If the IZS option is installed,
compare the zero reading from the IZS zero air source to an external zero air source
using SO2-free air. Check any zero air scrubber for performance and replacement
(refer to Section 11.3.3).
Check to ensure that there is no ambient air leaking into the zero air line. Check for
leaks in the pneumatic systems as described in Section 11.3.6.
12.4.6. NON-LINEAR RESPONSE
The T100 was factory calibrated and should be linear to within 1% of full scale.
Common causes for non-linearity are:
Leaks in the pneumatic system. Leaks can add a constant of ambient air, zero air or
span gas to the current sample gas stream, which may be changing in concentrations
The calibration device is in error. Check flow rates and concentrations, particularly
when using low concentrations. If a mass flow calibrator is used and the flow is less
than 10% of the full scale flow on either flow controller, you may need to purchase
lower concentration standards.
The standard gases may be mislabeled as to type or concentration. Labeled
concentrations may be outside the certified tolerance.
The sample delivery system may be contaminated. Check for dirt in the sample lines
or sample chamber.
Calibration gas source may be contaminated.
Dilution air contains sample or span gas.
Sample inlet may be contaminated with SO2 exhaust from this or other analyzers.
Verify proper venting of the analyzer’s exhaust.
Span gas overflow is not properly vented and creates a back-pressure on the sample
inlet port. Also, if the span gas is not vented at all and does not supply enough
sample gas, the analyzer may be evacuating the sample line. Ensure to create and
properly vent excess span gas.
If the instrument is equipped with an internal IZS valve option and the SO2 span
value is continuously trending downward, the IZS permeation tube may require
replacement.
06807C DCN6650
247
Troubleshooting & Service
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
12.4.7. DISCREPANCY BETWEEN ANALOG OUTPUT AND DISPLAY
If the concentration reported through the analog outputs does not agree with the value
reported on the front panel, you may need to re-calibrate the analog outputs. This
becomes more likely when using a low concentration or low analog output range.
Analog outputs running at 0.1 V full scale should always be calibrated manually. Refer
12.5. OTHER PERFORMANCE PROBLEMS
Dynamic problems (i.e. problems which only manifest themselves when the analyzer is
monitoring sample gas) can be the most difficult and time consuming to isolate and
resolve. The following section provides an itemized list of the most common dynamic
problems with recommended troubleshooting checks and corrective actions.
12.5.1. EXCESSIVE NOISE
Excessive noise levels under normal operation usually indicate leaks in the sample
supply or the analyzer itself. Ensure that the sample or span gas supply is leak-free and
carry out a detailed leak check as described earlier in this section.
Another possibility of excessive signal noise may be the preamplifier board, the high
voltage power supply and/or the PMT detector itself. Contact the factory on trouble-
shooting these components.
12.5.2. SLOW RESPONSE
If the analyzer starts responding too slowly to any changes in sample, zero or span gas,
check for the following:
Dirty or plugged sample filter or sample lines.
Sample inlet line is too long.
Dirty or plugged critical flow orifices. Check flows, pressures and, if necessary,
change orifices (refer to Section 11.3.4).
Wrong materials in contact with sample - use Teflon materials only.
Sample vent line is located too far from the instrument sample inlet causing a long
mixing and purge time. Locate sample inlet (overflow) vent as close as possible to
the analyzer’s sample inlet port.
Dirty sample chamber.
Insufficient time allowed for purging of lines upstream of the analyzer.
Insufficient time allowed for SO2 calibration gas source to become stable.
12.5.3. THE ANALYZER DOESN’T APPEAR ON THE LAN OR INTERNET
Most problems related to Internet communications via the Ethernet card will be due to
problems external to the analyzer (e.g. bad network wiring or connections, failed routers,
malfunctioning servers, etc.) However, there are several symptoms that indicate the
problem may be with the Ethernet card itself.
06807C DCN6650
248
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Troubleshooting & Service
If neither of the Ethernet cable’s two status LED’s (located on the back of the cable
connector) is lit while the instrument is connected to a network:
Verify that the instrument is being connected to an active network jack.
Check the internal cable connection between the Ethernet card and the CPU board.
12.6. SUBSYSTEM CHECKOUT
The preceding sections of this manual discussed a variety of methods for identifying
possible sources of failures or performance problems within the analyzer. In most cases
this included a list of possible causes and, in some cases, quick solutions or at least a
pointer to the appropriate sections describing them. This section describes how to
determine if a certain component or subsystem is actually the cause of the problem being
investigated.
12.6.1. AC POWER CONFIGURATION
The T100 digital electronic systems will operate with any of the specified power
regimes. As long as instrument is connected to 100-120 VAC or 220-240 VAC at either
50 or 60 Hz it will turn on and after about 30 seconds show a front panel display.
Internally, the status LEDs located on the Motherboard, the Relay PCA and the CPU
should turn on as soon as the power is supplied.
On the other hand, the analyzer’s various non-digital components, such as the pump and
the AC powered heaters, require that the relay board be properly configured for the type
of power being supplied to the instrument.
COULD DAMAGE INSTRUMENT AND VOID WARRANTY
ATTENTION
Plugging the analyzer into a power supply that is too high a voltage or
frequency can damage the pump and the AC Heaters.
Plugging the analyzer into a power supply that is too low a voltage or
frequency will cause these components to not operate properly.
If the pump and the heaters are not working correctly and incorrect power configuration
is suspected, check the serial number label located on the instrument’s rear panel (refer
frequency being supplied.
If the information included on the label matches the line voltage, but you still suspect an
AC power configuration problem:
For the heaters, check the power configuration jumpers located on the relay board (refer
If the Jumper block is WHITE the heaters are configured for 115 VAC at 60 Hz.
If the Jumper block is BLUE the heaters are configured for 220, 240 VAC at 50 Hz.
06807C DCN6650
249
Troubleshooting & Service
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
J2: Power
Configuration
Jumper
Figure 12-4:
Location of Relay Board Power Configuration Jumper
AC Configuration of the pump is accomplished via an in-line, hard wired, set of
connections. Call Teledyne API’s Technical Support Department for more information.
12.6.2. DC POWER SUPPLY
If you have determined that the analyzer’s AC main power is working, but the unit is
still not operating properly, there may be a problem with one of the instrument’s
switching power supplies, which convert AC power to 5 and ±15 V (PS1) as well as +12
V DC power (PS2). The supplies can either have DC output at all or a noisy output
(fluctuating).
To assist tracing DC Power Supply problems, the wiring used to connect the various
printed circuit assemblies and DC powered components and the associated test points on
the relay board follow a standard color-coding scheme as defined in Table 12-4.
Table 12-4: DC Power Test Point and Wiring Color Code
NAME
DGND
+5V
TEST POINT#
COLOR
Black
DEFINITION
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Digital ground
Red
AGND
+15V
-15V
Green
Blue
Analog ground
Yellow
Purple
Orange
+12V
+12R
12 V return (ground) line
A voltmeter should be used to verify that the DC voltages are correct as listed in Table
12-4. An oscilloscope, in AC mode and with band limiting turned on, can be used to
evaluate if the supplies are excessively noisy (>100 mV peak-to-peak).
06807C DCN6650
250
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Troubleshooting & Service
Table 12-5: DC Power Supply Acceptable Levels
CHECK RELAY BOARD TEST POINTS
VOLTAGE FROM TEST POINT
TO TEST POINT
POWER
SUPPLY
MIN V
MAX V
NAME
DGND
#
1
3
3
3
1
6
6
NAME
+5
#
PS1
PS1
PS1
PS1
PS1
PS2
PS2
+5
+15
2
4
+4.80
+13.5
-14.0
-0.05
-0.05
+11.8
-0.05
+5.25
+16.0
-16.0
+0.05
+0.05
+12.5
+0.05
AGND
+15
-15
AGND
-15V
5
AGND
Chassis
+12
AGND
DGND
Chassis
+12V
DGND
1
DGND
N/A
7
+12V Ret
+12V Ret
DGND
1
12.6.3. I2C BUS
Operation of the I2C bus can be verified by observing the behavior of D1 on the relay
PCA & D2 on the Valve Driver PCA . Assuming that the DC power supplies are
operating properly, the I2C bus is operating properly if: D1 on the relay PCA and D2 of
the Valve Driver PCA are flashing
There is a problem with the I2C bus if both D1 on the relay PCA and D2 of the Valve
Driver PCA are ON/OFF constantly.
12.6.4. TOUCH-SCREEN INTERFACE
Verify the functioning of the touch screen by observing the display when pressing a
touch-screen control button. Assuming that there are no wiring problems and that the
DC power supplies are operating properly, but pressing a control button on the touch
screen does not change the display, any of the following may be the problem:
The touch-screen controller may be malfunctioning.
The internal USB bus may be malfunctioning.
You can verify this failure by logging on to the instrument using APICOM or a terminal
program. If the analyzer responds to remote commands and the display changes
accordingly, the touch-screen interface may be faulty.
12.6.5. LCD DISPLAY MODULE
Verify the functioning of the front panel display by observing it when power is applied
to the instrument. Assuming that there are no wiring problems and that the DC power
supplies are operating properly, the display screen should light and show the splash
screen and other indications of its state as the CPU goes through its initialization
process.
06807C DCN6650
251
Troubleshooting & Service
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
12.6.6. RELAY BOARD
The relay board circuit can most easily be checked by observing the condition of its
If the front panel display responds to button presses and D1 on the relay board is not
flashing, then either the I2C connection between the motherboard and the relay
board is bad, or the relay board itself is bad.
If D1 on the relay board is flashing, but toggling an output in the Signal I/O
function menu does not toggle the output’s status LED, the there is a circuit
problem, or possibly a blown driver chip, on the relay board.
If D1 on the Relay board is flashing and the status indicator for the output in
question (heater, valve, etc.) toggles properly using the Signal I/O function, but the
output device does not turn on/off, then the associated device (valve or heater) or its
control device (valve driver, heater relay) is malfunctioning.
Several of the control devices are in sockets and can easily be replaced. The table below
lists the control device associated with a particular function:
Table 12-6: Relay Board Control Devices
FUNCTION
Valve0 – Valve3
Valve4 – Valve7
All heaters
CONTROL DEVICE
SOCKETED
Yes
U5
U6
Yes
K1-K5
Yes
12.6.7. MOTHERBOARD
12.6.7.1. A/D FUNCTIONS
A basic check of the analog to digital (A/D) converter operation on the motherboard is
to use the Signal I/O function under the DIAG menu. Check the following two A/D
reference voltages and input signals that can be easily measured with a voltmeter. Using
REF_4096_MV and REF_GND.
The nominal value for REF_4096_MV is 4096 mV 10 mV.
The nominal value for REF_GND is 0 mV 3 mV, respectively, of their nominal
values (4096 and 0) and are
If these signals are stable to within ±0.5 mV, the basic A/D converter is functioning
properly.
If these values fluctuate largely or are off by more than specified above, one or more
of the analog circuits may be overloaded or the motherboard may be faulty.
Choose one parameter in the Signal I/O function such as SAMPLE_PRESSURE
(refer to previous section on how to measure it). Compare its actual voltage with the
voltage displayed through the SIGNAL I/O function. If the wiring is intact but there
is a difference of more than ±10 mV between the measured and displayed voltage,
the motherboard may be faulty.
06807C DCN6650
252
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Troubleshooting & Service
12.6.7.2. ANALOG OUTPUT VOLTAGES
To verify that the analog outputs are working properly, connect a voltmeter to the output
in question and perform an analog output step test as described in Section 5.9.2.
For each of the steps, taking into account any offset that may have been programmed
value listed in the Table 11-7 except for the 0% step, which should be within 2-3 mV. If
one or more of the steps is outside of this range, a failure of one or both D/A converters
and their associated circuitry on the motherboard is likely.
Table 12-7: Analog Output Test Function - Nominal Values
FULL SCALE OUTPUT VOLTAGE
100MV
1V
5V
10V*
STEP
%
0
NOMINAL OUTPUT VOLTAGE
1
2
3
4
5
6
0 mV
20 mV
40 mV
60 mV
80 mV
100 mV
0
0
1
2
3
4
5
0
2
20
40
60
80
100
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
4
6
8
10
* Increase the Analog Out (AOUT) Cal Limits in the DIAG>Analog I/O Config menu.
12.6.7.3. STATUS OUTPUTS
The procedure below can be used to test the Status outputs.
1. Connect a cable jumper between the “-“ pin and the “” pin on the status output
connector.
2. Connect a 1000 Ω resistor between the +5 V and the pin for the status output that is
being tested.
Table 12-8: Status Outputs Check Pin Out
PIN
STATUS
(left to right)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
System Ok
Conc Valid
High Range
Zero Cal
Span Cal
Diag Mode
Spare
Spare
3. Connect a voltmeter between the “-“ pin and the pin of the output being tested (refer
inputs and outputs until you get to the output in question. Alternately turn on and off
the output noting the voltage on the voltmeter, it should vary between 0 volts for ON
and 5 volts for OFF.
06807C DCN6650
253
Troubleshooting & Service
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
12.6.7.4. CONTROL INPUTS
The control input bits can be tested by the following procedure:
1. Connect a jumper from the +5 V pin on the STATUS connector to the U on the
CONTROL IN connector.
2. Connect a second jumper from the
pin on the STATUS connector to the A pin on
the CONTROL IN connector. The instrument should switch from SAMPLE mode to
ZERO CAL R mode.
3. Connect a second jumper from the
pin on the STATUS connector to the B pin on
the CONTROL IN connector. The instrument should switch from SAMPLE mode to
SPAN CAL R mode.
In each case, the T100 should return to SAMPLE mode when the jumper is removed.
12.6.8. CPU
There are two major types of CPU board failures, a complete failure and a failure
associated with the Disk-On-Module (DOM). If either of these failures occurs, contact
the factory.
For complete failures, assuming that the power supplies are operating properly and the
wiring is intact, the CPU is faulty if on power-on, the watchdog LED on the
motherboard is not flashing.
In some rare circumstances, this failure may be caused by a bad IC on the motherboard,
specifically U57, the large, 44 pin device on the lower right hand side of the board. If
this is true, removing U57 from its socket will allow the instrument to start up but the
measurements will be invalid.
If the analyzer stops during initialization (the front panel display shows a fault or
warning message), it is likely that the DOM, the firmware or the configuration and data
files have been corrupted.
12.6.9. RS-232 COMMUNICATION
This section provides general RS-232 communication information.
12.6.9.1. GENERAL RS-232 TROUBLESHOOTING
Teledyne API’s analyzers use the RS-232 protocol as the standard, serial
communications protocol. RS-232 is a versatile standard, which has been used for many
years but, at times, is difficult to configure. Teledyne API conforms to the standard pin
assignments in the implementation of RS-232. Problems with RS-232 connections
usually center around 4 general areas:
Incorrect cabling and connectors. This is the most common problem. Refer to
The communications (baud) rate and protocol parameters are incorrectly configured.
If a modem is used, additional configuration and wiring rules must be observed.
Refer to Section 8.3.
Incorrect setting of the DTE - DCE Switch. Refer to Section 6.1.
06807C DCN6650
254
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Troubleshooting & Service
12.6.9.2. MODEM OR TERMINAL OPERATION
These are the general steps for troubleshooting problems with a modem connected to a
Teledyne API analyzer.
Check cables for proper connection to the modem, terminal or computer.
Check the correct position of the DTE/DCE switch as described in Section 6.1.
Check the correct setup command (refer to Section 8.3).
Verify that the Ready to Send (RTS) signal is at logic high. The T100 sets Pin 7
(RTS) to greater than 3 volts to enable modem transmission.
Ensure that the baud rate, word length, and stop bit settings between modem and
Use the RS-232 test function to send “w” characters to the modem, terminal or
computer. Refer to Section 6.2.3.
Get your terminal, modem or computer to transmit data to the analyzer (holding
down the space bar is one way). The green LED on the rear panel should flicker as
the instrument is receiving data.
Ensure that the communications software is functioning properly.
Further help with serial communications is available in a separate manual “RS-232
Manual”, Teledyne API’s P/N 013500000, available online at http://www.Teledyne-
api.com/manuals/.
12.6.10. SHUTTER SYSTEM
To check the functionality of the UV light Shutter by manually activating it:
SAMPLE
RANGE = 500.000 PPB
SO2 =XXX.X
DIAG I / O
JUMP TO: 01
< TST TST > CAL
SETUP
0
1
ENTR EXIT
Press these buttons
until 32 is displayed
SAMPLE
ENTER SETUP PASS : 818
8
1
8
ENTR EXIT
DIAG I / O
32) DARK_SHUTTER=OFF
EXIT returns
to the main
SAMPLE display
Activate the
Dark Shutter
PREV NEXT JUMP
OFF PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X
PRIMARY SETUP MENU
CFG DAS RNGE PASS CLK MORE
EXIT
DIAG I / O
32) DARK_SHUTTER=ON
PREV NEXT JUMP
ON PRNT EXIT
SETUP X.X
SECONDARY SETUP MENU
DIAG I / O
JUMP TO: 32
COMM VARS DIAG
EXIT
ENTR EXIT
PRNT EXIT
3
2
ENTR EXIT
DIAG
SIGNAL I / O
Press these buttons
until 36 is displayed
PREV NEXT JUMP
DIAG I / O
36) UVLAMP_SIGNAL= 3.4 MV
PRNT EXIT
EXIT 4x’s to return
to the
SAMPLE display
PREV NEXT JUMP
DIAG I / O
0) EXT_ZERO_CAL=OFF
PREV NEXT JUMP
UV LAMP_SIGNAL
should be
<20 mV
06807C DCN6650
255
Troubleshooting & Service
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Figure 12-5:
Manual Activation of the UV Light Shutter
12.6.11. PMT SENSOR
The photo multiplier tube detects the light emitted by the UV excited fluorescence of
SO2. It has a gain of about 500000 to 1000000. It is not possible to test the detector
outside of the instrument in the field. The best way to determine if the PMT is working
basic method to diagnose a PMT fault is to eliminate the other components using
ETEST, OTEST and specific tests for other sub-assemblies.
12.6.12. PMT PREAMPLIFIER BOARD
To check the correct operation of the preamplifier board, we suggest the technician carry
If the ETEST fails, the preamplifier board may be faulty.
12.6.13. PMT TEMPERATURE CONTROL PCA
The TEC control printed circuit assembly is located on the sensor housing assembly,
under the slanted shroud, next to the cooling fins and directly above the cooling fan.
If the red LED located on the top edge of this assembly is not glowing the control
circuit is not receiving power.
Check the analyzer's power supply, the relay board’s power distribution circuitry
and the wiring connecting them to the PMT temperature control PCA.
12.6.13.1. TEC CONTROL TEST POINTS
Four test points are also located at the top of this assembly they are numbered left to
right start with the T1 point immediately to the right of the power status LED. These
test points provide information regarding the functioning of the control circuit.
To determine the current running through the control circuit, measure the voltage
between T1 and T2. Multiply that voltage by 10.
To determine the drive voltage being supplied by the control circuit to the TEC, measure
the voltage between T2 and T3.
If this voltage is zero, the TEC circuitry is most likely open.
If the voltage between T2 and T3 = 0 VDC and the voltage measured between T1
and T2 = 0 VDC there is most likely an open circuit or failed op amp on control
PCA itself
If the voltage between T2 and T3 = 0 VDC and the voltage measured between T1 to
T2 is some voltage other than 0 VDC, the TEC is most likely shorted
T4 is tied directly to ground. To determine the absolute voltage on any one of the other
test points make a measurement between that test point and T4.
12.6.14. HIGH VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY
The HVPS is located in the interior of the sensor module and is plugged into the PMT
06807C DCN6650
256
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Troubleshooting & Service
the supply. The second is the programming voltage which is generated on the Preamp
Board. This power supply is unlike a traditional PMT HVPS. It is like having 10
independent power supplies, one to each pin of the PMT. The test procedure below
allows you to test each supply.
1. Check the HVPS test function via the front panel and record the reading level.
Adjustment of the HVPS output level is covered in the hardware calibration
procedure in Section 12.7.2.8.
2. Turn off the instrument.
3. Remove the cover and disconnect the 2 connectors at the front of the PMT housing.
4. Remove the end plate from the PMT housing.
5. Remove the HVPS/PMT assembly from the cold block inside the sensor. Un-plug
the PMT.
6. Re-connect the 7 pin connector to the Sensor end cap, and power-up the
instrument.
each pair should be equal and approximately 10% of the reading level recorded in
Step 1.
Table 12-9: Example of HVPS Power Supply Outputs
If HVPS reading = 700 VDC
PIN PAIR
1 2
NOMINAL READING
70 VDC
6
2 3
3 4
4 5
5 6
6 7
7 8
70 VDC
70 VDC
70 VDC
70 VDC
70 VDC
70 VDC
7
5
8
4
3
9
2
10
11
1
KEY
8. Turn off the instrument power, and re-connect the PMT tube, and then re-assemble
the sensor.
If any faults are found in the test, the HVPS must be replaced. There are no user
serviceable parts inside the HVPS.
12.6.15. PNEUMATIC SENSOR ASSEMBLY
The pressure/flow sensor circuit board, located behind the sensor assembly, can be
checked with a voltmeter using the following procedure, which assumes that the wiring
is intact and that the motherboard and the power supplies are operating properly.
Measure the voltage across TP1 and TP2, it should be 10.0 0.25 V. If not, the
board may be faulty.
Measure the voltage across capacitor C2; it should be 5.0 ± 0.25 V. If not, the board
may be faulty.
06807C DCN6650
257
Troubleshooting & Service
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
12.6.16. SAMPLE PRESSURE
Measure the voltage across test points TP1 and TP4. With the sample pump
disconnected or turned off, this voltage should be 4500 250 mV. With the pump
running, it should be about 0.2 V less as the sample pressure drops by about 1 in-Hg-A
from ambient pressure. If this voltage is significantly different, the pressure transducer
S2 or the board may be faulty. A leak in the sample system to vacuum may also cause
this voltage to be between about 0.6 and 4.5. Ensure that the front panel reading of the
sample pressure is at about 1 in-Hg-A less than ambient pressure.
12.6.17. IZS OPTION
The zero/span valves and IZS options need to be enabled in the software (contact the
zero/span valve or IZS option.
Check for the physical presence of the valves or the IZS option.
Check that a working perm-tube is installed in the IZS oven assembly.
Check front panel for correct software configuration. When the instrument is in
SAMPLE mode, the front panel display should show CALS and CALZ buttons in
the second line of the display. The presence of the buttons indicates that the option
has been enabled in software. In addition, the IZS option is enabled if the TEST
functions show a parameter named IZS TEMP.
The IZS option is heated with a proportional heater circuit and the temperature is
maintained at 50° C ±1°. Check the IZS TEMP function via front panel display (refer to
At 50° C, the temperature signal from the IZS thermistor should be around 2500 mV.
12.6.18. BOX TEMPERATURE
The box temperature sensor (thermistor) is mounted on the motherboard at the bottom,
right corner of the CPU board when looking at it from the front. It cannot be
disconnected to check its resistance. Box temperature will vary with, but will always
read about 5° C higher than, ambient (room) temperature because of the internal heating
zones sample chamber and other devices.
To check the box temperature functionality, we recommend checking the BOX_TEMP
signal voltage using the SIGNAL I/O function under the DIAG Menu (refer to Section
At about 30° C (5 above typical room temperature), the signal should be around 1500
mV. We recommend using a certified or calibrated external thermometer / temperature
sensor to verify the accuracy of the box temperature.
12.6.19. PMT TEMPERATURE
PMT temperature should be low and constant. It is more important that this temperature
is maintained constant than it is to maintain it low. The PMT cooler uses a Peltier,
thermo-electric element powered by 12 VDC from the switching power supply PS2. The
temperature is controlled by a proportional temperature controller located on the
preamplifier board. Voltages applied to the cooler element vary from +/- 0.1 to +/- 12
06807C DCN6650
258
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Troubleshooting & Service
VDC. The temperature set point (hard-wired into the preamplifier board) will vary by
about ±1 C due to component tolerances. The actual temperature will be maintained to
within 0.1 C around that set point.
On power-up of the analyzer, the front panel enables the user to watch that temperature
drop from about ambient temperature down to its set point of 6-8° C.
If the temperature fails to drop after 20 minutes, there is a problem in the cooler
circuit.
If the control circuit on the preamplifier board is faulty, a temperature of -1 C is
reported.
12.7. SERVICE PROCEDURES
This section contains some procedures that may need to be performed when a major
component of the analyzer requires repair or replacement.
COULD DAMAGE INSTRUMENT AND VOID WARRANTY
ATTENTION
Servicing of circuit components requires electrostatic discharge
protection, i.e. ESD grounding straps, mats and containers. Failure to
use ESD protection when working with electronic assemblies will void
the instrument warranty.
12.7.1. DISK-ON-MODULE REPLACEMENT
Replacing the Disk-on-Module (DOM) will cause loss of all DAS data; it also may
cause loss of some instrument configuration parameters unless the replacement DOM
carries the exact same firmware version. Whenever changing the version of installed
software, the memory must be reset. Failure to ensure that memory is reset can cause the
analyzer to malfunction, and invalidate measurements. After the memory is reset, the
A/D converter must be re-calibrated, and all information collected in Step 1 below must
be re-entered before the instrument will function correctly. Also, zero and span
calibration should be performed.
1. Document all analyzer parameters that may have been changed, such as range,
auto-cal, analog output, serial port and other settings before replacing the DOM
2. Turn off power to the instrument, fold down the rear panel by loosening the
mounting screws.
3. When looking at the electronic circuits from the back of the analyzer, locate the
Disk-on-Module in the right-most socket of the CPU board.
4. The DOM should carry a label with firmware revision, date and initials of the
programmer.
5. Remove the nylon fastener that mounts the DOM over the CPU board, and lift the
DOM off the CPU. Do not bend the connector pins.
6. Install the new Disk-on-Module, making sure the notch at the end of the chip
matches the notch in the socket.
06807C DCN6650
259
Troubleshooting & Service
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
7. It may be necessary to straighten the pins somewhat to fit them into the socket.
Press the DOM all the way in and reinsert the offset clip.
8. Close the rear panel and turn on power to the machine.
9. If the replacement DOM carries a firmware revision, re-enter all of the setup
information.
12.7.2. SENSOR MODULE REPAIR & CLEANING
CAUTION - GENERAL SAFETY HAZARD
Do not look at the UV lamp while the unit is operating. UV light can cause
eye damage. Always use safety glasses made from UV blocking material
when working with the UV Lamp Assembly. (Generic plastic glasses are
not adequate).
Figure 12-6:
Sensor Module Wiring and Pneumatic Fittings
06807C DCN6650
260
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Troubleshooting & Service
IMPORTANT
IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA
After any repair or service has been performed on the sensor module, the
T100 should be allowed to warm up for 60 minutes.
12.7.2.1. REMOVING AND REINSTALLING THE SENSOR MODULE
Several of the procedures in this section either require the sensor module to be removed
from the instrument or are easier to perform if it has been removed.
To remove the Sensor Module:
1. Turn off the instrument power.
2. Open the top cover of the instrument:
Remove the set screw located in the top, center of the rear panel.
Remove the screws fastening the top cover to the unit (four per side).
Lift the cover straight up.
Gas inlet line: 1/8” black Teflon line with stainless steel fitting.
Gas outlet line: 1/4” black Teflon line with brass fitting.
4. Disconnect all electrical wiring to the Sensor Module:
UV lamp power supply wiring
Shutter cabling
Reaction cell thermistor wiring (yellow)
Reaction cell heater wiring (red)
UV detector wiring
TEC power cable
PMT wiring (connectors J5 & J6 on the PMT preamplifier PCA)
5. Remove the three sensor module mounting screws.
06807C DCN6650
261
Troubleshooting & Service
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Mounting
Screw
PMT
Housing
Sample
Chamber
Mounting
Screw
Mounting
Screw
Figure 12-7:
Follow the above steps in reverse order to reinstall the sensor module.
12.7.2.2. CLEANING THE SAMPLE CHAMBER
Sensor Module Mounting Screws
IMPORTANT
IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA
The sample chamber should only be opened or cleaned on instructions
from the Teledyne API Technical Support department.
Be careful not to leave thumbprints on the interior of the sample
chamber. The various oils that make up fingerprints fluoresce brightly
under UV light and will significantly affect the accuracy of the analyzer’s
SO2 measurement)
06807C DCN6650
262
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Troubleshooting & Service
To clean the sample chamber:
2. Remove the sample chamber mounting bracket by unscrewing the four bracket
screws.
Figure 12-8:
Sample Chamber Mounting Bracket
3. Unscrew the 4 hexagonal standoffs.
4. Gently remove the chamber cover.
5. Using a lint-free cloth dampened with distilled water, wipe the inside surface of the
chamber and the chamber cover.
6. Dry the chamber surfaces with a 2nd lint-free cloth.
7. Re-assemble the chamber and re-install the sensor module.
12.7.2.3. CLEANING THE PMT LENS AND PMT FILTER
IMPORTANT
IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA
The sample chamber should only be opened or cleaned on instructions
from the Teledyne API Technical Support Department.
Be careful not to leave thumbprints on the interior of the sample
chamber. The various oils that make up fingerprints fluoresce brightly
under UV light and will significantly affect the accuracy of the
analyzer’s SO2 measurement).
06807C DCN6650
263
Troubleshooting & Service
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
To clean the PMT Lens and filter:
Figure 12-9:
Hex Screw Between Lens Housing and Sample Chamber
2. Remove the sample chamber from the PMT lens and filter housing by unscrewing
the 4 hex screws that fasten the chamber to the housing.
3. Remove the four lens cover screws.
06807C DCN6650
264
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Troubleshooting & Service
Figure 12-10: UV Lens Housing / Filter Housing
4. Remove the lens/filter cover.
5. Carefully remove the PMT lens and set it aside on soft, lint-free cloth.
6. Remove the 3-piece, lens/filter spacer.
7. Carefully remove the PMT filter and set it aside on soft, lint-free cloth.
Figure 12-11: PMT UV Filter Housing Disassembled
8. Using a lint-free cloth dampened with distilled water, clean the lens, the filter and all
of the housing assembly mechanical parts.
9. Dry everything with a 2nd lint-free cloth.
IMPORTANT
IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA
Use gloves and a clean plastic covered surface during assembly.
Cleanliness of the inside of the light shield, the UV lens filter housing and
the PMT lens is especially important.
Note
Ensure to apply Loctite to the four lens holder screws and the two light
shield screws.
06807C DCN6650
265
Troubleshooting & Service
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
11. Reattach the lens / filter housing to the sample chamber.
12. Reattach the sample chamber to the PMT housing.
13. Reinstall the sensor module into the T100.
14. Close the instrument.
15. Turn the T100 on and let it warm up for 60 minutes.
16. Perform a leak check (refer to Section 11.3.6).
17. Calibrate the analyzer (refer to Section 9).
12.7.2.4. REPLACING THE UV FILTER/LENS
IMPORTANT
IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA
Be careful not to leave thumbprints on the interior of the sample chamber.
The various oils that make up fingerprints fluoresce brightly under UV
light and will significantly affect the accuracy of the analyzer’s SO2
measurement).
CAUTION - GENERAL SAFETY HAZARD
Do not look at the UV lamp while the unit is operating. UV light can cause
eye damage. Always use safety glasses made from UV blocking material
when working with the UV Lamp Assembly. (Generic plastic glasses are
not adequate).
To replace the UV filter lens:
1. Turn off the instrument’s power and remove the power cord from the instrument.
2. Unplug J4 connector from the motherboard to allow tool access.
cover.
5. Remove 4 screws from the UV filter retainer.
06807C DCN6650
266
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Troubleshooting & Service
Figure 12-12: Disassembling the Shutter Assembly
6. Carefully remove the UV filter.
7. Install the UV filter.
8. Handle carefully and never touch the filter’s surface.
9. UV filter’s wider ring side should be facing out.
10. Install UV filter retainer and tighten screws.
11. Install the shutter cover and minifit connector. Tighten 4 shutter cover screws.
12. Reinstall the sensor module and Plug J4 connector into the motherboard.
12.7.2.5. ADJUSTING THE UV LAMP (PEAKING THE LAMP)
There are three ways in which ambient conditions can affect the UV Lamp output and
therefore the accuracy of the SO2 concentration measurement. These are:
Line Voltage Change: UV lamp energy is directly proportional to the line voltage.
This can be avoided by installing adequate AC Line conditioning equipment such as a
UPS/surge suppressor.
Lamp Aging - Over a period of months, the UV energy will show a downward trend
and can be up to 50% in the first 90 days, and then a slower rate, until the end of useful
life of the lamp. Periodically running the UV lamp calibration routine (refer to Section
5.9.6) will compensate for this until the lamp output becomes too low to function at all.
Note
As the lamp degrades over time, the software for the CPU compensates
for the loss of UV output.
06807C DCN6650
267
Troubleshooting & Service
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Lamp Positioning – The UV output level of the lamp is not even across the entire
length of the lamp. Some portions of the lamp shine slightly more brightly than others.
At the factory the position of the UV lamp is adjusted to optimize the amount of UV
light shining through the UV filter/lens and into the reaction cell. Changes to the
physical alignment of the lamp can affect the analyzers ability to accurately measure
SO2.
Figure 12-13: Shutter Assembly
CAUTION - GENERAL SAFETY HAZARD
Do not look at the UV lamp while the unit is operating. UV light can cause
eye damage. Always use safety glasses made from UV blocking material
when working with the UV Lamp Assembly. (Generic plastic glasses are
not adequate).
06807C DCN6650
268
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Troubleshooting & Service
1. Set the analyzer display to show the signal I/O function, UVLAMP_SIGNAL (refer to
2. Slightly loosen the large brass thumbscrew located on the shutter housing (refer to
Figure 12-14) so that the lamp can be moved.
Figure 12-14. UV Lamp Adjustment
COULD DAMAGE INSTRUMENT AND VOID WARRANTY
ATTENTION
DO NOT grasp the UV lamp by its cap when changing its position -
always grasp the main body of the lamp (refer to Figure 12-13).
Inattention to this detail could twist and potentially disconnect the lamp’s
power supply wires.
3. While watching the UVLAMP_SIGNAL reading, slowly rotate the lamp or move it
back and forth vertically until the UVLAMP_SIGNAL reading is at its maximum.
follow the instructions there.
Table 12-10: UV Lamp Signal Troubleshooting
ACTION TO BE TAKEN
UVLAMP_SIGNAL
3500mV±200mV.
No Action Required
> 4900mV at any time.
UVLAMP_SIGNAL reads approximately 3600mV before continuing to adjust the
lamp position.
UVLAMP_SIGNAL reads as close to 3500mV as possible.
>3700mV or < 3300mV
.< 600mV
Replace the lamp (Section 12.7.2.6.
06807C DCN6650
269
Troubleshooting & Service
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Figure 12-15: Location of UV Reference Detector Potentiometer
5. Finger tighten the thumbscrew.
CAUTION - GENERAL SAFETY HAZARD
DO NOT over tighten the thumbscrew, as over-tightening can cause
breakage to the lamp and consequently release mercury into the area.
12.7.2.6. REPLACING THE UV LAMP
CAUTION - GENERAL SAFETY HAZARD
Do not look at the UV lamp while the unit is operating. UV light can cause
eye damage. Always use safety glasses made from UV blocking material
when working with the UV Lamp Assembly. (Generic plastic glasses are
not adequate).
1. Turn off the analyzer.
2. Disconnect the UV lamp from its power supply.
3. You can find the power supply connector by following the two, white UV Lamp
power supply wires from the lamp to the power supply.
4. Loosen, but do not remove the two UV lamp bracket screws and the large brass
so that the lamp can be moved.
COULD DAMAGE INSTRUMENT AND VOID WARRANTY
ATTENTION
DO NOT grasp the UV lamp by its cap when changing its position -
always grasp the main body of the lamp (refer to Figure 12-13) Inattention
to this detail could twist and potentially disconnect the lamp’s power
supply wires.
5. Remove the UV Lamp by pulling it straight up.
06807C DCN6650
270
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Troubleshooting & Service
6. Insert the new UV lamp into the bracket.
7. Tighten the two UV lamp bracket screws, but leave the brass thumb screw un-
tightened.
8. Connect the new UV lamp to the power supply.
9. Turn the instrument on and perform the UV adjustment procedure as defined in
section 12.7.2.5.
10. Finger tighten the thumbscrew.
CAUTION - GENERAL SAFETY HAZARD
DO NOT over tighten the thumbscrew, as over-tightening can cause
breakage to the lamp and consequently release mercury into the area.
span point calibration (refer to Section 9).
12.7.2.7. REPLACING THE PMT, HVPS OR TEC
The PMT should last for the lifetime of the analyzer. However, in some cases, the high
voltage power supply (HVPS) or the thermo-electric cooler (TEC) may fail.
When removing the PMT housing end plate cover for the Sensor
Assembly, ensure to replace the 5 desiccant bags inside the housing.
IMPORTANT
06807C DCN6650
271
Troubleshooting & Service
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
PMT Housing End Plate
This is the entry to the PMT Exchange
PMT Output
Connector
PMT Preamp PCA
PMT Power Supply
& Aux. Signal
Connector
High voltage Power Supply
(HVPS)
PMT
O-Test LED
PMT Cold Block
Connector to PMT
Pre Amp PCA
12V Power
Connector
Insulation Gasket
Light from Reaction
Chamber shines
through hole in side
of Cold Block
PMT Temperature
Sensor
Thermo-Electric Cooler
(TEC)
PMT Heat Exchange Fins
TEC Driver PCA
Cooling Fan
Housing
Figure 12-16: PMT Assembly - Exploded View
To replace the PMT, the HVPS or the TEC:
2. Remove the entire sensor module assembly from the.
3. Remove the reaction cell assembly.
4. Remove the two connectors on the PMT housing end plate facing towards the front
panel.
5. Remove the end plate itself (4 screws with plastic washers).
6. Remove the desiccant bags inside the PMT housing.
7. Along with the plate, slide out the OPTIC TEST LED and the thermistor that
measures the PMT temperature.
Both may be coated with a white, thermal conducting paste. Do not contaminate the
inside of the housing or the PMT tube with this grease.
8. Unscrew the PMT assembly. It is held to the cold block by two plastic screws.
Because the threads of the plastic screws are easily damaged it is highly
recommended to use new screws when reassembling the unit.
9. Carefully take out the assembly consisting of the HVPS, the gasket and the PMT.
06807C DCN6650
272
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Troubleshooting & Service
10. Change the PMT or the HVPS or both, clean the PMT glass tube with a clean, anti-
static wipe and DO NOT TOUCH it after cleaning.
11. If the cold block or TEC is to be changed disconnect the TEC driver board from the
preamplifier board.
Remove the cooler fan duct (4 screws on its side) including the driver board.
Disconnect the driver board from the TEC and set the sub-assembly aside.
Remove the end plate with the cooling fins (4 screws) and slide out the PMT cold
block assembly, which contains the TEC.
Unscrew the TEC from the cooling fins and the cold block and replace it with a new
unit.
12. Re-assemble the TEC subassembly in reverse order.
COULD DAMAGE INSTRUMENT AND VOID WARRANTY
ATTENTION
The thermo-electric cooler needs to be mounted flat to the heat sink. If
there is any significant gap, the TEC might burn out. Ensure to apply heat
sink paste before mounting it and tighten the screws evenly and cross-
wise.
Ensure to use thermal grease between TEC and cooling fins as well as between TEC
and cold block.
Align the side opening in the cold block with the hole in the PMT housing where the
sample Chamber attaches.
Evenly tighten the long mounting screws for good thermal conductivity.
13. Re-insert the TEC subassembly. Ensure that the O-ring is placed properly and the
assembly is tightened evenly.
14. Re-insert the PMT/HVPS subassembly.
Don’t forget the gasket between HVPS and PMT.
Use new plastic screws to mount the PMT assembly on the PMT cold block.
15. Insert the LED and thermistor into the cold block.
16. Replace the desiccant bags with five new desiccant bags.
17. Carefully replace the end plate.
Ensure that the O-ring is properly in place. Improperly placed O-rings will cause
leaks, which – in turn – cause moisture to condense on the inside of the cooler
causing the HVPS to short out.
18. Reconnect the cables and the reaction cell
Be sure to tighten these screws evenly.
19. Replace the sensor assembly into the chassis and fasten with four screws and
washers.
20. Perform a leak check the system.
06807C DCN6650
273
Troubleshooting & Service
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
21. Power up the analyzer and verify the basic operation of the analyzer using the
ETEST and OTEST features (refer to Section 6.9.5 and 6.9.6) or by measuring
calibrated zero and span gases.
22. Allow the instrument to warm up for 60 minutes.
23. Perform a PMT Hardware calibration (refer to Section 12.7.2.8).
24. Perform a zero point and span calibration (refer to Section 9).
12.7.2.8. PMT HARDWARE CALIBRATION (FACTORY CAL)
The sensor module hardware calibration adjusts the slope of the PMT output when the
instrument’s slope and offset values are outside of the acceptable range and all other
more obvious causes for this problem have been eliminated.
Figure 12-17: Pre-Amplifier Board (Preamp PCA) Layout
3. Let the instrument stabilize by allowing it to run for one hour.
8. HVPS coarse adjustment switch (Range 0-9, then A-F).
9. HVPS fine adjustment switch (Range 0-9, then A-F).
10. Gain adjustment potentiometer (Full scale is 10 to 12 turns).
11. Set the HVPS coarse adjustment to its minimum setting (0).
12. Set the HVPS fine adjustment switch to its maximum setting (F).
06807C DCN6650
274
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Troubleshooting & Service
13. Turn the gain adjustment potentiometer clockwise to its maximum setting.
15. Feed span gas into the analyzer.
16. Wait until the STABIL value is below 0.5 ppb.
IMPORTANT
IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA
span gas equal to 80% of the reporting range.
Use
a
Example: for a reporting range of 500 ppb, use a span gas of 400 ppb.
17. Scroll to the OFFSET function and record the value.
18. Scroll to the NORM PMT value.
COULD DAMAGE INSTRUMENT AND VOID WARRANTY
ATTENTION
Do not overload the PMT by accidentally setting both adjustment
switches to their maximum setting. This can cause permanent damage
to the PMT.
19. Determine the target NORM PMT value according to the following formulas.
If the reporting range is set for 2,000 ppb (the instrument will be using the 2,000
ppb physical range):
Target NORM PMT = (2 x span gas concentration) + OFFSET
If the reporting range is set for 2,001 ppb(the instrument will be using the 20,000
ppb physical range):
Target NORM PMT = (0.181 x span gas concentration) + OFFSET
EXAMPLE: If the OFFSET IS 33 mV, the Reporting Range is 500 ppb, the
span gas should be 400 ppb and the calculation would be:
Target NORM PMT = (2 x 400) + 33 mV
Target NORM PMT = 833 mV
20. Set the HVPS coarse adjustment switch to the lowest setting that will give you more
than the target NORM PMT signal from Step 16.
The coarse adjustment typically increments the NORM PMT signal in 100-300 mV
steps.
21. Adjust the HVPS fine adjustment such that the NORM PMT value is at or just above
the target NORM PMT signal from Step 16.
22. Continue adjusting the both the coarse and fine switches until norm PMT is as close
to (but not below) the target NORM PMT signal from Step 16.
23. Adjust gain adjustment potentiometer until the NORM PMT value is ±10 mV of the
target level from Step 16.
response to its new PMT sensitivity.
25. Review the slope and offset values, and compare them to the values in Table 9-5.
06807C DCN6650
275
Troubleshooting & Service
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
12.8. FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS (FAQS)
The following list contains some of the most commonly asked questions relating to the
T100 SO2 Analyzer.
QUESTION
ANSWER
Why is the ZERO or SPAN button not The T100 disables these buttons when the expected span or zero value entered by
displayed during calibration?
the users is too different from the gas concentration actually measured value at the
time. This is to prevent the accidental recalibration of the analyzer to an out-of-
range response curve.-EXAMPLE: The span set point is 400 ppb but gas
concentration being measured is only 50 ppb.-For more information, refer to Section
Why does the ENTR button
sometimes disappear on the Front
Panel Display?
During certain types of adjustments or configuration operations, the ENTR button
will disappear if you select a setting that is nonsensical (such as trying to set the 24-
hour clock to 25:00:00) or out of the allowable range for that parameter (such as
selecting a DAS hold off period of more than 20 minutes).-Once you adjust the
setting in question to an allowable value, the ENTR button will re-appear.
How do I enter or change the value of Press the CONC button found under the CAL or CALS menus of the main SAMPLE
my Span Gas?
more information.
span gas?
Can I automate the calibration of my
analyzer?
Any analyzer with zero/span valve or IZS option can be automatically calibrated
using the instrument’s AutoCal feature.-However, the accuracy of the IZS option’s
permeation tube is ±5%. While this may be acceptable for basic calibration checks,
the IZS option is not permitted as a calibration source in applications following US
EPA protocols. -To achieve highest accuracy, it is recommended to use cylinders of
calibrated span gases in combination with a zero air source. Teledyne API offers a
zero air generator Model 701 and a gas dilution calibrator Model T700 for this
purpose.
What do I do if the concentration on
the instrument's front panel display
does not match the value recorded or
displayed on my data logger even if
both instruments are properly
calibrated?
This most commonly occurs for one of the following reasons: -A difference in circuit
ground between the analyzer and the data logger or a wiring problem;-A scale
problem with the input to the data logger. -The analog outputs of the T100 can be
manually adjusted to compensate for either or both of these effects, refer to 5.9.3.4;
-The analog outputs are not calibrated, which can happen after a firmware upgrade.
-Both the electronic scale and offset of the analog outputs can be adjusted (refer to
calibrations procedures.
How do I perform a leak check?
Refer to Section 11.3.6.
How do I measure the sample flow?
Sample flow is measured by attaching a calibrated flow meter to the sample inlet
port when the instrument is operating. The sample flow should be 650 cm³/min
sample gas flow.
How often do I need to change the
particulate filter?
important, regular maintenance tasks.
What is the averaging time for an
T100?
The default averaging time, optimized for ambient pollution monitoring, is 240
seconds for stable concentrations and 20 seconds for rapidly changing
My analyzer has the optional, user -
configurable analog output channels.
Instructions for this can be found in the Manual Addendum for Configurable Analog
Output, PN 06270.
06807C DCN6650
276
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Troubleshooting & Service
QUESTION
ANSWER
How do I program and use them?
How long does the sample pump last? The sample pump should last about one year and the pump diaphragms should to
be replaced annually or when necessary. Use the PRES test function displayed via
the front panel to see if the diaphragm needs replacement (refer to Section 12.1.2).
Do I need a strip chart recorder or
external data logger?
No, the T100 is equipped with a very powerful internal data acquisition system.
12.9. TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE
If this manual and its troubleshooting / repair sections do not solve your problems,
technical assistance may be obtained from:
Teledyne API, Technical Support ,
9480 Carroll Park Drive
San Diego, California 92121-5201USA
Toll-free Phone: 800-324-5190
Phone: 858-657-9800
Fax: 858-657-9816
Email: [email protected]
Website: http://www.teledyne-api.com/
Before you contact Teledyne API’ Technical Support, fill out the problem report form in
Appendix C, which is also available online for electronic submission at
http://www.teledyne-api.com/forms/.
06807C DCN6650
277
Troubleshooting & Service
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
This page intentionally left blank.
06807C DCN6650
278
13. PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION
This section describes the principles of operation for the T100 SO2 analyzer (Section
13.1. SULFUR DIOXIDE (SO2) SENSOR PRINCIPLES OF
OPERATION
The T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer is a microprocessor controlled analyzer that
determines the concentration of sulfur dioxide (SO2), in a sample gas drawn through the
instrument. It requires that sample and calibration gases be supplied at ambient
atmospheric pressure in order to establish a constant gas flow through the sample
chamber where the sample gas is exposed to ultraviolet light; this exposure causes the
SO2 molecules to change to an excited state (SO2*). As these SO2* molecules decay into
SO2 they fluoresce. The instrument measures the amount of fluorescence to determine
the amount of SO2 present in the sample gas.
Calibration of the instrument is performed in software and usually does not require
physical adjustments to the instrument. During calibration, the microprocessor measures
the sensor output signal when gases with known amounts of SO2 at various
concentrations are supplied and stores these measurements in memory. The
microprocessor uses these calibration values along with other performance parameters
such as the PMT dark offset, UV lamp ratio and the amount of stray light present and
measurements of the temperature and pressure of the sample gas to compute the final
SO2 concentration.
This concentration value and the original information from which it was calculated are
stored in the unit’s internal data acquisition system and reported to the user through a
vacuum fluorescent display or as electronic data via several communication ports.
This concentration value and the original information from which it was calculated are
stored in the unit’s internal data acquisition system (refer to Section 0) and reported to
the user through a vacuum fluorescent display or several communication ports.
13.1.1. SO2 ULTRAVIOLET FLUORESCENCE MEASUREMENT PRINCIPLE
The physical principle upon which the T100’s measurement method is based is the
fluorescence that occurs when sulfur dioxide (SO2) is changed to excited state (SO2*) by
ultraviolet light with wavelengths in the range of 190 nm-230 nm. This reaction is a two-
step process.
279
06807C DCN6650
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
appropriate ultraviolet wavelength. In the case of the T100, a band pass filter between the
source of the UV light and the affected gas limits the wavelength of the light to
approximately 214 nm. The SO2 absorbs some of energy from the UV light causing one
of the electrons of the SO2 molecule to move to a higher energy orbital state.
Ia
SO2 hv214nm SO2 *
(Equation 13-1)
The amount SO2 converted to SO2* in the sample chamber is dependent on the average
intensity of the UV light (Ia) and not its peak intensity because the intensity of UV light
is not constant in every part of the sample chamber. Some of the photons are absorbed
by the SO2 as the light travels through the sample gas.
214nm
Filter
Darkened
REACTION CELL
filled with SO2
UV
SOURCE
Figure 13-1:
UV Absorption
The equation for defining the average intensity of the UV light (Ia) is:
Ia I0
1 exp
ax
SO2
(Equation 13-2)
Where:
I0 = Intensity of the excitation UV light.
a = The absorption coefficient of SO2 (a constant).
= Concentration of SO2 in the sample chamber.
SO2
280
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Principles of Operation
x = The distance between the UV source and the SO2 molecule(s) being affected
(path length).
The second stage of this reaction occurs after the SO2 reaches its excited state (SO2*).
Because the system will seek the lowest available stable energy state, the SO2* molecule
quickly returns to its ground state (Equation 10-3) by giving off the excess energy in the
form of a photon (h). The wavelength of this fluoresced light is also in the ultraviolet
band but at a longer (lower energy) wavelength centered at 330nm.
SO2 * SO2 hv330nm
(Equation 13-3)
The amount of detectable UV given off by the decay of the SO2* is affected by the rate
at which this reaction occurs (k).
F k SO2 *
(Equation 13-4)
Where:
F
= the amount of fluorescent light given off.
k
= The rate at which the SO2* decays into SO2.
*
SO2 = Amount of excited-state SO2 in the sample chamber.
Therefore:
kF
SO2 * SO2 hv330nm
(Equation 13-5)
Finally, the function (k) is affected by the temperature of the gas. The warmer the gas,
the faster the individual molecules decay back into their ground state and the more
photons of UV light are given off per unit of time.
Given that the absorption rate of SO2 (a) is constant, the amount of fluorescence (F) is a
result of:
The amount of SO2* created which is affected by the variable factors from
of the UV light(x) and;
The amount of fluorescent light created which is affected by the variable factors
changes based on the temperature of the gas.
When and the intensity of the light (I0) is known; path length of excited light is short (x);
the temperature of the gas is known and compensated for so that the rate of SO2*decay
is constant (k). and; no interfering conditions are present (such as interfering gases or
stray light); the amount of fluorescent light emitted (F) is directly related to the
concentration of the SO2 in the Sample Chamber.
281
06807C DCN6650
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
The Model 100 E UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer is specifically designed to create these
circumstances.
The light path is very short (x).
A reference detector measures the intensity of the available excitation UV light and
is used to remove effects of lamp drift (I0).
The temperature of the sample gas is measured and controlled via heaters attached to
the sample chamber so that the rate of decay (k) is constant.
A special hydrocarbon scrubber removes the most common interfering gases from
the sample gas.
And finally, the design of the sample chamber reduces the effects of stray light via
its optical geometry and spectral filtering.
The net result is that any variation in UV fluorescence can be directly attributed to
changes in the concentration of SO2 in the sample gas.
13.1.2. THE UV LIGHT PATH
The optical design of the T100’s sample chamber optimizes the fluorescent reaction
from the decay of SO2* into SO2 is sensed by the instruments fluorescence detector.
UV radiation is generated by a lamp specifically designed to produce a maximum
amount of light of the wavelength needed to excite SO2 into SO2* (214 nm) and a
special reference detector circuit constantly measures lamp intensity (refer to (Equation
(330 nm) and outputs an analog signal. Several focusing lenses and optical filters ensure
that both detectors are exposed to an optimum amount of only the right wavelengths of
UV. To further assure that the PMT only detects light given off by decaying SO2* the
pathway of the excitation UV and field of view of the PMT are perpendicular to each
other and the inside surfaces of the sample chamber are coated with a layer of black
Teflon® that absorbs stray light.
282
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Principles of Operation
Figure 13-2:
UV Light Path
13.1.3. UV SOURCE LAMP
The source of excitation UV light for the T100 is a low pressure zinc-vapor lamp. An
AC voltage heats up and vaporizes zinc contained in the lamp element creating a light-
producing plasma arc. Zinc-vapor lamps are preferred over the more common mercury-
vapor lamps for this application because they produce very strong emission levels at the
The lamp used in the T100 is constructed with a vacuum jacket surrounding a double-
from most external temperature fluctuations. The jacket also contains thermal energy
created by the lamp’s operation therefore helping the lamp to heat up and maintain
proper vaporization temperature. Light is emitted through a 20 mm x 5 mm portal.
283
06807C DCN6650
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Vacuum
Jacket
Light Output
Portal
Zinc-Vapor
Plasma Arc
Dual Bore
Figure 13-3: Source UV Lamp Construction
13.1.4. THE REFERENCE DETECTOR
A vacuum diode, UV detector that converts UV light to a DC current is used to measure
the intensity of the excitation UV source lamp. It is located directly across from the
source lamp at the back of a narrow tube-shaped light trap, which places it directly in the
path of the excitation UV light. A window transparent to UV light provides an air-proof
seal that prevents ambient gas from contaminating the sample chamber. The shape of the
light trap and the fact that the detector is blind to wavelengths other than UV no extra
optical filtering is needed.
13.1.5. THE PMT
The amount of fluoresced UV produced in the sample chamber is much less than the
sensitive device is needed to detect this light with enough resolution to be meaningful.
The T100 uses a Photo Multiplier Tube or PMT for this purpose.
A PMT is typically a vacuum tube containing a variety of specially designed electrodes.
Photons enter the PMT and strike a negatively charged photo cathode causing it to emit
electrons. These electrons are accelerated by a high voltage applied across a series of
special electrodes called dynodes that multiply the amount of electrons until a useable
current signal is generated. This current increases or decreases with the amount of
of the PMT).
13.1.6. UV LAMP SHUTTER & PMT OFFSET
Inherent in the operation of both the reference detector and the PMT are a minor
electronic offsets. The degree of offset differs from detector to detector and from PMT
to PMT and can change over time as these components age.
To account for these offsets the T100 includes a shutter, located between the UV Lamp
and the source filter that periodically cuts off the UV light from the sample chamber.
This happens every 30 minutes. The analyzer records the outputs of both the reference
detector and the PMT during this dark period and factors them into the SO2
concentration calculation.
284
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Principles of Operation
The reference detector offset is stored as and viewable via the front panel as the test
function DRK LMP.
The PMT offset is stored as and viewable via the front panel as the test function
DRK PMT.
13.1.7. OPTICAL FILTERS
The T100 analyzer uses two stages of optical filters to enhance performance. The first
stage conditions the UV light used to excite the SO2 by removing frequencies of light
that are not needed to produce SO2*. The second stage protects the PMT detector from
reacting to light not produced by the SO2* returning to its ground state.
13.1.7.1. UV SOURCE OPTICAL FILTER
Zinc-vapor lamps output light at other wavelengths beside the 214nm required for the
SO2 SO2* transformation including a relatively bright light of the same wavelength at
which SO2* fluoresces as it returns to its SO2 ground state (330 nm). In fact, the
intensity of light emitted by the UV lamp at 330nm is so bright, nearly five orders of
magnitude brighter than that resulting from the SO2* decay, it would drown out the
SO2* fluorescence.
BEFORE
AFTER
UV SOURCE OPTICAL FILTER
BANDWIDTH
105
104
103
102
101
1
105
104
103
102
101
1
SO2*
Fluorescent
Spectrum
SO2* FLUORESCENT
SPECTRUM
0
0
100
200
300
400
500
100
200
300
400
500
WAVELENGTH (nm)
WAVELENGTH (nm)
Figure 13-4:
Excitation Lamp UV Spectrum Before/After Filtration
To solve this problem, the light emitted by the excitation UV lamp passes through a
band pass filter that screens out photons with wavelengths outside the spectrum required
285
06807C DCN6650
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
13.1.7.2. PMT OPTICAL FILTER
The PMT used in the T100 reacts to a wide spectrum of light which includes much of
the visible spectrum and most of the UV spectrum. Even though the 214 nm light used
to excite the SO2 is focused away from the PMT, some of it scatters in the direction of
the PMT as it interacts with the sample gas. A second optical band pass filter placed
reflected UV form the source lamp and other stray light.
PMT OPTICAL FILTER
BANDWIDTH
105
104
103
102
101
SO2* FLUORESCENT
SPECTRUM
1
0
100
200
300
400
500
WAVELENGTH (nm)
Figure 13-5: PMT Optical Filter Bandwidth
286
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Principles of Operation
13.1.8. OPTICAL LENSES
Two optical lenses are used to focus and optimize the path of light through the sample
chamber.
If source UV is unfocused, PMT
receives fluorescence from area
outside Reference Detector’s view
When source UV is focused, PMT
and Reference Detector view
similar volume of SO2*
Reference
Detector
When source UV is focused,
Reference Detector most of
the emitted light
UV Source
214 nm
Filter
If source UV is unfocused,
Reference Detector only sees a
small portion of emitted light
Lens
330 nm
Filter
PMT Lens
PMT
Figure 13-6:
Effects of Focusing Source UV in Sample Chamber
A lens located between PMT and the sample chamber collects as much of the fluoresced
UV created there as possible and focuses it on the most sensitive part of the PMT’s
photo cathode.
Another lens located between the excitation UV source lamp and the sample chamber
collimates the light emitted by the lamp into a steady, circular beam and focuses that
beam directly onto the reference detector. This allows the reference detector to
accurately measure the effective intensity of the excitation UV by eliminating the effect
of flickering inherent in the plasma arc that generates the light.
Ensure that all of the light emitted by the source lamp, passes though the 214 nm filter
and not absorbed by the SO2 reaches the reference detector. Conversely, this also makes
sure that the volume of sample gas affected by the excitation beam is similar to the
volume of fluorescing SO2* being measured by the PMT, eliminating a possible source
of measurement offset.
287
06807C DCN6650
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
13.1.9. MEASUREMENT INTERFERENCES
It should be noted that the fluorescence method for detecting SO2 is subject to
interference from a number of sources. The T100 has been successfully tested for its
ability to reject interference from most of these sources.
13.1.9.1. DIRECT INTERFERENCE
The most common source of interference is from other gases that fluoresce in a similar
fashion to SO2 when exposed to UV Light. The most significant of these is a class of
hydrocarbons called poly-nuclear aromatics (PNA) of which xylene and naphthalene are
two prominent examples. Nitrogen oxide fluoresces in a spectral range near to SO2. For
critical applications where high levels of NO are expected an optional optical filter is
available that improves the rejection of NO (contact Technical Support for more
information).
The T100 Analyzer has several methods for rejecting interference from these gases:
A special scrubber (kicker) mechanism removes any PNA chemicals present in the
sample gas before it the reach the sample chamber.
The exact wavelength of light needed to excite a specific non-SO2 fluorescing gas is
removed by the source UV optical filter.
The light given off by Nitrogen Oxide and many of the other fluorescing gases is
outside of the bandwidth passed by the PMT optical filter.
13.1.9.2. UV ABSORPTION BY OZONE
Because ozone absorbs UV Light over a relatively broad spectrum it could cause a
measurement offset by absorbing some of the UV given off by the decaying SO2* in the
sample chamber. The T100 prevents this from occurring by having a very short light
path between the area where the SO2* fluorescence occurs and the PMT detector.
Because the light path is so short, the amount of O3 needed to cause a noticeable effect
would be much higher than could be reasonably expected in any application for which
this instrument is intended.
13.1.9.3. DILUTION
Certain gases with higher viscosities can lower the flow rate though the critical flow
orifice that controls the movement of sample gas though the analyzer reducing the
amount of sample gas in the sample chamber and thus the amount of SO2 available to
react with the to the UV light. While this can be a significant problem for some
analyzers, the design of the T100 is very tolerant of variations in sample gas flow rate
and therefore does not suffer from this type of interference.
13.1.9.4. THIRD BODY QUENCHING
While the decay of SO2* to SO2 happens quickly, it is not instantaneous. Because it is
not instantaneous it is possible for the extra energy possessed by the excited electron of
the SO2* molecule to be given off as kinetic energy during a collision with another
molecule. This in effect heats the other molecule slightly and allows the excited electron
to move into a lower energy orbit without emitting a photon.
The most significant interferents in this regard are nitrogen oxide (NO), carbon dioxide
(CO2), water vapor (H2O) and molecular oxygen (O2). In ambient applications the
quenching effect of these gases is negligible. For stack applications where the
288
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Principles of Operation
concentrations of some or all of these may be very high, specific steps MUST be taken
to remove them from the sample gas before it enters the analyzer.
13.1.9.5. LIGHT POLLUTION
Because T100 measures light as a means of calculating the amount of SO2 present,
obviously stray light can be a significant interfering factor. The T100 removes this
interference source in several ways.
The sample chamber is designed to be completely light tight to light from sources
other than the excitation UV source lamp.
All pneumatic tubing leading into the sample chamber is completely opaque in order
to prevent light from being piped into the chamber by the tubing walls.
extraneous to the excitation and decay of SO2/SO2*.
Most importantly, during instrument calibration the difference between the value of
while measuring zero gas (calibration gas devoid of SO2) is recorded as the test
function OFFSET. This OFFSET value is used during the calculation of the SO2
concentration.
Since this offset is assumed to be due to stray light present in the sample chamber is also
multiplied by the SLOPE and recorded as the function STR. LGT. Both OFFSET
13.2. OXYGEN (O2) SENSOR PRINCIPLES OF OPERATION
The O2 sensor applies paramagnetics to determine the concentration of oxygen in a
sample gas drawn through the instrument.
13.2.1. PARAMAGNETIC MEASUREMENT OF O2
The oxygen sensor used in the T100 utilizes the fact that oxygen is attracted into strong
magnetic field while most other gases are not, to obtain fast, accurate oxygen
measurements.
The sensor’s core is made up of two nitrogen filled glass spheres, which are mounted on
mounted centrally on the suspension and light is shone onto the mirror that reflects the
light onto a pair of photocells. The signal generated by the photocells is passed to a
feedback loop, which outputs a current to a wire winding (in effect, a small DC electric
motor) mounted on the suspended mirror.
Oxygen from the sample stream is attracted into the magnetic field displacing the
nitrogen filled spheres and causing the suspended mirror to rotate. Therefore, the
amount of light reflected onto the photocells and therefore the output levels of the
photocells. The feedback loop increases the amount of current fed into the winding in
order to move the mirror back into its original position. The more O2 present, the more
the mirror moves and the more current is fed into the winding by the feedback control
loop.
A sensor measures the amount of current generated by the feedback control loop which
is directly proportional to the concentration of oxygen within the sample gas mixture.
289
06807C DCN6650
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Figure 13-7:
Oxygen Sensor - Principles of Operation
13.2.2. O2 SENSOR OPERATION WITHIN THE T100 ANALYZER
The oxygen sensor option is transparently integrated into the core analyzer operation.
All functions can be viewed or accessed through the front panel display, just like the
functions for SO2.
The O2 concentration is displayed below the SO2 concentration.
Test functions for O2 slope and offset are viewable from the front panel along with
the other test functions of the analyzer.
O2 sensor calibration is performed via the front panel CAL function and is
performed in a nearly identical manner as the standard SO2 calibration. Refer to
Stability of the O2 sensor can be viewed via the front panel (refer to Section
The O2 concentration range is 0-100% (user selectable) with 0.1% precision and
accuracy.
The temperature of the O2 sensor is maintained at a constant 50°C by means of a PID
loop and can be viewed on the front panel as test function O2 TEMP.
The O2 sensor assembly itself does not have any serviceable parts and is enclosed in an
insulated canister.
290
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Principles of Operation
13.3. CARBON DIOXIDE (CO2) SENSOR PRINCIPLES OF
OPERATION
The CO2 sensor probe measures the concentration of carbon dioxde in the sample gas; a
Logic PCA conditions the probe output and issues a 0-5 VDC signal to the analyzer’s
CPU, which computes the CO2 concentration by scaling the values of the CO2_SLOPE
and CO2_OFFSET recorded during calibration
The CO2 sensor assembly itself does not have any serviceable parts and is enclosed in an
insulated canister.
13.3.1. NDIR MEASUREMENT OF CO2
The optional CO2 sensor is a silicon based Non-Dispersive Infrared (NDIR) sensor. It
uses a single-beam, dual wavelength measurement method.
An infrared source at one end of the measurement chamber emits IR radiation into the
sensor’s measurement chamber where light at the 4.3 μm wavelength is partially
absorbed by any CO2 present. A special light filter called a Fabry-Perot Interferometer
(FPI) is electronically tuned so that only light at the absorption wavelength of CO2 is
allowed to pass and be detected by the sensor’s IR detector.
A reference measurement is made by electronically shifting the filter band pass
wavelength so that no IR at the CO2 absorption wavelength is let through.
Figure 13-8: CO2 Sensor Principles of Operation
The sensor computes the ratio between the reference signal and the measurement signal
to determine the degree of light absorbed by CO2 present in the sensor chamber. This
dual wavelength method the CO2 measurement allows the instrument to compensate for
ancillary effects like sensor aging and contamination.
291
06807C DCN6650
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
13.3.2. CO2 OPERATION WITHIN THE T100 ANALYZER
The CO2 sensor option is transparently integrated into the core analyzer operation. All
functions can be viewed or accessed through the front panel display, just like the
functions for SO2.
The CO2 concentration is displayed below the SO2 concentration.
Test functions for CO2 slope and offset are viewable from the front panel along with
the other test functions of the analyzer.
CO2 sensor calibration is performed via the front panel CAL function and is
performed in a nearly identical manner as the standard SO2 calibration.
Stability of the CO2 sensor can be viewed via the front panel (refer to Section
13.3.3. ELECTRONIC OPERATION OF THE CO2 SENSOR
The CO2 PCA, which is mounted to the rear side of the Relay Board Mounting Bracket,
controls the CO2 sensor. It converts the sensor’s digital output to an analog voltage that
is measured with the motherboard and draws 12 VDC from the analyzer via the relay
card from which converts to fit the power needs of the probe and its own onboard logic.
It outputs a 0-5 VDC analog signal to the analyzer’s CPU via the motherboard that
corresponds to the concentration of CO2 measured by the probe.
LED V8
LED V9
Serial I/O
(Not Used)
J12
Pin 7
Purple wire
22 awg
To CO2
Probe
Pin 8
Orange wire
22 awg
CPU
Analog OVDC 5VDC
Output
Relay PCA
Black wire
22 awg
Grey wire
22 awg
P110
Motherboard
Figure 13-9:
CO2 Sensor Option PCA Layout and Electronic Connections
292
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Principles of Operation
13.4. PNEUMATIC OPERATION
IMPORTANT
IMPACT ON READINGS OR DATA
It is important that the sample airflow system is leak-tight and not
pressurized over ambient pressure. Regular leak checks should be
performed on the analyzer as described in the maintenance schedule,
Table 11-1. Procedures for correctly performing leak checks can be found
in Section 11.3.6.
Relative Pressure versus Absolute Pressure
IMPORTANT
In this manual vacuum readings are given in inches of mercury absolute
pressure (in-Hg-A), i.e. indicate an absolute pressure referenced against
zero (a perfect vacuum).
13.4.1. SAMPLE GAS FLOW
The Flow of gas through the T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer is created by a small
internal pump that pulls air though the instrument.
EXHAUST
gas outlet
KICKER EXHAUST
TO PUMP
Chassis
PUMP
HYDROCARBON
SCRUBBER
(KICKER)
SAMPLE
CHAMBER
SAMPLE
gas inlet
UV
LAMP
SAMPLE FILTER
PMT
CRITICAL
FLOW
EXHAUST TO OUTER
LAYER OF KICKER
ORIFICE
FLOW
FLOW
CONTROL
ASSY
SENSOR
SAMPLE
PRESSURE
SENSOR
FLOW / PRESSURE
SENSOR PCA
Figure 13-10: Gas Flow and Location of Critical Flow Orifice
293
06807C DCN6650
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
13.4.2. FLOW RATE CONTROL
The T100 uses a special flow control assembly located in the exhaust vacuum manifold
instrument. This assembly consists of:
A critical flow orifice.
Two o-rings: Located just before and after the critical flow orifice, the o-rings seal
the gap between the walls of assembly housing and the critical flow orifice.
A spring: Applies mechanical force needed to form the seal between the o-rings, the
critical flow orifice and the assembly housing.
13.4.2.1. CRITICAL FLOW ORIFICE
The most important component of this flow control assembly is the critical flow orifice.
Critical flow orifices are a simple way to regulate stable gas flow rates. They operate
without moving parts by taking advantage of the laws of fluid dynamics. Restricting the
flow of gas though the orifice creates a pressure differential. This pressure differential
combined with the action of the analyzer’s pump draws the gas through the orifice.
As the pressure on the downstream side of the orifice (the pump side) continues to drop,
the speed that the gas flows though the orifice continues to rise. Once the ratio of
upstream pressure to downstream pressure is greater than 2:1, the velocity of the gas
through the orifice reaches the speed of sound. As long as that ratio stays at least 2:1 the
gas flow rate is unaffected by any fluctuations, surges, or changes in downstream
pressure because such variations only travel at the speed of sound themselves and are
therefore cancelled out by the sonic shockwave at the downstream exit of the critical
flow orifice.
CRITICAL
FLOW
ORIFICE
AREA OF
LOW
AREA OF
HIGH
PRESSURE
PRESSURE
Sonic
Shockwave
O-RINGS
SPRING
FILTER
Figure 13-11: Flow Control Assembly & Critical Flow Orifice
294
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Principles of Operation
The actual flow rate of gas through the orifice (volume of gas per unit of time), depends
on the size and shape of the aperture in the orifice. The larger the hole, the more gas
molecules, moving at the speed of sound, pass through the orifice. Because the flow rate
of gas through the orifice is only related to the minimum 2:1 pressure differential and
not absolute pressure the flow rate of the gas is also unaffected by degradations in pump
efficiency due to age.
The critical flow orifice used in the T100 is designed to provide a flow rate of 650
cm3/min.
13.4.2.2. SAMPLE PARTICULATE FILTER
To remove particles in the sample gas, the analyzer is equipped with a Teflon membrane
filter of 47 mm diameter (also referred to as the sample filter) with a 1 µm pore size. The
filter is accessible through the front panel, which folds down, and should be changed
according to the suggested maintenance schedule listed in Table 11-1.
13.4.3. HYDROCARBON SCRUBBER (KICKER)
It is very important to ensure that the air supplied sample chamber is clear of
hydrocarbons. To accomplish this task the T100 uses a single tube permeation scrubber.
The scrubber consists of a single tube of a specialized plastic that absorbs hydrocarbons
very well. This tube is located within outer flexible plastic tube shell. As gas flows
through the inner tube, hydrocarbons are absorbed into the membrane walls and
transported through the membrane wall and into the hydrocarbon free, purge gas flowing
through the outer tube. This process is driven by the hydrocarbon concentration gradient
between the inner and outer of the tubes.
CLEAN
PURGE AIR
FROM
VACUUM MANIFOLD
OUTER TUBE
(Clean Air)
USED PURGE AIR
TO
PUMP
AND
CLEANED
SAMPLE AIR
TO
EXHAUST PORT
SAMPLE
CHAMBER
SAMPLE AIR
FROM
PARTICULATE FILTER
INNER
TUBE
(Ambient Air)
Figure 13-12: T100 Hydrocarbon Scrubber (Kicker)
In the T100 some of the cleaned air from the inner tube is returned to be used as the
first started, the concentration gradient between the inner and outer tubes is not very
large and the scrubber’s efficiency is relatively low. When the instrument is turned on
after having been off for more than 30 minutes, it takes a certain amount of time for the
gradient to become large enough for the scrubber to adequately remove hydrocarbons
from the sample air.
295
06807C DCN6650
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
13.4.4. PNEUMATIC SENSORS
The T100 uses two pneumatic sensors to verify gas streams. These sensors are located
on a printed circuit assembly, called the pneumatic pressure/flow sensor board. The flow
simultaneously enters the sample pressure sensor and the flow sensor from the outlet of
the reaction cell.
13.4.4.1. SAMPLE PRESSURE SENSOR
An absolute pressure transducer plumbed to the input of the analyzer’s sample chamber
is used to measure the pressure of the sample gas before it enters the chamber. This
upstream used to validate the critical flow condition (2:1 pressure ratio) through the
Temperature/Pressure Compensation (TPC) feature is turned on (refer to Section
13.7.3), the output of this sensor is also used to supply pressure data for that calculation.
The actual pressure measurement is viewable through the analyzer’s front panel display
as the test function PRESS.
13.4.4.2. SAMPLE FLOW SENSOR
A thermal-mass flow sensor is used to measure the sample flow through the analyzer.
This sensor is also mounted on the pneumatic pressure/flow sensor board upstream of
the sample chamber. The flow rate is monitored by the CRT which issues a warning
message (SAMP FLOW WARN) if the flow rate is too high or too low.
The flow rate of the sample gas is viewable via the front panel as the SAMP FL test
function.
296
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Principles of Operation
13.5. ELECTRONIC OPERATION
RS232
Male
COM2
Female
USB COM
port
Ethernet
Analog Outputs
A1
COM1
(RS–232 ONLY)
Optional
Analog In
A2
A3
A4
4-20 mA
Control Inputs:
Touchscreen
Display
1 – 6
Status Outputs:
1 – 8
USB
LVDS
transmitter board
(I2C Bus)
Analog
Outputs
(D/A)
External
Digital I/O)
MOTHERBOARD
PC 104
CPU Card
A/D
Converter
(V/F)
Power-Up
Circuit
Disk On
Module
CPU
STATUS
Box
Temp
LED
Flash Chip
PC 104
Bus
Analog
Sensor Inputs
Thermistor
Interface
Internal
Digital I/O
PUMP
I2C Bus
Pneumatic
Sensor
SAMPLE
CHAMBER
TEMPERATURE
I2C Status
LED
Board
Sample
Pressure
Sensor
RELAY
BOARD
IZS PERM-TUBE
TEMPERATURE
Sample Flow
Sensor
Shutter
control
Reaction Cell
Heater
UV Reference
Detector
Sample Cal
Valve
Option
IZS Option
Permeation
Tube Heater
PMT
Temperature
Sensor
PMT
PREAMP PCA
IZS Valve
Option
TEC Drive
PCA
PMT TEC
PMT
Figure 13-13: T100 Electronic Block Diagram
The core of the analyzer is a microcomputer that controls various internal processes,
interprets data, makes calculations, and reports results using specialized firmware
developed by Teledyne API. It communicates with the user as well as receives data from
and issues commands to a variety of peripheral devices through a separate printed circuit
assembly to which the CPU is mounted: the motherboard.
297
06807C DCN6650
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
The motherboard is directly mounted to the rear panel and collects data, performs signal
conditioning duties and routes incoming and outgoing signals between the CPU and the
analyzer’s other major components.
Concentration data of the T100 are generated by the Photo Multiplier Tube (PMT),
which produces an analog current signal corresponding to the brightness of the
fluorescence reaction in the sample chamber. This current signal is amplified to a DC
voltage signal (front panel test parameter PMT) by a PMT preamplifier printed circuit
assembly (located on top of the sensor housing). PMT is converted to digital data by a
bi-polar, analog-to-digital converter, located on the motherboard.
In addition to the PMT signal, a variety of sensors report the physical and operational
status of the analyzer’s major components, again through the signal processing
capabilities of the motherboard. These status reports are used as data for the SO2
concentration calculation (e.g. pressure and temperature reading used by the
temperature/pressure compensation feature) and as trigger events for certain warning
messages and control commands issued by the CPU. They are stored in the CPU’s
memory and, in most cases, can be viewed through the front panel display.
The CPU communicates with the user and the outside world in a variety of ways:
Through the analyzer’s front panel LCD touch-screen interface
RS-232 and RS-485 serial I/O channels
Various analog voltage and current outputs
Several digital I/O channels
Ethernet
Finally, the CPU issues commands (also over the I2C bus) to a series of relays and
switches located on a separate printed circuit assembly, the relay board (located in the
rear of the chassis on its own mounting bracket) to control the function of key
electromechanical devices such as valves and heaters.
298
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Principles of Operation
13.5.1. CPU
The unit’s CPU card, installed on the motherboard located inside the rear panel, is a low
power (5 VDC, 720mA max), high performance, Vortex 86SX-based microcomputer
running Windows CE. Its operation and assembly conform to the PC 104 specification..
Figure 13-14: CPU Board Annotated
The CPU includes two types of non-volatile data storage: a Disk on Module (DOM) and
an embedded flash chip.
13.5.1.1. DISK ON MODULE (DOM)
The DOM is a 44-pin IDE flash chip with storage capacity to 256 MB. It is used to store
the computer’s operating system, the Teledyne API firmware, and most of the
operational data generated by the analyzer’s internal data acquisition system (DAS).
Embedded in the DOM is a flash chip.
13.5.1.2. FLASH CHIP
This non-volatile, embedded flash chip includes 2MB of storage for calibration data as
well as a backup of the analyzer configuration. Storing these key data onto a less heavily
accessed chip significantly decreases the chance data corruption.
In the unlikely event that the flash chip should fail, the analyzer will continue to operate
with just the DOM. However, all configuration information will be lost, requiring that
the unit be recalibrated.
299
06807C DCN6650
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
13.5.2. SENSOR MODULE
Electronically, the T100 sensor module is a group of components that: create the UV
light that initiates the fluorescence reaction between SO2 and O3; sense the intensity of
that fluorescence; generate various electronic signals needed by the analyzer to
and control key environmental conditions such as the temperature of the sample gas and
the PMT.
Figure 13-15: T100 Sensor Module
These components are divided into two significant subassemblies: the sample chamber
and the PMT assembly.
Figure 13-16 shows an exploded view of the sample chamber assembly
Figure 13-17shows an exploded view of the PMT Assembly
300
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Principles of Operation
13.5.2.1. SAMPLE CHAMBER
The main electronic components of the sample chamber are the reference detector (refer
Figure 13-16: T100 Sample Chamber
13.5.2.2. SAMPLE CHAMBER HEATING CIRCUIT
In order to reduce temperature effects, the sample chamber is maintained at a constant
50°C, just above the high end of the instrument’s operation temperature range. Two AC
heaters, one embedded into the top of the sample chamber, the other embedded directly
below the reference detector’s light trap, provide the heat source. These heaters operate
off of the instrument’s main AC power and are controlled by the CPU through a power
relay on the relay board. A thermistor, also embedded in the bottom of the sample
chamber, reports the cell’s temperature to the CPU through the thermistor interface
circuitry of the motherboard.
301
06807C DCN6650
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
13.5.3. PHOTO MULTIPLIER TUBE (PMT)
The T100 uses a photo multiplier tube (PMT) to detect the amount of fluorescence
created by the SO2 and O3 reaction in the sample chamber.
PMT Housing End Plate
This is the entry to the PMT Exchange
PMT Output
Connector
PMT Preamp PCA
PMT Power Supply
& Aux. Signal
Connector
High voltage Power Supply
(HVPS)
PMT
O-Test LED
PMT Cold Block
Connector to PMT
Pre Amp PCA
12V Power
Connector
Insulation Gasket
Light from Reaction
Chamber shines
through hole in side
of Cold Block
PMT Temperature
Sensor
Thermo-Electric Cooler
(TEC)
PMT Heat Exchange Fins
TEC Driver PCA
Cooling Fan
Housing
Figure 13-17: PMT Housing Assembly
A typical PMT is a vacuum tube containing a variety of specially designed electrodes.
Photons from the reaction are filtered by an optical high-pass filter, enter the PMT and
strike a negatively charged photo cathode causing it to emit electrons. A high voltage
potential across these focusing electrodes directs the electrons toward an array of high
voltage dynodes. The dynodes in this electron multiplier array are designed so that each
stage multiplies the number of emitted electrons by emitting multiple, new electrons.
The greatly increased number of electrons emitted from one end of electron multiplier is
collected by a positively charged anode at the other end, which creates a useable current
signal. This current signal is amplified by the preamplifier board and then reported to the
motherboard.
302
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Principles of Operation
Figure 13-18: Basic PMT Design
A significant performance characteristic of the PMT is the voltage potential across the
electron multiplier. The higher the voltage, the greater is the number of electrons emitted
from each dynode of the electron multiplier, making the PMT more sensitive and
responsive to small variations in light intensity but also more noisy (dark noise). The
gain voltage of the PMT used in the T100 is usually set between 450 V and 800 V. This
parameter is viewable through the front panel as test function HVPS (refer to Section
13-17). This assembly also includes the high voltage power supply required to drive the
PMT, an LED used by the instrument’s optical test function, a thermistor that measures
the temperature of the PMT and various components of the PMT cooling system
including the Thermo-Electric Cooler (TEC).
303
06807C DCN6650
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
13.5.4. PMT COOLING SYSTEM
The performance of the analyzer’s PMT is significantly affected by temperature.
Variations in PMT temperature are directly reflected in the signal output of the PMT.
Also the signal to noise ratio of the PMT output is radically influenced by temperature
as well. The warmer The PMT is, the noisier its signal becomes until the noise renders
the concentration signal useless. To alleviate this problem a special cooling system
exists that maintains the PMT temperature at a stable, low level.
Preamp PCA sends
buffered and
amplified thermistor
signal to TEC PCA
TEC PCA sets
appropriate
drive voltage
for cooler
TEC
Control
PCA
PMT Preamp
PCA
ThermoElectric Cooler (TEC)
Thermistor
outputs temp of
cold block to
preamp PCA
PMT
Cold Block
Heat form PMT is absorbed
by the cold block and
transferred to the heat sink
via the TEC then bled off
into the cool air stream.
Cooling Fan
Figure 13-19: PMT Cooling System
13.5.4.1. THERMOELECTRIC COOLER (TEC)
The core of the T100 PMT cooling system is a solid state heat pump called a
thermoelectric cooler (TEC). Thermoelectric coolers transfer heat from a one side of a
special set of semiconductor junctions to the other when a DC current is applied. The
heat is pumped at a rate proportional to the amount of current applied. In the T100 the
TEC is physically attached to a cold block that absorbs heat directly from the PMT and a
embedded into the cold block generates an analog voltage corresponding to the current
temperature of the PMT. The PMT Preamp PCA conditions and amplifies this signal
then passes it on to the TEC Control PCA.
304
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Principles of Operation
13.5.4.2. TEC CONTROL BOARD
The TEC control printed circuit assembly is located ion the sensor housing assembly,
under the slanted shroud, next to the cooling fins and directly above the cooling fan.
Using the amplified PMT temperature signal from the PMT preamplifier board (refer to
PMT gets, the more current is passed through the TEC causing it to pump more heat to
the heat sink.
A red LED located on the top edge of this circuit board indicates that the control circuit
is receiving power. Four test points are also located at the top of this assembly. For the
definitions and acceptable signal levels of these test points refer to Section 12.1.2.
13.5.5. PMT PREAMPLIFIER
The PMT preamplifier board amplifies the PMT signal into a useable analog voltage that
can be processed by the motherboard into a digital signal to be used by the CPU to
calculate the SO2 concentration of the gas in the sample chamber.
The output signal of the PMT is controlled by two different adjustments. First, the
voltage across the electron multiplier array of the PMT is adjusted with a set of two
hexadecimal switches. Adjusting this voltage directly affects the HVPS voltage and,
hence, the signal from the PMT. Secondly, the gain of the amplified signal can further
be adjusted through a potentiometer. These adjustments should only be performed when
encountering problems with the software calibration that cannot be rectified otherwise.
305
06807C DCN6650
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
O Test Control
From CPU
PMT Preamp PCA
O-Test
Generator
PMT
Coarse
Gain Set
(Rotary
PMT Fine
Gain Set
(Rotary
Switch)
O Test
LED
PMT HVPS
To
D-A
Converter
Drive Voltage
Motherboard
Amp to
Voltage
Converter/
Amplifier
PMT Output
MUX
Low Pass
Noise
E Test Control
From CPU
Filter
E-Test
Generator
PMT
Signal
Offset
PMT Temp Analog Signal
to Motherboard
PMT Temp
Sensor
PMT
Temperature
Feedback
Circuit
TEC Control
PCA
PMT Output Signal
(PMT) to Motherboard
Figure 13-20: PMT Preamp Block Diagram
The PMT temperature control loop maintains the PMT temperature around 7° C and can
The electrical test (ETEST) circuit generates a constant, electronic signal intended to
simulate the output of the PMT (after conversion from current to voltage). By bypassing
the detector’s actual signal, it is possible to test most of the signal handling and
306
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Principles of Operation
instructions on performing this test.
The optical test (OTEST) feature causes an LED inside the PMT cold block to create a
light signal that can be measured with the PMT. If zero air is supplied to the analyzer,
the entire measurement capability of the sensor module can be tested including the PMT
and the current to voltage conversion circuit on the PMT preamplifier board. Refer to
13.5.6. PNEUMATIC SENSOR BOARD
The flow and pressure sensors of the T100 are located on a printed circuit assembly just
signals of this board are supplied to the motherboard for further signal processing. All
sensors are linearized in the firmware and can be span calibrated from the front panel.
13.5.7. RELAY BOARD
The relay board is the central switching unit of the analyzer. It contains power relays,
status LEDs for all heated zones and valves, as well as valve drivers, thermocouple
amplifiers, power distribution connectors and the two switching power supplies of the
analyzer. The relay board communicates with the motherboard over the I2C bus and is
the main board for trouble-shooting power problems of any kind.
13.5.7.1. HEATER CONTROL
The T100 uses a variety of heaters for its individual components. All heaters are AC
powered and can be configured for 100/120 VAC or 220/230VAC at 50-60 Hz.
The two sample chamber heaters are electronically connected in parallel for analyzers at
100/120 VAC line power and in series for units configured for 220/230 VAC. One
configuration plug on the relay board determines the power configuration for the entire
analyzer.
On units with IZS options installed, an additional set of AC heaters is attached to the
IZS permeation tube. Some special T100 models may have other, non-standard heating
zones installed, such as a dilution manifold.
13.5.7.2. VALVE CONTROL
The relay board also hosts two valve driver chips, each of which can drive up four
valves. In its basic configuration the T100 requires no valve control to operate.
However, on units with either the zero/span valve or the IZS option installed, the valve
control is used. Manifold valves, which may also be present in certain special versions
of the analyzer, would also use valve control.
307
06807C DCN6650
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
13.5.7.3. STATUS LEDS & WATCH DOG CIRCUITRY
IZS Option
Permeation Tube Heater
Dark Shutter
Zero/Span and IZS Options
Zero/Span Valve
Zero/Span and IZS Options
Sample/CAL Valve
Sample Chamber Heater
I2C W atchdog LED
Figure 13-21: Relay Board Status LED Locations
Thirteen LEDs are located on the analyzer’s relay board to indicate the status of the
analyzer’s heating zones and valves as well as a general operating watchdog indicator.
Table 13-1 shows the state of these LEDs and their respective functionality.
Table 13-1: Relay Board Status LED’s
LED
COLOR
FUNCTION
STATUS WHEN LIT
STATUS WHEN UNLIT
Cycles On/Off every 3 seconds under control of the CPU.
D1
RED
Watchdog circuit
Sample chamber
(RCELL) heater
D2
YELLOW
HEATING
NOT HEATING
D3, D4
YELLOW
Unused
N/A
N/A
D5
YELLOW
IZS heater (option)
HEATING
NOT HEATING
D6
YELLOW
Unused
N/A
N/A
Valve open to Zero Gas
(normal state)
D7
GREEN
Zero / Span Valve
Valve open to Span Gas path
Valve open to sample gas
inlet on rear panel
(normal state)
Valve open to
calibration gas path
D8
GREEN
Sample / Cal Valve
D9, D10
GREEN
Unused
N/A
N/A
D11
GREEN
UV Lamp Shutter
Shutter open
Shutter closed
D12-14
GREEN
Unused
N/A
N/A
308
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Principles of Operation
As a safety measure, special circuitry on the relay board watches the status of LED D1.
Should this LED ever stay ON or OFF for 30 seconds, indicating that the CPU or I2C
bus has stopped functioning, the Watchdog Circuit will automatically shut of all valves
as well as turn off the UV Source(s) and all heaters. The Sample pump will still be
running.
13.5.8. MOTHERBOARD
This printed circuit assembly provides a multitude of functions including A/D
conversion, digital input/output, PC-104 to I2C translation, temperature sensor signal
processing and is a pass through for the RS-232 and RS-485 signals.
13.5.8.1. A TO D CONVERSION
Analog signals, such as the voltages received from the analyzer’s various sensors, are
converted into digital signals that the CPU can understand and manipulate by the Analog
to Digital converter (A/D).Under the control of the CPU, this functional block selects a
particular signal input and then coverts the selected voltage into a digital word.
The A/D consists of a Voltage-to-Frequency (V-F) converter, a Programmable Logic
Device (PLD), three multiplexers, several amplifiers and some other associated devices.
The V-F converter produces a frequency proportional to its input voltage. The PLD
counts the output of the V-F during a specified time period, and sends the result of that
count, in the form of a binary number, to the CPU.
The A/D can be configured for several different input modes and ranges but it is used in
uni-polar mode with a +5V full scale. The converter includes a 1% over and under-
range. This allows signals from -0.05V to +5.05V to be fully converted.
For calibration purposes, two reference voltages are supplied to the A/D converter:
Reference ground and +4.096 VDC. During calibration, the device measures these two
voltages, outputs their digital equivalent to the CPU. The CPU uses these values to
compute the converter’s offset and slope and uses these factors for subsequent
13.5.8.2. SENSOR INPUTS
The key analog sensor signals are coupled to the A/D through the master multiplexer
from two connectors on the motherboard. 100K terminating resistors on each of the
inputs prevent cross talk from appearing on the sensor signals.
PMT DETECTOR OUTPUT: This signal, output by the PMT preamp PCA, is used in
the computation of the SO2, CO2 and O2 concentrations displayed in the front panel
display screen and output through the instrument’s analog outputs and COMM ports.
PMT HIGH VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLY LEVEL: This input is based on the drive
voltage output by the PMT pram board to the PMT’s high voltage power supply
(HVPS). It is digitized and sent to the CPU where it is used to calculate the voltage
setting of the HVPS and stored in the instruments memory as the test function HVPS.
panel.
PMT TEMPERATURE: This signal is the output of the thermistor attached to the
PMT cold block amplified by the PMT temperature feedback circuit on the PMT preamp
board. It is digitized and sent to the CPU where it is used to calculate the current
temperature of the PMT.
309
06807C DCN6650
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
This measurement is stored in the analyzer. Memory as the test function PMT TEMP
panel.
SAMPLE GAS PRESSURE SENSOR: This sensor measures the gas pressure at the
exit of the sample chamber.
SAMPLE FLOW SENSOR: This sensor measure the flow rate of the sample gas as it
exits the sample chamber.
13.5.8.3. THERMISTOR INTERFACE
This circuit provides excitation, termination and signal selection for several negative-
coefficient, thermistor temperature sensors located inside the analyzer. They are as
follows:
SAMPLE CHAMBER TEMPERATURE SENSOR: The source of this signal is a
thermistor imbedded in the of the sample chamber block. It measures the temperature of
the sample gas in the chamber. The data are used by the CPU to control sample chamber
the heating circuit and as part of the SO2, calculations when the instrument’s
Temperature/Pressure Compensation feature is enabled.
This measurement is stored in the analyzer. Memory as the Test Function RCEL TEMP
display.
IZS OPTION PERMEATION TUBE TEMPERATURE SENSOR: This thermistor,
attached to the permeation tube in the IZS option, reports the current temperature of that
tube to the CPU as part of control loop that keeps the tube at a constant temperature.
BOX TEMPERATURE SENSOR: A thermistor is attached to the motherboard. It
measures the analyzer’s internal temperature. This information is stored by the CPU and
can be viewed by the user for troubleshooting purposes through the front panel display.
This measurement is stored in the analyzer‘s memory as the test function BOX TEMP
display.
13.5.9. ANALOG OUTPUTS
The analyzer comes equipped with four Analog Outputs: A1, A2, A3 and a fourth that is
a spare.
A1 and A2 Outputs: The first two, A1 and A2 are normally set up to operate in parallel
so that the same data can be sent to two different recording devices. While the names
imply that one should be used for sending data to a chart recorder and the other for
interfacing with a data logger, either can be used for both applications.
Both of these channels output a signal that is proportional to the SO2 concentration of
the sample gas. The A1 and A2 outputs can be slaved together or set up to operated
independently. A variety of scaling factors are available; refer to Section 5.4 for
scaling factors of these output channels
Test Output: The third analog output, labeled A3 is special. It can be set by the user
through the TEST menu of the unit’s software.
310
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Principles of Operation
In its standard configuration, the analyzer comes with all four of these channels set up to
output a DC voltage. However, 4-20mA current loop drivers can be purchased for the
Output Loop-back: All three of the functioning analog outputs are connected back to
the A/D converter through a Loop-back circuit. This permits the voltage outputs to be
calibrated by the CPU without need for any additional tools or fixtures (refer to Section
13.5.10. EXTERNAL DIGITAL I/O
This External Digital I/O performs two functions.
STATUS OUTPUTS: Logic-Level voltages are output through an optically isolated 8-
pin connector located on the rear panel of the analyzer. These outputs convey good/bad
and on/off information about certain analyzer conditions. They can be used to interface
CONTROL INPUTS: By applying +5VDC power supplied from an external source
initiated by contact closures on the rear panel.
13.5.11. I2C DATA BUS
I2C is a two-wire, clocked, bi-directional, digital serial I/O bus that is used widely in
commercial and consumer electronic systems. A transceiver on the Motherboard
converts data and control signals from the PC-104 bus to I2C. The data is then fed to the
relay board and optional analog input circuitry.
13.5.12. POWER UP CIRCUIT
This circuit monitors the +5V power supply during start-up and sets the Analog outputs,
External Digital I/O ports, and I2C circuitry to specific values until the CPU boots and
the instrument software can establish control.
13.5.13. POWER SUPPLY/ CIRCUIT BREAKER
The analyzer operates on 100 VAC, 115 VAC or 230 VAC power at either 50Hz or
60Hz. Individual units are set up at the factory to accept any combination of these five
standard IEC 320 power receptacle located on the rear panel of the instrument. From
there it is routed through the ON/OFF switch located in the lower right corner of the
front panel.
AC line power is stepped down and converted to DC power by two DC power supplies.
One supplies +12 VDC, for various valves and valve options, while a second supply
provides +5 VDC and ±15 VDC for logic and analog circuitry as well as the TEC
cooler. All AC and DC Voltages are distributed through the relay board.
A 6.75 ampere circuit breaker is built into the ON/OFF switch. In case of a wiring fault
or incorrect supply power, the circuit breaker will automatically turn off the analyzer.
311
06807C DCN6650
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
WARNING
Should the power circuit breaker trip, correct the condition causing this
situation before turning the analyzer back on.
ON/OFF
SWITCH
Touchscreen
TEC
Control
PCA
AC POWER
ENTRANCE
Chassis
Cooling
Fan
PMT
Cooling
Fan
PMT
Preamp
Display
LVDS transmitter board
CPU
PS 1 (+5 VDC; ±15 VDC)
In-Line AC
Configuration
Connector
RELAY
BOARD
Mother
Board
Temperature
Sensors
PS 2 (+12 VDC)
PMT High
Voltage Supply
PUMP
Pressure
Sensor
Gas Flow
Sensor
KEY
AC POWER
DC POWER
UV Source
Lamp
Shutter
UV Source
Lamp
Power
Sample
Chamber
Heaters
Sample/Cal
for Z/S and
IZS Valve
Options
IZS Option
Permeation
Tube
Supply
Heater
Figure 13-22: Power Distribution Block Diagram
312
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Principles of Operation
13.6. FRONT PANEL/DISPLAY INTERFACE
Users can input data and receive information directly through the front panel touch-
screen display. The LCD display is controlled directly by the CPU board. The
touchscreen is interfaced to the CPU by means of a touchscreen controller that connects
to the CPU via the internal USB bus and emulates a computer mouse.
LCD Display
and
Touchscreen
Back-Light
+5V
Supply
TFT BIAS
Supply
PWM
10.4, -7.0, 16, 4V
3.3V
LVDS
Transmitter
Board
Touch Screen Controller
LVDS
Receiver
CPU
18 Bit TTL Data
Remote
Local
USB & 5V
LAN COM4
USB4
Utility
Controller
Lang.
USB Master
USB2 HUB
Ethernet
Front Panel Interface PCA
Powered
Powered
Ethernet Port
USB-1
USB-2
USB
Type B Port
USB Slave
Analog Input
Terminal Block
Aux I/O PCA
Figure 13-23: Front Panel and Display Interface Block Diagram
13.6.1. LVDS TRANSMITTER BOARD
The LVDS (low voltage differential signaling) transmitter board converts the parallel
display bus to a serialized, low voltage, differential signal bus in order to transmit the
video signal to the LCD interface PCA.
13.6.2. FRONT PANEL INTERFACE PCA
The front panel interface PCA controls the various functions of the display and
touchscreen. For driving the display it provides connection between the CPU video
controller and the LCD display module. This PCA also contains:
power supply circuitry for the LCD display module
a USB hub that is used for communications with the touchscreen controller and the
two front panel USB device ports
the circuitry for powering the display backlight
313
06807C DCN6650
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
13.7. SOFTWARE OPERATION
The instrument’s core module is a high performance, X86-based microcomputer running
Windows CE. Inside Windows CE, special software developed by Teledyne API
interprets user commands from the various interfaces, performs procedures and tasks,
stores data in the CPU’s various memory devices and calculates the concentration of the
gas being sampled.
Windows CE
API FIRMWARE
Instrument Operations
Memory Handling
Calibration Procedures
PC/104 BUS
DAS Records
Calibration Data
Configuration Procedures
Autonomic Systems
System Status Data
Diagnostic Routines
INSTRUMENT
HARDWARE
Interface Handling
Sensor input data
Display Messages
Touchscreen
Measurement
Algorithms
PC/104 BUS
Analog output data
RS232 & RS485
External Digital I/O
Figure 13-24: Basic Software Operation
13.7.1. ADAPTIVE FILTER
The T100 SO2 analyzer software processes sample gas measurement and reference data
through an adaptive filter built into the software. Unlike other analyzers that average the
sensor output signal over a fixed time period, the T100 calculates averages over a set
number of samples where each sample is 1 second. During operation, the software
automatically switches between two filters of different lengths based on the conditions at
hand.
During conditions of constant or nearly constant concentration the software computes an
average of the last 240 samples or 240 seconds. This provides the calculation portion of
the software with smooth, stable readings. If a rapid change in concentration is detected,
the adaptive filter switches modes and only averages the last 20 samples or 20 seconds.
This allows the analyzer to respond to the rapidly changing concentration more quickly.
Once triggered, the short filter remains engaged for a fixed time period to prevent
chattering.
Two conditions must be simultaneously met to switch to the short filter. First the
instantaneous concentration must exceed the average in the long filter by a fixed
314
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Principles of Operation
amount. Second, the instantaneous concentration must exceed the average in the long
filter by a portion, or percentage, of the average in the long filter.
If necessary, these filter lengths of these two modes may be changed to any value
between 1 and 1000 samples. Long sample lengths provide better signal to noise
rejection, but poor response times. Conversely shorter filter lengths result in poor signal
to noise rejection, but quicker response times.
13.7.2. CALIBRATION - SLOPE AND OFFSET
Calibration of the analyzer is performed exclusively in software. During instrument
through the front panel touch-screen control buttons and commands the instrument to
make readings of sample gases with known concentrations of SO2. The readings taken
are adjusted, linearized, and compared to the expected values as input. With this
information the software computes values for instrument both slope and offset and stores
these values in memory for use in calculating the SO2 concentration of the sample gas.
Instrument slope and offset values recorded during the last calibration can be viewed by
pressing the following control buttons sequence
SAMPLE
RANGE = 500.000 PPB
SO2 =XXX.X
SETUP
SAMPLE
RCELL TEMP=0.0C
SO2 =XXX.X
SETUP
< TST TST > CAL
< TST TST > CAL
SAMPLE
TIME = HH:MM:SS
SO2 =XXX.X
SETUP
SAMPLE
HVPS 553 VOLTS
SO2 =XXX.X
SETUP
< TST TST > CAL
< TST TST > CAL
SAMPLE
PMT TEMP=0.0C
SO2 =XXX.X
SETUP
SAMPLE
OFFSET=XX.X MV
SO2 =XXX.X
SETUP
< TST TST > CAL
< TST TST > CAL
SAMPLE
BOX TEMP=0.0C
SO2 =XXX.X
SETUP
SAMPLE
SLOPE=XXX
SO2 =XXX.X
SETUP
< TST TST > CAL
< TST TST > CAL
Figure 13-25: Calibration Slope and Offset
13.7.3. TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE COMPENSATION (TPC) FEATURE
As explained in the principles of operation, changes in temperature can significantly
affect the amount of fluoresced UV light generated in the instruments sample chamber.
To negate this effect the T100 maintains the sample gas at a stable, raised temperature.
Pressure changes can also have a noticeable, if more subtle, effect on the SO2
concentration calculation. To account for this, the T100 software includes a feature
which allows the instrument to compensation of the SO2 calculations based on changes
in ambient pressure.
315
06807C DCN6650
Principles of Operation
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
When the TPC feature is enabled, the analyzer’s SO2 concentration divided by a factor
call PRESSCO which is based on the difference between the ambient pressure of the
pressure increases, the compensated SO2 concentration is decreased.
SAMPLE_PRESSURE (" HG - A) SAMP_PRESS_SLOPE
PRESSCO
29.92 (" HG - A)
(Equation 13-6)
SAMPLE-PRESSURE: The ambient pressure of the sample gas as measured by the
instrument’s sample pressure sensor in “Hg-A.
SAMP_PRESS_SLOPE: Sample pressure slope correction factor. The default setting
for Section 6.8 describes the method for enabling/disabling the TPC feature.
13.7.4. INTERNAL DATA ACQUISITION SYSTEM (DAS)
The DAS is designed to implement predictive diagnostics that stores trending data for
users to anticipate when an instrument will require service. Large amounts of data can
be stored in non-volatile memory and retrieved in plain text format for further
processing with common data analysis programs. The DAS has a consistent user
interface in all Teledyne API instruments. New data parameters and triggering events
can be added to the instrument as needed.
Depending on the sampling frequency and the number of data parameters the DAS can
store several months of data, which are retained even when the instrument is powered
off or a new firmware is installed. The DAS permits users to access the data through the
instrument’s front panel or the remote interface. The latter can automatically download
stored data for further processing. For information on using the DAS, refer to Section 0.
316
06807C DCN6650
14. A PRIMER ON ELECTRO-STATIC DISCHARGE
Teledyne API considers the prevention of damage caused by the discharge of static
electricity to be extremely important part of making sure that your analyzer continues to
provide reliable service for a long time. This section describes how static electricity
occurs, why it is so dangerous to electronic components and assemblies as well as how to
prevent that damage from occurring.
COULD DAMAGE INSTRUMENT AND VOID WARRANTY
Read this chapter completely and follow instructions carefully.
ATTENTION
14.1. HOW STATIC CHARGES ARE CREATED
Modern electronic devices such as the types used in the various electronic assemblies of
your analyzer, are very small, require very little power and operate very quickly.
Unfortunately, the same characteristics that allow them to do these things also make them
very susceptible to damage from the discharge of static electricity. Controlling
electrostatic discharge begins with understanding how electro-static charges occur in the
first place.
Static electricity is the result of something called triboelectric charging which happens
whenever the atoms of the surface layers of two materials rub against each other. As the
atoms of the two surfaces move together and separate, some electrons from one surface
are retained by the other.
06807C DCN6650
317
A Primer on Electro-Static Discharge
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Materials
Makes
Contact
Materials
Separate
+
+
+
+
PROTONS = 3
ELECTRONS = 2
PROTONS = 3
ELECTRONS = 4
PROTONS = 3
ELECTRONS = 3
PROTONS = 3
ELECTRONS = 3
NET CHARGE = -1
NET CHARGE = +1
NET CHARGE = 0
NET CHARGE = 0
Figure 14-1:
Triboelectric Charging
If one of the surfaces is a poor conductor or even a good conductor that is not grounded,
the resulting positive or negative charge cannot bleed off and becomes trapped in place,
or static. The most common example of triboelectric charging happens when someone
wearing leather or rubber soled shoes walks across a nylon carpet or linoleum tiled floor.
With each step, electrons change places and the resulting electro-static charge builds up,
quickly reaching significant levels. Pushing an epoxy printed circuit board across a
workbench, using a plastic handled screwdriver or even the constant jostling of
StyrofoamTM pellets during shipment can also build hefty static charges
Table 14-1: Static Generation Voltages for Typical Activities
MEANS OF GENERATION
Walking across nylon carpet
65-90% RH
1,500V
250V
10-25% RH
35,000V
12,000V
6,000V
Walking across vinyl tile
Worker at bench
100V
Poly bag picked up from bench
Moving around in a chair padded with urethane foam
1,200V
1,500V
20,000V
18,000V
14.2. HOW ELECTRO-STATIC CHARGES CAUSE DAMAGE
Damage to components occurs when these static charges come into contact with an
electronic device. Current flows as the charge moves along the conductive circuitry of
the device and the typically very high voltage levels of the charge overheat the delicate
traces of the integrated circuits, melting them or even vaporizing parts of them. When
examined by microscope the damage caused by electro-static discharge looks a lot like
tiny bomb craters littered across the landscape of the component’s circuitry.
listing device susceptibility levels, shows why Semiconductor Reliability News estimates
that approximately 60% of device failures are the result of damage due to electro-static
discharge.
06807C DCN6650
318
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
A Primer on Electro-Static Discharge
Table 14-2: Sensitivity of Electronic Devices to Damage by ESD
DAMAGE SUSCEPTIBILITY VOLTAGE RANGE
DEVICE
DAMAGE BEGINS OCCURRING AT
CATASTROPHIC DAMAGE AT
MOSFET
VMOS
10
100
30
1800
100
NMOS
60
GaAsFET
EPROM
60
2000
100
100
140
150
190
200
300
300
300
500
500
500
JFET
7000
500
SAW
Op-AMP
CMOS
2500
3000
2500
3000
7000
500
Schottky Diodes
Film Resistors
This Film Resistors
ECL
SCR
1000
2500
Schottky TTL
Potentially damaging electro-static discharges can occur:
Any time a charged surface (including the human body) discharges to a device. Even
simple contact of a finger to the leads of a sensitive device or assembly can allow
enough discharge to cause damage. A similar discharge can occur from a charged
conductive object, such as a metallic tool or fixture.
When static charges accumulated on a sensitive device discharges from the device to
another surface such as packaging materials, work surfaces, machine surfaces or other
device. In some cases, charged device discharges can be the most destructive.
A typical example of this is the simple act of installing an electronic assembly
into the connector or wiring harness of the equipment in which it is to function.
If the assembly is carrying a static charge, as it is connected to ground a discharge
will occur.
Whenever a sensitive device is moved into the field of an existing electro-static field,
a charge may be induced on the device in effect discharging the field onto the device.
If the device is then momentarily grounded while within the electrostatic field or
removed from the region of the electrostatic field and grounded somewhere else, a
second discharge will occur as the charge is transferred from the device to ground.
14.3. COMMON MYTHS ABOUT ESD DAMAGE
I didn’t feel a shock so there was no electro-static discharge: The human nervous
system isn’t able to feel a static discharge of less than 3500 volts. Most devices are
damaged by discharge levels much lower than that.
I didn’t touch it so there was no electro-static discharge: Electro-static charges
are fields whose lines of force can extend several inches or sometimes even feet away
from the surface bearing the charge.
06807C DCN6650
319
A Primer on Electro-Static Discharge
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
It still works so there was no damage: Sometimes the damaged caused by electro-
static discharge can completely sever a circuit trace causing the device to fail
immediately. More likely, the trace will be only partially occluded by the damage
causing degraded performance of the device or worse, weakening the trace. This
weakened circuit may seem to function fine for a short time, but even the very low
voltage and current levels of the device’s normal operating levels will eat away at the
defect over time causing the device to fail well before its designed lifetime is reached.
These latent failures are often the most costly since the failure of the equipment
in which the damaged device is installed causes down time, lost data, lost
productivity, as well as possible failure and damage to other pieces of equipment
or property.
Static Charges can’t build up on a conductive surface: There are two errors in this
statement.
Conductive devices can build static charges if they are not grounded. The charge
will be equalized across the entire device, but without access to earth ground,
they are still trapped and can still build to high enough levels to cause damage
when they are discharged.
A charge can be induced onto the conductive surface and/or discharge triggered
in the presence of a charged field such as a large static charge clinging to the
surface of a nylon jacket of someone walking up to a workbench.
As long as my analyzer is properly installed, it is safe from damage caused by
static discharges: It is true that when properly installed the chassis ground of your
analyzer is tied to earth ground and its electronic components are prevented from
building static electric charges themselves. This does not prevent discharges from
static fields built up on other things, like you and your clothing, from discharging
through the instrument and damaging it.
14.4. BASIC PRINCIPLES OF STATIC CONTROL
It is impossible to stop the creation of instantaneous static electric charges. It is not,
however difficult to prevent those charges from building to dangerous levels or prevent
damage due to electro-static discharge from occurring.
06807C DCN6650
320
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
A Primer on Electro-Static Discharge
14.4.1. GENERAL RULES
Only handle or work on all electronic assemblies at a properly set up ESD station. Setting
up an ESD safe workstation need not be complicated. A protective mat properly tied to
ground and a wrist strap are all that is needed to create a basic anti-ESD workstation
(refer to figure 12-2).
W ris t S tra p
P ro te c tiv e M a t
G ro u n d P o in t
Figure 14-2:
Basic anti-ESD Work Station
For technicians that work in the field, special lightweight and portable anti-ESD kits are
available from most suppliers of ESD protection gear. These include everything needed
to create a temporary anti-ESD work area anywhere.
Always wear an Anti-ESD wrist strap when working on the electronic assemblies
of your analyzer. An anti-ESD wrist strap keeps the person wearing it at or near the
same potential as other grounded objects in the work area and allows static charges to
dissipate before they can build to dangerous levels. Anti-ESD wrist straps terminated
with alligator clips are available for use in work areas where there is no available
grounded plug.
Also, anti-ESD wrist straps include a current limiting resistor (usually around one
meg-ohm) that protects you should you accidentally short yourself to the
instrument’s power supply.
Simply touching a grounded piece of metal is insufficient. While this may
temporarily bleed off static charges present at the time, once you stop touching the
grounded metal new static charges will immediately begin to re-build. In some
conditions, a charge large enough to damage a component can rebuild in just a few
seconds.
Always store sensitive components and assemblies in anti-ESD storage bags or
bins: Even when you are not working on them, store all devices and assemblies in a
closed anti-Static bag or bin. This will prevent induced charges from building up on
the device or assembly and nearby static fields from discharging through it.
Use metallic anti-ESD bags for storing and shipping ESD sensitive components
and assemblies rather than pink-poly bags. The famous, “pink-poly” bags are
made of a plastic that is impregnated with a liquid (similar to liquid laundry
detergent) which very slowly sweats onto the surface of the plastic creating a slightly
conductive layer over the surface of the bag.
While this layer may equalizes any charges that occur across the whole bag, it
does not prevent the build up of static charges. If laying on a conductive,
grounded surface, these bags will allow charges to bleed away but the very
charges that build up on the surface of the bag itself can be transferred through
the bag by induction onto the circuits of your ESD sensitive device. Also, the
06807C DCN6650
321
A Primer on Electro-Static Discharge
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
liquid impregnating the plastic is eventually used up after which the bag is as
useless for preventing damage from ESD as any ordinary plastic bag.
Anti-Static bags made of plastic impregnated with metal (usually silvery in color)
provide all of the charge equalizing abilities of the pink-poly bags but also, when
properly sealed, create a Faraday cage that completely isolates the contents from
discharges and the inductive transfer of static charges.
Storage bins made of plastic impregnated with carbon (usually black in color) are
also excellent at dissipating static charges and isolating their contents from field
effects and discharges.
Never use ordinary plastic adhesive tape near an ESD sensitive device or close to
an anti-ESD bag. The act of pulling a piece of standard plastic adhesive tape, such
as Scotch® tape, from its roll will generate a static charge of several thousand or even
tens of thousands of volts on the tape itself and an associated field effect that can
discharge through or be induced upon items up to a foot away.
14.5. BASIC ANTI-ESD PROCEDURES FOR ANALYZER REPAIR
AND MAINTENANCE
This section provides guidance for working properly at either the instrument rack or the
bench, including transferring components back and forth between the two. Also presented
are instructions for properly opening shipments and unpacking, and for packing and
sealing components for shipping
14.5.1. WORKING AT THE INSTRUMENT RACK
When working on the analyzer while it is in the instrument rack and plugged into a
properly grounded power supply.
1. Attach your anti-ESD wrist strap to ground before doing anything else.
Use a wrist strap terminated with an alligator clip and attach it to a bare metal portion
of the instrument chassis. This will safely connect you to the same ground level to
which the instrument and all of its components are connected.
2. Pause for a second or two to allow any static charges to bleed away.
3. Open the casing of the analyzer and begin work. Up to this point, the closed metal
casing of your analyzer has isolated the components and assemblies inside from any
conducted or induced static charges.
4. If you must remove a component from the instrument, do not lay it down on a non-
ESD preventative surface where static charges may lie in wait.
5. Only disconnect your wrist strap after you have finished work and closed the case of
the analyzer.
14.5.2. WORKING AT AN ANTI-ESD WORK BENCH
When working on an instrument of an electronic assembly while it is resting on an anti-
ESD work bench:
06807C DCN6650
322
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
A Primer on Electro-Static Discharge
1. Plug your anti-ESD wrist strap into the grounded receptacle of the work station before
touching any items on the work station and while standing at least a foot or so away.
This will allow any charges you are carrying to bleed away through the ground
connection of the workstation and prevent discharges due to field effects and
induction from occurring.
2. Pause for a second or two to allow any static charges to bleed away.
3. Only after you have plugged your wrist strap into the workstation and allowed static
charges to bleed away, open any anti-ESD storage bins or bags containing sensitive
devices or assemblies, as follows:
Lay the bag or bin on the workbench surface.
Before opening the container, wait several seconds for any static charges on the
outside surface of the container to be bled away by the workstation’s grounded
protective mat.
4. Do not pick up tools that may be carrying static charges while also touching or
holding an ESD Sensitive Device.
Only lay tools or ESD-sensitive devices and assemblies on the conductive surface of
your workstation. Never lay them down on any non-ESD preventative surface.
5. Before unplugging your wrist strap, place any static sensitive devices or assemblies
in anti-static storage bags or bins and close the bag or bin.
6. Disconnecting your wrist strap is always the last action taken before leaving the
workbench.
14.5.3. TRANSFERRING COMPONENTS BETWEEN RACK AND BENCH
When transferring a sensitive device from an installed Teledyne API analyzer to an Anti-
ESD workbench or back:
1. Follow the instructions listed above for working at the instrument rack and
workstation.
2. Never carry the component or assembly without placing it in an anti-ESD bag or bin.
3. Before using the bag or container allow any surface charges on it to dissipate:
If you are at the instrument rack, hold the bag in one hand while your wrist strap is
connected to a ground point.
If you are at an anti-ESD workbench, lay the container down on the conductive work
surface while your wrist strap is connected to a ground point.
In either case wait several seconds.
4. Place the item in the container.
5. Seal the container. If using a bag, fold the end over and fasten it with anti-ESD tape.
Folding the open end over isolates the component(s) inside from the effects of static
fields.
Leaving the bag open or simply stapling it shut without folding it closed prevents the
bag from forming a complete protective envelope around the device.
6. Once you have arrived at your destination, allow any surface charges that may have
built up on the bag or bin during travel to dissipate:
06807C DCN6650
323
A Primer on Electro-Static Discharge
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Connect your wrist strap to ground.
If you are at the instrument rack, hold the bag in one hand while your wrist strap is
connected to a ground point.
If you are at a anti-ESD work bench, lay the container down on the conductive work
surface
In either case wait several seconds
7. Open the container.
14.5.4. OPENING SHIPMENTS FROM TELEDYNE
Packing materials such as bubble pack and Styrofoam pellets are extremely efficient
generators of static electric charges. To prevent damage from ESD, Teledyne API ships
all electronic components and assemblies in properly sealed anti-ESD containers.
Static charges will build up on the outer surface of the anti-ESD container during
shipping as the packing materials vibrate and rub against each other. To prevent these
static charges from damaging the components or assemblies being shipped ensure that
you always unpack shipments from Teledyne API by:
1. Opening the outer shipping box away from the anti-ESD work area.
2. Carry the still sealed ant-ESD bag, tube or bin to the anti-ESD work area.
the work station.
4. Reserve the anti-ESD container or bag to use when packing electronic components
or assemblies to be returned to Teledyne API.
14.5.5. PACKING COMPONENTS FOR RETURN TO TELEDYNE API
ATTENTION – COULD DAMAGE INSTRUMENT AND VOID WARRANTY
Always pack electronic components and assemblies to be sent to Teledyne
API’s Technical Support in anti-ESD bins, tubes or bags. DO NOT use pink-
poly bags.
NEVER allow any standard plastic packaging materials to touch the electronic
component/assembly directly.
This includes, but is not limited to, plastic bubble-pack, Styrofoam peanuts, open
cell foam, closed cell foam, and adhesive tape.
DO NOT use standard adhesive tape as a sealer. Use ONLY anti-ESD tape.
1. Open the outer shipping box away from the anti-ESD work area.
2. Carry the still sealed anti-ESD bag, tube or bin to the anti-ESD work area.
the work station.
4. Reserve the anti-ESD container or bag to use when packing electronic components
or assemblies to be returned to Teledyne API.
5. Never carry any component or assembly without placing it in an anti-ESD bag or bin.
6. Before using the bag or container, allow any surface charges on it to dissipate:
06807C DCN6650
324
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
A Primer on Electro-Static Discharge
If you are at the instrument rack, hold the bag in one hand while your wrist strap is
connected to a ground point.
If you are at an anti-ESD workbench, lay the container down on the conductive work
surface.
In either case wait several seconds.
7. Place the item in the container.
8. Seal the container. If using a bag, fold the end over and fasten it with anti-ESD tape.
Folding the open end over isolates the component(s) inside from the effects of static
fields.
Leaving the bag open or simply stapling it shut without folding it closed prevents the
bag from forming a complete protective envelope around the device.
If you do not already have an adequate supply of anti-ESD bags or
containers available, Teledyne API’s Technical Support department will
supply them. Follow the instructions listed above for working at the
instrument rack and workstation.
IMPORTANT
06807C DCN6650
325
GLOSSARY
Note: Some terms in this glossary may not occur elsewhere in this manual.
Term
10Base-T
Description/Definition
an Ethernet standard that uses twisted (“T”) pairs of copper wires to transmit at 10
megabits per second (Mbps)
100Base-T
APICOM
ASSY
same as 10BaseT except ten times faster (100 Mbps)
name of a remote control program offered by Teledyne-API to its customers
Assembly
CAS
Code-Activated Switch
CD
Corona Discharge, a frequently luminous discharge, at the surface of a conductor or
between two conductors of the same transmission line, accompanied by ionization of the
surrounding atmosphere and often by a power loss
CE
Converter Efficiency, the percentage of light energy that is actually converted into
electricity
CEM
Continuous Emission Monitoring
Chemical formulas that may be included in this document:
CO2
C3H8
CH4
H2O
HC
carbon dioxide
propane
methane
water vapor
general abbreviation for hydrocarbon
HNO3
H2S
NO
nitric acid
hydrogen sulfide
nitric oxide
NO2
NOX
NOy
nitrogen dioxide
nitrogen oxides, here defined as the sum of NO and NO2
nitrogen oxides, often called odd nitrogen: the sum of NOX plus other compounds such as
HNO3 (definitions vary widely and may include nitrate (NO3), PAN, N2O and other
compounds as well)
NH3
O2
ammonia
molecular oxygen
ozone
O3
SO2
sulfur dioxide
cm3
metric abbreviation for cubic centimeter (replaces the obsolete abbreviation “cc”)
Central Processing Unit
CPU
DAC
DAS
Digital-to-Analog Converter
Data Acquisition System
06807C DCN6650
326
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Glossary
Term
Description/Definition
DCE
Data Communication Equipment
Dry Filter Unit
DFU
DHCP
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol. A protocol used by LAN or Internet servers to
automatically set up the interface protocols between themselves and any other
addressable device connected to the network
DIAG
DOM
Diagnostics, the diagnostic settings of the analyzer.
Disk On Module, a 44-pin IDE flash drive with up to 128MB storage capacity for
instrument’s firmware, configuration settings and data
DOS
Disk Operating System
DRAM
Dynamic Random Access Memory
Digital Research DOS
DR-DOS
DTE
Data Terminal Equipment
EEPROM
Electrically Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory also referred to as a FLASH chip
or drive
ESD
Electro-Static Discharge
Electrical Test
ETEST
Ethernet
a standardized (IEEE 802.3) computer networking technology for local area networks
(LANs), facilitating communication and sharing resources
FEP
Fluorinated Ethylene Propylene polymer, one of the polymers that Du Pont markets as
Teflon®
Flash
FPI
non-volatile, solid-state memory
Fabry-Perot Interface: a special light filter typically made of a transparent plate with two
reflecting surfaces or two parallel, highly reflective mirrors
GFC
Gas Filter Correlation
I2C bus
a clocked, bi-directional, serial bus for communication between individual analyzer
components
IC
Integrated Circuit, a modern, semi-conductor circuit that can contain many basic
components such as resistors, transistors, capacitors etc in a miniaturized package used
in electronic assemblies
IP
Internet Protocol
IZS
LAN
Internal Zero Span
Local Area Network
06807C DCN6650
327
Glossary
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Term
Description/Definition
LCD
Liquid Crystal Display
Light Emitting Diode
Liters Per Minute
LED
LPM
MFC
Mass Flow Controller
Measure/Reference
M/R
MOLAR MASS
the mass, expressed in grams, of 1 mole of a specific substance. Conversely, one mole is
the amount of the substance needed for the molar mass to be the same number in grams
as the atomic mass of that substance.
EXAMPLE: The atomic weight of Carbon is 12 therefore the molar mass of Carbon is 12
grams. Conversely, one mole of carbon equals the amount of carbon atoms that weighs
12 grams.
Atomic weights can be found on any Periodic Table of Elements.
Non-Dispersive Infrared
NDIR
NIST-SRM
National Institute of Standards and Technology - Standard Reference Material
PC
Personal Computer
PCA
PC/AT
PCB
PFA
PLC
Printed Circuit Assembly, the PCB with electronic components, ready to use
Personal Computer / Advanced Technology
Printed Circuit Board, the bare board without electronic component
Perfluoroalkoxy, an inert polymer; one of the polymers that Du Pont markets as Teflon®
Programmable Logic Controller, a device that is used to control instruments based on a
logic level signal coming from the analyzer
PLD
PLL
Programmable Logic Device
Phase Lock Loop
PMT
Photo Multiplier Tube, a vacuum tube of electrodes that multiply electrons collected and
charged to create a detectable current signal
P/N (or PN)
PSD
Part Number
Prevention of Significant Deterioration
PTFE
Polytetrafluoroethylene, a very inert polymer material used to handle gases that may react
on other surfaces; one of the polymers that Du Pont markets as Teflon®
PVC
Poly Vinyl Chloride, a polymer used for downstream tubing
Rdg
Reading
RS-232
specification and standard describing a serial communication method between DTE (Data
Terminal Equipment) and DCE (Data Circuit-terminating Equipment) devices, using a
maximum cable-length of 50 feet
RS-485
specification and standard describing a binary serial communication method among
multiple devices at a data rate faster than RS-232 with a much longer distance between
06807C DCN6650
328
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Glossary
Term
SAROAD
Description/Definition
the host and the furthest device
Storage and Retrieval of Aerometric Data
SLAMS
SLPM
STP
State and Local Air Monitoring Network Plan
Standard Liters Per Minute of a gas at standard temperature and pressure
Standard Temperature and Pressure
TCP/IP
Transfer Control Protocol / Internet Protocol, the standard communications protocol for
Ethernet devices
TEC
TPC
USB
Thermal Electric Cooler
Temperature/Pressure Compensation
Universal Serial Bus: a standard connection method to establish communication between
peripheral devices and a host controller, such as a mouse and/or keyboard and a
personal computer or laptop
VARS
V-F
Variables, the variable settings of the instrument
Voltage-to-Frequency
Z/S
Zero / Span
06807C DCN6650
329
Glossary
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
This page intentionally left blank.
06807C DCN6650
330
INDEX
Analog to Digital Converter .......................................69
Critical Flow Orifice.........................................24, 65, 294
A
AC Power 60 Hz............................................................ 43
ANALOG CAL WARNING ....................................... 69
Analog Outputs.............................................................. 44
CONC1...................................................................... 72
CONC2...................................................................... 72
Configuration & Calibration
Automatic............................................................... 37
Electrical Connections ............................................... 44
Pin Assignments ........................................................ 45
Reporting Range ........................................................ 72
User Configurable.................................................... 276
APICOM........................................................................ 23
D
DARK CAL...................................................................69
DAS System .......................................................37, 69, 72
Holdoff Period ..........................................................276
data acquisition....................................... See DAS System
DATA INITIALIZED...................................................69
DB-25M..........................................................................26
DB-9F.............................................................................26
DC Power .......................................................................49
Diagnostic Menu (DIAG)...............................................99
E
B
Electrical Connections
BOX TEMP .................................................................. 69
BOX TEMP WARNING............................................. 69
brass............................................................................... 58
AC Power ...................................................................43
Analog Outputs...........................................................44
Control InputS ............................................................48
Ethernet.......................................................................23
Electro-Static Discharge ...........................................33, 55
Ethernet...................23, 24, 31, 81, 87, 138, 170, 248, 249
Exhaust Gas ....................................................................40
Exhaust Gas Outlet.......................................................40
External Pump ................................................................25
C
CAL Key...................................................................... 276
Calibration
Analog Ouputs........................................................... 37
Initial Calibration
Basic Configuration ............................................... 72
Calibration Gases
F
Span Gas .................................................................. 276
Zero Air ..................................................................... 40
CALS Key ................................................................... 276
CANNOT DYN SPAN................................................. 69
CANNOT DYN ZERO ................................................ 69
CO2 .....................66, 67, 77, 207, 208, 209, 210, 291, 292
CO2 ALARM1 WARN................................................ 70
CO2 ALARM2 WARN................................................ 70
CO2 Sensor..........................66, 67, 77, 207, 209, 291, 292
Calibration
FEP .................................................................................58
Final Test and Validation Data Sheet .......................70, 72
Front Panel......................................................................35
Concentration Field ....................................................37
Control Button Definition Field..................................37
Message Field.............................................................37
Mode Field..................................................................37
Status LED’s...............................................................37
G
Procedure ............................................................. 210
Span Gas Concentration....................................... 208
CO2 Sensor Option
Pneumatic Set Up for Calibration ............................ 207
COMM Ports
Gas Inlets
Sample ........................................................................40
Span............................................................................40
ZERO AIR.................................................................40
Gas Outlets
COM2 ........................................................................ 55
Machine ID ................................................................ 56
CONC Key................................................................... 276
CONC VALID.............................................................. 48
CONC1.......................................................................... 72
CONC2.......................................................................... 72
Concentration Field........................................................ 37
CONFIG INITIALIZED............................................. 69
Control Button Definition Field..................................... 37
Control Inputs ................................................................ 48
Pin Assignments ........................................................ 49
Control InputS
Exhaust .......................................................................40
H
Hold Off Period ............................................................276
HVPS WARNING ........................................................69
hydrocarbons...................................23, 186, 233, 288, 295
I
Infrared Radiation (IR) .................................................291
Internal Pneumatics
T100
Basic Configuration................................................61
Internal Pump............................................................58, 68
Internal Span Gas Generator
Electrical Connections ............................................... 48
CPU...........................................68, 69, 236, 239, 291, 292
06807C DCN6650
331
INDEX
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
Warning Messages................................................69, 70
PTFE...............................................................................58
Internal Zero Air (IZS) ...................................................40
IZS..................................................................................66
IZS TEMP WARNING................................................70
R
RCELL TEMP WARNING.........................................69
REAR BOARD NOT DET ..........................................69
RELAY BOARD WARN.............................................69
relay PCA ...............................................................69, 236
Reporting Range.............................................................72
RJ45................................................................................26
RS-232..... 24, 31, 53, 54, 55, 57, 63, 64, 81, 87, 134, 137,
147, 155, 168, 170, 180, 213, 217, 254, 255, 309
K
kicker......................................................................23, 288
M
Machine ID.....................................................................56
Menu Keys
RS-485........................................ 24, 57, 81, 134, 137, 309
CAL..........................................................................276
CALS........................................................................276
CONC.......................................................................276
MENUS
SNGL..........................................................................72
Message Field.................................................................37
Mode Field .....................................................................37
Motherboard .................................................................239
multipoint calibration .....................................................67
S
Safety Messages ..............................................................iii
SAMPLE FLOW WARN.............................................69
Sample Inlet ..................................................................40
Sample Mode............................................................37, 68
SAMPLE PRESS WARN ............................................69
Serial I/O Ports
RS-232........................................................................55
SNGL .............................................................................72
SO2 ...23, 31, 44, 57, 58, 64, 65, 66, 67, 70, 81, 82, 83, 90,
91, 94, 95, 106, 108, 112, 127, 128, 150, 155, 156, 186,
187, 188, 193, 195, 200, 202, 211, 212, 214, 218, 227,
240, 244, 245, 246, 247, 248, 256, 262, 263, 266, 267,
268, 276, 279, 280, 281, 282, 283, 284, 285, 286, 287,
288, 289, 293, 298, 300, 302, 305, 309, 310, 314, 315,
316
SO2 ALARM1 WARN..................................................70
SO2 ALARM2 WARN..................................................70
SPAN CAL....................................................................48
Remote .......................................................................49
Span Gas.. 40, 63, 64, 67, 72, 98, 108, 185, 186, 187, 188,
191, 192, 193, 195, 200, 203, 208, 213, 238, 239, 240,
245, 246, 247, 248, 275, 276
N
naphthalene...................................................................288
National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST)
Standard Reference Materials (SRM).........................67
SO2..........................................................................67
O
O2............ 44, 45, 65, 67, 77, 203, 205, 209, 289, 290, 292
O2 ALARM1 WARN ...................................................70
O2 ALARM2 WARN ...................................................70
O2 sensor......................... 44, 45, 65, 67, 77, 203, 205, 290
O2 Sensor......................................................................205
Calibration
Procedure..............................................................206
Setup.....................................................................203
Span Gas Concentration .......................................203
O2 Sensor Option
Span Inlet ......................................................................40
Status Outputs
Pin Assignments.........................................................48
SYSTEM OK ................................................................48
SYSTEM RESET .........................................................69
Pneumatic Set Up for Calibration....203, 204, 205, 206,
208, 210, 219
OC CELL TEMP WARN ............................................70
Operating Modes
T
Sample Mode..............................................................37
Teledyne Contact Information
P
Email Address...................................................32, 277
Fax .....................................................................32, 277
Phone .................................................................32, 277
Technical Assistance ...........................................iii, 277
Website....................................................................277
TEST FUNCTIONS
Particulate Filter .............................................................66
PMT
(TEC)........................................................................236
PMT DET WARNING.................................................69
PMT TEMP WARNING..............................................69
Pneumatic Set Up
BOX TEMP...............................................................69
Basic Model T100
U
Bottled Gas.............................................................60
Gas Dilution Calibrator ..........................................60
Calibration
Units of Measurement ....................................................72
UV......23, 83, 85, 108, 127, 131, 151, 185, 225, 227, 239,
240, 246, 255, 256, 260, 261, 262, 263, 266, 267, 268,
269, 270, 271, 274, 279, 280, 281, 282, 283, 284, 285,
286, 287, 288, 289, 293, 300, 301, 308, 309, 315
optional O2 Sensor................................................205
T100 with CO2 Sensor..........................................208
T100 with CO2 Sensor..........................................207
with O2 Sensor...................... 203, 204, 206, 210, 219
Calibration Gases........................................................66
UV fluorescence...........................................................282
UV Fluorescence.................................... 23, 279, 282, 293
06807C DCN6650
332
Teledyne API - T100 UV Fluorescence SO2 Analyzer
INDEX
UV Lamp ..............................................127, 240, 267, 268
UV Lamp ........................................68, 260, 266, 268, 270
UV LAMP WARNING................................................ 69
uv Light...68, 127, 260, 266, 268, 270, 280, 281, 282, 284
IZS TEMP WARNING ............................................70
O2 ALRM1 WARN ..................................................70
O2 ALRM2 WARN ..................................................70
O2 CELL TEMP WARN .........................................70
PMT DET WARNING.............................................69
PMT TEMP WARNING..........................................69
RCELL TEMP WARNING.....................................69
REAR BOARD NOT DET.......................................69
RELAY BOARD WARN .........................................69
SAMPLE FLOW WARN.........................................69
SAMPLE PRESS WARN.........................................69
SO2 ALRM1 WARN.................................................70
SO2 ALRM2 WARN.................................................70
SYSTEM RESET......................................................69
UV LAMP WARNING.............................................69
V
Valve Options ................................................................ 40
Internal Span Gas Generator
Warning Messages........................................... 69, 70
VARS Menu .................................................................. 99
Ventilation Clearance..................................................... 34
W
Warm-up Period............................................................. 68
Warnings........................................................................ 68
ANALOG CAL WARNING ................................... 69
BOX TEMP WARNING ......................................... 69
CANNOT DYN SPAN............................................. 69
CANNOT DYN ZERO ............................................ 69
CO2 ALRM1 WARN............................................... 70
CO2 ALRM2 WARN............................................... 70
CONFIG INITIALIZED......................................... 69
DARK CAL .............................................................. 69
DATA INITIALIZED.............................................. 69
HVPS WARNING.................................................... 69
Z
Zero Air ..... 40, 63, 64, 65, 66, 67, 72, 125, 186, 187, 191,
192, 195, 200, 218, 219, 225, 240, 245, 246, 247, 274,
276, 307
ZERO AIR Inlet............................................................40
ZERO CAL .............................................................48, 49
Remote........................................................................49
06807C DCN6650
333
This page intentionally left blank.
06807C DCN6650
334
Teledyne API - Models T100, 100E Series (05036F DCN6650)
Rev 1.0.3 (T-Series)/G6 (E-Series)
APPENDIX A - Version Specific Software Documentation
APPENDIX A - Version Specific Software Documentation
Rev 1.0.3 (T-Series)/G6 (E-Series)
APPENDIX A-1: SOFTWARE MENU TREES ........................................................................ 3
APPENDIX A-2: SETUP VARIABLES FOR SERIAL I/O ...................................................... 11
APPENDIX A-3: WARNINGS AND TEST FUNCTIONS........................................................ 21
APPENDIX A-4: SIGNAL I/O DEFINITIONS .................................................................... 25
APPENDIX A-5: DAS FUNCTIONS.................................................................................... 31
APPENDIX A-7: MODBUS REGISTER MAP....................................................................... 37
05036 Rev D
A-1
06807C DCN6650
APPENDIX A - Version Specific Software Documentation
Rev 1.0.3 (T-Series)/G6 (E-Series)
Teledyne API - Models T100, 100E Series (05036F DCN6650)
This page intentionally left blank.
A-2
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - Models T100, 100E Series (05036F DCN6650)
Rev 1.0.3 (T-Series)/G6 (E-Series)
APPENDIX A - Version Specific Software Documentation
APPENDIX A-1: Software Menu Trees
SAMPLE
TEST1
CAL
MSG1,2
CLR1,3
SETUP
Only appear if
reporting range
is set for
AUTO range
mode.
ENTER SETUP PASS: 818
LOW
HIGH
<TST TST>
(Primary Setup Menu)
CFG
DAS
RANG PASS
CLK
MORE
RANGE
ZERO SPAN CONC
STABIL
STABIL24
RSP
(Secondary Setup Menu)
PRES
SAMP FL
PMT
NORM PMT
UV LAMP
UV STB
COMM VARS
DIAG
LAMP RATIO
STR. LGT
DARK PMT
DARK LMP
SLOPE
1 Only appears when warning messages are activated
(see section on Warning Messages in manual).
2 Press this key to cycle through list of active warning
messages.
TEST FUNCTIONS
Viewable by user while
instrument is in SAMPLE
Mode (see Test Functions
section in manual).
OFFSET
HVPS
RCELL ON
RCELL TEMP
BOX TEMP
PMT TEMP
IZS TEMP5
TEST6
3 Press to clear/erase the warning message currently
displayed
4 T100U/M100EU
5 Only appears if the IZS valve option is installed.
6 Only appears if the TEST analog output channel is
activated.
TIME
Figure A-1:
Basic Sample Display Menu
05036 Rev D
A-3
06807C DCN6650
APPENDIX A - Version Specific Software Documentation
Rev 1.0.3 (T-Series)/G6 (E-Series)
Teledyne API - Models T100, 100E Series (05036F DCN6650)
SAMPLE
TEST1
CAL
CALS
MSG1,2
CLR1,3
CALZ
SETUP
Only appears if
reporting range
is set for
AUTO range
mode.
<TST TST>
LOW
HIGH
LOW
HIGH
LOW
HIGH
RANGE
STABIL
STABIL24
RSP6
ZERO SPAN CONC
ZERO
SPAN CONC
ENTER SETUP PASS: 818
VAC7
PRES
SAMP FL
PMT
(Primary Setup Menu)
NORM PMT
UV LAMP
UV STB4
LAMP RATIO
STR. LGT
DARK PMT
DARK LMP
SLOPE
CFG
DAS
RANG PASS
CLK
MORE
OFFSET
HVPS
(Secondary Setup Menu)
RCELL ON
RCELL TEMP
BOX TEMP
PMT TEMP
IZS TEMP5
TEST6
1 Only appears when warning messages are activated.
2 Press to cycle through list of active warning messages.
3 Press to clear/erase the warning message currently
displayed.
COMM VARS
DIAG
4 T100U/M100EU
5 Only appears if the IZS valve option is installed.
6 Only appears if the TEST analog output channel is activated.
6 Not in T100H/M100EH
TEST FUNCTIONS
TIME
Viewable by user while instrument is
in SAMPLE Mode (see Test Functions
section in manual).
7 T100H/M100EH
Figure A-2:
Sample Display Menu - Units with Z/S Valve or IZS Option installed
A-4
05036 Rev D
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - Models T100, 100E Series (05036F DCN6650)
Rev 1.0.3 (T-Series)/G6 (E-Series)
APPENDIX A - Version Specific Software Documentation
SETUP
ENTER SETUP PASS: 818
ACAL1
CFG
DAS
RNGE
PASS
CLK
MORE
ON
PREV
NEXT
Go To iDAS
MENU TREE
(Fig. A-8)
PREV
NEXT
MODE
SET2
OFF
MODEL NAME
SERIAL NUMBER
SOFTWARE
REVISION
TIME
DATE
SEQ 1)
SEQ 2)
SEQ 3)
LIBRARY REVISION
iCHIP SOFTWARE
MODE
IND
SET
UNIT
REVISION1
HESSEN PROTOCOL
REVISION1
ACTIVE SPECIAL
SOFTWARE
PREV
NEXT
OPTIONS1
CPU TYPE
SNGL
AUTO
DATE FACTORY
CONFIGURATION
SAVED
DISABLED
ZERO
PPB
PPM
UGM
MGM
ZERO/SPAN
SPAN
ENTR
ENTR
TIMER ENABLE
STARTING DATE
STARTING TIME
DELTA DAYS
DELTA TIME
Go To
1
2
3
Only appears if a applicable
option/feature is installed and
activated.
Only appears whenever the
currently displayed sequence
is not set for DISABLED.
Only appears when reporting
range is set to AUTO range
mode.
SECONDARY SETUP MENU
<SET SET>
LOW3 HIGH3
EDIT
(Fig. A-5)
DURATION
CALIBRATE
RANGE TO CAL3
Figure A-3:
Primary Setup Menu (Except DAS)
05036 Rev D
A-5
06807C DCN6650
APPENDIX A - Version Specific Software Documentation
Rev 1.0.3 (T-Series)/G6 (E-Series)
Teledyne API - Models T100, 100E Series (05036F DCN6650)
SAMPLE
ENTER SETUP PASS: 818
ACAL1
CFG
DAS
RNGE
PASS
CLK
MORE
VIEW
PREV NEXT
EDIT
CONC
OPTICS2
PNUMTC
CALDAT
DETAILED
FAST
PREV NEXT
INS
DEL
EDIT
PRNT
YES
NO
CONC
PNUMTC
CALDAT
DETAILED
FAST
VIEW
NEXT
<SET
SET>
EDIT
PRNT
<PRM PRM> PV10
PREV
NX10
Selects data point to view.
Creates/changes name
Cycles through
list of
parameters
chosen for this
DAS channel
NAME
EVENT
PARAMETERS
REPORT PERIOD
NUMBER OF RECORDS
RS-232 REPORT
(see Editing DAS Data Channels
section in manual).
Sets the
amount of time
between each
report.
YES
NO
CHANNEL ENABLE
CAL. HOLD
PREV NEXT
PREV NEXT
INS
DEL
YES
EDIT
PRNT
Cycles through
available trigger
events.
NO
ON
OFF
YES
NO
<SET
SET>
EDIT
PRNT
Cycles through
already active
parameters.
Selects max
no. of records
for this channel
PARAMETER
PREV NEXT
SAMPLE MODE
PRECISION
1
2
Only appears if Z/S valve or IZS option is installed.
T100H, M100EH
INST
AVG
MIN
MAX
Cycles through available/active parameters
(see Editing DAS Parameters section in manual).
Figure A-4:
Primary Setup Menu (DAS)
A-6
05036 Rev D
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - Models T100, 100E Series (05036F DCN6650)
Rev 1.0.3 (T-Series)/G6 (E-Series)
APPENDIX A - Version Specific Software Documentation
SAMPLE
ENTER SETUP PASS: 818
ACAL1
CFG
DAS
RNGE
PASS
VARS
CLK
MORE
COMM
INET2
DIAG
Password required
ID
COM1 COM23
Go To INET MENU TREE (Fig A-6)
PREV NEXT JUMP
EDIT PRINT
DAS_HOLD_OFF
TPC_ENABLE
RCELL_SET
<SET
SET>
EDIT
IZS_SET
DYN_ZERO
DYN_SPAN
CONC_PRECISION
MODE
BAUD RATE TEST PORT
CLOCK_ADJ
SERVICE_CLEAR
TIME_SINCE_SVC
SVC_INTERVAL
PREV NEXT
PREV NEXT
TEST
Go To
DIAG MENU TREE
QUIET
300
1200
2400
COMPUTER
HESSEN PROTOCOL
E, 8, 1
E, 7, 1
(Fig A-8)
4800
RS-485
SECURITY
9600
19200
38400
57600
MULTIDROP PROTOCOL
ENABLE MODEM
ERROR CHECKING
XON/XOFF HANDSHAKE
HARDWARE HANDSHAKE
HARDWARE FIFO
COMMAND PROMPT
1
2
Only appears if Z/S valve or IZS option is installed.
M100E, M100EU, M100EH: Only appears when the
ENABLE INTERNET mode is enabled.
M100E, M100EU, M100EH: Disappears when INET option
is enabled.
115200
ON
3
OFF
Figure A-5:
Secondary Setup Menu (COMM & VARS)
05036 Rev D
A-7
06807C DCN6650
APPENDIX A - Version Specific Software Documentation
Rev 1.0.3 (T-Series)/G6 (E-Series)
Teledyne API - Models T100, 100E Series (05036F DCN6650)
SETUP
ENTER SETUP PASS: 818
ACAL1
CFG
DAS
RNGE
PASS
CLK
MORE
COMM
<SET
VARS
DIAG
Password required
ID
COM1
PREV NEXT JUMP
EDIT PRINT
INET2
COMM
MENU TREE
SET>
EDIT
(Fig A-5)
VARS
MENU TREE
(Fig A-5)
DHCP
INSTRUMENT IP
GATEWAY IP
SUBNET MASK
TCP PORT3
HOSTNAME4
Go To
DIAG MENU TREE
(Fig A-8)
ON
INSTRUMENT IP5
GATEWAY IP5
SUBNET MASK5
TCP PORT3
OFF
EDIT
1
Only appears if a valve option is installed.
M100E, M100EU, M100EH: Only appears when the Ethernet card (option 63) is installed.
M100E, M100EU, M100EH: Although TCP PORT is editable regardless of the DHCP state, do not change the
setting for this property unless instructed to by Teledyne Instruments Customer Service personnel.
HOST NAME is only editable when DHCP is ON.
2
3
4
5
INSTRUMENT IP, GATEWAY IP & SUBNET MASK are only editable when DHCP is OFF.
Figure A-6:
Secondary Setup, COMM – INET (Ethernet) Menu
A-8
05036 Rev D
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - Models T100, 100E Series (05036F DCN6650)
Rev 1.0.3 (T-Series)/G6 (E-Series)
APPENDIX A - Version Specific Software Documentation
.
SETUP
ENTER SETUP PASS: 818
ACAL1
CFG
DAS
RNGE
PASS
CLK
MORE
COMM
VARS
DIAG
ID
HESN2
COM1 COM2
See
See
Fig A-5
Fig A-8
<SET
SET> EDIT
See
Fig A-5
PMT DET WARNING
UV LAMP WARNING1
DARK CAL WARNING
IZS TEMP WARNING
VARIATION RESPONSE MODE GAS LIST STATUS FLAGS
BOX TEMP WARNING
PMT TEMP WARNING
TYPE 1
TYPE 2
RCELL TEMP WARNING
SAMPLE FLOW WARNING
SAMPLE PRESS WARNING
BCC
TEXT
CMD
VACUUM PRESS WARN4
HVPS WARNING
SYSTEM RESET
REAR BOARD NOT DET
RELAY BOARD WARN
FRONT PANEL WARN
ANALOG CAL WARNING
CANNOT DYN ZERO
CANNOT DYN SPAN
INVALID CONC
PREV NEXT
INS
DEL
EDIT
PRNT
(see Hessen Protocol Gas ID section in manual)
YES
NO
ZERO CAL
LOW SPAN CAL4
SPAN CAL
MP CAL
GAS TYPE
GAS ID
REPORTED
SO2, 110, REPORTED
MANUAL MODE
INVALID
PPB3
1
2
3
PPM3
Only appears if a valve option is installed.
Only appears when the HESSEN mode is enabled.
See Setting Hessen Protocol Status Flags section in
manual for Flag Assignments.
UGM3
MGM3
ON
OFF
SO2 ALARM 1
SO@ ALARM 2
4
T100H, M100EH
Figure A-7:
Secondary Setup Menu - HESSEN Submenu
05036 Rev D
A-9
06807C DCN6650
APPENDIX A - Version Specific Software Documentation
Rev 1.0.3 (T-Series)/G6 (E-Series)
Teledyne API - Models T100, 100E Series (05036F DCN6650)
SAMPLE
ENTER SETUP PASS: 818
ACAL1
DAS
RNGE
PASS
CLK
MORE
CFG
DIAG
COMM
VARS
5
PMT
PREV NEXT
TEST
CALIBRATION CALIBRATION CHANNEL
OUTPUT
CALIBRATION
SIGNAL
I/O
ANALOG
OUTPUT CONFIGURATION
ANALOG I/O
OPTIC
TEST
ELECTRICAL
TEST
LAMP
PRESSURE
FLOW
CALIBRATION
ENTR
ENTR
ENTR
ENTR
ENTR
ENTR
PREV NEXT
Start step Test
Starts Test
Starts Test
Starts Test
Starts Test
Starts Test
0) EXT ZERO CAL
1) EXT SPAN CAL
EXT LOW SPAN
3
2) MAINT MODE
3) LANG2 SELECT
NONE
PMT READING
UV READING
<SET
SET>
4) SAMPLE LED
5) CAL LED
6) FAULT LED
7) AUDIBLE BEEPER
8) ELEC TEST
SAMPLE PRESSURE
SAMPLE FLOW
RCELL TEMP
AOUTS CALIBRATED
CAL
CHASSIS TEMP
9) OPTIC TEST
IZS TEMP2
CONC OUT 1
CONC OUT 2
TEST OUTPUT
10) DARK TEST 4
PMT TEMP
11) PREAMP RANGE HI
12) ST SYSTEM OK
13) ST CONC VALID
14) ST HIGH RANGE
15) ST ZERO CAL
16) ST SPAN CAL
17) ST DIAG MODE
ST LOW SPAN CAL
18) ST LAMP ALARM
HVPS VOLTAGE
EDIT
<SET SET>
3
19) ST DARK CAL ALARM
20) ST FLOW ALARM
21) ST PRESS ALARM
22) SR TEMP ALARM
23) ST HVPS ALARM
24) ST SYSTEM OK2
25) ST CONC ALARM 1
26) ST CONC ALARM 2
27) ST HIGH RANGE 2
28) RELAY WATCHDOG
29) RCELL HEATER
RANGE
REC OFFSET
AUTO CAL
CALIBRATED
ON
CAL
ON
OFF
2
30) IZS HEATER
31) CAL VALVE
32) SPAN VALVE
33) PMT SIGNAL
LOW SPAN VALVE
34) ZERO VALVE
OFF
0.1V 1V
5V 10V CURR
3
1
1
Only appears if valve option is installed.
Only relevant to analyzers with IZS options installed.
T100H, M100EH
T100, T100U, M100E, M100EU
T100U, M100EU
2
3
4
35) DARK SHUTTER
36
INTERNAL ANALOG
VOLTAGE SIGNALS
(see Appendix A)
5
54
Figure A-8:
Secondary Setup Menu (DIAG)
A-10
05036 Rev D
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - Models T100, 100E Series (05036F DCN6650)
Rev 1.0.3 (T-Series)/G6 (E-Series)
APPENDIX A - Version Specific Software Documentation
APPENDIX A-2: Setup Variables For Serial I/O
Table A-1:
Setup Variables
NUMERIC
UNITS
DEFAULT
VALUE
SETUP VARIABLE
VALUE RANGE
DESCRIPTION
Low Access Level Setup Variables (818 password)
DAS_HOLD_OFF
Minutes
—
15
0.5–20
Duration of DAS hold off period.
TPC_ENABLE
ON
OFF, ON
ON enables temperature and pressure
compensation; OFF disables it.
RCELL_SET
ºC
50
30–70
30–70
Reaction cell temperature set point and
warning limits.
Warnings:
45–55
50
IZS_SET 1
ºC
IZS temperature set point and warning
limits.
Warnings:
45–55
OFF
DYN_ZERO
—
—
—
OFF, ON
OFF, ON
ON enables contact closure dynamic
zero; OFF disables it.
DYN_SPAN
OFF
3
ON enables contact closure dynamic
span; OFF disables it.
CONC_PRECISION
AUTO,
Number of digits to display to the right
of the decimal point for concentrations
on the display. Enclose value in double
quotes (“) when setting from the RS-
232 interface.
0,
1,
2,
3,
4
REM_CAL_DURATION 17
Minutes
20
1–120
Duration of automatic calibration
initiated from TAI protocol.
CLOCK_ADJ
Sec./Day
0
-60–60
OFF
Time-of-day clock speed adjustment.
SERVICE_CLEAR
—
OFF
ON resets the service interval
timer.
ON
TIME_SINCE_SVC
SVC_INTERVAL
Hours
Hours
0
0
0–500000
0–100000
Time since last service.
Sets the interval between service
reminders.
Medium Access Level Setup Variables (929 password)
LANGUAGE_SELECT
—
ENGL
ENGL,
SECD,
EXTN
Selects the language to use for the
user interface. Enclose value in double
quotes (“) when setting from the RS-
232 interface.
MAINT_TIMEOUT
CONV_TIME
Hours
—
2
0.1–100
Time until automatically switching out
of software-controlled maintenance
mode.
33 MS
33 MS,
66 MS,
133 MS,
266 MS,
533 MS,
1 SEC,
2 SEC
Conversion time for PMT and UV
detector channels. Enclose value in
double quotes (“) when setting from the
RS-232 interface.
05036 Rev D
A-11
06807C DCN6650
APPENDIX A - Version Specific Software Documentation
Rev 1.0.3 (T-Series)/G6 (E-Series)
Teledyne API - Models T100, 100E Series (05036F DCN6650)
NUMERIC
UNITS
DEFAULT
VALUE
SETUP VARIABLE
VALUE RANGE
DESCRIPTION
DWELL_TIME
Seconds
Samples
1
0.1–10
Dwell time before taking each sample.
Moving average filter size.
FILT_SIZE
240,
30 3,
480 12
20,
1–1000
FILT_ASIZE
FILT_DELTA
Samples
PPM
1–100
Moving average filter size in adaptive
mode.
6 3
0.02,
10 3,
0.005 12
5,
10 2,
1 12
0.001–0.1,
1–1003
Absolute change to trigger adaptive
filter.
FILT_PCT
%
1–100
Percent change to trigger adaptive
filter.
FILT_DELAY
Seconds
180
0–300
Delay before leaving adaptive filter
mode.
FILT_ADAPT
—
—
ON
OFF, ON
OFF, ON
ON enables adaptive filter; OFF
disables it.
NEG_CONC_SUPPRESS
OFF
ON pegs negative concentrations at
zero; OFF permits negative
concentrations
DIL_FACTOR
—
1
0.1–1000
Dilution factor if dilution enabled with
FACTORY_OPT variable.
18
AGING_ENABLE
—
OFF
0
ON, OFF
-1.0–1.0
-0.01–0.01
ON enables aging offset and slope
compensation.
18
AGING_OFFSET_RATE
mV/day
Aging offset rate of change per
day.
18
AGING_SLOPE_RATE
Change/
day
0
Aging slope rate of change per
day.
CO2_DWELL 11
CO2_FILT_ADAPT 11
Seconds
—
1
0.1–30
Dwell time before taking each sample.
ON
ON, OFF
ON enables CO2 adaptive filter; OFF
disables it.
CO2_FILT_SIZE 11
CO2_FILT_ASIZE 11
CO2_FILT_DELTA 11
CO2_FILT_PCT 11
Samples
Samples
%
48
12
2
1–300
CO2 moving average filter size in
normal mode.
1–300
CO2 moving average filter size in
adaptive mode.
0.1–10
0.1–100
0–300
Absolute change in CO2 concentration
to shorten filter.
%
10
90
1
Relative change in CO2 concentration
to shorten filter.
CO2_FILT_DELAY 11
CO2_DIL_FACTOR 11
Seconds
—
Delay before leaving CO2 adaptive filter
mode.
0.1–1000
Dilution factor for CO2. Used only if is
dilution enabled with FACTORY_OPT
variable.
CO2_STD_CELL_TEMP 11
ºK
323
28.50
1
1–500
Standard CO2 cell temperature for
temperature compensation.
CO2_STD_CELL_PRESS
"Hg
1.00–50.00
0.1–30
Standard CO2 cell pressure for
pressure compensation.
11
O2_DWELL 10
Seconds
Dwell time before taking each sample.
A-12
05036 Rev D
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - Models T100, 100E Series (05036F DCN6650)
Rev 1.0.3 (T-Series)/G6 (E-Series)
APPENDIX A - Version Specific Software Documentation
NUMERIC
UNITS
DEFAULT
VALUE
SETUP VARIABLE
VALUE RANGE
DESCRIPTION
O2_FILT_ADAPT 10
—
ON
ON, OFF
ON enables O2 adaptive filter; OFF
disables it.
O2_FILT_SIZE 10
O2_FILT_ASIZE 10
O2_FILT_DELTA 10
O2_FILT_PCT 10
Samples
Samples
%
60
10
2
1–500
O2 moving average filter size in normal
mode.
1–500
O2 moving average filter size in
adaptive mode.
0.1–100
0.1–100
0–300
Absolute change in O2 concentration to
shorten filter.
%
2
Relative change in O2 concentration to
shorten filter.
O2_FILT_DELAY 10
O2_DIL_FACTOR 10
Seconds
—
20
1
Delay before leaving O2 adaptive filter
mode.
0.1–1000
Dilution factor for O2. Used only if is
dilution enabled with FACTORY_OPT
variable.
O2_CELL_SET 10
ºC
50
30–70
O2 sensor cell temperature set point
and warning limits.
Warnings:
45–55
323
O2_STD_CELL_TEMP 10
O2_STD_CELL_PRESS 10
USER_UNITS
ºK
1–500
Standard O2 cell temperature for
temperature compensation.
"Hg
—
28.50
1.00–50.00
Standard O2 cell pressure for pressure
compensation.
PPB,
PPM 3
PPB,
Concentration units for user interface.
Enclose value in double quotes (“)
when setting from the RS-232
interface.
PPM,
UGM,
MGM,
PPM 3,
MGM 3
0–5000
1000–5000
0.5–1.5
LAMP_DRIVE 6
LAMP_CAL
mV
mV
—
5000
3500
0.95
Lamp power setting.
Last calibrated UV lamp reading.
LAMP_GAIN
UV lamp compensation attenuation
factor.
BXTEMP_TPC_GAIN
—
1,
0 12
0–10
Box temperature compensation
attenuation factor.
SPRESS_TPC_GAIN
—
1
0–10
Sample pressure compensation
attenuation factor.
PMT_TARG_CONC 12
PMT_UPDATE_PERIOD 12
PMT_CAL_TIMEOUT 12
Conc
400
10
0.01–9999.99
1–100
Target SO2 concentration during PMT
calibration.
Seconds
Minutes
Period between HVPS gain updates
during PMT calibration.
30
1–100
Maximum time for PMT calibration to
succeed.
HVPS_ADJUST 12
HVPS_INTEG 12
—
0
5
0–200
0–500
HVPS gain adjustment.
Gain
Integral coefficient for adjusting HVPS
gain during PMT calibration.
HVPS_STABIL 12
PMT_ADJUST 12
—
—
1
0
0.1–10
HVPS gain must stabilize to within this
limit for PMT calibration to succeed.
0–65535
PMT gain adjustment.
05036 Rev D
A-13
06807C DCN6650
APPENDIX A - Version Specific Software Documentation
Rev 1.0.3 (T-Series)/G6 (E-Series)
Teledyne API - Models T100, 100E Series (05036F DCN6650)
NUMERIC
UNITS
DEFAULT
VALUE
SETUP VARIABLE
VALUE RANGE
DESCRIPTION
SLOPE_CONST
—
8,
6.25 3
0.1–10
Constant to make visible slope close to
1.
DARK_ENABLE
DARK_FREQ
—
ON,
OFF, ON
0.1–1440
1–60
ON enables PMT/UV dark calibration;
OFF disables it.
OFF 12
30,
720 3
Minutes
Seconds
Dark calibration period.
DARK_PRE_DWELL
10
Dwell time after closing dark shutter or
turning off lamp or selecting preamp
range.
DARK_POST_DWELL
Seconds
10,
30 3
5
1–180
Dwell time after opening dark shutter or
turning on lamp.
DARK_SAMPLES
DARK_FSIZE
DARK_LIMIT
Samples
Samples
mV
1–10
Number of dark samples to average.
Dark offset moving average filter size.
Maximum dark offset allowed.
2
1–100
0–1000
200,
400 3
0
SO2_TARG_ZERO1
SO2_SPAN1
Conc
Conc
-100–999.99
0.01–9999.99
Target SO2 concentration during zero
calibration of range 1.
400,
4000 3
1
Target SO2 concentration during span
calibration of range 1.
SO2_SLOPE1
PPB/mV,
PPM/mV 3
mV
0.25–4
SO2 slope for range 1.
SO2_OFFSET1
SO2_BACKGROUND1 4
0
0
-55000–55000
-10000–10000
SO2 offset for range 1.
PPM
SO2 background concentration for
range 1.
SO2_TARG_ZERO2
SO2_SPAN2
Conc
Conc
0
-100–999.99
0.01–9999.99
Target SO2 concentration during zero
calibration of range 2.
400,
4000 3
1
Target SO2 concentration during span
calibration of range 2.
SO2_SLOPE2
PPB/mV,
PPM/mV 3
mV
0.25–4
SO2 slope for range 2.
SO2_OFFSET2
SO2_BACKGROUND2 4
0
0
-55000–55000
-10000–10000
SO2 offset for range 2.
PPM
SO2 background concentration for
range 2.
CO2_TARG_SPAN_CONC 11
%
12
0.1–1000
Target CO2 concentration during span
calibration.
CO2_SLOPE 11
CO2_OFFSET 11
O2_TARG_SPAN_CONC 10
—
%
%
1
0.5–5
CO2 slope.
CO2 offset.
0
-10–10
0.1–100
20.95
Target O2 concentration during span
calibration.
O2_SLOPE 10
O2_OFFSET 10
RANGE_MODE
—
%
—
1
0.5–2
O2 slope.
O2 offset.
0
-10–10
SNGL,
DUAL,
AUTO
SNGL
Range control mode. Enclose value in
double quotes (“) when setting from the
RS-232 interface.
A-14
05036 Rev D
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - Models T100, 100E Series (05036F DCN6650)
Rev 1.0.3 (T-Series)/G6 (E-Series)
APPENDIX A - Version Specific Software Documentation
NUMERIC
UNITS
DEFAULT
VALUE
SETUP VARIABLE
VALUE RANGE
DESCRIPTION
PHYS_RANGE1
PPM
PPM
Conc
Conc
2,
500 3
0.1–2500,
5–10000 3
0.1–2500,
5–10000 3
0.1–50000
Low pre-amp range.
PHYS_RANGE2
CONC_RANGE1
CONC_RANGE2
22,
5500 3
High pre-amp range.
500,
D/A concentration range 1.
D/A concentration range 2.
5000 3
500,
0.1–50000
5000 3
CO2_RANGE 11
O2_RANGE 10
%
15
0.1–500
0.1–500
0–6000
CO2 concentration range.
O2 concentration range.
%
100
SAMP_FLOW_SET
cc/m
700,
Sample flow set point for flow
calculation and warning limits.
250 1+9
Warnings:
350–1200,
175–325 1+9
1
SAMP_FLOW_SLOPE
VAC_SAMP_RATIO 3
SAMP_PRESS_SET
—
0.5–1.5
0.1–2
Sample flow slope correction factor
(adjusted flow = measured flow x
slope).
—
0.53
Maximum vacuum pressure / sample
pressure ratio for valid sample flow
calculation.
"Hg
29.92
Warnings:
15–35
6
0–100
Sample pressure set point for pressure
compensation and warning limits.
VAC_PRESS_SET 3
BOX_SET
"Hg
ºC
0–100
5–60
0–40
Vacuum pressure set point for
pressure compensation and warning
limits.
Warnings:
3–10
30
Box temperature warning limits. Set
point is not used.
Warnings:
8–50
PMT_SET
ºC
7,
15 12
PMT temperature set point and
warning limits.
Warnings:
2–12,
2–20 12
05036 Rev D
A-15
06807C DCN6650
APPENDIX A - Version Specific Software Documentation
Rev 1.0.3 (T-Series)/G6 (E-Series)
Teledyne API - Models T100, 100E Series (05036F DCN6650)
NUMERIC
UNITS
DEFAULT
VALUE
SETUP VARIABLE
VALUE RANGE
DESCRIPTION
RS232_MODE
BitFlag
0
0–65535
RS-232 COM1 mode flags. Add values
to combine flags.
1 = quiet mode
2 = computer mode
4 = enable security
8 = enable hardware handshaking
16 = enable Hessen protocol 8
32 = enable multi-drop
64 = enable modem
128 = ignore RS-232 line errors
256 = disable XON / XOFF support
512 = disable hardware FIFOs
1024 = enable RS-485 mode
2048 = even parity, 7 data bits, 1 stop
bit
4096 = enable command prompt
8192 = even parity, 8 data bits, 1 stop
bit
16384 = enable dedicated MODBUS
ASCII protocol
32678 = enable dedicated MODBUS
RTU or TCP protocol
16384 = enable TAI protocol 17
BAUD_RATE
—
115200
300,
RS-232 COM1 baud rate. Enclose
value in double quotes (“) when setting
from the RS-232 interface.
1200,
2400,
4800,
9600,
19200,
38400,
57600,
115200
MODEM_INIT
—
“AT Y0 &D0
&H0 &I0
Any character in
the allowed
RS-232 COM1 modem initialization
string. Sent verbatim plus carriage
S0=2 &B0
&N6 &M0 E0
Q1 &W0”
character set. Up to return to modem on power up or
100 characters
long.
manually. Enclose value in double
quotes (“) when setting from the RS-
232 interface.
RS232_MODE2
BitFlag
0
0–65535
RS-232 COM2 mode flags.
(Same settings as RS232_MODE.)
A-16
05036 Rev D
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - Models T100, 100E Series (05036F DCN6650)
Rev 1.0.3 (T-Series)/G6 (E-Series)
APPENDIX A - Version Specific Software Documentation
NUMERIC
UNITS
DEFAULT
VALUE
SETUP VARIABLE
VALUE RANGE
DESCRIPTION
BAUD_RATE2
—
19200
300,
RS-232 COM2 baud rate. Enclose
value in double quotes (“) when setting
from the RS-232 interface.
1200,
2400,
4800,
9600,
19200,
38400,
57600,
115200
MODEM_INIT2
—
“AT Y0 &D0
&H0 &I0
Any character in
the allowed
RS-232 COM2 modem initialization
string. Sent verbatim plus carriage
S0=2 &B0
&N6 &M0 E0
Q1 &W0”
character set. Up to return to modem on power up or
100 characters
long.
manually. Enclose value in double
quotes (“) when setting from the RS-
232 interface.
RS232_PASS
Password
940331
100
0–999999
0–9999
RS-232 log on password.
MACHINE_ID
ID
—
Unique ID number for instrument.
COMMAND_PROMPT
“Cmd> ”
Any character in
the allowed
RS-232 interface command prompt.
Displayed only if enabled with
character set. Up to RS232_MODE variable. Enclose value
100 characters
long.
in double quotes (“) when setting from
the RS-232 interface.
TEST_CHAN_ID
—
NONE
NONE,
Diagnostic analog output ID. Enclose
value in double quotes (“) when setting
from the RS-232 interface.
PMT READING,
UV READING,
VACUUM
PRESSURE3,
SAMPLE
PRESSURE,
SAMPLE FLOW,
RCELL TEMP,
O2 CELL TEMP 10
CHASSIS TEMP,
IZS TEMP 1,
PMT TEMP,
,
HVPS VOLTAGE
LOW,
REMOTE_CAL_MODE
—
LOW
Range to calibrate during contact-
closure and Hessen calibration.
Enclose value in double quotes (“)
when setting from the RS-232
interface.
HIGH,
CO2 11
O2 10
,
PASS_ENABLE
RCELL_CYCLE
RCELL_PROP
—
OFF
2
OFF, ON
0.5–30
0–10
ON enables passwords; OFF disables
them.
Seconds
1/ºC
Reaction cell temperature control cycle
period.
0.3 (prop.
band = 3.3
ºC)
Reaction cell temperature PID
proportional coefficient.
05036 Rev D
A-17
06807C DCN6650
APPENDIX A - Version Specific Software Documentation
Rev 1.0.3 (T-Series)/G6 (E-Series)
Teledyne API - Models T100, 100E Series (05036F DCN6650)
NUMERIC
UNITS
DEFAULT
VALUE
SETUP VARIABLE
VALUE RANGE
DESCRIPTION
RCELL_INTEG
—
0.005
0–10
Reaction cell temperature PID integral
coefficient.
RCELL_DERIV
—
0.5
0–10
0.5–30
0–10
0–10
0–10
Reaction cell temperature PID
derivative coefficient.
O2_CELL_CYCLE 10
O2_CELL_PROP 10
O2_CELL_INTEG 10
O2_CELL_DERIV 10
Seconds
10
O2 cell temperature control cycle
period.
—
—
—
1
O2 cell PID temperature control
proportional coefficient.
0.1
O2 cell PID temperature control integral
coefficient.
0 (disabled)
2
O2 cell PID temperature control
derivative coefficient.
IZS_CYCLE 1
IZS_PROP 1
Seconds
1/ºC
0.5–30
0–10
IZS temperature control cycle period.
1 (prop. band
= 1 ºC)
IZS temperature PID proportional
coefficient.
IZS_INTEG 1
IZS_DERIV 1
HVPS_SET
—
0.03
0–10
IZS temperature PID integral
coefficient.
—
0
0–10
IZS temperature PID derivative
coefficient.
Volts
650,
550 3
0–2000
High voltage power supply warning
limits. Set point is not used.
Warnings:
400–900,
400–700 3
4995
MAX_PMT_DETECTOR
PHOTO_ABS_LIMITS 1
mV
mV
0–5000
0–5000
PMT detector maximum warning limit.
450
Pre-amplified UV lamp
minimum/maximum warning limits. Set
point is not used.
Warnings:
125–625
3500
UV_LAMP_LIMITS
mV
0–5000
UV lamp minimum/maximum warning
limits. Set point is not used.
Warnings:
1000–4995
0
ELEC_TEST_LEVEL 12
OPTIC_TEST_LEVEL 12
CONC_LIN_ENABLE 3
—
—
—
0–65535
0–65535
OFF, ON
Electrical test level setting.
Optical test level setting.
0
ON
ON enables concentration linearization;
OFF disables it.
STAT_REP_PERIOD 17
SERIAL_NUMBER
Seconds
—
1
0.5–120
TAI protocol status message report
period.
“00000000 ”
Any character in
the allowed
Unique serial number for instrument.
Enclose value in double quotes (“)
character set. Up to when setting from the RS-232
100 characters
long.
interface.
DISP_INTENSITY
—
—
HIGH
ON
HIGH,
MED,
LOW,
DIM
Front panel display intensity. Enclose
value in double quotes (“) when setting
from the RS-232 interface.
I2C_RESET_ENABLE
A-18
OFF, ON
I2C bus automatic reset enable.
05036 Rev D
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - Models T100, 100E Series (05036F DCN6650)
Rev 1.0.3 (T-Series)/G6 (E-Series)
APPENDIX A - Version Specific Software Documentation
NUMERIC
UNITS
DEFAULT
VALUE
SETUP VARIABLE
VALUE RANGE
DESCRIPTION
CLOCK_FORMAT
—
“TIME=%H:% Any character in
M:%S” the allowed
Time-of-day clock format flags.
Enclose value in double quotes (“)
character set. Up to when setting from the RS-232
100 characters
long.
interface.
“%a” = Abbreviated weekday name.
“%b” = Abbreviated month name.
“%d” = Day of month as decimal
number (01 – 31).
“%H” = Hour in 24-hour format (00 –
23).
“%I” = Hour in 12-hour format (01 –
12).
“%j” = Day of year as decimal number
(001 – 366).
“%m” = Month as decimal number (01
– 12).
“%M” = Minute as decimal number (00
– 59).
“%p” = A.M./P.M. indicator for 12-hour
clock.
“%S” = Second as decimal number (00
– 59).
“%w” = Weekday as decimal number (0
– 6; Sunday is 0).
“%y” = Year without century, as
decimal number (00 – 99).
“%Y” = Year with century, as decimal
number.
“%%” = Percent sign.
ALARM_TRIGGER 13
Cycles
3
1–100
Number of times concentration must
exceed limit to trigger alarm.
05036 Rev D
A-19
06807C DCN6650
APPENDIX A - Version Specific Software Documentation
Rev 1.0.3 (T-Series)/G6 (E-Series)
Teledyne API - Models T100, 100E Series (05036F DCN6650)
NUMERIC
UNITS
DEFAULT
VALUE
SETUP VARIABLE
VALUE RANGE
DESCRIPTION
FACTORY_OPT
BitFlag
0
0–65535
Factory option flags. Add values to
combine flags.
1 = enable dilution factor
2 = zero/span valves installed
4 = IZS installed (implies zero/span
valves installed)
8 = low span valve installed
16 = display units in concentration field
32 = enable software-controlled
maintenance mode
64 = enable lamp power analog output
128 = enable switch-controlled
maintenance mode
256 = compute only offset during zero
calibration
1024 = enable high flow rate sensor
2048 = enable Internet option
4096 = enable pre-amplified UV lamp
monitoring
8192 = enable non-zero offset
calibration
16384 = enable pressurized zero
calibration
32768 = enable pressurized span
calibration
1
T100/M100E.
M100ES.
2
3
T100H/M100EH.
4
Background concentration compensation option (6400E/6400EH).
6
Engineering firmware only.
7
iChip option.
8
Must power-cycle instrument for these options to fully take effect.
9
Low span option.
O2 option.
10
11
12
13
17
18
99
CO2 option.
T100U/M100EU.
Concentration alarm option.
TAI protocol
Aging Compensation option.
Obsolete.
A-20
05036 Rev D
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - Models T100, 100E Series (05036F DCN6650)
Rev 1.0.3 (T-Series)/G6 (E-Series)
APPENDIX A - Version Specific Software Documentation
APPENDIX A-3: Warnings and Test Functions
Table A-2:
Warning Messages
NAME
MESSAGE TEXT
DESCRIPTION
Warnings
WSYSRES
SYSTEM RESET
Instrument was power-cycled or the CPU was reset.
Data storage was erased.
WDATAINIT
DATA INITIALIZED
WCONFIGINIT
CONFIG INITIALIZED
Configuration storage was reset to factory configuration or
erased.
WSO2ALARM1 7
WSO2ALARM2 7
WO2ALARM1 10+7
WO2ALARM2 10+7
WCO2ALARM1 11+7
WCO2ALARM2 11+7
WPMT
SO2 ALARM 1 WARN
SO2 ALARM 2 WARN
O2 ALARM 1 WARN
O2 ALARM 2 WARN
CO2 ALARM 1 WARN
CO2 ALARM 2 WARN
PMT DET WARNING
SO2 concentration alarm limit #1 exceeded
SO2 concentration alarm limit #2 exceeded
O2 concentration alarm limit #1 exceeded
O2 concentration alarm limit #2 exceeded
CO2 concentration alarm limit #1 exceeded
CO2 concentration alarm limit #2 exceeded
PMT detector outside of warning limits specified by
DETECTOR_LIMIT variable.
WUVLAMP
UV LAMP WARNING
UV lamp reading outside of warning limits specified by
DETECTOR_LIMIT variable.
WSAMPFLOW
WSAMPPRESS
WVACPRESS 5
WBOXTEMP
SAMPLE FLOW WARN
SAMPLE PRESS WARN
VACUUM PRESS WARN
BOX TEMP WARNING
RCELL TEMP WARNING
O2 CELL TEMP WARN
IZS TEMP WARNING
PMT TEMP WARNING
Sample flow outside of warning limits specified by
SAMP_FLOW_SET variable.
Sample pressure outside of warning limits specified by
SAMP_PRESS_SET variable.
Vacuum pressure outside of warning limits specified by
VAC_PRESS_SET variable.
Chassis temperature outside of warning limits specified by
BOX_SET variable.
WRCELLTEMP
WO2CELLTEMP 10
WIZSTEMP
Reaction cell temperature outside of warning limits specified by
RCELL_SET variable.
O2 sensor cell temperature outside of warning limits specified by
O2_CELL_SET variable.
IZS temperature outside of warning limits specified by IZS_SET
variable.
WPMTTEMP
PMT temperature outside of warning limits specified by
PMT_SET variable.
WDARKCAL
WHVPS
DARK CAL WARNING
HVPS WARNING
Dark offset above limit specified by DARK_LIMIT variable.
High voltage power supply output outside of warning limits
specified by HVPS_SET variable.
WDYNZERO
WDYNSPAN
CANNOT DYN ZERO
CANNOT DYN SPAN
Contact closure zero calibration failed while DYN_ZERO was set
to ON.
Contact closure span calibration failed while DYN_SPAN was set
to ON.
WREARBOARD
WRELAYBOARD
REAR BOARD NOT DET
RELAY BOARD WARN
Rear board was not detected during power up.
Firmware is unable to communicate with the relay board.
05036 Rev D
A-21
06807C DCN6650
APPENDIX A - Version Specific Software Documentation
Rev 1.0.3 (T-Series)/G6 (E-Series)
Teledyne API - Models T100, 100E Series (05036F DCN6650)
NAME
WFRONTPANEL 12
MESSAGE TEXT
FRONT PANEL WARN
ANALOG CAL WARNING
DESCRIPTION
Firmware is unable to communicate with the front panel.
The A/D or at least one D/A channel has not been calibrated.
WANALOGCAL
1
The name is used to request a message via the RS-232 interface, as in “T BOXTEMP”.
2
Engineering software.
Current instrument units.
T100/M100E.
3
4
5
T100H/M100EH.
T100U/M100EU.
Concentration alarm option.
O2 option.
6
7
10
11
12
CO2 option.
Applies to E-Series.
A-22
05036 Rev D
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - Models T100, 100E Series (05036F DCN6650)
Rev 1.0.3 (T-Series)/G6 (E-Series)
APPENDIX A - Version Specific Software Documentation
Table A-3:
Test Functions
TEST FUNCTION
MESSAGE TEXT
DESCRIPTION
Test Measurements
RANGE
RANGE=500.0 PPB 3
SO2 RNG=500.0 PPB 3, 10, 11
RANGE1=500.0 PPB 3
SO2 RN1=500.0 PPB 3, 10, 11
RANGE2=500.0 PPB 3
SO2 RN2=500.0 PPB 3, 10, 11
CO2 RNG=100 PCT 11
O2 RNG=100 PCT 10
STABIL=0.0 PPB 3
D/A range in single or auto-range modes.
D/A #1 range in independent range mode.
D/A #2 range in independent range mode.
RANGE1
RANGE2
CO2RANGE
O2RANGE
STABILITY
D/A range for CO2 concentration.
D/A range for O2 concentration
Concentration stability #1.
SO2 STB=0.0 PPB 3, 10
O2 STB=0.0 PCT 10
CO2 STB=0.0 PCT 11
STABILITY2 6
RESPONSE 2
STABIL2=0.0 PPB 3
Concentration stability #2.
SO2 STB2=0.0 PPB 3, 10
O2 STB2=0.0 PCT 10
CO2 STB2=0.0 PCT 11
RSP=1.11(0.00) SEC
Instrument response. Length of each signal processing loop.
Time in parenthesis is standard deviation.
VACUUM 5
VAC=9.1 IN-HG-A
PRES=29.9 IN-HG-A
SAMP FL=700 CC/M
PMT=762.5 MV
Vacuum pressure.
Sample pressure.
Sample flow rate.
Raw PMT reading.
SAMPPRESS
SAMPFLOW
PMTDET
NORMPMTDET
NORM PMT=742.9 MV
PMT reading normalized for temperature, pressure, auto-zero
offset, but not range.
UVDET
UV LAMP=3457.6 MV
UV STB=5.607 MV
LAMP RATIO=100.0 %
STR. LGT=0.1 PPB
DRK PMT=19.6 MV
DRK LMP=42.4 MV
SLOPE=1.061
UV lamp reading.
STABILITYUV 6
LAMPRATIO
STRAYLIGHT
DARKPMT
UV lamp stability reading.
UV lamp ratio of current reading divided by calibrated reading.
Stray light offset.
PMT dark offset.
DARKLAMP
SLOPE
UV lamp dark offset.
Slope for current range, computed during zero/span calibration.
Offset for current range, computed during zero/span calibration.
CO2 slope, computed during zero/span calibration.
CO2 offset, computed during zero/span calibration.
O2 slope, computed during zero/span calibration.
O2 offset, computed during zero/span calibration.
High voltage power supply output.
OFFSET
OFFSET=250.0 MV
CO2 SLOPE=1.0000
CO2 OFFSET=0.00 %
O2 SLOPE=0.980
CO2SLOPE 11
CO2OFFSET 11
O2SLOPE 10
O2OFFSET 10
HVPS
O2 OFFSET=1.79 %
HVPS=650 VOLTS
RCELL ON=0.00 SEC
RCELL TEMP=52.1 C
O2 CELL TEMP=50.2 C
BOX TEMP=35.5 C
RCELLDUTY
RCELLTEMP
O2CELLTEMP 10
BOXTEMP
Reaction cell temperature control duty cycle.
Reaction cell temperature.
O2 sensor cell temperature.
Internal chassis temperature.
05036 Rev D
A-23
06807C DCN6650
APPENDIX A - Version Specific Software Documentation
Rev 1.0.3 (T-Series)/G6 (E-Series)
Teledyne API - Models T100, 100E Series (05036F DCN6650)
TEST FUNCTION
PMTTEMP
IZSDUTY
IZSTEMP
SO2
CO2 11
O2 10
MESSAGE TEXT
PMT TEMP=7.0 C
DESCRIPTION
PMT temperature.
IZS ON=0.00 SEC
IZS TEMP=52.2 C
SO2=261.4 PPB
CO2=0.00 PCT
O2=0.00 PCT
IZS temperature control duty cycle.
IZS temperature.
SO2 concentration for current range.
CO2 concentration.
O2 concentration.
TESTCHAN
TEST=3721.1 MV
Value output to TEST_OUTPUT analog output, selected with
TEST_CHAN_ID variable.
CLOCKTIME
TIME=10:38:27
Current instrument time of day clock.
12
XIN1
AIN1=37.15 EU
AIN2=37.15 EU
AIN3=37.15 EU
AIN4=37.15 EU
AIN5=37.15 EU
AIN6=37.15 EU
AIN7=37.15 EU
AIN8=37.15 EU
External analog input 1 value in engineering units.
External analog input 2 value in engineering units.
External analog input 3 value in engineering units.
External analog input 4 value in engineering units.
External analog input 5 value in engineering units.
External analog input 6 value in engineering units.
External analog input 7 value in engineering units.
External analog input 8 value in engineering units.
12
XIN2
12
XIN3
12
XIN4
12
XIN5
12
XIN6
12
XIN7
12
XIN8
1
The name is used to request a message via the RS-232 interface, as in “T BOXTEMP”.
2
Engineering software.
Current instrument units.
T100/M100E.
3
4
5
T100H/M100EH.
T100U/M100EU.
Concentration alarm option.
O2 option.
6
7
10
11
CO2 option.
A-24
05036 Rev D
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - Models T100, 100E Series (05036F DCN6650)
Rev 1.0.3 (T-Series)/G6 (E-Series)
APPENDIX A - Version Specific Software Documentation
APPENDIX A-4: Signal I/O Definitions
Table A-4:
T100/M100E Signal I/O Definitions
SIGNAL NAME
BIT OR CHANNEL
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
Internal inputs, U7, J108, pins 9–16 = bits 0–7, default I/O address 322 hex
0–7 Spare
AUX board digital outputs, default I2C address 30 hex
ELEC_TEST 3
0
1
2
3
1 = electrical test on
0 = off
OPTIC_TEST 3
1 = optic test on
0 = off
DARK_TEST 3
1 = dark test on
0 = off
PREAMP_RANGE_HI 3
1 = select high preamp range
0 = select low range
Internal outputs, U8, J108, pins 1–8 = bits 0–7, default I/O address 322 hex
ELEC_TEST
0
1
2
1 = electrical test on
0 = off
OPTIC_TEST
1 = optic test on
0 = off
PREAMP_RANGE_HI
1 = select high preamp range
0 = select low range
Spare
3–5
6
I2C_RESET
1 = reset I2C peripherals
0 = normal
I2C_DRV_RST
7
0 = hardware reset 8584 chip
1 = normal
Control inputs, U11, J1004, pins 1–6 = bits 0–5, default I/O address 321 hex
EXT_ZERO_CAL
EXT_SPAN_CAL
0
1
2
3
0 = go into zero calibration
1 = exit zero calibration
0 = go into span calibration
1 = exit span calibration
0 = go into low span calibration
1 = exit low span calibration
0 = go into background calibration
1 = exit background calibration
Spare
EXT_LOW_SPAN 2, 6
EXT_BKGND_CAL 4
4–5
6–7
Always 1
Control inputs, U14, J1006, pins 1–6 = bits 0–5, default I/O address 325 hex
0–5
6–7
Spare
Always 1
05036 Rev D
A-25
06807C DCN6650
APPENDIX A - Version Specific Software Documentation
Rev 1.0.3 (T-Series)/G6 (E-Series)
Teledyne API - Models T100, 100E Series (05036F DCN6650)
SIGNAL NAME
BIT OR CHANNEL
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
Control outputs, U17, J1008, pins 1–8 = bits 0–7, default I/O address 321 hex
0–7 Spare
Control outputs, U21, J1008, pins 9–12 = bits 0–3, default I/O address 325 hex
0–3 Spare
Alarm outputs, U21, J1009, pins 1–12 = bits 4–7, default I/O address 325 hex
ST_SYSTEM_OK2,
MB_RELAY_36 9
4
5
6
7
1 = system OK
0 = any alarm condition or in diagnostics mode
Controlled by MODBUS coil register
1 = conc. limit 1 exceeded
ST_CONC_ALARM_1 12
MB_RELAY_37 9
,
,
0 = conc. OK
Controlled by MODBUS coil register
ST_CONC_ALARM_2 12
MB_RELAY_38 9
1 = conc. limit 2 exceeded
0 = conc. OK
Controlled by MODBUS coil register
ST_HIGH_RANGE2 13
MB_RELAY_39 9
,
1 = high auto-range in use (mirrors ST_HIGH_RANGE
status output)
0 = low auto-range
Controlled by MODBUS coil register
A status outputs, U24, J1017, pins 1–8 = bits 0–7, default I/O address 323 hex
ST_SYSTEM_OK
ST_CONC_VALID
0
0 = system OK
1 = any alarm condition
0 = conc. valid
1
1 = warnings or other conditions that affect validity of
concentration
ST_HIGH_RANGE
ST_ZERO_CAL
ST_SPAN_CAL
2
3
4
0 = high auto-range in use
1 = low auto-range
0 = in zero calibration
1 = not in zero
0 = in span calibration
1 = not in span
ST_DIAG_MODE
5
6
0 = in diagnostic mode
1 = not in diagnostic mode
ST_LOW_SPAN_CAL 2, 6
0 = in low span calibration
1 = not in low span
ST_BKGND_CAL 4
7
0 = in background calibration
1 = not in background calibration
A-26
05036 Rev D
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - Models T100, 100E Series (05036F DCN6650)
Rev 1.0.3 (T-Series)/G6 (E-Series)
APPENDIX A - Version Specific Software Documentation
SIGNAL NAME
BIT OR CHANNEL
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
B status outputs, U27, J1018, pins 1–8 = bits 0–7, default I/O address 324 hex
ST_LAMP_ALARM
ST_DARK_CAL_ALARM
ST_FLOW_ALARM
ST_PRESS_ALARM
ST_TEMP_ALARM
ST_HVPS_ALARM
ST_CO2_CAL 11
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0 = lamp intensity low
1 = lamp intensity OK
0 = dark cal. warning
1 = dark cal. OK
0 = any flow alarm
1 = all flows OK
0 = any pressure alarm
1 = all pressures OK
0 = any temperature alarm
1 = all temperatures OK
0 = HVPS alarm
1 = HVPS OK
0 = in CO2 calibration
1 = not in CO2 calibration
0 = in O2 calibration
1 = not in O2 calibration
ST_O2_CAL 10
Front panel I2C keyboard, default I2C address 4E hex
MAINT_MODE
LANG2_SELECT
SAMPLE_LED
CAL_LED
5 (input)
0 = maintenance mode
1 = normal mode
0 = select second language
1 = select first language (English)
0 = sample LED on
1 = off
6 (input)
8 (output)
9 (output)
10 (output)
14 (output)
0 = cal. LED on
1 = off
FAULT_LED
0 = fault LED on
1 = off
AUDIBLE_BEEPER
0 = beeper on (for diagnostic testing only)
1 = off
05036 Rev D
A-27
06807C DCN6650
APPENDIX A - Version Specific Software Documentation
Rev 1.0.3 (T-Series)/G6 (E-Series)
Teledyne API - Models T100, 100E Series (05036F DCN6650)
SIGNAL NAME
BIT OR CHANNEL
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
Relay board digital output (PCF8575), default I2C address 44 hex
RELAY_WATCHDOG
RCELL_HEATER
0
Alternate between 0 and 1 at least every 5 seconds to keep
relay board active
0 = reaction cell heater on
1 = off
1
2–3
4
Spare
IZS_HEATER
0 = IZS heater on
1 = off
O2_CELL_HEATER 10
CAL_VALVE
5
0 = O2 sensor cell heater on
1 = off
6
0 = let cal. gas in
1 = let sample gas in
0 = let span gas in
1 = let zero gas in
0 = let low span gas in
1 = let sample gas in
0 = open pressurized inlet valve
1 = close valve
SPAN_VALVE
7
LOW_SPAN_VALVE 2, 6
CYLINDER_VALVE 7
ZERO_VALVE 2
8
8
9
0 = let zero gas in
1 = let sample gas in
0 = close dark shutter
1 = open
DARK_SHUTTER
10
11–15
Spare
AUX board analog inputs, default I2C address 30 hex
PMT_SIGNAL 3
UVLAMP_SIGNAL 3
NORM_PMT_SIGNAL 3
PMT_TEMP 3
HVPS_VOLTAGE 3
PMT_DARK 3
0 (register number)
PMT detector
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
UV lamp intensity
Normalized PMT detector
PMT temperature
HV power supply output
PMT reading during dark cycles
Lamp reading during dark cycles
AGND reading during dark cycles
AGND reading during light cycles
VREF4096 reading during dark cycles
VREF4096 reading during light cycles
LAMP_DARK 3
AGND_DARK 3
AGND_LIGHT 3
VREF_DARK 3
VREF_LIGHT 3
A-28
05036 Rev D
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - Models T100, 100E Series (05036F DCN6650)
Rev 1.0.3 (T-Series)/G6 (E-Series)
APPENDIX A - Version Specific Software Documentation
SIGNAL NAME
BIT OR CHANNEL
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
Rear board primary MUX analog inputs
PMT detector
PMT_SIGNAL
0
HVPS_VOLTAGE
PMT_TEMP
1
HV power supply output
PMT temperature
2
UVLAMP_SIGNAL
3
UV lamp intensity
4
Temperature MUX
PHOTO_ABS 8
O2_SENSOR 10
5
Pre-amplified UV lamp intensity
O2 concentration sensor
Sample pressure
6
SAMPLE_PRESSURE
TEST_INPUT_8
7
8
Diagnostic test input
4.096V reference from MAX6241
Sample flow rate
REF_4096_MV
9
SAMPLE_FLOW
VACUUM_PRESSURE 2
CO2_SENSOR 11
10
10
11
12–13
14
15
Vacuum pressure
CO2 concentration sensor
Spare (thermocouple input?)
DAC MUX
REF_GND
Ground reference
Rear board temperature MUX analog inputs
Internal box temperature
Reaction cell temperature
IZS temperature
BOX_TEMP
RCELL_TEMP
IZS_TEMP
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Spare
O2_CELL_TEMP 10
TEMP_INPUT_5
TEMP_INPUT_6
O2 sensor cell temperature
Diagnostic temperature input
Diagnostic temperature input
Spare
Rear board DAC MUX analog inputs
DAC channel 0 loopback
DAC channel 1 loopback
DAC channel 2 loopback
DAC channel 3 loopback
Rear board analog outputs
DAC_CHAN_1
DAC_CHAN_2
DAC_CHAN_3
DAC_CHAN_4
0
1
2
3
CONC_OUT_1,
DATA_OUT_1
CONC_OUT_2,
DATA_OUT_2
CONC_OUT_3 10,
DATA_OUT_3
TEST_OUTPUT,
DATA_OUT_4
0
1
2
3
Concentration output #1 (SO2, range #1),
Data output #1
Concentration output #2 (SO2, range #2),
Data output #2
Concentration output #3 (CO2 or O2),
Data output #3
Test measurement output,
Data output #4
05036 Rev D
A-29
06807C DCN6650
APPENDIX A - Version Specific Software Documentation
Rev 1.0.3 (T-Series)/G6 (E-Series)
Teledyne API - Models T100, 100E Series (05036F DCN6650)
SIGNAL NAME
BIT OR CHANNEL
NUMBER
DESCRIPTION
I2C analog output (AD5321), default I2C address 18 hex
LAMP_POWER 5
0
Lamp power (0–5V)
1
Optional.
2
T100H/M100EH.
T100U/M100EU.
3
4
Background concentration compensation option (6400E/6400EH).
Engineering firmware only.
Low span option.
5
6
7
Pressurized IZS option.
T100/M100E.
8
9
MODBUS option.
10
11
12
13
O2 option.
CO2 option.
Concentration alarm option.
High auto range relay option
A-30
05036 Rev D
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - Models T100, 100E Series (05036F DCN6650)
Rev 1.0.3 (T-Series)/G6 (E-Series)
APPENDIX A - Version Specific Software Documentation
APPENDIX A-5: DAS Functions
Table A-5: DAS Trigger Events, Software Version G.4
NAME
DESCRIPTION
ATIMER
Automatic timer expired
EXITZR
EXITLS 2, 3
Exit zero calibration mode
Exit low span calibration mode
Exit high span calibration mode
Exit multi-point calibration mode
Exit background calibration mode
Exit O2 calibration mode
EXITHS
EXITMP
EXITBK 5
EXITO2 10
SLPCHG
CO2SLC 11
O2SLPC 10
EXITDG
Slope and offset recalculated
CO2 slope and offset recalculated
O2 slope and offset recalculated
Exit diagnostic mode
PMTDTW
UVLMPW
DRKCLW
PMT detector warning
UV lamp warning
Dark calibration warning
CONCW1 4
CONCW2 4
RCTMPW
O2TMPW 10
IZTMPW 1
PTEMPW
SFLOWW
SPRESW
VPRESW 2
BTEMPW
Concentration limit 1 exceeded
Concentration limit 2 exceeded
Reaction cell temperature warning
O2 sensor cell temperature warning
IZS temperature warning
PMT temperature warning
Sample flow warning
Sample pressure warning
Vacuum pressure warning
Box temperature warning
HVPSW
High voltage power supply warning
1
T100/M100E.
2
T100H/M100EH.
3
Low span option.
4
Concentration alarm option.
5
Background concentration compensation option (6400E/6400EH).
10
11
O2 option.
CO2 option.
A-31
06807C DCN6650
APPENDIX A - Version Specific Software Documentation
Rev 1.0.3 (T-Series)/G6 (E-Series)
Teledyne API - Models T100, 100E Series (05036F DCN6650)
Table A-6: DAS Parameters
NAME
PMTDET
PHABS 1
DESCRIPTION
UNITS
PMT detector reading
mV
mV
mV
%
Pre-amplified UV lamp intensity reading
UV lamp intensity reading
UV lamp ratio of calibrated intensity
PMT electrical offset
UV lamp electrical offset
SO2 slope for range #1
SO2 slope for range #2
SO2 offset for range #1
SO2 offset for range #2
CO2 slope
UVDET
LAMPR
DRKPMT
DARKUV
SLOPE1
SLOPE2
OFSET1
OFSET2
CO2SLP 11
CO2OFS 11
O2SLPE 10
O2OFST 10
ZSCNC1
mV
mV
—
—
mV
mV
—
CO2 offset
%
O2 slope
—
O2 offset
%
SO2 concentration for range #1 during zero/span calibration, just before
computing new slope and offset
PPB,
PPM 2
PPB
ZSCNC2
SO2 concentration for range #2 during zero/span calibration, just before
computing new slope and offset
CO2ZSC 11
O2ZSCN 10
CO2 concentration during zero/span calibration, just before computing new
slope and offset
%
%
O2 concentration during zero/span calibration, just before computing new
slope and offset
CONC1
SO2 concentration for range #1
SO2 concentration for range #2
SO2 concentration plus background concentration for range #1
SO2 concentration plus background concentration for range #2
Background concentration for range #1
Background concentration for range #2
SO2 concentration for range #1, with O2 correction
SO2 concentration for range #2, with O2 correction
CO2 concentration
PPB
PPB
PPB
PPB
PPB
PPB
PPB
PPB
%
CONC2
CNCBK1 4
CNCBK2 4
BKGND1 4
BKGND2 4
SO2CR1 12
SO2CR2 12
CO2CNC 11
O2CONC 10
STABIL
O2 concentration
%
Concentration stability #1
PPB
PPB
mV
STABL2 3
STABUV 3
STRLGT
Concentration stability #2
UV lamp stability
Stray light reading
PPB
C
RCTEMP
O2TEMP 10
IZSTMP 1
PMTTMP
SMPFLW
SMPPRS
Reaction cell temperature
O2 sensor cell temperature
C
IZS temperature
C
PMT temperature
C
Sample flow
cc/m
“Hg
Sample pressure
A-32
05036 Rev D
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - Models T100, 100E Series (05036F DCN6650)
Rev 1.0.3 (T-Series)/G6 (E-Series)
APPENDIX A - Version Specific Software Documentation
NAME
VACUUM 2
DESCRIPTION
UNITS
Vacuum pressure
“Hg
C
BOXTMP
HVPS
Internal box temperature
High voltage power supply output
Diagnostic test input (TEST_INPUT_8)
Volts
mV
TEST8
TEMP5
Diagnostic temperature input (TEMP_INPUT_5)
Diagnostic temperature input (TEMP_INPUT_6)
Ground reference (REF_GND)
4096 mV reference (REF_4096_MV)
Channel 1 Analog In
C
TEMP6
C
REFGND
RF4096
XIN113
mV
mV
XIN1SLPE13
XIN1OFST13
XIN213
Channel 1 Analog In Slope
Channel 1 Analog In Offset
Channel 2 Analog In
XIN2SLPE13
XIN2OFST13
XIN313
Channel 2 Analog In Slope
Channel 2 Analog In Offset
Channel 3 Analog In
XIN3SLPE13
XIN3OFST13
XIN413
Channel 3 Analog In Slope
Channel 3 Analog In Offset
Channel 4 Analog In
XIN4SLPE13
XIN4OFST13
XIN513
Channel 4 Analog In Slope
Channel 4 Analog In Offset
Channel 5 Analog In
XIN5SLPE13
XIN5OFST13
XIN613
Channel 5 Analog In Slope
Channel 5 Analog In Offset
Channel 6 Analog In
XIN6SLPE13
XIN6OFST13
XIN713
Channel 6 Analog In Slope
Channel 6 Analog In Offset
Channel 7 Analog In
XIN7SLPE13
XIN7OFST13
XIN813
Channel 7 Analog In Slope
Channel 7 Analog In Offset
Channel 8 Analog In
XIN8SLPE13
XIN8OFST13
AGNDDK 3
AGNDLT 3
RF4VDK 3
RF4VLT 3
Channel 8 Analog In Slope
Channel 8 Analog In Offset
AGND reading during dark cycles
AGND reading during light cycles
VREF4096 reading during dark cycles
VREF4096 reading during light cycles
mV
mV
mV
mV
A-33
06807C DCN6650
APPENDIX A - Version Specific Software Documentation
Rev 1.0.3 (T-Series)/G6 (E-Series)
Teledyne API - Models T100, 100E Series (05036F DCN6650)
NAME
DESCRIPTION
UNITS
1
T100/M100E.
2
T100H/M100EH.
3
T100U/M100EU.
4
Background concentration compensation option (6400E/6400EH).
10
11
12
13
O2 option.
CO2 option.
SO2 with O2 correction option.
Analog In option, T-Series only.
A-34
05036 Rev D
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - Models T100, 100E Series (05036F DCN6650)
Rev 1.0.3 (T-Series)/G6 (E-Series)
APPENDIX A - Version Specific Software Documentation
APPENDIX A-6: Terminal Command Designators
Table A-7:
Terminal Command Designators
COMMAND
? [ID]
ADDITIONAL COMMAND SYNTAX
DESCRIPTION
Display help screen and this list of commands
Establish connection to instrument
Terminate connection to instrument
Display test(s)
LOGON [ID]
LOGOFF [ID]
password
SET ALL|name|hexmask
LIST [ALL|name|hexmask] [NAMES|HEX]
name
Print test(s) to screen
Print single test
T [ID]
CLEAR ALL|name|hexmask
SET ALL|name|hexmask
LIST [ALL|name|hexmask] [NAMES|HEX]
name
Disable test(s)
Display warning(s)
Print warning(s)
W [ID]
Clear single warning
CLEAR ALL|name|hexmask
ZERO|LOWSPAN|SPAN [1|2]
ASEQ number
Clear warning(s)
Enter calibration mode
Execute automatic sequence
Compute new slope/offset
Exit calibration mode
C [ID]
COMPUTE ZERO|SPAN
EXIT
ABORT
Abort calibration sequence
Print all I/O signals
LIST
name[=value]
Examine or set I/O signal
Print names of all diagnostic tests
Execute diagnostic test
Exit diagnostic test
LIST NAMES
ENTER name
EXIT
RESET [DATA] [CONFIG] [exitcode]
PRINT ["name"] [SCRIPT]
RECORDS ["name"]
Reset instrument
D [ID]
Print DAS configuration
Print number of DAS records
REPORT ["name"] [RECORDS=number]
[FROM=<start date>][TO=<end
date>][VERBOSE|COMPACT|HEX] (Print
DAS records)(date format:
Print DAS records
MM/DD/YYYY(or YY) [HH:MM:SS]
CANCEL
Halt printing DAS records
Print setup variables
LIST
name[=value [warn_low [warn_high]]]
Modify variable
name="value"
CONFIG
Modify enumerated variable
Print instrument configuration
Enter/exit maintenance mode
Print current instrument mode
V [ID]
MAINT ON|OFF
MODE
DASBEGIN [<data channel definitions>]
DASEND
Upload DAS configuration
CHANNELBEGIN propertylist CHANNELEND Upload single DAS channel
CHANNELDELETE ["name"] Delete DAS channels
A-35
06807C DCN6650
APPENDIX A - Version Specific Software Documentation
Rev 1.0.3 (T-Series)/G6 (E-Series)
Teledyne API - Models T100, 100E Series (05036F DCN6650)
The command syntax follows the command type, separated by a space character. Strings in
[brackets] are optional designators. The following key assignments also apply.
TERMINAL KEY ASSIGNMENTS
ESC
CR (ENTER)
Ctrl-C
Abort line
Execute command
Switch to computer mode
COMPUTER MODE KEY ASSIGNMENTS
LF (line feed)
Ctrl-T
Execute command
Switch to terminal mode
A-36
05036 Rev D
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - Models T100, 100E Series (05036F DCN6650)
Rev 1.0.3 (T-Series)/G6 (E-Series)
APPENDIX A - Version Specific Software Documentation
APPENDIX A-7: MODBUS Register Map
MODBUS
Description
Units
Register Address
(dec., 0-based)
MODBUS Floating Point Input Registers
(32-bit IEEE 754 format; read in high-word, low-word order; read-only)
0
PMT detector reading
mV
mV
%
2
UV lamp intensity reading
UV lamp ratio of calibrated intensity
PMT electrical offset
4
6
mV
mV
—
8
UV lamp electrical offset
SO2 slope for range #1
SO2 slope for range #2
SO2 offset for range #1
SO2 offset for range #2
10
12
14
16
18
—
mV
mV
PPB,
PPM 2
PPB
SO2 concentration for range #1 during zero/span
calibration, just before computing new slope and offset
20
SO2 concentration for range #2 during zero/span
calibration, just before computing new slope and offset
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
44
46
48
50
52
54
56
SO2 concentration for range #1
SO2 concentration for range #2
Concentration stability
PPB
PPB
PPB
PPB
C
Stray light reading
Reaction cell temperature
PMT temperature
C
Sample pressure
“Hg
C
Internal box temperature
High voltage power supply output
Diagnostic test input (TEST_INPUT_8)
Diagnostic temperature input (TEMP_INPUT_5)
Diagnostic temperature input (TEMP_INPUT_6)
Ground reference (REF_GND)
4096 mV reference (REF_4096_MV)
Sample flow
Volts
mV
C
C
mV
mV
cc/m
C
1
2
1
IZS temperature
Vacuum pressure
“Hg
mV
%
Pre-amplified UV lamp intensity reading
O2 concentration
10
10
100
102
O2 concentration during zero/span calibration, just before
computing new slope and offset
%
10
10
10
104
106
108
O2 slope
—
%
C
O2 offset
O2 sensor cell temperature
A-37
06807C DCN6650
APPENDIX A - Version Specific Software Documentation
Rev 1.0.3 (T-Series)/G6 (E-Series)
Teledyne API - Models T100, 100E Series (05036F DCN6650)
MODBUS
Register Address
(dec., 0-based)
110 12
Description
Units
SO2 concentration for range #1, with O2 correction
PPB
112 12
130 14
132 14
134 14
136 14
138 14
140 14
142 14
144 14
146 14
148 14
150 14
152 14
154 14
156 14
158 14
160 14
162 14
164 14
166 14
168 14
170 14
172 14
174 14
176 14
SO2 concentration for range #2, with O2 correction
External analog input 1 value
External analog input 1 slope
External analog input 1 offset
External analog input 2 value
External analog input 2 slope
External analog input 2 offset
External analog input 3 value
External analog input 3 slope
External analog input 3 offset
External analog input 4 value
External analog input 4 slope
External analog input 4 offset
External analog input 5 value
External analog input 5 slope
External analog input 5 offset
External analog input 6 value
External analog input 6 slope
External analog input 6 offset
External analog input 7 value
External analog input 7 slope
External analog input 7 offset
External analog input 8 value
External analog input 8 slope
External analog input 8 offset
CO2 concentration
PPB
Volts
eng unit /V
eng unit
Volts
eng unit /V
eng unit
Volts
eng unit /V
eng unit
Volts
eng unit /V
eng unit
Volts
eng unit /V
eng unit
Volts
eng unit /V
eng unit
Volts
eng unit /V
eng unit
Volts
eng unit /V
eng unit
%
11
200
11
202
CO2 concentration during zero/span calibration, just before
computing new slope and offset
%
11
204
CO2 slope
—
%
11
206
CO2 offset
MODBUS Floating Point Holding Registers
(32-bit IEEE 754 format; read/write in high-word, low-word order; read/write)
0
Maps to SO2_SPAN1 variable; target conc. for range #1
Maps to SO2_SPAN2 variable; target conc. for range #2
Maps to O2_TARG_SPAN_CONC variable
Conc. units
2
Conc. units
10
11
100
200
%
%
Maps to CO2_TARG_SPAN_CONC variable
A-38
05036 Rev D
06807C DCN6650
Teledyne API - Models T100, 100E Series (05036F DCN6650)
Rev 1.0.3 (T-Series)/G6 (E-Series)
APPENDIX A - Version Specific Software Documentation
MODBUS
Description
Units
Register Address
(dec., 0-based)
MODBUS Discrete Input Registers
(single-bit; read-only)
0
PMT detector warning
1
UV detector warning
2
Dark calibration warning
3
Box temperature warning
4
PMT temperature warning
5
Reaction cell temperature warning
Sample pressure warning
6
7
HVPS warning
8
System reset warning
9
Rear board communication warning
Relay board communication warning
Front panel communication warning
Analog calibration warning
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
Dynamic zero warning
Dynamic span warning
Invalid concentration
In zero calibration mode
In span calibration mode
In multi-point calibration mode
System is OK (same meaning as SYSTEM_OK I/O signal)
Sample flow warning
1
2
2
3
3
IZS temperature warning
In low span calibration mode
Vacuum pressure warning
SO2 concentration alarm limit #1 exceeded
SO2 concentration alarm limit #2 exceeded
In Hessen manual mode
10
100
101
102
103
200
201
202
In O2 calibration mode
10
O2 cell temperature warning
O2 concentration alarm limit #1 exceeded
O2 concentration alarm limit #2 exceeded
In CO2 calibration mode
10+3
10+3
11
11+3
11+3
CO2 concentration alarm limit #1 exceeded
CO2 concentration alarm limit #2 exceeded
A-39
06807C DCN6650
APPENDIX A - Version Specific Software Documentation
Rev 1.0.3 (T-Series)/G6 (E-Series)
Teledyne API - Models T100, 100E Series (05036F DCN6650)
MODBUS
Description
Units
Register Address
(dec., 0-based)
MODBUS Coil Registers
(single-bit; read/write)
0
Maps to relay output signal 36 (MB_RELAY_36 in signal I/O list)
Maps to relay output signal 37 (MB_RELAY_37 in signal I/O list)
Maps to relay output signal 38 (MB_RELAY_38 in signal I/O list)
Maps to relay output signal 39 (MB_RELAY_39 in signal I/O list)
Triggers zero calibration of range #1 (on enters cal.; off exits cal.)
Triggers span calibration of range #1 (on enters cal.; off exits cal.)
Triggers zero calibration of range #2 (on enters cal.; off exits cal.)
Triggers span calibration of range #2 (on enters cal.; off exits cal.)
1
2
3
13
13
13
13
20
21
22
23
1
M100E.
M100EH.
2
3
Concentration alarm option.
O2 option.
10
11
12
13
CO2 option.
SO2 with O2 correction option.
Set DYN_ZERO or DYN_SPAN variables to ON to enable calculating new slope or offset. Otherwise a
calibration check is performed.
14
External analog input option.
A-40
05036 Rev D
06807C DCN6650
APPENDIX B - Spare Parts
Use of replacement parts other than those supplied by API may result in non
Note
Note
compliance with European standard EN 61010-1.
Due to the dynamic nature of part numbers, please refer to the Website or call
Sales for more recent updates to the Spare Parts list.
06807C DCN6650
B-1
This page intentionally left blank.
B-2
06807C DCN6650
T100 Spare Parts List
PN 06845A DCN5809 08/18/2010
1 of 3 page(s)
Part Number
000940100
Description
ORIFICE, 3 MIL, IZS
000940400
000940800
002690000
002700000
002720000
003290000
005960000
009690000
009690100
011630000
012720100
013140000
013210000
013390000
013400000
013420000
013570000
014080100
014400100
014750000
016290000
016300700
037860000
040010000
040030100
041620100
041800400
041920000
042410200
043420000
043570000
045230200
046250000
046260000
048830000
049310100
050510200
050610100
050610200
050610300
050610400
050630100
051990000
CD, ORIFICE, .004 BLUE
ORIFICE, 012 MIL, RXCELL
LENS, UV
LENS, PMT
FILTER, PMT OPTICAL, 330 NM
ASSY, THERMISTOR
AKIT, EXP, 6LBS ACT CHARCOAL (2 BT=1)
AKIT, TFE FLTR ELEM (FL6 100=1) 47mm
AKIT, TFE FLTR ELEM (FL6, 30=1) 47mm
HVPS INSULATOR GASKET (KB)
OPTION, NOx OPTICAL FILTER *
ASSY, COOLER FAN (NOX/SOX)
ASSY, VACUUM MANIFOLD
ASSY, KICKER
CD, PMT, SO2, (KB)
ASSY, ROTARY SOLENOID
ASSY, THERMISTOR (COOLER)
ASSY, HVPS, SOX/NOX
OPTION, ZERO AIR SCRUBBER
AKIT, EXP KIT, IZS
WINDOW, SAMPLE FILTER, 47MM (KB)
ASSY, SAMPLE FILTER, 47MM, ANG BKT
ORING, TFE RETAINER, SAMPLE FILTER
ASSY, FAN REAR PANEL
PCA, FLOW/PRESSURE
ASSY, SO2 SENSOR (KB)
PCA, PMT PREAMP, VR
ASSY, THERMISTOR
ASSY, PUMP, INT, E SERIES
ASSY, HEATER/THERM, O2 SEN
AKIT, EXPENDABLES
PCA, RELAY CARD W/RELAYS, E SERIES, S/N'S >455
ASSY, RXCELL HEATER/FUSE
ASSY, THERMISTOR, RXCELL (KB)
AKIT, EXP KIT, EXHAUST CLNSR, SILCA GEL
PCA, TEC CONTROL, E SERIES
PUMP, INT, 115/240V * (KB)
CONFIGURATION PLUGS, 115V/60Hz
CONFIGURATION PLUGS, 115V/50Hz
CONFIGURATION PLUGS, 220-240V/50Hz
CONFIGURATION PLUGS, 220-240V/60Hz
PCA, M100E UV REF DETECTOR
ASSY, SCRUBBER, INLINE EXHAUST, DISPOS
06807C DCN6650
B-3
T100 Spare Parts List
PN 06845A DCN5809 08/18/2010
2 of 3 page(s)
Part Number
052660000
Description
ASSY, HEATER/THERMISTOR (IZS)
055100200
055560000
055560100
058021100
061930000
062420200
066970000
067240000
067300000
067300100
ASSY, OPTION, PUMP, 240V *
ASSY, VALVE, VA59 W/DIODE, 5" LEADS
ASSY, VALVE, VA59 W/DIODE, 9" LEADS
PCA,E-SERIES MOTHERBD, GEN 5 ICOP (ACCEPTS ACROSSER OR ICOP CPU)
PCA, UV LAMP DRIVER, GEN-2 43mA *
PCA, SER INTRFACE, ICOP CPU, E- (OPTION) (USE WITH ICOP CPU 062870000)
PCA, INTRF. LCD TOUCH SCRN, F/P
CPU, PC-104, VSX-6154E, ICOP *
PCA, AUX-I/O BD, ETHERNET, ANALOG & USB
PCA, AUX-I/O BOARD, ETHERNET
067300200
067900000
068070000
068220100
068810000
069500000
072150000
CN0000073
CN0000458
CN0000520
FL0000001
FL0000003
FM0000004
HW0000005
HW0000020
HW0000030
HW0000031
HW0000036
HW0000101
HW0000453
HW0000685
KIT000093
KIT000095
KIT000207
KIT000219
KIT000236
KIT000253
KIT000254
OP0000030
OP0000031
OR0000001
OR0000004
OR0000006
OR0000007
OR0000015
PCA, AUX-I/O BOARD, ETHERNET & USB
LCD MODULE, W/TOUCHSCREEN
MANUAL, OPERATORS, T100
DOM, w/SOFTWARE, T100 *
PCA, LVDS TRANSMITTER BOARD
PCA, SERIAL & VIDEO INTERFACE BOARD
ASSY. TOUCHSCREEN CONTROL MODULE
POWER ENTRY, 120/60 (KB)
CONNECTOR, REAR PANEL, 12 PIN
CONNECTOR, REAR PANEL, 10 PIN
FILTER, FLOW CONTROL
FILTER, DFU (KB)
FLOWMETER (KB)
FOOT, CHASSIS
SPRING, FLOW CONTROL
ISOLATOR
FERRULE, SHOCKMOUNT
TFE TAPE, 1/4" (48 FT/ROLL)
ISOLATOR
SUPPORT, CIRCUIT BD, 3/16" ICOP
LATCH, MAGNETIC, FRONT PANEL
AKIT, REPLCMNT(3187)214NM FLTR (BF)
AKIT, REPLACEMENT COOLER
KIT, RELAY RETROFIT
AKIT, 4-20MA CURRENT OUTPUT
KIT, UV LAMP, w/ADAPTER (BIR)
ASSY & TEST, SPARE PS37
ASSY & TEST, SPARE PS38
OXYGEN TRANSDUCER, PARAMAGNETIC
WINDOW, QUARTZ, REF DETECTOR
ORING, FLOW CONTROL/IZS
ORING, OPTIC/CELL, CELL/TRAP
ORING, CELL/PMT
ORING, PMT/BARREL/CELL
ORING, PMT FILTER
B-4
06807C DCN6650
T100 Spare Parts List
PN 06845A DCN5809 08/18/2010
3 of 3 page(s)
Part Number
OR0000016
Description
ORING, UV LENS
OR0000025
OR0000027
OR0000039
OR0000046
OR0000083
OR0000084
OR0000094
PU0000022
RL0000015
SW0000006
SW0000025
SW0000059
WR0000008
ORING, ZERO AIR SCRUBBER
ORING, COLD BLOCK/PMT HOUSING & HEATSINK
ORING, QUARTZ WINDOW/REF DETECTOR
ORING, PERMEATION OVEN
ORING, PMT SIGNAL & OPTIC LED
ORING, UV FILTER
ORING, SAMPLE FILTER
KIT, PUMP REBUILD
RELAY, DPDT, (KB)
SWITCH, THERMAL, 60 C
SWITCH, POWER, CIRC BREAK, VDE/CE *
PRESSURE SENSOR, 0-15 PSIA, ALL SEN
POWER CORD, 10A(KB)
06807C DCN6650
B-5
IZS, AKIT, EXPENDABLES
T100/M100E
(Reference 01475A)
Part Number
014750000
Description
AKIT, EXP KIT, M100A/M100E, IZS
Part Number
005960000
Description
AKIT, EXPEND, 6LBS ACT CHARCOAL
006900000
FL0000001
FL0000003
HW0000020
OR0000001
OR0000046
RETAINER PAD CHARCOAL, SMALL, 1-3/4"
FILTER, SS
FILTER, DFU (KB)
SPRING
ORING, 2-006VT
ORING, 2-019V
B-6
06807C DCN6650
Appendix C
Warranty/Repair
Questionnaire
T100, M100E
(04796F DCN6611)
CUSTOMER: _________________________________ PHONE: __________________________________________________
CONTACT NAME: ____________________________ FAX NO. __________________________________________________
SITE ADDRESS: _________________________________________________________________________________________
MODEL SERIAL NO.: ______________________ FIRMWARE REVISION: ______________________________________
1. ARE THERE ANY FAILURE MESSAGES? _______________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________________
2. PLEASE COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING TABLE: (NOTE: DEPENDING ON OPTIONS INSTALLED, NOT ALL TEST
PARAMETERS BELOW WILL BE AVAILABLE IN YOUR INSTRUMENT)
*IF OPTION IS INSTALLED
Parameter
RANGE
Recorded Value
PPB/PPM
Acceptable Value
50 PPB to 20 PPM
1 PPB WITH ZERO AIR
~ 2” < AMBIENT
650 ± 10%
STABIL
PPB
IN-HG-A
cm3/MIN
mV
SAMP PRESS
SAMPLE FLOW
-20 TO 150 mV
PMT SIGNAL WITH
ZERO AIR
mV
PPB/PPM
mV
0-5000 mV
0-20000 PPB
0-5000 mV
PMT SIGNAL AT
SPAN GAS CONC
NORM PMT AT
SPAN GAS CONC
PPB/PPM
mV
0-20000 PPB
1000 TO 4800 mV
30 TO 120%
UV LAMP
LAMP RATIO
STR. LGT
DARK PMT
DARK LAMP
SLOPE
mV
PPB
≤ 100 PPB/ ZERO AIR
-50 TO 200 mV
-50 TO 200 mV
1.0 ± 0.3
mV
mV
OFFSET
mV
V
< 250 mV
HVPS
≈ 400 – 900
50ºC ± 1
RCELL TEMP
BOX TEMP
PMT TEMP
IZS TEMP*
ETEST
ºC
ºC
AMBIENT + ~ 5
7ºC ± 2º CONSTANT
50ºC ± 1
ºC
ºC
mV
mV
2000 mV ± 1000
2000 mV ± 1000
OTEST
Values are in the Signal I/O
REF_4096_MV
REF_GND
mV
mV
4096mv±2mv and Must be Stable
0± 0.5 and Must be Stable
3. WHAT IS THE SAMPLE FLOW & SAMPLE PRESSURE W/SAMPLE INLET ON REAR OF MACHINE CAPPED?
SAMPLE FLOW -
CC
SAMPLE PRESS -
IN-HG-A
TELEDYNE API CUSTOMER SERVICE
Email: [email protected]
PHONE: (858) 657-9800
TOLL FREE: (800) 324-5190
FAX: (858) 657-9816
C-1
06807C DCN6650
Appendix C
Warranty/Repair
Questionnaire
T100, M100E
(04796F DCN6611)
4. WHAT ARE THE FAILURE SYMPTOMS? ______________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________________
5. IF POSSIBLE, PLEASE INCLUDE A PORTION OF A STRIP CHART PERTAINING TO THE PROBLEM. CIRCLE
PERTINENT DATA.
THANK YOU FOR PROVIDING THIS INFORMATION. YOUR ASSISTANCE ENABLES TELEDYNE API TO RESPOND
FASTER TO THE PROBLEM THAT YOU ARE ENCOUNTERING.
TELEDYNE API CUSTOMER SERVICE
Email: [email protected]
PHONE: (858) 657-9800
TOLL FREE: (800) 324-5190
FAX: (858) 657-9816
C-2
06807C DCN6650
APPENDIX D – Wire List and Electronic Schematics
06807C DCN6650
D-1
This page intentionally left blank.
D-2
06807C DCN6650
Interconnect List, T100
(Reference 0690801A)
Revision Description
Initial Release
Checked
KV
Date
9/3/10 5833
DCN
A
FROM
TO
Cable PN Signal
0364901 CBL ASSY, AC POWER
Assembly
PN
J/P Pin Assembly
PN
J/P
Pin
AC Line
AC Neutral
Power Grnd
Power Grnd
AC Line Switched
AC Neu Switched
Power Grnd
AC Line Switched
AC Neu Switched
Power Grnd
AC Line Switched
AC Neu Switched
Power Grnd
Power Entry
Power Entry
Power Entry
Power Entry
Power Switch
Power Switch
Power Entry
Power Switch
Power Switch
Power Entry
Power Switch
Power Switch
Power Entry
CN0000073
CN0000073
CN0000073
CN0000073
SW0000025
SW0000025
CN0000073
SW0000051
SW0000025
CN0000073
SW0000025
SW0000025
CN0000073
L
N
Power Switch
Power Switch
Shield
Chassis
PS2 (+12)
SW0000025
SW0000025
L
N
L
N
068020000
068020000
068020000
068010000
068010000
068010000
045230100
045230100
045230100
SK2
SK2
SK2
SK2
SK2
SK2
J1
1
3
2
1
3
2
1
3
2
PS2 (+12)
PS2 (+12)
L
N
PS1 (+5, ±15)
PS1 (+5, ±15)
PS1 (+5, ±15)
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
L
N
J1
J1
03829
CBL ASSY, DC POWER TO MOTHERBOARD
DGND
+5V
AGND
+15V
AGND
-15V
+12V RET
+12V
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
J7
J7
J7
J7
J7
J7
J7
J7
J7
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
J15
J15
J15
J15
J15
J15
J15
J15
J15
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Chassis Gnd
10 Motherboard
04023
CBL, I2C, RELAY BOARD TO MOTHERBOARD
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
I2C Serial Clock
I2C Serial Data
I2C Reset
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
P107
P107
P107
P107
3
5
2
6
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
P3
P3
P3
P3
1
2
4
5
I2C Shield
0402602
CBL, IZS HTR/TH, RXCELL & OB TH
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
058021100
058021100
046260000
046260000
052660000
052660000
052660000
052660000
RTHA
RTHB
IZTA
IZTB
IZS-L
IZS-N
GND
O2-L
O2-N
TS3
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Motherboard
Motherboard
P27
P27
P27
P27
P18
P18
P18
P18
P18
P18
P18
P18
P27
P27
7
RX Cell Thermistor
2
1
2
3
4
1
14 RX Cell Thermistor
IZS Therm/Htr
13 IZS Therm/Htr
6
1
2
IZS Therm/Htr
IZS Therm/Htr
11 Shield
043420000
043420000
045230100
045230100
6
7
3
8
O2 Sensor Therm/Htr
O2 Sensor Therm/Htr
Relay PCA
4
2
4
9
P18
P18
TS4
N/C
O2TA
O2TB
Relay PCA
12 Shield
4
11 O2 Sensor Therm/Htr
043420000
043420000
O2 Sensor Therm/Htr
3
1
0402701
CBL, RX CELL HEATERS
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
046250000
046250000
046250000
046250000
046250000
046250000
045230100
045230100
RH1B
RH2B
RH1A
RTS1
RTS2
RH2A
Relay PCA
P2
P2
P2
P2
P2
P2
P2
P2
1
1
2
3
4
5
RX Cell Heaters
RX Cell Heaters
RX Cell Heaters
RX Cell Heaters
RX Cell Heaters
RX Cell Heaters
4
6
3
1
2
5
14
9
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
13 Relay PCA
8
P2
P2
Relay PCA
04105
CBL, KEYBD TO MTHBRD
Kbd Interupt
DGND
SDA
SCL
Shld
066970000
066970000
066970000
066970000
066970000
7
2
5
6
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
J106
J106
J106
J106
J106
1
8
2
6
5
LCD Interface PCA
LCD Interface PCA
LCD Interface PCA
LCD Interface PCA
LCD Interface PCA
J1
J1
J1
J1
J1
10 Motherboard
06807C DCN6650
D-3
Interconnect List, T100
(Reference 0690801A)
FROM
TO
Cable PN Signal
Assembly
PN
J/P Pin Assembly
PN
J/P
Pin
04176 CBL, DC POWER TO RELAY BOARD
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
DGND
+5V
+15V
AGND
-15V
+12V RET
+12V
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
P8
P8
P8
P8
P8
P8
P8
1
2
4
5
6
7
8
Power Supply Triple
Power Supply Triple
Power Supply Triple
Power Supply Triple
Power Supply Triple
Power Supply Single
Power Supply Single
068010000
068010000
068010000
068010000
068010000
068020000
068020000
J1
J1
J1
J1
J1
J1
J1
3
1
6
4
5
3
1
04437
CBL, PREAMPLIFIER TO TEC
Preamp TEC drive VREF Preamp PCA
Preamp TEC drive CTRL Preamp PCA
Preamp TEC drive AGND Preamp PCA
CBL, SHUTTER TO RELAY BOARD
041800400
041800400
041800400
J1
J1
J1
1
2
3
TEC PCA
TEC PCA
TEC PCA
049310100
049310100
049310100
J3
J3
J3
1
2
3
0448501
04488
+12V RET
+12V
013420000
013420000
045230100
045230100
Shutter
Shutter
1
2
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
P6
P6
1
2
CBL, MAIN HARNESS
AGND
-V15
045230100
045230100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
049210000
049210000
049210000
049210000
P1
P1
P1
P1
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
P5
P5
1
2
O2 Sensor
O2 Sensor
5
6
9
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Shield
Lamp Driver PCA
Lamp Driver PCA
Lamp Driver PCA
Lamp Driver PCA
PMT Preamp PCA
PMT Preamp PCA
PMT Preamp PCA
PMT Preamp PCA
LCD Interface PCA
LCD Interface PCA
Fan
P109 10 O2 Sensor
O2 SIGNAL-
O2 SIGNAL+
PMT TEMP
HVPS
PMT SIGNAL+
AGND
AGND
ETEST
OTEST
PHYSICAL RANGE
AGND
CH7
CH2
+15V
-15V
TEC +12V RET
TEC +12V
DISP RET
+5 DISP
EGND
SDA
SCL
+12V
+12RET
DGND
VCC
+15V
-15V
DGND
VCC
+12RET
+12V
AGND
P109
P109
P109
P109
P109
7
1
4
5
6
O2 Sensor
Shield
PMT Preamp PCA
PMT Preamp PCA
PMT Preamp PCA
10
041800400
041800400
041800400
041800400
P6
P6
P6
P6
5
6
7
8
P109 12 PMT Preamp PCA
P109 11 Shield
P108
041800400
041800400
041800400
050630100
050630100
050630100
050630100
050630100
049310100
049310100
066970000
066970000
066970000
066970000
066970000
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
058021100
P6
P6
P6
P1
P1
P1
P1
P1
8
PMT Preamp PCA
1
2
4
4
1
5
2
3
2
1
8
1
4
5
6
8
7
1
2
4
6
1
2
7
8
3
4
6
5
4
3
12
9
2
8
1
7
P108 16 PMT Preamp PCA
P108
P109
P109
P109
P10
P10
P10
P10
P10
7
9
3
2
4
6
7
8
1
2
PMT Preamp PCA
UV Ref PCA
UV Ref PCA
UV Ref PCA
UV Ref PCA
UV Ref PCA
TEC PCA
TEC PCA
P14
P14
P14
P14
P14
P9
P9
P9
P9
P9
LCD Interface PCA
LCD Interface PCA
LCD Interface PCA
LCD Interface PCA
LCD Interface PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
P10
061930000
061930000
061930000
061930000
041800400
041800400
041800400
041800400
P1
P1
P1
P1
P5
P5
P5
P5
4
3
1
2
1
2
4
6
2
3
1
2
3
6
2
4
5
1
P9
066970000 P14
066970000 P14
040010000
P11
P11
P11
P11
P11
P11
P110
P110
P110
P110
P110
P110
P110
P110
P110
P110
040010000
Fan
040030100
040030100
040030100
040030100
040030100
040030100
P1
P1
P1
P1
P1
P1
Flow Module PCA
Flow Module PCA
Flow Module PCA
Flow Module PCA
Flow Module PCA
Flow Module PCA
Shield
Shield
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
+15V
PRESS SIGNAL 1
PRESS SIGNAL 2
FLOW SIGNAL 1
FLOW SIGNAL 2
SHIELD
SHIELD
TC SIGNAL 1
TC 1 SIGNAL DGND
TC SIGNAL 2
TC 2 SIGNAL DGND
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
P17
P17
P17
P17
1
2
3
4
Relay PCA
D-4
06807C DCN6650
Interconnect List, T100
(Reference 0690801A)
FROM
TO
Cable PN Signal
04562 CBL, Z/S IZS VALVES
Assembly
PN
J/P Pin Assembly
PN
J/P
Pin
Sample Valve +12V
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
045230100
055560000
055560000
055560100
055560100
055560100
055560100
055560000
055560000
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
P4
P4
P4
P4
P4
P4
P4
P4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
SMP/CAL
SMP/CAL
ZS/HI S
ZS/HI S
Lo Span
Lo Span
Zero
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
Sample Valve +12V RET
Zero/Span valve +12V
Zero/Span valve +12V RE
Low Span Valve +12V
Low Span Valve +12V RE
AutoZero Valve +12V
AutoZero Valve +12V RET
Zero
04671
CBL, MOTHERBOARD TO XMITTER BD (MULTIDROP OPTION
GND
RX0
RTS0
TX0
CTS0
RS-GND0
RTS1
CTS1/485-
RX1
TX1/485+
RS-GND1
RX1
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
058021100 P12
058021100 P12
058021100 P12
058021100 P12
058021100 P12
058021100 P12
058021100 P12
058021100 P12
058021100 P12
058021100 P12
058021100 P12
058021100 P12
058021100 P12
058021100 P12
2
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000
J4
J4
J4
J4
J4
J4
J4
J4
J4
J4
J4
J4
J4
J4
2
14
13
12
11
10
8
6
9
7
5
14 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000
13 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000
12 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000
11 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000
10 Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000
8
6
9
7
5
9
7
5
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000
9
7
5
TX1/485+
RS-GND1
06737
CBL, I2C to AUX I/O (ANALOG IN OPTION
ATX-
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
058021100 J106
058021100 J106
058021100 J106
058021100 J106
058021100 J106
058021100 J106
058021100 J106
1
2
3
4
5
6
8
Aux I/O PCA
Aux I/O PCA
Aux I/O PCA
Aux I/O PCA
Aux I/O PCA
Aux I/O PCA
Aux I/O PCA
067300000
067300000
067300000
067300000
067300000
067300000
067300000
J2
J2
J2
J2
J2
J2
J2
1
2
3
4
5
6
8
ATX+
LED0
ARX+
ARX-
LED0+
LED1+
06738
CBL, CPU COM to AUX I/O (USB OPTION
RXD
DCD
DTR
TXD
DSR
GND
CTS
RTS
RI
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
Aux I/O PCA
Aux I/O PCA
Aux I/O PCA
Aux I/O PCA
Aux I/O PCA
Aux I/O PCA
Aux I/O PCA
Aux I/O PCA
Aux I/O PCA
0673000 or -02
0673000 or -02
0673000 or -02
0673000 or -02
0673000 or -02
0673000 or -02
0673000 or -02
0673000 or -02
0673000 or -02
J3
J3
J3
J3
J3
J3
J3
J3
J3
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
COM1
COM1
COM1
COM1
COM1
COM1
COM1
COM1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
COM1 10
06738
CBL, CPU COM to AUX I/O (MULTIDROP OPTION
RXD
DCD
DTR
TXD
DSR
GND
CTS
RTS
RI
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000
Xmitter bd w/Multidrop 069500000
J3
J3
J3
J3
J3
J3
J3
J3
J3
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
COM1
COM1
COM1
COM1
COM1
COM1
COM1
COM1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
COM1 10
06739
CBL, CPU ETHERNET TO AUX I/O
ATX-
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
067240000 LAN
067240000 LAN
067240000 LAN
067240000 LAN
067240000 LAN
067240000 LAN
067240000 LAN
067240000 LAN
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Aux I/O PCA
Aux I/O PCA
Aux I/O PCA
Aux I/O PCA
Aux I/O PCA
Aux I/O PCA
Aux I/O PCA
Aux I/O PCA
06730XXXX
06730XXXX
06730XXXX
06730XXXX
06730XXXX
06730XXXX
06730XXXX
06730XXXX
J2
J2
J2
J2
J2
J2
J2
J2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
ATX+
LED0
ARX+
ARX-
LED0+
LED1
LED1+
06741
CBL, CPU USB TO FRONT PANEL
GND
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
067240000 USB
067240000 USB
067240000 USB
067240000 USB
8
6
4
2
066970000
066970000
066970000
066970000
J9
J9
J9
J9
LCD Interface PCA
LCD Interface PCA
LCD Interface PCA
LCD Interface PCA
LUSBD3+
LUSBD3-
VCC
06807C DCN6650
D-5
Interconnect List, T100
(Reference 0690801A)
FROM
TO
Cable PN Signal
Assembly
PN
J/P Pin Assembly
Shield
PN
J/P
Pin
06746
CBL, MB TO 06154 CPU
GND
RX0
RTS0
TX0
CTS0
RS-GND0
RTS1
CTS1/485-
RX1
TX1/485+
RS-GND1
RX1
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
Motherboard
058021100 P12
058021100 P12
058021100 P12
058021100 P12
058021100 P12
058021100 P12
058021100 P12
058021100 P12
058021100 P12
058021100 P12
058021100 P12
058021100 P12
058021100 P12
058021100 P12
2
14 CPU PCA
13 CPU PCA
12 CPU PCA
11 CPU PCA
10 CPU PCA
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
067240000
COM1
COM1
COM1
COM1
COM1
COM2
COM2
COM2
COM2
COM2
485
1
8
4
7
6
8
7
1
4
6
1
2
3
8
6
9
7
5
9
7
5
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
CPU PCA
TX1/485+
RS-GND1
CBL, COOLER FAN
+12V RET
+12V
485
485
06910
045230100 P12
045230100 P12
7
8
Cooler Fan
Cooler Fan
013140000
013140000
2
1
Relay PCA
Relay PCA
WR256
CBL, XMITTER TO INTERFACE
LCD Interface PCA 066970000
J15
Transmitter PCA
068810000
J1
D-6
06807C DCN6650
06807C DCN6650
D-7
1
2
3
4
+15V
R2
1.1K
S1
D
C
B
A
VR2
D
C
B
1
2
3
4
5
6
ASCX PRESSURE SENSOR
2
3
C2
1.0UF
1
LM4040CIZ
TP4 TP5
S1/S4_OUT S2_OUT
TP3
S3_OUT
TP2
10V_REF
TP1
GND
+15V
J1
3
2
1
6
5
4
S2
1
2
3
4
5
6
ASCX PRESSURE SENSOR
MINIFIT6
+15V
R1
499
S3
VR1
1
2
3
FLOW SENSOR
FM_4
2
3
C1
1.0UF
CN_647 X 3
1
+15V
LM4040CIZ
S4
C3
1.0
1
2
3
4
CON4
SCH, PCA 04003, PRESS/FLOW, 'E' SERIES
The information herein is the
property of API and is
APPROVALS
DATE
submitted in strictest con-
fidence for reference only.
Unauthorized use by anyone
for any other purposes is
prohibited. This document or
any information contained
in it may not be duplicated
without proper authorization.
DRAWN
A
CHECKED
APPROVED
SIZE DRAWING NO.
REVISION
B
04354
D
LAST MOD.
3-Dec-2007
SHEET
1
1
of
1
2
3
4
D-8
06807C DCN6650
1
2
3
4
5
6
D
C
B
A
D
C
B
A
Name
04524-p1.sch
Name
04524-p2.sch
Name
04524-p3.sch
Title
M100E/200E/400E RELAY PCA SCHEMATIC
Size
B
Number
04522
Revision
D
0
0
Date:
File:
16-May-2007
Sheet of
N:\PCBMGR\04522cc\source\04522D.drdabwn By:
6
1
2
3
4
5
Te
Te
06807C DCN6650
D-9
1
2
3
4
5
6
General Trace Width Requirements
1. Vcc (+5V) and I2C VCC should be 15 mil
2. Digitial grounds should be at least 20 mils
3. +12V and +12V return should be 30 mils
4. All AC lines (AC Line, AC Neutral, RELAY0 - 4, All signals on JP2) should be 30 mils wide, with 120 mil
isolation/creepage distance around them
5. Traces between J7 - J12 should be top and bottom and at least 140 mils.
6. Traces to the test points can be as small as 10 mils.
J1
AC_Line
AC_Neutral
1
2
3
4
4 PIN
RELAY0
RELAY1
D
C
B
A
D
C
B
A
VCC
RN1
330
R1
R2
2.2K 2.2K
RELAY0
K1
RELAY1
K2
RELAY2
K3
JP2
Heater Config Jumper
J2 16 PIN
1
3
2
4
1
3
2
4
1
2
4
RELAY2
COMMON0
LOAD0
TS0
1
2
JP1
I2C_Vcc
RELAY0
I2C_Vcc
3
3
RELAY0
1
3
5
7
2
4
6
8
+-
+-
+-
SLD-RLY
4
5
TS0
TS1
TS2
COMMON1
LOAD1
TS1
6
SLD-RLY
SLD-RLY
7
RELAY1
RELAY2
8
HEADER 4X2
RELAY1
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
COMMON2
LOAD2
TS2
D1
WDOG
I2C_Vcc
D2
D3
D4
D7
D8
D9
D10
AC_Neutral
RED
RELAY2
U1
YEL
RL0
YEL
RL1
YEL
RL2
GRN
VA0
GRN
VA1
GRN
VA2
GRN
VA3
C1
0.1
21
2
4
A0
P00
P01
P02
5
A1
A2
3
6
+12V
1
7
INT P03
P04
SCL P05
SDA P06
P07
J3
8
IO3
IO4
22
23
9
1
U2A
10
11
13
14
2
3
4
5
F1
F2
1
2
4A PTC INTERRUPTOR
4A PTC INTERRUPTOR
P10
P11
15 IO10
16 IO11
17 IO12
18 IO13
19 IO14
20 IO15
P12
CON5
SN74HC04
U2B
P13
DD4
6A RECTIFIER
DD1
6A RECTIFIER
P14
VCC
P15
Q1
VCC
P16
3
5
4
P17
VALVE_POWER
R3
J4
20K
R5
10K
PCF8575
VCC
U5
1
1
16
15
14
10
9
VALVE0
2
IN 4
IN 3
OUT4
U2C
U4
I2C_Vcc
2
IRF7205
JP4
K
3
3
VALVE1
4
ENABLE OUT 3
6
6
IN 2
IN 1
OUT 2
K
OUT 1
5
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
7
VALVE2
6
VBATT
VOUT
VCC
RESET
RESET'
WDO'
8
7
VALVE3
8
U2D
U2E
GND
CD IN'
1
2
3
C3
1
R6
10K
UDN2540B(16)
BATT_ONCD OUT'
LOW LINE' WDI
OSC IN
OSC SEL
9
8
8 PIN
VLV_ENAB
PFO'
PFI
WTCDG OVR
DD2
+
C16
+
+
15V TVS
C5
C6
JP3
R4
1M
D17
DL4148
C4
10/16
2000/25
MAX693
11
10
+
22 uF
1 2
10/16
C2
0.001
find low ESR electroytic
HEADER 1X2
+12RET
TP1 TP2 TP3 TP4 TP5 TP6 TP7
+12V
DGND +5V AGND +15V -15V +12RT
DC PWR IN
J5
KEYBRD
J7
MTHR BRD
SYNC DEMOD
J10
SPARE
J11
REV
AUTH
DATE
J8
J9
J12
J13
B
CAC
10/3/02
CE MARK LINE VOLTAGE TRACE SPACING FIX
Add alternate thermocouple connectors
DGND
VCC
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
D
RJ
5/16/07
AGND
+15V
3
3
3
4
4
4
AGND
-15V
5
5
5
6
6
6
+12RET
+12V
7
7
Title
7
8
8
Schem, M100E/M200E/M400E Relay PCB
8
EGND
CHS_GND
9
9
9
10
10
10
10
Size
B
Number
04524
Revision
10
D
CON10THROUGH
CON10THROUGH CON10THROUGH
CON10THROUGH
CON10THROUGH CON10THROUGH
CON10THROUGH
Printed documents are uncontrolled
4
1
3
CON10THROUGH
Date:
File:
16-May-2007
Sheet of
N:\PCBMGR\04522cc\source\04522D.drdabwn By:
6
1
2
3
5
Te
T
Te
T
D-10
06807C DCN6650
1
2
3
4
5
6
Aux Relay Connector
AC_Line
JP6
Heater Config Jumper
J18 16 PIN
1
COMMON3
LOAD3
TS3
RELAY3
RELAY4
2
RELAY3
3
RN2
330
RELAY4
RELAY3
D
C
B
A
D
C
B
A
4
5
6
TS3
TS4
COMMON4
LOAD4
TS4
7
RELAY4
8
RELAY3
K4
RELAY4
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
K5
2
1
3
2
4
1
3
AC_Neutral
I2C_Vcc
4
I2C_Vcc
+-
+-
JP7
SLD-RLY
SLD-RLY
5
4
3
2
1
10
9
8
JP7 Configuration
7
6
D5
D6
D11
D12
GRN GRN
D13
D14
D15
D16
GRN
Standard Pumps
60 Hz: 3-8
50 Hz: 2-7, 5-10
World Pumps
PUMP
J20
YEL
YEL
GRN
GRN
GRN
60Hz/100-115V: 3-8, 4-9, 2-7
50Hz/100-115V: 3-8, 4-9, 2-7, 5-10
60Hz/220-240V: 3-8, 1-6
MINI-FIT 10
1
2
3
4
VA5
VA6
VA7
50Hz/220-240V: 3-8, 1-6, 5-10
VA4
TR0
TR1
RL3
RL4
AC_Neutral
AC_Line
IO3
IO4
IO10
IO11
IO12
VCC
U3A
VALVE_POWER
J6
IO13
1
2
U6
1
1
16
Valve4
Valve5
Valve6
Valve7
IN 4
15
OUT4
2
2
3
6
7
8
IN 3
K
3
14
10
9
SN74HC04
U3D
VLV_ENAB
ENABLE OUT 3
4
IN 2
IN 1
OUT 2
K
5
6
OUT 1
7
9
8
8
9
UDN2540B(16)
10
11
12
13
14
U3B
U3F
DD3
15V TVS
U3E
U3C
C17
+
IO14
3
4
11
5
10
6
22 uF
CON14
VCC
+12RET
IO15
13
12
J19
+12V
+12V
1
2
C13
0.1
VCC
MINIFIT-2
U2F
Q2
IRL3303
13
12
J14
1
2
MINIFIT-2
Q4
IRL3303
Q3
IRL3303
Use 50 mil traces
J21
Title
+12V
1
2
Schem, M100E/M200E/M400E Relay PCB
+12RET
MINIFIT-2
Size
B
Number
04524
Revision
D
Printed documents are uncontrolled
2
3
Date:
File:
16-May-2007
Sheet of
N:\PCBMGR\04522cc\source\04522D.drdabwn By:
6
1
2
3
4
5
Te
T
Te
T
06807C DCN6650
D-11
1
2
3
4
5
6
+15V
R23
C7
TC1_KCOMPA
TC1_JCOMPA
D
C
B
A
D
C
B
A
6.81K
0.1
C12
0.01
-15V
ZR3
4.7V
TC1_GND
R21
1k
R19
3M
THERMOCOUPLE CONNECTOR
U7A
1
OMEGA
J15
3
J17
F4
1/8 AMP FUSE
1
2
3
4
R13
10K
-
2
2
1
+
TC1_GNDTCA
R25
14K
R7
20K
OPA2277
F3
1/8 AMP FUSE
J15A
C10
0.1
MICROFIT-4
-15V
ZR1
3V
-
R15
10K
2
1
TC1_JGAINA
TC1_JGAINB
TC1_GND
ZR2
3V
+
0.01
C8
+15V
THERMOCOUPLE CONNECTOR
HAMITHERM
R17
5K
1M
R11
U8
TC1_5MVA
TC1_5MVB
3
1M
TOUT
R10
TC1_JGAINA
TC1_5MVA
TC1_JCOMPA
TC1_KCOMPA
TC1_GNDTCA
TC2_JGAINA
TC2_5MVA
TC2_JCOMPA
TC2_KCOMPA
TC2_GNDTCA
TC1_JGAINB
TC1_5MVB
TC1_JCOMPB
TC1_KCOMPB
TC1_GNDTCB
TC2_JGAINB
TC2_5MVB
JP5
1
R9
8
7
5
C9
0.1
MICROFIT-20
J
K
2
3
10K
4
TC PROGRAMMING SOCKET
5
R-
6
7
8
LT1025
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
* GROUNDED THERMOCOUPLES ARE EXPECTED BY DEFAULT
No extra connections are necessary for grounded thermocouples
* FOR UNGROUNDED THERMOCOUPLES
short TCX_GNDTCA to TCX_GNDTCB
* FOR K THERMOCOUPLE:
1) Install CN0000156 for thermocouple connector
2) Short only TCX_KCOMPA to TCX_KCOMPB on TC Programming Plug
4) Leave TCX_JCOMPX pins of the plug unconnected
* FOR J THERMOCOUPLE:
1) Install CN0000155 for thermocouple connector
2) Short TCX_JCOMPA to TCXJCOMPB on TC Programming Plug
3) Short TCX_JGAINA to TCX_JGAINB on TC Programming Plug
4) Leave TCX_KCOMPX pins of the plug unconnected
* DEFAULT OUTPUT IS 10 mV PER DEG C
-15V
TC2_JCOMPB
TC2_KCOMPB
TC2_GNDTCB
R20
3M
TC2_KCOMPA
TC2_JCOMPA
THERMOCOUPLE CONNECTOR
OMEGA
J16
F6
ZR4
1/8 AMP FUSE
-
2
U7B
4.7V
1
+
R24
TC2_GNDTCA
5
F5
7
6.81K
1/8 AMP FUSE
R18
6
ZR6
3V
R22
ZR5
R16
TC2_GND
10K
J16A
+15V
10K
R26
14.3K
R8
20K
OPA2277
1k
-
2
1
3V
C15
0.01
+
C11
0.01
TC2_JGAINA
TC2_JGAINB
THERMOCOUPLE CONNECTOR
HAMITHERM
U10
TC2_GND
3
R28
5K
TOUT
R14
TC2_5MVA
TC2_5MVB
1M
8
7
5
TC2_JCOMPB
TC2_KCOMPB
J
K
R12
1M
C14
0.1
R27
10K
R-
LT1025
Title
Schem, M100E/M200E/M400E Relay PCB
Size
B
Number
04524
Revision
D
Printed documents are uncontrolled
3
3
Date:
File:
16-May-2007
Sheet of
N:\PCBMGR\04522cc\source\04522D.drdabwn By:
6
1
2
3
4
5
Te
Te
D-12
06807C DCN6650
1
2
3
4
5
6
D
C
B
D
C
B
A
Interconnections
04181H-1-m100e200e.sch
preamp cktry
04181H-2-m100e200e.SCH
HVPS Cktry
04181H-3-m100e200e.SCH
A
Title
M100E/200E PMT Preamp PCA
Size
B
Number
04181
Revision
3
H
Date:
File:
10-May-2007
Sheet 0 of
N:\PCBMGR\04179cc\Source\RevG\04179.Dddrabwn By:
1
2
3
4
5
6
06807C DCN6650
D-13
1
2
3
4
5
6
ON JP2:
+15V
PMT TEMPERATURE FEEDBACK
FOR 100E/200E : SHORT PINS 2 &5 ONLY.
FOR 200EU: SHORT PINS 3 & 6 and PINS 2 & 5.
+12V_REF
+15V
JP2
R28
50K
TH1
FSV
+15V
1
D1
R18
SEE TABLE
1
3
TJP1A
2
3
4
5
6
6.2V ZENER
6.2V
2
OPTIC TEST
TJP2A
PMT TEMP CONFIG JUMPER
D
C
B
A
R8
150K
D
C
B
U2A
2
3
1
R27
499
LF353
R6
R35
1.0K
R15
SEE TABLE
+12V_REF
TO TEC BOARD
+
100K
J2
C23
100 pF
C26
0.1 uF
TP3
S
*
C1
+12V_REF
1
2
3
VREF
COOLER CONTROL
AGND
Q3
J176
N/I
U3B
G
R41
300K
D
R2
51.1K
R16
100K
6
5
3 PIN INLINE
7
TP24
*
TJP1A
+15V
THERMISTOR+
RT1
LF353
R32
499
R7
10K
+5V_SYS
TP23
*
C6
0.1 uF
J3
R1
10K
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
-15V
COMP. 100E 200E 0200EU
-----------------------------------------------
PREAMP1
LED+
LED+
D2
11DQ05
R18
R15
R10
10K
55K
10K
55K
14K
47K
THERMISTOR+
U3A
2
R9
U13
8.09K 8.09K 10K
HVPS
1
PMT_TEMP
3
R23
+15V
1
4
2
OPTIC_TEST
2.0K
b
LF353
R10
4.99K
R37
3.3K
INLINE-9-RA
SEE TABLE
Q2
74AHC1GU04
PN2222
TJP2A
TP18 TP17
TP25
TP19 TP22 TP21
*
TP20
*
*
*
*
*
*
Signal Connector
ELEC TEST
J6
ETEST
1
OPTIC_TEST
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
OPTIC TEST
PREAMP RNG BIT2
PREAMP RNG BIT1
PMT TEMP
HVPS VOLTAGE
PMT SIGNAL
HIGAIN
PMT_TEMP
HVPS VPMT
MICROFIT-8
J5
T*P11
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
L2
+15V
4.7 uH
C21
+
Power Connector
C49
0.68 uF
100uF
9
10
TP15 TP14 TP13
*
*
*
T*P16
MINIFIT-10
L1
-15V
4.7 uH
+5V_SYS
C16
A
Printed documents are uncontrolled
+
C46
0.68 uF
Title
4.7uF, 16v
100E/200E PMT PREAMP PCA Schematic
Size
B
Number
04181
Revision
H
Date:
File:
10-May-2007
Sheet 1 of
3
N:\PCBMGR\04179cc\Source\RevG\04179.Dddrabwn By:
1
2
3
4
5
6
D-14
06807C DCN6650
1
2
3
4
5
6
D
C
B
A
VPMT
D
C
B
A
TP9
*
U5
U4
8
7
9
10
16
15
1
ETEST
4
2
ETEST
IN 4
COM4
IN 3
COM3
IN2
COM2
IN1
COM1
6
11
14
3
NC4
NC3
NC2
NC1
ETEST
ETEST
ETEST_SIGNAL
PREAMP1
74AHC1GU04
U17
PREAMP2
HIGAIN
+15V
2
4
2
HIGAIN
C31
0.68 uF
-15V
HIGAIN
1
DG444DY
-15V
74AHC1GU04
+15V
U9A
+5V_SYS
C29
0.68 uF
3
2
-15V
LF353
U16B
R11
C4
100M
6
5
+15V
7
0.001 uF
100
R46
TP1
*
C2
100 pF
R48
1K
LF353, OPAMP
R5
R29
1000M
R12
50k, POT
N/I, SHORTED
+15V
TP8
*
R50
N/I
R44
SEE TABLE
+15V
10uF/25V
PREAMP2
C28
C48
GUARD RING
PMTGND
0.1 uF
TP7
*
0.68 uF
6
J1
1
C5
U1
R3
2
3
SEE TABLE
For 1.0 uF use C11.
For 11 uF use C11A & C11B.
U2B
PMT Signal Connector
PREAMP1
6
5
2
4.99K
7
R36
250K
COAX
VREF
R17
OPA124
SEE TABLE
LF353, OPAMP
C11A
22uF/25V
C11B
22uF/25V
+
+
TP2
*
C3
SEE TABLE
1.0uF
C11
PMTGND
1
U11
C2710uF/25V
-15V
R43
4.99K
R4
R13
2
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
C47
100
FB
AGND
V-
BUFOUT
OUT
N/I, POT
0.68 uF
-2.5V
V+
+12V_REF
TP6
0.68 uF
C30
*
3
DIV RATIO C OSC
C36
0.1 uF
C9
3900 pF, FILM
-15V
LTC1062CN8
ETEST_SIGNAL
R51
SEE TABLE
VERSION TABLE:
0100 - M10XE
0200 - M20XE
R38
N/I
3
PMTGND
R19
2
NOTES:
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED
CAPACITANCE IS IN MICROFARADS.
RESISTORS ARE 1%, 1/4W.
10K, POT
COMP. 0100
----------------------------------------------
R17
R44
R51
C3
0200
1.
2.
3.
4.
1
ELECT. TEST
Printed documents are uncontrolled
20.0K
39.2K
10K
0.1 uF
11.0
10.0 ohms
25.5K
not installed
0.012
PMTGND
Title
M100E/200E PMT Preamp PCA Schematic
RESISTANCE IS IN OHMS.
Size
B
Number
04181
Revision
H
C11
1.0
THIS CIRCUIT MUST BE USED
AS A MATCHED PAIR WITH THE
TEC CONTROL CIRCUIT
Sheet2 of
3
Date:
File:
10-May-2007
N:\PCBMGR\04179cc\Source\RevG\04179.Dddrabwn By:
1
2
3
4
5
6
06807C DCN6650
D-15
1
2
3
4
5
6
HIGH VOLTAGE SUPPLY
C45
100pF
TP4
*
VREF
D
C
B
A
+15V
C51
D
C
B
U22 LT1790AIS6-5
R33
C25
4.99K
6
4
OUT
IN
C7
0.68 uF
C32
0.1uF/ 50V
CA0000192
+15V
1.0uF/16V
+5V_LOCAL
CA0000199
R42
4.99K
R20
4.99K
0.1 uF
HVPS
U16A
2
U6
8
3
2
4
5
7
Iout
RN1
C
R47
1
9
9
8
7
6
4
3
2
1
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
3
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Vrf(-)
Vrf(+)
COMP
TC
3.92K
LF353, OPAMP
C20
D7
16V
R49
1.0K
+
C22
10uF/25V
C33
0.68 uF
0.68 uF
5
10
+5V_LOCAL
C24
0.1 uF
100Kx8
Vee
-15V
DAC0802
-15V
U9B
6
5
7
LF535
1
2
4
8
1
2
4
8
S2
S1
+12V_REF
+5V_LOCAL
T*P10
TP5
*
U8
U14
IN
ON/OFF NC
3
1
1
3
5
4
+15V
IN OUT
OUT
D6
11DQ05
LM78L12ACZ(3)
+
+
LP2981IM5
+
C50
10uF/25V
C34
10uF/25V
C15
10uF/25V
C14
10uF/25V
C42
0.68 uF
TP12
*
1
3
-2.5V
A
Printed documents are uncontrolled
VR1
LM336Z-2.5
Title
R24
2k
M100E/200E PMT PREAMP PCA Schematic
Size
B
Number
04181
Revision
H
-15V
Date:
File:
10-May-2007
Sheet3 of
3
N:\PCBMGR\04179cc\Source\RevG\04179.Dddrabwn By:
1
2
3
4
5
6
D-16
06807C DCN6650
1
2
3
4
7
1
5
C
1
.
0
5
1
.
0
1
Note: Once detector is installed and calibrated, the board and
detector are a matched set. Do not swap detectors.
1
5
C
1
1
0
.
u
F
C
L
C
1
2
1
2
3
4
.
9
9
6
6
5
4
3
2
1
C
9
1K 2K 4K 8K 15.8K 34K
1
2
4
0
.
2
u
F
1
5
C
5
1
0
1
0
0
C
0
3
.
1
u
C
7
1
CR1
1
5
0
.
u
12V ZENER
C
L
L
C
C
1
4
1
5
1
2
7
.
5
1
4
F
1
1
2
3
1
3
6
1
.
0
1
5
8
1
0
0
1
.
0
1
C
4
0
1
2
4
+
REF_OUT
1
.
u
F
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
C
1
0
1
5
PHOTO_ABS
1
5
8
1
u
1
5
1
5
C
F
3
2
9
100
1
5
C
6
0
+
C
2
1
.
u
5
G
Rev A: Initial Release
Rev B: 7/14/04 - Reversed adjust direction of pot
Rev C: 3/15/05 - Adjusted noise filtering (C9, R10 & C5)
M100E UV REF PCA, DUAL OUT
The information herein is the
property of API and is
L
submitted in strictest con-
fidence for reference only.
Unauthorized use by anyone
for any other purposes is
prohibited. This document or
any information contained
in it may not be duplicated
without proper authorization.
C
C
G
.
05064
C
L
.
1
5
.
2
0
0
5
1
1
1
2
3
4
06807C DCN6650
D-17
1
2
3
4
5
6
2
2
L
G
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
6
2
.
1
1
2
3
4
0
4
6
6
9
9
3
3
2
2
5
L
6
1
9
6
2
0
4
0
4
.
.
L
G
2
.
7
2
5
VDRIVE
1
2
4
C
4
3
4
4
2
7
+
C
2
4
.
1
0
0
0
.
1
u
F
C
3
1
4
1
4
8
F
0
.
0
1
u
F
1
1
4
1
4
8
8
7
2
2
0
5
6
VREF
3
9
1
5
F
2
3
.
.
7
L
L
G
3
L
.
.
F
5
2
0
F
5
2
0
ACOMP
3
.
9
C
4
1
4
1
4
1
4
8
2
3
VREF
1
2
3
4
8
8
VLAMP
G
6
5
7
6
5
C
u
0
1
u
7
1
4
2
3
C
L
1
F
2
1
5
3
2
1
8
G
2
1
R10
75, 1/4W
C
2
3
0
.
2
2
1
0
C
2
4
VDAC
1
1
C
L
.
C
u
1
2
LAMP_FDBACK
10k
R8
Q6
NPN
C
C
C
6
LAMP DRIVE POWER STAGE
0
.
0
3
u
F
VCOMP
LAMP POWER CONTROL DAC
2
1
C
2
30K
R22
4
.
7
3
4
1
2
1
2
6
5
L
3
5
8
ACOMP
1
2
7
4
.
7
VREF
R25
10K,1%
R26
50K
1
0
4
R11
47K
CC STAGE AMPLIFIER FOR COMP
1
1
2
D7
7V
C
5
0
F
0
.
1
u
F
PWM CONTROLLER
3
1
2
5
7
6
1
9
6
C
F
1
2
R17
47K
1
1
4
8
1
0
4
.
LAMP CURRENT FEEDBACK AMPLIFIER
2
4
9
1
3
1
C
G
C
2
C
2
4
9
1
5
0
1
F
.
C
R18
40k
0
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
8
1
1
1
1
9
2
3
2
C7
0.01 uF
0
1
1
C
C
1
1
C
1
2
F
1
2
1
6
C
9
u
G
3
.
9
0
.
1
F
0
.
0
0
4
7
u
F
0
.
1
u
F
C
.
C
Applies to PCAs: 04540 -01 and -02
2
G
R27
40K
R28
3
5
2
5
5.1K
D1
D2
VCOMP
1
2
2
9
3
7
0
1N914
D9
4
7v ZENER
IPRIMARY
1N914
VREF
1
0
0
4
R34
40K
.
C
G
C
L
6
5
HYSTERIESIS SET RESISTORS FOR PWM ERROR COMPARATOR
3
8
7
1
3
C14
1 uF
5
6
9
1
1
1
3
0
0
0
3
3
3
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
2
3
4
.
7
.
.
.
.
u
5
3
1
.
C
C
C
1
3
7
1
C
C
1
4
.
u
C
4
3
9
L
3
5
8
R36
20K
ACOMP
R35
C16
1
1
1
8
0
3
1
5
.
u
2
5
5
L
5
8
40K
0.01 uF
Error : LOGO.BMP file not found.
R32
40K
The information herein is the
property of API and is
Sch, Burs ting UV Lamp Drv, M100E
4
0
0
APPROVALS
DRAWN
DATE
VSET
3
C
0
4
6
9
2
submitted in strictest con-
fidence for reference only.
Unauthorized use by anyone
for any other purposes is
prohibited. This document or
any information contained
in it may not be duplicated
without proper authorization.
R33
40K
C
C
5
1
0
3
CHECKED
SIZE DRAWING NO.
REVISION
B
04693
E
PRIMARY WINDING OVERCURRENT CUTOFF
APPROVED
LAST MOD.
SHEET
BLINK MULTIVIBRATOR
2-J un-2004
1
2
of
1
2
3
4
5
6
D-18
06807C DCN6650
1
2
3
4
5
6
D
C
B
A
C18
D10
D
C
B
A
VDRIVE
L1
VDRIVE
+12V
+12V
4.7 uF
C21
DIODE
25 uH
C20
+
R47
ACOMP_2
C19
N/I
R42
25.5K
1000 uF
100K
R23
R46
50K
4.7 uF
5.1K
100 uF
C17
+
U5
VREF
L2
25 uH
Q1
R41
1k
PN3645_PNP
R45
5.1K
4
2
1
VSWITCH
SW
FB
C22
N/I
LAMP_FDBACK
lamp_fdback
1k
R37
VCOMP
R43
2k
LT1268
C15
0.68 uF
+12V
+12V
4
2
3
L
3
5
8
1
4
0
4
C
0
1
0
u
.
1
F
C
1
3
1
+12V
0
.
u
F
C
8
0
.
1
u
F
Title
u
L
.
1
0
0
Size
B
Number
Revision
0
4
6
9
3
Date:
File:
2-Jun-2004
Sheet of
2
2
N:\PCBMGR\RELEASED\04691CC\source\D04ra6w93neB.dyd:b
1
2
3
4
5
6
06807C DCN6650
D-19
1
2
3
4
5
6
+15
+15
+15
+15
+15
+15
+15
D1
R34 2.00K
R3
0.2
R22
49.9
C12
0.1uF
J1
C14
C15
R12
49.9
R17
0.2
R4
0.2
C4
0.1uF
C16
C17
+
+
1
2
0.1uF
0.1uF
D
C
B
A
U2V+
D
C
B
A
R7 1.00K
22uF
22uF
R18 1.00K
R5 1.00K
C2
0.1uF
R31 1.00K
C9
0.1uF
R29 1.00K
C8
0.1uF
R24 1.00K
U1B
6
5
R27
7
U2B
Q1
MTB30P6V
U2A
U1V+
6
5
2
7
1
6.04K
Q3
MTB30P6V
Q2
MTB30P6V
3
LMC6464BIM
LMC6464BIM
LMC6464BIM
U2V+
Open for M200E
Closed for M100A
JUMPER
JP1
R13 20.0K
R26 20.0K
R25 20.0K
+15
C7
0.1uF
C13
0.1uF
C6
TP4
TP1
TP2 TP3
R16
R15 2.00K
20.0K
0.1uF
R35 0.2
J3
J2
R1
R2
U2C
10.0K
10.0K
3
2
1
1
2
U1A
2
R14 10.0K
1
9
R23 10.0K
R36 0.2
3
8
10
LMC6464BIM
LMC6464BIM
U2V-
U1V-
U1C
U1D
U2D
R28
Q5
NTB30N06L
Q4
NTB30N06L
C18
Q6
NTB30N06L
10
9
12
12
13
R33 1.00K
R30 1.00K
R32 1.00K
8
14
14
13
0.1uF
6.04K
LMC6464BIM
LMC6464BIM
LMC6464BIM
C3
0.1uF
C1
C10
0.1uF
0.1uF
R10 1.00K
R8 1.00K
R20 1.00K
R9
0.2
R6
0.2
R19
0.2
R21
C11
R11
C5
0.1uF
49.9
0.1uF
49.9
Title
TEC Amplifier PCB
Mounting Holes
X1 X2 X3 X4 X5
Size
B
Number
04932
Revision
C
Date:
File:
13-Jan-2005 Sheet1 of
N:\PCBMGR\UNREL\04930PW\Protel\049D30r.aDwDnBBy: RJ
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
D-20
06807C DCN6650
1
2
3
4
A
B
C
D
A
B
C
D
JP1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
R1
Not Used
R2
22
Title
SCH, E-Series Analog Output Isolator, PCA 04467
Size
A
Number
Revision
B
04468
Date:
File:
6/28/2004
N:\PCBMGR\..\04468B.sch
Sheet of
Drawn By:
1
2
3
4
06807C DCN6650
D-21
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
ꢈ6-ꢚ;ꢉꢁ
ꢈ3&1145
ꢘ8ꢈꢎ
ꢈ6-6ꢚ&
ꢘ8ꢈꢎ
ꢈ6-6ꢚ&
ꢈ3&1145
6ꢚ7
ꢈ6-6ꢚꢃ
ꢈ3&1145
6ꢚ7
ꢈ6-6ꢚꢃ
&ꢄ.&ꢀꢑ#,.1ꢕꢛ(
ꢈ
ꢈ
ꢈ6-ꢚ;ꢉ
ꢘ8ꢈꢎ
ꢈ3&1145
ꢘ8ꢈꢎ
ꢈ3&1145
6ꢚ7
ꢈ6-6ꢚꢁ
ꢈ6-6ꢚꢂ
6ꢚ7
ꢈ3&1145
ꢈ3&1145
ꢈ6-6ꢚꢁ
ꢈ6-6ꢚꢂ
&ꢄ.&ꢀꢑ#,41ꢕꢛ(
ꢈ6-6ꢎ
ꢈ3&1145
ꢈ6-6ꢚꢃ
ꢈ3&1145
ꢈ6-6ꢚꢃ
6ꢚꢓ
ꢈ6-6ꢚ&
6ꢚꢓ
ꢈ6-6ꢚ&
&ꢄ.&ꢀꢑ#,ꢅ1ꢕꢛ(
ꢘ0ꢎꢘꢚꢓ6ꢎ
ꢈ3&1145
ꢉ0$,$;<
ꢈꢆꢇ$;<
ꢉ0$,
ꢉ0$,$;<
ꢈꢆꢇ$;<
ꢉ0$,
ꢈ3&1145
ꢈꢆꢇ&9
ꢈꢆꢇ&
ꢈꢆꢇꢀ9
ꢈꢆꢇꢂ9
ꢈꢆꢇꢁ9
ꢘ8ꢈꢎ
ꢈ3&1145
ꢈꢆꢇ&9
ꢈꢆꢇ&
ꢈꢆꢇꢀ9
ꢈꢆꢇꢂ9
ꢈꢆꢇꢁ9
ꢘ8ꢈꢎ
6ꢚ7
6ꢚ7
ꢈꢆꢇꢀ
ꢈꢆꢇꢀ
ꢈꢆꢇꢁ
ꢈꢆꢇꢁ
ꢇ
ꢇ
ꢈꢆꢇꢂ
ꢈꢆꢇꢂ
&ꢄ.&ꢀꢑ#,ꢄ1ꢕꢛ(
ꢆꢎꢆ6ꢎ
6ꢚꢓ
9*ꢓ0ꢆꢈ
ꢈ3&1145
9*,ꢓꢚ-
ꢈꢆꢇ$;<
ꢇ8-ꢆ6ꢎ
6ꢚꢓ
ꢉ0$,$;<
6ꢚ7
ꢉ0$,$;<
6ꢚ7
9*ꢓ0ꢆꢈ
ꢈ3&1145
ꢈ3&1145
ꢘ8ꢈꢎ
9ꢓ0*
ꢉꢇꢅ
ꢘ8ꢈꢎ
9ꢓ0*
ꢉꢇꢅ
9*,ꢓꢚ-
ꢈꢆꢇ$;<
ꢇ8-ꢆ6ꢎ
ꢉꢇ4
ꢉꢇ.
ꢉꢇ4
ꢉꢇ.
&ꢄ.&ꢀꢑ#,ꢃ1ꢕꢛ(
ꢆꢎꢆꢚ;ꢉ
6ꢚ7
ꢈ3&1145
ꢈꢆꢇ9
ꢇꢘꢈꢆꢇꢆ
ꢇꢘꢈꢆꢇ
ꢈꢆꢇ&
6ꢚ7
ꢈꢆꢇ&9
ꢈꢆꢇꢂ9
ꢈꢆꢇꢀ9
ꢈꢆꢇꢁ9
7ꢓꢈꢆꢇ
9ꢓ0*
ꢈꢆꢇ&9
ꢈꢆꢇꢂ9
ꢈꢆꢇꢀ9
ꢈꢆꢇꢁ9
7ꢓꢈꢆꢇ
9ꢓ0*
ꢈ3&1145
ꢈ3&1145
ꢈꢆꢇ9
ꢇꢘꢈꢆꢇꢆ
ꢇꢘꢈꢆꢇ
ꢈꢆꢇ&
ꢈꢆꢇꢀ
ꢈꢆꢇꢀ
ꢉꢇꢁ
ꢉꢇꢁ
ꢈꢆꢇꢁ
ꢈꢆꢇꢁ
ꢈꢆꢇꢂ
ꢈꢆꢇꢂ
ꢘ8ꢈꢆꢇ
ꢘ8ꢈꢆꢇ
&ꢄ.&ꢀꢑ#,ꢂ1ꢕꢛ(
ꢕ(ꢍꢍꢋꢁ
&ꢄ.&ꢀꢑ#,ꢁ1ꢕꢛ(
,ꢇꢀ&ꢃ!6*
ꢈ3&1145
ꢈ3&1145
6ꢚ7
ꢈ3&1145
6ꢚ7
6ꢚꢓ
ꢇ8-ꢆ6ꢎ
9*ꢓ0ꢆꢈ
ꢘ8ꢈꢎ
ꢇ8-ꢆ6ꢎ
9*ꢓ0ꢆꢈ
ꢘ8ꢈꢎ
6ꢚꢓ
ꢘ8ꢈꢆꢇ
ꢈ6-6ꢚꢂ
ꢈ6-6ꢚꢃ
ꢉ0$,
ꢈꢆꢇ9
7ꢓꢈꢆꢇ
9*,ꢓꢚ-
ꢘ8ꢈꢆꢇ
ꢈ6-6ꢚꢂ
ꢈ6-6ꢚꢃ
ꢉ0$,
ꢈꢆꢇ9
7ꢓꢈꢆꢇ
9*,ꢓꢚ-
ꢈ6-6ꢚ&
ꢈ6-6ꢚ&
ꢈ6-6ꢚꢁ
ꢈ6-6ꢚꢁ
ꢉꢇꢀ
ꢉꢇꢀ
ꢘ8ꢈꢎ
ꢘ8ꢈꢎ
6ꢁꢇ:ꢓ0ꢘ0ꢉ
6ꢁꢇ:ꢈꢓ9:ꢓꢘꢉ
6ꢁꢇ:ꢓ0ꢘ0ꢉ
6ꢁꢇ:ꢈꢓ9:ꢓꢘꢉ
6ꢁꢇ:ꢓ0ꢘ0ꢉ
6ꢁꢇ:ꢈꢓ9:ꢓꢘꢉ
6ꢁꢇ:ꢓ0ꢘ0ꢉ
6ꢁꢇ:ꢈꢓ9:ꢓꢘꢉ
ꢆ
ꢆ
&ꢄ.&ꢀꢑ#,ꢀ1ꢕꢛ(
ꢉꢊꢋꢌꢍ
ꢘꢊꢙꢍ
Tpur€h‡vpꢀs‚ꢁꢀ@ꢀTrꢁvr†ꢀB$ꢀH‚‡urꢁi‚hꢁqꢀQ86ꢀQIꢀꢂ$'ꢂ!
ꢎꢏꢐꢑꢍꢒ
ꢓꢍꢔꢊꢕꢊꢖꢗ
7
ꢂ$ꢂ'"
ꢚꢒꢛꢜ !
ꢈꢜꢋꢍ"
*ꢊꢌꢍ"
ꢀꢀ#$ꢜ%#ꢁ&&'
ꢘ(ꢍꢍꢋ!!!
ꢂ
!ꢖ)!
'
ꢎ"+,ꢇ $-ꢓ+&ꢄ.&ꢀꢓ/#0#ꢕꢍꢒꢊꢍꢕ!$ꢖꢋ(ꢍꢒꢑꢖꢜꢒꢈ ꢒ!ꢜ-2ꢍꢗ!ꢍꢒꢜ%ꢋ"ꢊꢖꢗ!ꢄ+ꢘꢖꢏꢒꢛꢍ+&ꢄ.&ꢀꢑ1 ꢑ
ꢅ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
D-22
06807C DCN6650
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢂ
ꢅ
/ꢀ&ꢀꢆ
,ꢇꢀ&ꢃ
;ꢁ
4ꢃ8ꢇꢀꢄꢃ
ꢆꢁ&ꢂ
ꢆꢁꢀꢁ
ꢆꢁꢀ
ꢆꢁꢂ&
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢆ
=&
=ꢀ
ꢈ6-6ꢚ&
ꢈ6-6ꢚꢀ
ꢚꢇ
ꢂꢁ
ꢂꢀ
ꢂ&
ꢁ'
ꢁ.
ꢁ4
ꢁꢅ
ꢁꢄ
ꢁꢃ
ꢁꢂ
ꢁꢁ
ꢁꢀ
ꢁ&
ꢀ'
ꢀ.
ꢀ4
ꢀꢅ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀꢃ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢁ
ꢀꢀ
ꢀ&
'
ꢁ
ꢀꢀ
-ꢀꢈ
ꢆ&
ꢇ>?
;ꢅꢆ
ꢆ&
ꢂ
6ꢚ7
ꢇ
ꢈ
=ꢁ
ꢆꢀ
ꢃ
ꢈ&
ꢈꢀ
ꢈꢁ
ꢈꢂ
ꢈꢃ
ꢈꢄ
ꢈꢅ
ꢈ4
'
.
4
ꢅ
ꢄ
ꢃ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢀꢁ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢃ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀꢅ
ꢀ4
ꢀ.
ꢀ'
ꢆꢀ
=ꢂ
ꢈ6-6ꢚꢁ
ꢈ6-6ꢚꢂ
ꢈ6-6ꢚꢃ
ꢉ0$,
ꢈꢆꢇ9
7ꢓꢈꢆꢇ
ꢈꢀ
ꢈꢁ
ꢈꢂ
ꢈꢃ
ꢈꢄ
ꢈꢅ
ꢈ4
ꢈ.
@ꢀ
@ꢁ
@ꢂ
@ꢃ
@ꢄ
@ꢅ
@4
@.
/ꢀ&.
4ꢃ8ꢇꢂꢁ
ꢆꢁ
ꢄ
ꢆꢁ
=ꢃ
ꢈꢚ&
ꢈꢚꢀ
ꢈꢚꢁ
ꢈꢚꢂ
ꢈꢚꢃ
ꢈꢚꢄ
ꢈꢚꢅ
ꢈꢚ4
ꢈ6&
ꢈ6ꢅ
ꢆꢂ
6ꢇ&&&&ꢀ'ꢀ
ꢅ
ꢀ
ꢆꢂ
=ꢄ
ꢈ6ꢃ
ꢆꢃ
ꢆꢀꢃꢁ
ꢆꢀꢄꢂ
4
ꢁ
ꢉ,ꢁ
ꢆꢃ
=ꢅ
;4
4ꢃ8ꢇꢄꢃꢀ
ꢓꢀꢀꢅ ꢃ4?A.
ꢈ6ꢁ
ꢈ6&
ꢆꢄ
ꢅ
'
.
ꢂ
;ꢄ&
ꢆꢄ
=4
ꢆꢅ
.
0ꢀꢆ
ꢁ
'
ꢃ
;ꢄ&ꢇ
ꢆꢅ
=.
ꢀ
ꢈꢚꢅ
ꢈꢚꢃ
ꢈꢚꢁ
ꢈꢚ&
ꢈ64
ꢆ4
ꢀ&
ꢀ&
ꢀꢀ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢃ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀꢅ
ꢀ4
-ꢀ
-ꢁ
ꢄ
4ꢃ8ꢇꢂꢁ
ꢈ
ꢆ4
='
9*,ꢓꢚ-
ꢇ8-ꢆ6ꢀ
9*ꢓ0ꢆꢈ
6ꢚꢓ ꢀ'
ꢈ
ꢆ.
ꢅ
ꢆ.
=ꢀ&
=ꢀꢀ
=ꢀꢁ
=ꢀꢂ
=ꢀꢃ
=ꢀꢄ
4ꢃ8ꢇꢂꢁ
ꢆ'
4
ꢆ'
ꢈ&
ꢈꢀ
ꢈꢁ
ꢈꢂ
ꢈꢃ
ꢈꢄ
ꢈꢅ
ꢈ4
ꢀ.
ꢀ4
ꢀꢅ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀꢃ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢁ
ꢀꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
4
.
'
4ꢃ8ꢇꢂꢁ
ꢆꢀ&
ꢆꢀꢀ
ꢆꢀꢁ
ꢆꢀꢂ
ꢆꢀꢃ
ꢆꢀꢄ
&<ꢂꢁꢇ
&<ꢂꢁꢈ
&<ꢂꢁ0
&<ꢂꢁ*
=ꢀ
=ꢁ
=ꢂ
=ꢃ
=ꢄ
=ꢅ
=4
=.
ꢆꢀ
ꢆꢁ
ꢆꢂ
ꢆꢃ
ꢆꢄ
ꢆꢅ
ꢆ4
ꢆ.
4ꢃ8ꢇꢄ4ꢃ
;.
.
ꢆꢀ&
ꢆꢀꢀ
ꢆꢀꢁ
ꢆꢀꢂ
ꢆꢀꢃ
ꢆꢀꢄ
ꢆꢀꢅ
ꢆꢀ4
ꢆꢀ.
ꢆꢀ'
ꢆ0ꢀ
ꢆꢀꢁꢃ
ꢆꢀꢂꢄ
'
ꢀꢀ
ꢈ6ꢀ
ꢈ6ꢄ
;ꢄ&ꢈ
ꢓꢁꢄ
ꢀ.
ꢀ'
ꢀ&
ꢀꢀ
ꢀꢁ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢃ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀꢅ
-ꢀ
-ꢁ
ꢈ6ꢁ
ꢈ6ꢂ
ꢀꢚꢉ!6ꢀꢘꢉꢆ>>0ꢈ
ꢈ6ꢂ
ꢈ6ꢀ
ꢈ6ꢃ
ꢈꢚ4
ꢈꢚꢄ
ꢈꢚꢂ
ꢈꢚꢀ
9ꢇꢇ
;ꢀ
4ꢃ8ꢇꢅ..
9ꢇꢇ
9ꢇꢇ
ꢁ
ꢈ6ꢄ
ꢁ&
ꢂ
ꢈ6ꢅ
;ꢄ&ꢆ
ꢂ
ꢀ.
ꢄ
6ꢚ7 ꢀ
ꢈ64
&
4
ꢀ
ꢅ
ꢁ
ꢄ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢉ,ꢃꢃ
ꢓꢄ'
ꢃ4EF!ꢄG
ꢉ,ꢄꢅ
$6ꢇꢓꢚ*6ꢉ#ꢀꢅ
4ꢃ8ꢇꢂꢁ
ꢆ0ꢀ
ꢓꢁꢃ
ꢀꢅ
4
ꢀ'
;ꢄꢀꢈ
,H@
ꢁ1ꢁ?F!ꢄG
6ꢚꢇ8ꢓꢈ=
ꢀꢁ
ꢀꢂ
ꢈ&
ꢈꢀ
ꢈꢁ
ꢈꢂ
ꢈꢃ
ꢈꢄ
ꢈꢅ
ꢈ4
ꢈ&
ꢀꢃ
'
ꢀꢀ
.
ꢉꢇꢀ
/6ꢉꢚ#ꢁ#ꢈꢇꢄ*#ꢀ&ꢚ8$
<ꢂ
ꢈꢀ
4
9ꢇꢇ
ꢈꢁ
ꢀꢁ
ꢁ
699Sꢀꢀ2ꢀꢂ‘"%ꢂꢀꢃ9@A6VGUꢄ
ꢅ
9ꢇꢇ
ꢈꢘꢄ
ꢈꢂ
ꢆꢀ&
699Sꢀꢀ2ꢀꢂ‘"!ꢂꢀꢃEQ ꢀDITU6GG@9ꢄ
4ꢃ8ꢇ&.
ꢄ
ꢆ&
ꢆ4
ꢆꢀ
ꢆꢅ
ꢆꢁ
ꢆꢄ
ꢆꢂ
ꢆꢃ
>0ꢈF!ꢓ0ꢈF!ꢕꢐꢋ!ꢀꢁ&ꢅ
ꢈꢈ&&&&&ꢅꢀ
ꢈꢃ
ꢈꢄ
ꢆꢀꢀ ꢀ4
9ꢇꢇ
,ꢊꢗꢕ!ꢀIꢁ!ꢕ(ꢖꢒꢋꢍ !ꢖꢗ!,ꢇ
ꢃ
ꢆꢃ
ꢆꢄ ꢀꢄ
ꢆꢅ
ꢆ4 ꢀꢂ
ꢆ.
ꢆ' ꢀꢀ
ꢃ
/,4
;ꢃ
ꢀ&
4ꢃ8ꢇ4ꢃ
@
ꢂ
ꢀ
ꢈꢅ
ꢆ0ꢀ
'
.
ꢁ
ꢀ
,ꢓ0
6ꢁꢇ:ꢓ0ꢘ0ꢉ
ꢈ4
ꢅ
ꢀ
ꢀꢀ
ꢈ& ꢀꢁ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀ
0ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢇ>?
ꢈ
ꢃ
6ꢚꢇ80ꢇ?
6ꢚ0ꢀ
ꢓꢂ
ꢁ1ꢁ?F!ꢄG
ꢓꢃ
ꢂ
@
9ꢇꢇ
ꢉ,ꢅꢀꢉ,ꢅ&ꢉ,ꢄ'
.
ꢇꢂ.
ꢁ1ꢁ?F!ꢄG
ꢇ>ꢓ
ꢇ
ꢇ
/ꢀ&ꢀ
,ꢇꢀ&ꢃ
80ꢆꢈ0ꢓꢂ#ꢈ0*ꢆ;>ꢉ0ꢈ#ꢀ
/ꢀ&4
ꢀ&
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
-ꢀꢈ
ꢈ-ꢀꢈ
ꢘꢈꢆ
9ꢇꢇ
ꢘꢇ>
ꢅꢃ
ꢅꢂ
ꢅꢁ
ꢅꢀ
ꢅ&
ꢄ'
ꢄ.
ꢄ4
ꢄꢅ
ꢄꢄ
ꢄꢃ
ꢄꢂ
ꢄꢁ
ꢄꢀ
ꢄ&
ꢃ'
ꢃ.
ꢃ4
ꢃꢅ
ꢃꢄ
ꢃꢃ
ꢃꢂ
ꢃꢁ
ꢃꢀ
ꢃ&
ꢂ'
ꢂ.
ꢂ4
ꢂꢅ
ꢂꢄ
ꢂꢃ
ꢂꢂ
ꢈ3&1145
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
-ꢀꢈ
-ꢀꢈ
ꢚꢘꢇ
Bꢄ9
ꢆ>0
ꢉꢇ
/,ꢀ
ꢓꢂ.
ꢁ
ꢀ
;ꢃꢆ
ꢘ=ꢘꢇ>?
ꢁ1ꢁ?F!ꢄG
;ꢂ'
ꢃ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢄ
ꢅ
,ꢓ0
ꢇ>?
ꢈ
@
@
6ꢁꢇ:ꢈꢓ9:ꢓꢘꢉ
;ꢄꢀ
;ꢀ&
ꢀ
,ꢇ*.ꢄ.ꢃ
9ꢇꢇ
6ꢈꢇ#80ꢆꢈ0ꢓ
ꢃ
9ꢇꢇ
6ꢀꢉ
ꢁ
ꢈꢀ
ꢇ>?
6ꢁꢇ:ꢓ0ꢘ0ꢉ
ꢃ
ꢄ
6ꢆꢇ?
ꢇ>ꢓ
6ꢀꢉ
ꢁ&
6ꢀꢉ
ꢀ
ꢈꢆꢇ?ꢁ
6ꢓ@ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢆ&
ꢅ
ꢅ
6ꢀ>6ꢀ0#ꢅ
4ꢃ8ꢇ4ꢃ
ꢆ&
4ꢃꢆ8ꢇꢀ-;&ꢃ
ꢁ
ꢀ'
ꢉ,ꢅꢃ
ꢉ,ꢅꢁ
ꢓ0ꢘ0ꢉ
ꢉ,ꢅꢂ
/,ꢁ
6ꢓ@ꢃ
ꢀ
6ꢓ@ꢄ
ꢀ4
ꢀꢅ
ꢀ.
/ꢀ&ꢅ
ꢇꢘ
ꢓꢈ
7ꢓ
6ꢓ@ꢅ
ꢕ(ꢖꢒꢋꢍ !#!ꢕꢌ ꢒ!ꢕꢊ ꢍ
6ꢚꢓ
6ꢚ7
ꢂ
ꢁ
?
6ꢀꢉ
ꢘꢈꢆ
9ꢇꢇ
4ꢃ8ꢇ&.
ꢘꢇ>
ꢘꢈꢆ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
4
.
6ꢓ@4
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢘ=ꢘꢇ>?
ꢓ0*ꢓ0ꢘ8
ꢈꢓ@ꢀ
ꢈꢆꢇ?ꢀ
ꢈꢓ@ꢂ
ꢈꢆꢇ?ꢂ
6ꢚꢓ
9ꢇꢇ
/,ꢂ 6ꢈꢇ#80ꢆꢈ0ꢓ
/ꢀ&ꢁ
ꢈ&
4
.
'
ꢀꢀ
ꢀꢁ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢃ
ꢀꢄ
ꢈ
ꢈ
ꢈ
ꢈ
ꢈ
ꢈ
ꢈ
ꢈ
&
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
4
ꢈꢀ
ꢈꢁ
ꢈꢂ
ꢈꢃ
ꢈꢄ
ꢈꢅ
ꢈ4
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
4
.
'
ꢘꢇ>
ꢇꢂ'
ꢓꢄ
ꢃ4EF!ꢄG
ꢈ-ꢀꢈ
6ꢚꢓ
6ꢚ7
6ꢚꢓ
6ꢚ7
;ꢄꢆ 4ꢃ8ꢇ4ꢃ
6ꢚ7
ꢀ&
ꢀ1ꢁ!ꢏ*F!ꢀ&9
$6ꢇꢓꢚ*6ꢉ#.
ꢃ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢄ
9ꢘꢘ
/,ꢅ
ꢘ$0$ꢓ
ꢘ$0$7
C?0=D
Bꢀꢁ9
,ꢓ0
ꢇ>?
ꢈ
@
ꢁ
ꢀ
6ꢈꢇ#80ꢆꢈ0ꢓ
'
ꢅ
@
9ꢇꢇ
.
;ꢄꢀꢆ
ꢀ
Bꢀꢁ9
ꢇ>ꢓ
;ꢅꢇ
ꢀ&
ꢀꢀ
ꢀꢁ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢃ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀꢅ
ꢀ4
ꢀ.
ꢀ'
ꢁ&
ꢁꢀ
ꢁꢁ
ꢁꢂ
ꢁꢃ
ꢁꢄ
ꢁꢅ
ꢁ4
ꢁ.
ꢁ'
ꢂ&
ꢂꢀ
ꢂꢁ
ꢂꢂ
ꢂꢃ
ꢂꢄ
ꢂꢅ
ꢂ4
ꢂ.
ꢂ'
ꢃ&
ꢀ&
0ꢀꢈ<*ꢓ
#ꢀꢁ9
ꢂ
6ꢚ0ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢓꢘ&&&&ꢄꢀꢃ
ꢓꢂ'
ꢃꢁꢁ!ꢀG
4ꢃ8ꢇꢂꢁ
ꢈꢓ@ꢁ
#ꢄ9
ꢘ8ꢈꢀ
ꢓꢃ&
ꢃꢁꢁ!ꢀG
;ꢄ
4ꢃ8ꢇ&.
6ꢓ@'
ꢀ&
ꢀꢀ
ꢀꢁ
ꢀꢂ
'
.
,ꢓ0
ꢇ>?
ꢈ
@
@
ꢘ8ꢈꢀ
Bꢄ9
ꢓ0ꢘ0ꢉꢈꢓ9
-ꢀꢈ
ꢀꢁ
ꢀꢂ
ꢘ8ꢈꢆꢇ
ꢘꢇ>
ꢀꢀ
ꢈꢘꢅ
T8G ꢈꢘ4
T96
ꢇ>ꢓ
;ꢅꢈ
ꢈꢈ&&&&&.4
4ꢃ8ꢇ4ꢃ
7GV@
4ꢃ8ꢇꢂꢁ
7GV@
6ꢇ&&&&ꢀ.ꢃ
9ꢇꢇ
/,ꢄ
'
6ꢓ@ꢀ&
6ꢓ@ꢀꢁ
ꢁ
ꢀ
9ꢇꢇ
.
;ꢄꢀꢇ
6ꢈꢇ#80ꢆꢈ0ꢓ
ꢀ&
?
6ꢀꢉ
;ꢂ
/,ꢃ
ꢊ ꢍ ꢕ ! ꢌ ! ꢒ ꢕ ! ꢋ # ꢍ ( ꢕ ꢖ ꢒ
ꢀ
4ꢃ8ꢇ&.
4ꢃ8ꢇꢂꢁ
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
ꢁ
ꢘꢈꢆꢀꢁ
ꢀꢂ
ꢇꢂ
ꢅ
4
ꢀꢀ
7ꢈ6
ꢓ0ꢘ0ꢉ
;ꢁ&ꢈ
ꢓꢅꢀ
ꢃ4EF!ꢄG
6ꢇ&&&&ꢀ'ꢀ
ꢆ
ꢆ
>ꢉꢇꢅ''ꢇꢘ.
ꢉꢊꢋꢌꢍ
ꢘꢊꢙꢍ
ꢀꢖꢋꢍꢕ"
Tpur€h‡vpꢀs‚ꢁꢀ@ꢀTrꢁvr†ꢀB$ꢀH‚‡urꢁi‚hꢁqꢀQ86ꢀQIꢀꢂ$'ꢂ!
!ꢀD!ꢉ(ꢊꢕ!ꢕꢛ(ꢍꢐꢜꢋꢊꢛ!ꢊꢕ!)ꢖꢒ!,ꢇꢆ!&ꢄ.&ꢁ
!ꢁD!ꢉ(ꢊꢕ!ꢕꢛ(ꢍꢐꢜꢋꢊꢛ!ꢊꢕ!)ꢖꢒ!,ꢇ !&ꢄ.&ꢀ
ꢎꢏꢐꢑꢍꢒ
ꢓꢍꢔꢊꢕꢊꢖꢗ
ꢂ$'ꢂ"
7
ꢚꢒꢛꢜ !
ꢈꢜꢋꢍ"
*ꢊꢌꢍ"
ꢀꢀ#$ꢜ%#ꢁ&&'
ꢘ(ꢍꢍꢋ!!!
!ꢖ)!
'
,ꢇꢀ&ꢃꢇꢈ
ꢎ"+,ꢇ $-ꢓ+&ꢄ.&ꢀꢓ/#0#ꢕꢍꢒꢊꢍꢕ!$ꢖꢋ(ꢍꢒꢑꢖꢜꢒꢈ ꢒ!ꢜ-2ꢍꢗ!ꢍꢒꢜ%ꢋ"ꢊꢖꢗ!ꢄ+ꢘꢖꢏꢒꢛꢍ+&ꢄ.&ꢀꢑ1 ꢑ
ꢅ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
06807C DCN6650
D-23
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
/ꢀ&ꢀ&
'!*0$ꢆ>0
ꢈ
ꢀ
ꢓ<ꢀ
ꢉ<ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
4
.
'
ꢓꢘ#-ꢀꢈꢀ
SYꢀs‚ꢁꢀ8‚€
ꢓꢉꢘꢀ
ꢇꢉꢘꢀ
UYꢀs‚ꢁꢀ8‚€
ꢈꢘꢁ
ꢈꢘꢀ
ꢈ
ꢈ
ꢆ
?
?
ꢆ
ꢉ9ꢀ
ꢉ9!ꢆꢓꢓꢆ=
ꢘ$ꢈꢆꢀꢄ>ꢇꢇ
>0ꢈF!-ꢓꢀF!ꢕꢐꢋ!ꢀꢁ&ꢅ
>0ꢈF!ꢓ0ꢈ
ꢓꢀꢀꢀ
#ꢀꢄ9
ꢓꢀꢀ
ꢃ1'?F!ꢄG
ꢓꢀꢁ
ꢃ1'?F!ꢄG
ꢀ&EF!ꢀG
/ꢀ&ꢀꢂ
/ꢀꢁ
ꢈꢇ0 ꢕꢊ ꢍ ꢖ) ꢕ2ꢊꢋꢛ( ꢊꢕ ꢕꢊ ꢍ ꢋꢖ2ꢜꢒ ꢕ Jꢊꢗ ꢀF
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
4
.
'
ꢀꢇ
ꢓ<&
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢓ<ꢈ
ꢉ<ꢈ
ꢀꢇ
ꢓꢉꢘ&
ꢉ<&
ꢂ
ꢂ
ꢇꢉꢘ&
ꢃ
ꢃ
-ꢀꢈ
ꢀꢇ
ꢓꢘ#-ꢀꢈ&
ꢄ
ꢄ
ꢓ<ꢀ
ꢅ
ꢅ
ꢓꢉꢘ
ꢇꢉꢘ
ꢀꢇ
ꢓꢉꢘꢀ
ꢉ<ꢀ
4
4
.
ꢇꢉꢘꢀ
.
ꢀꢀ
'
ꢓꢘ#-ꢀꢈꢀ
'
ꢈ
'$
ꢀ&
ꢀꢀ
ꢀꢁ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢃ
9U@
ꢀ&
ꢀꢁ
ꢇ
ꢇ
9ꢇꢇ
ꢓꢁ
ꢓꢀꢂ
ꢓꢀꢃ
ꢓꢀ
ꢁ1ꢁ?F!ꢄG
6ꢀ>6ꢀ0#ꢀꢁ
ꢘ7ꢀ&&ꢀ
ꢘ7!ꢘ>6ꢈ0#ꢃ,ꢈꢉ
ꢉ9!ꢆꢓꢓꢆ=
ꢁ1ꢁ?F!ꢄG
9ꢇꢇ
ꢀꢚꢉ!6ꢀꢘꢉꢆ>>0ꢈ
ꢀꢚꢉ!6ꢀꢘꢉꢆ>>0ꢈ
ꢓꢀ&
ꢉ9ꢁ
ꢘ$ꢈꢆꢀꢄ>ꢇꢇ
ꢈꢘꢃ
ꢈꢘꢂ
ꢁ
ꢀꢚꢉ!6ꢀꢘꢉꢆ>>0ꢈ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢀ
Lꢀ
Lꢁ
Lꢂ
>0ꢈF!ꢓ0ꢈ
UYꢀs‚ꢁꢀ8‚€!
>0ꢈF!-ꢓꢀ
$ꢚ;ꢀꢉ6ꢀ-!8ꢚ>0 $ꢚ;ꢀꢉ6ꢀ-!8ꢚ>0 $ꢚ;ꢀꢉ6ꢀ-!8ꢚ>0
SYꢀs‚ꢁꢀ8‚€!
$ꢉꢅ
$ꢉ4
$ꢉ.
$ꢉ'
$ꢚ;ꢀꢉ6ꢀ-!8ꢚ>0 $ꢚ;ꢀꢉ6ꢀ-!8ꢚ>0 $ꢚ;ꢀꢉ6ꢀ-!8ꢚ>0
$ꢚ;ꢀꢉ6ꢀ-!8ꢚ>0
ꢉ,ꢀꢂ ꢉ,ꢀꢃ
ꢉ,ꢀꢄ ꢉ,ꢀꢅ ꢉ,ꢀ4 ꢉ,ꢀ.
9ꢇꢇ
Bꢀꢁ9 Bꢀꢁ9ꢓ0ꢉBꢀꢄ9
#ꢀꢄ9
$ꢉꢀ
$ꢉꢁ
$ꢉꢂ
$ꢉꢃ
$ꢉꢄ
$ꢚ;ꢀꢉ6ꢀ-!8ꢚ>0 $ꢚ;ꢀꢉ6ꢀ-!8ꢚ>0 $ꢚ;ꢀꢉ6ꢀ-!8ꢚ>0
$ꢚ;ꢀꢉ6ꢀ-!8ꢚ>0
$ꢚ;ꢀꢉ6ꢀ-!8ꢚ>0
/ꢀꢄ
.
Bꢀꢁ9
ꢉꢏꢐꢀꢑꢀꢄꢀꢒꢓꢔꢕꢆꢀꢖꢗ
4
Bꢀꢁꢓ0ꢉ
ꢈ-ꢀꢈ
Bꢀꢄ9
ꢀ
ꢃ
ꢅ
9ꢇꢇ
#ꢀꢄ9
ꢆ-ꢀꢈ
Bꢄ9
ꢆ-ꢀꢈ
0-ꢀꢈ
ꢇ8ꢆꢘ-ꢀꢈ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢄ
'
ꢀ&!ꢏ*F!ꢂꢄ9F!ꢉꢆꢀꢉꢆ>;$
ꢇꢁ
ꢈꢀ
ꢀ&
ꢇꢀ
ꢀ&!ꢏ*F!ꢂꢄ9F!ꢉꢆꢀꢉꢆ>;$
B
B
ꢈꢈꢁ4ꢀ
$ꢚ>0<#ꢀ&
$
ꢓꢘꢂꢃ&ꢇꢉ
ꢈ'
ꢈꢀF!ꢈ'!I!ꢓꢂꢄ!ꢐꢏꢕꢋ!ꢑꢍ
!2ꢊꢋ(ꢊꢗ!ꢀK!ꢖ)!/ꢀꢄ
$
ꢓꢘꢂꢃ&ꢇꢉ!
ꢓꢂꢄ
ꢆ
ꢆ
ꢀꢚꢉ!6ꢀꢘꢉꢆ>>0ꢈ
ꢉꢊꢋꢌꢍ
ꢘꢊꢙꢍ
Tpur€h‡vpꢀs‚ꢁꢀ@ꢀTrꢁvr†ꢀB$ꢀH‚‡urꢁi‚hꢁqꢀQ86ꢀQIꢀꢂ$'ꢂ!
ꢎꢏꢐꢑꢍꢒ
ꢓꢍꢔꢊꢕꢊꢖꢗ
7
ꢂ$'ꢂ"
ꢚꢒꢛꢜ !
ꢈꢜꢋꢍ"
*ꢊꢌꢍ"
ꢀꢀ#$ꢜ%#ꢁ&&'
ꢘ(ꢍꢍꢋ!!!
!
!ꢖ)!
'
ꢎ"+,ꢇ $-ꢓ+&ꢄ.&ꢀꢓ/#0#ꢕꢍꢒꢊꢍꢕ!$ꢖꢋ(ꢍꢒꢑꢖꢜꢒꢈ ꢒ!ꢜ-2ꢍꢗ!ꢍꢒꢜ%ꢋ"ꢊꢖꢗ!ꢄ+ꢘꢖꢏꢒꢛꢍ+&ꢄ.&ꢀꢑ1 ꢑ
ꢅ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
D-24
06807C DCN6650
!
"
#
$
%
6ꢘꢚ>ꢆꢉ0ꢈ!&#ꢁ&$ꢆ!ꢚ,ꢉ6ꢚꢀꢆ>! ꢚꢆꢓꢈꢘ
;ꢁ&
ꢈꢆꢇ9
6ꢚ7
#
$
968W
DPX
%
ꢉ,ꢁꢅ
W88
!"
U8!
ꢈꢆꢇF!ꢀꢁ! 6ꢉ
ꢇ $W
4ꢃ8ꢇꢂꢁ
;ꢁ&ꢇ
;ꢂꢀ
ꢇꢀ.
#
"
!
$
9PVU WP6
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
ꢇꢘꢈꢆꢇꢆ
ꢈ&
ꢇ>?
%
&
'
8T
9DI
BI9
W88
ꢆꢀꢆ>ꢚ-!9ꢚ>ꢉꢆ-0!I!ꢇ;ꢓꢓ0ꢀꢉ!ꢚ;ꢉ,;ꢉꢘ
(
ꢈ;ꢆ>!ꢈꢆꢇ!ꢆꢀ
/ꢀ&ꢁ&
ꢇ>?
'
ꢅ $W
/ꢀ'
!
ꢇ $W
ꢚ,ꢆꢃꢁ44;ꢆ
*0! 0ꢆꢈ
8GF WP7
>ꢀ
>ꢁ
>ꢂ
>ꢃ
>ꢄ
>ꢅ
>4
>ꢀꢄ
ꢂ
,ꢚꢉF!ꢈ6-6ꢉꢆ>
ꢇꢀ&
;ꢂꢄꢆ
!
"
#
$
%
&
'
;ꢂꢁ
6
9
8
7
6
XS968
ꢂ
9
8
7
6
!!
!#
!
"
B
#
"
$
&
4ꢃ8ꢇꢂꢁ
ꢘꢚꢇ?0ꢉ!;ꢂꢀ
X
7
6BI9
!
#
%
'
"
$
&
ꢂB
ꢓꢅꢃ ꢁꢁ
#
%
'
!
B
!
ꢓꢘ&&&&ꢃꢁꢀ
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
!B
"
!
#
"
6ꢈꢇ#.
8T
ꢈ&
ꢇ>?
;ꢂ&
4ꢃ8ꢇꢄ4ꢃ
T9D
8GF
T9P
"B
ꢉ9!ꢆꢓꢓꢆ=
ꢉ9ꢃ
ꢉ,ꢁ.
ꢇꢀꢁ
ꢅ $W
*0! 0ꢆꢈ
P8
8GF
/ꢁꢀ
ꢉ0ꢓ$ >ꢚꢇ?#.
!
#
%
'
"
$
&
!
#
%
'
ꢈ&
!
"
#
$
%
&
'
(
( ꢇꢘꢈꢆꢇꢆ
#
!
$
%
B
9
9!
9"
9#
9$
9%
9&
9'
R
R!
R"
R#
R$
R%
R&
R'
8T9686
8T9687
X!
7!
6BI9!
"
$
&
ꢓꢀ'
ꢓꢀ4
ꢇꢁꢀ
ꢀ&&&&!J*
ꢈꢀ
ꢈꢁ
ꢈꢂ
ꢈꢃ
ꢈꢄ
ꢈꢅ
ꢈ4
' ꢇꢘꢓꢆꢀ-0ꢀ
&
;ꢂꢄ
& ꢇꢘꢈꢆꢇ
W88
"
#
ꢀ&EF!ꢀG
ꢀ.14?
6!
% ꢇꢘꢓꢆꢀ-0ꢁ
ꢚ,ꢆꢃꢁ44;ꢆ
$
#
"
!
$
ꢂ
6ꢈꢇ#.
ꢇ4
968ꢂ
968
968!
968"
ST
TC9I
ꢉ9!ꢆꢓꢓꢆ=
ꢉ9ꢂ
ꢀ&&&&!J*
/ꢁꢂ
ꢇꢀꢄ
ꢀ&&&&!J*
%
(
!
#
%
'
"
$
&
W88
W88
!
#
%
'
ꢇꢀꢃ
"
$
&
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
9bꢂꢆꢆ&d
ꢇꢁ&
ꢀ&&&&!J*
9BI9
ꢈꢆꢇ!ꢓꢆꢀ-0!I!ꢚ**ꢘ0ꢉ!,ꢓꢚ-ꢓꢆ$
6ꢈꢇ#.
ꢇꢃ
ꢀ&&&&!J*
ꢈꢆꢇꢀ
TC968
(
'
!ꢂ
&
ꢂ
(
B
;ꢂꢄꢇ
/ꢁꢃ
6"
X"
7"
ꢓꢅꢄ ꢁꢁ
ꢇꢄ
ꢀ&&&&!J*
'
!
#
%
'
"
$
&
!
#
%
'
#
6BI9"
"
$
&
ꢇ $W
ꢉ,ꢁꢀꢉ,ꢄ.
ꢉ,ꢂꢁ
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
ꢚ,ꢆꢃꢁ44;ꢆ
6ꢗꢕꢋꢜꢌꢌ!/ꢁꢃ!)ꢖꢒ
!ꢃ#ꢁ&!ꢐꢆ!ꢖꢗ!ꢃꢋ(
!ꢛ(ꢜꢗꢗꢍꢌ1
ꢇꢀꢂ
ꢀ&&&&!J*
ꢚ,ꢆꢁꢁ44
ꢓꢀꢄ ꢃ&?
ꢇꢅ
'
%
$
!
"
B
80ꢆꢈ0ꢓ#6ꢈꢇ.
X#
7#
6BI9#
ꢓꢁꢂ
ꢓꢁꢁ
ꢀ.14?
ꢇꢀ'
ꢀ&&&&!J*
"
!
B
#
;ꢂꢄꢈ
WS@A
6ꢗꢕꢋꢜꢌꢌ!ꢓꢂꢅ!I
!ꢓꢂ4!ꢊ)!ꢃ#ꢁ&!ꢐꢆ
!ꢖꢗ!ꢃꢋ(!ꢛ(ꢜꢗꢗꢍꢌ
!ꢗꢖꢋ!ꢏꢕꢍ 1
ꢓꢂꢅ
ꢓꢂ4
&
&
&
#
ꢀ&EF!ꢀG
;ꢁ'ꢆ
6#
#
ꢚ,ꢆꢃꢁ44;ꢆ
ꢓꢘ&&&&ꢄꢀ&!
ꢇꢄꢂ
ꢓꢅꢂ
ꢀ&EF!ꢀG
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
ꢉ,ꢁ4
W88
/ꢁꢁ
ꢇ.
;ꢂꢂ
ꢈꢆꢇꢂ9
ꢈꢆꢇꢁ9
ꢈꢆꢇꢀ9
ꢈꢆꢇ&9
ꢅ $W
ꢈꢆꢇF!ꢀꢁ! 6ꢉ
ꢇ $W
!
!
ꢇꢀ4
#
"
!
$
%
&
'
"
9PVU WP6
"
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
ꢇꢘꢈꢆꢇ
ꢈ&
#
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
8T
9DI
BI9
W88
#
ꢈ;ꢆ>!ꢈꢆꢇ!ꢆꢁ
$
$
ꢇ>?
%
8GF WP7
%
ꢚ,ꢆꢃꢁ44;ꢆ
,ꢚꢉF!ꢈ6-6ꢉꢆ>
ꢈꢆꢇ!ꢁ
ꢇ'
&
;ꢂꢃ
6
&
;ꢂꢅꢆ
!"
!!
!#
!
"
B
#
'
ꢘꢚꢇ?0ꢉ!;ꢂꢂ
X
7
6BI9
'
ꢓꢅꢅ
ꢁꢁ
(
(
!
ꢂ
ꢂ
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
$6ꢇꢓꢚ*6ꢉ#ꢀ&
!
#
"
8T
ꢈ&
ꢇ>?
ꢇꢀꢀ
T9D
8GF
T9P
ꢉ,ꢁ'
ꢅ $W
ꢚ,ꢆꢃꢁ44;ꢆ
968"W
968!W
968 W
968ꢂW
;ꢂꢅ
W88
#
!
$
%
B
#
X!
7!
6BI9!
ꢓꢀꢅ
ꢀ.14?
ꢓꢀ.
$
%
B
#
&
&
"
ꢀ&EF!ꢀG
;ꢁ'
6!
ꢚ,ꢆꢁꢁ44
$
ꢂ
ST
TC9I
ꢘ8ꢈꢆꢇ
%
(
W88
W88
ꢇꢀꢅ
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
ꢈꢆꢇꢂ
9BI9
ꢈ4
ꢚ,ꢆꢃꢁ44;ꢆ
;ꢂꢅꢇ
ꢈꢈꢁ4ꢀ
(
'
!ꢂ
&
ꢂ
(
B
#
$
ꢓꢘꢂꢃ&ꢇꢉ
ꢓꢘꢂꢃ&ꢇꢉ
6"
6#
X"
7"
6BI9"
ꢓꢅ4
ꢁꢁ
'
ꢈ.
ꢉ,ꢂꢂ
!
ꢚ,ꢆꢃꢁ44;ꢆ
;ꢂꢅꢈ
$
'
%
$
B
#
Uv‡yr
Tv“r
ꢀ.14?
ꢓꢁ&
X#
7#
6BI9#
ꢓꢁꢀ
ꢀ&EF!ꢀG
#
Tpur€h‡vpꢀs‚ꢁꢀ@ꢀTrꢁvr†ꢀB$ꢀH‚‡urꢁi‚hꢁqꢀQ86ꢀQIꢀꢂ$'ꢂ!
ꢈ4!ꢜꢗ !ꢈ.
&
"
$ꢏꢕꢋ!ꢑꢍ!ꢌꢖꢛꢜꢋꢍ
2ꢊꢋ(ꢊꢗ!ꢀK!ꢖ)!;ꢂꢁ!I
Iˆ€irꢁ
ꢂ$'ꢂ"
Sr‰v†v‚
7
Pꢁphqꢀ7
9h‡r)
Avyr)
ꢅHh’ꢅ!ꢂꢂ(
Turr‡ꢀ"ꢀꢀꢀ‚sꢀ
'
I)cQ87HBScꢂ$'ꢂ SEꢅ@ꢅ†rꢁvr†ꢀH‚‡urꢁi‚9hꢁꢁhqꢀBꢀr7’r)ꢁh‡v‚ꢀ$cT‚ˆꢁprcꢂ$'ꢂ iꢆqqi
%
!
"
#
$
06807C DCN6650
D-25
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
ꢇ84
ꢇ8ꢅ
ꢇ8ꢃ
ꢇ8ꢂ
ꢇ8ꢁ
ꢇ8ꢀ
ꢇ8ꢀꢃ
ꢇ8ꢀꢂ
ꢇ8ꢀꢁ
ꢇ8ꢀꢀ
ꢇ8'
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢀ
6ꢇ&&&&ꢀꢁ4
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢚ,ꢆꢁꢁ44;ꢆ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢄ
ꢇ8.
Bꢀꢄ9
ꢅ
ꢅ
4
4
ꢓꢃꢂ
ꢀ&&
.
.
#ꢀꢄ9Bꢀꢄ9
'
'
Bꢀꢄ9
;ꢄꢂꢆ
B
ꢀ&
ꢀꢀ
ꢀꢁ
ꢀ&
ꢀꢀ
ꢀꢁ
ꢇꢃ&
ꢇꢃꢀ
ꢈ
ꢈ
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
ꢉꢗꢉꢘꢓꢙꢄꢖꢗꢒꢏꢚ
ꢇꢄꢄ
ꢉ,ꢀ
ꢉ,ꢂ
ꢀ&!ꢏ*F!ꢂꢄ9F!ꢉꢆꢀꢉꢆ>;$
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
9ꢓ0* ꢆ-ꢀꢈ
/ꢀꢀ&
/ꢀ&'
ꢓꢘ&&&&ꢁ.ꢁ
ꢀ1&?
;ꢄꢁ
$6ꢇꢓꢚ*6ꢉ#ꢀꢁ
$6ꢇꢓꢚ*6ꢉ#ꢀꢁ
ꢆꢈꢇ9ꢓ0*
4
ꢓ4ꢅ
ꢇ8ꢀ
ꢇ8ꢁ
ꢇ8ꢂ
ꢇ8ꢃ
ꢀ'
ꢁ.
ꢀ
ꢂ
ꢁ
B
#
6ꢀ!ꢀ
ꢚ;ꢉ
B9ꢘꢘ
#9ꢘꢘ
-ꢀꢈ
ꢓꢃꢄ!ꢊꢗ ꢏꢛꢍꢕ!ꢜꢗ
!ꢖ))ꢕꢍꢋ!ꢊꢗ!ꢜꢗꢜꢌꢖM
!ꢕꢊMꢗꢜꢌ!ꢋꢖ!Mꢊꢔꢍ!ꢜ
!Nꢌꢊꢔꢍ!&N!)ꢖꢒ!ꢕꢍꢗꢕꢖꢒꢕ
!2ꢊꢋ(!&!ꢖꢒ!ꢕꢌꢊM(ꢋꢌ%
!ꢗꢍMꢜꢋꢊꢔꢍ!ꢖꢏꢋJꢏꢋ
ꢁ&
ꢁꢀ
ꢁꢁ
ꢁꢂ
ꢁꢃ
ꢁꢄ
ꢁꢅ
ꢀꢀ
ꢀ&
'
ꢀ
ꢀ$F!ꢀGF!ꢀꢁ&ꢅ!ꢇ86,
ꢓꢃꢄ
6ꢀ!ꢁ
ꢉꢇ4
ꢇꢃꢁ &1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
6ꢀ!ꢂ
ꢄ
ꢅ
B
#
ꢚ,ꢆꢁꢁ44
6ꢀ!ꢃ
;ꢄꢂ
ꢁ4
ꢀꢁ
ꢉ0$,$;<
6ꢀ!ꢄ
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
ꢇꢃꢅ
ꢇ8ꢅ
ꢇ84
ꢇ8.
ꢇ8'
ꢇꢃꢂ
6ꢀ!ꢅ
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
9ꢇꢇ
ꢚ,ꢆꢁꢁ44
ꢇꢃꢃ
;ꢄꢃ
6ꢀ!4
9ꢇꢇ
6ꢀ!.
Bꢀꢄ9
ꢀꢂ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢀ.
ꢀꢃ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀꢅ
ꢀ4
6ꢀ!'
9ꢓ0*
ꢀꢇ
ꢀꢇ
0ꢀ
ꢆꢂ
#ꢀꢄ9
;ꢄꢄ
9ꢇꢇ
1&ꢁꢁ!ꢏ*F!ꢄ&9
ꢀ&&
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
4
.
ꢀ.
ꢇꢃꢄ
B
6ꢀ!ꢀ&
6ꢀ!ꢀꢀ
6ꢀ!ꢀꢁ
6ꢀ!ꢀꢂ
6ꢀ!ꢀꢃ
6ꢀ!ꢀꢄ
6ꢀ!ꢀꢅ
ꢚ,!ꢚ;ꢉ
ꢚ,#
ꢇꢚ$,B
ꢀ4
ꢇ8ꢀꢀ
ꢇ8ꢀꢁ
ꢇ8ꢀꢂ
ꢇ8ꢀꢃ
ꢈ-ꢃꢃꢃꢈ=
ꢓꢃꢅ
ꢇꢚ$,#
ꢀꢅ
.
ꢂ
ꢀꢃ
ꢀꢀ
ꢅ
ꢁ
ꢘꢀ
ꢘꢁ
ꢘꢂ
ꢘꢃ
6ꢀꢀ
6ꢀꢁ
6ꢀꢂ
6ꢀꢃ
ꢈꢀ
ꢈꢁ
ꢈꢂ
ꢈꢃ
9ꢇꢇ
#9ꢘ
-ꢀꢈ
B9ꢘ
ꢚ,B
ꢆ-ꢀꢈ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀ1ꢀ?F!ꢄG
ꢓꢃ4
4
ꢀꢄ
ꢀ&
4
ꢀ&!ꢏ*F!ꢂꢄ9F!ꢉꢆꢀꢉꢆ>;$
ꢄ96
ꢀ&96
-ꢀꢈ
ꢀꢃ
ꢅ
ꢆꢁ
*ꢚ;ꢉ
ꢄ
9ꢓ0*ꢇ>6,
ꢓꢃ. ꢁ&&
ꢈꢆꢇ$;<
ꢆꢀ
ꢃ
ꢀ
ꢀꢁ
ꢃ
ꢆ&
ꢀꢅ
'
.
ꢇꢃ4
ꢄ
9ꢇꢇ
ꢀꢂ
ꢆꢈꢅꢄꢁ?,
ꢉ,ꢃ.
Bꢀꢄ9
ꢇꢄꢃ
ꢆꢀ!$;<
ꢇ
ꢇ
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
ꢓꢀꢀꢃ ꢀ&&?A.
ꢓꢀꢀꢄ ꢀ&&?A.
ꢓ44
ꢓꢘ&&&&ꢁ.4
#ꢀꢄ9
ꢓꢃ4!ꢜꢗ !ꢓꢃ.!ꢒꢍ ꢏꢛꢍ!ꢋ(ꢍ!Mꢜꢊꢗ
!)ꢖꢒ!ꢜꢗꢜꢌꢖM!ꢊꢗJꢏꢋꢕ!ꢑ%!ꢀGF!ꢕꢖ
!ꢋ(ꢜꢋ!2ꢍ!ꢛꢜꢗ!ꢒꢍꢜ !ꢕꢌꢊM(ꢋꢌ%
!ꢜꢑꢖꢔꢍ!)ꢏꢌꢌ!ꢕꢛꢜꢌꢍF!ꢋꢖ!Jꢒꢍꢔꢍꢗꢋ
!ꢖꢔꢍꢒ)ꢌꢖ2!ꢖ)!ꢆꢈꢇ!ꢒꢍꢜ ꢊꢗM
ꢀ1ꢁ!ꢏ*F!ꢅ1ꢂ9!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
;ꢄꢅ
#ꢀꢄ9
B
ꢀ&1&?
Bꢀꢄ9
ꢇꢆꢀꢀ.ꢄ
ꢇꢃ.
/6ꢉꢚ#ꢁ#ꢈꢇꢆꢄꢆ0#ꢃ1.$8L
<ꢁ
ꢓꢃ'
ꢀ&&
.
4
ꢅ
ꢄ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢇꢃ'
ꢀꢇ
ꢀꢇ
ꢀꢇ
96ꢀ
,>ꢆꢇ0!ꢀ&&
<ꢀ
ꢓꢘ&&&&ꢃ&'
!ꢚ8$
ꢀ
ꢀ
Bꢀꢄ9
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
ꢈꢀꢀ
ꢆꢘ4&#&&
9ꢓ0*
9ꢚ;ꢉ ꢀꢓ
ꢇꢀ&ꢃ
ꢇꢄ&
!ꢓ0ꢘ6ꢘꢉꢚꢓ!ꢆꢘ
!ꢇ>ꢚꢘ0!ꢆꢘ
!,ꢚꢘꢘ6 >0!ꢉꢚ
!<ꢀ!ꢆꢀꢈ!<ꢁ
ꢀ1&!ꢏ*F!ꢁꢄ9
$
ꢄ
ꢀ&&8#ꢃ1.$8L
ꢓ4.
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*
ꢉꢓ6$ -ꢀꢈ
ꢃ
ꢀ&!ꢏ*F!ꢂꢄ9F!ꢉꢆꢀꢉꢆ>;$
.ꢃ1ꢄ?
9ꢇꢇ
9ꢚ>ꢉꢆ-0!ꢓ0*
6ꢇ&&&&ꢀꢄ.
ꢀ
ꢈꢄ
ꢈꢅ
ꢈꢁ
ꢓ4'
ꢂ
ꢁ
B
ꢓ' ꢀ&&
ꢁ&1&?
;ꢅꢀꢆ
#
ꢈꢈ&&&&&.ꢅ
ꢓꢘ&&&&ꢁ4ꢄ
ꢉ,ꢃ'
ꢀ
ꢁ
>*ꢂꢄꢂ
ꢇ8-ꢆ6ꢀ
ꢂ
ꢉꢇꢅ
ꢇꢀ&ꢄ
ꢉ,ꢄ4
;ꢄ'ꢆ
4ꢃ8ꢇꢂꢁ
6ꢚ7
ꢈꢈ&&&&&.ꢄ!
ꢈꢀ&
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*
;ꢄ.
4ꢃ8ꢇꢄ4ꢃ
#ꢀꢄ9
ꢆꢘ4&#&ꢃ
ꢀ
ꢘ8ꢈꢀ
ꢚ0
ꢇ>?
9ꢇꢇ
ꢉꢇ.
ꢓ.&
ꢀꢀ
ꢓꢀꢀ4
ꢀ&&?A.
ꢈꢃ
ꢈꢂ
ꢈ4
4
.
'
ꢂ'
ꢁ&1&?
ꢈ
ꢃ
ꢉ60
ꢂ.
ꢈ&
ꢈꢀ
ꢈꢁ
ꢈꢂ
ꢈꢃ
ꢈꢄ
ꢈꢅ
ꢈ4
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
4
.
'
ꢀ'
@ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢅ
4
.
ꢀ&
ꢄ
ꢄ
ꢅ
ꢈꢀ
ꢈꢁ
ꢈꢂ
ꢈꢃ
ꢈꢄ
ꢈꢅ
ꢈ4
ꢈ.
B
;ꢅꢀ
#
ꢓꢈ$ =ꢉ0
ꢉ60
ꢂ4
ꢀ.
4
9ꢇꢇ
ꢇꢄꢀ
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
@ꢁ
ꢈ
ꢂ
ꢉ60
ꢂꢅ
ꢓ.ꢀ
ꢀ4
ꢀ&
ꢀꢀ
ꢀꢁ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢃ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀꢅ
ꢀ4
9ꢇꢇ
@ꢂ
-ꢀꢈ
ꢉ60
.ꢃ1ꢄ?
ꢀꢅ
;ꢄ4
ꢂꢄ
>*ꢂꢄꢂ
ꢈꢀꢁ
ꢆꢘ4&#&&
@ꢃ
ꢈ
4
*ꢓ0@
ꢀꢄ
ꢂꢃ
ꢂꢂ
ꢂꢁ
ꢂꢀ
ꢂ&
ꢁ'
@ꢄ
ꢉ60
ꢉ60
ꢉ60
ꢉ60
ꢀꢃ
@ꢅ
ꢀꢂ
ꢈ&
ꢇꢄꢁ
@4
ꢈ
&
9ꢇꢇ6ꢚ
-ꢀꢈ
ꢓ.ꢁ
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
ꢀꢁ
ꢘ0>ꢅ&
'
<ꢊꢌꢊꢗA!ꢇ,>ꢈ
@.
ꢇ
ꢉꢈ6
ꢉ$ꢘ
ꢉꢇ?
ꢀ&1&?
ꢉꢈꢚ
ꢘ0>ꢅ&
ꢘ0>ꢅ&
ꢈ3&1145
#ꢀꢄ9
ꢉ,ꢄ&
;ꢅ&
ꢉ,ꢄꢀ
ꢉ,ꢄꢁ
ꢉ,ꢄꢂ
ꢉ,ꢄꢃ
ꢉ,ꢄꢄ
4ꢃ8ꢇꢄ4ꢃ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢀ
ꢀꢀ
9*,ꢓꢚ-
6ꢚ7
ꢚ0
ꢇ>?
ꢅ
ꢈꢀ
;ꢄ'
4ꢃ8ꢇꢂꢁ
6ꢚꢓ
ꢈ&
ꢈꢀ
ꢈꢁ
ꢈꢂ
ꢈꢃ
ꢈꢄ
ꢈꢅ
ꢈ4
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
4
.
'
ꢀ'
ꢀ.
ꢀ4
ꢀꢅ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀꢃ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢁ
ꢘꢆ
ꢈꢀ
ꢈꢁ
ꢈꢂ
ꢈꢃ
ꢈꢄ
ꢈꢅ
ꢈ4
ꢈ.
@ꢀ
@ꢁ
@ꢂ
@ꢃ
@ꢄ
@ꢅ
@4
@.
ꢘ
9*ꢓ0ꢆꢈ
ꢘꢇ
ꢘꢉꢆꢓꢉ
$ꢘ
$6ꢈ
>ꢘ
ꢆ
ꢆ
ꢉꢊꢋꢌꢍ
ꢘꢛ(ꢍꢐꢜꢋꢊꢛ!)ꢖꢒ!0!ꢘꢍꢒꢊꢍꢕ!-ꢄ!$ꢖꢋ(ꢍꢒꢑꢖꢜꢒ !,ꢇꢆ!,ꢀ!&ꢄ.&ꢁ
ꢘꢊꢙꢍ
ꢎꢏꢐꢑꢍꢒ
&ꢄ.&ꢂ
ꢓꢍꢔꢊꢕꢊꢖꢗ
.
ꢚꢒꢛꢜ !
ꢈꢜꢋꢍ"
*ꢊꢌꢍ"
ꢀꢀ#$ꢜ%#ꢁ&&'
ꢘ(ꢍꢍꢋ!#!!!ꢖ)!
ꢎ"+,ꢇ $-ꢓ+&ꢄ.&ꢀꢓ/#0#ꢕꢍꢒꢊꢍꢕ!$ꢖꢋ(ꢍꢒꢑꢖꢜꢒꢈ ꢒ!ꢜ-2ꢍꢗ!ꢍꢒꢜ%ꢋ"ꢊꢖꢗ!ꢄ+ꢘꢖꢏꢒꢛꢍ+&ꢄ.&ꢀꢑ1 ꢑ
ꢅ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
D-26
06807C DCN6650
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
Bꢀꢄ9
Bꢄ9ꢆꢁꢆ
;ꢁꢂ
ꢈ
ꢈ
ꢀ
ꢂ
ꢄ
ꢃ
=,ꢆꢘꢘ!ꢇꢆ,ꢘ
!$;ꢘꢉ! 0!76ꢉ86ꢁ
!ꢀOꢁK!ꢚ*!ꢉ80
!ꢓ0-;>ꢆꢉꢚꢓ
!6ꢁ,;ꢉOꢚ;ꢉ,;ꢉ
!,6ꢁꢘ
6ꢁ
ꢚ;ꢉ
ꢚꢁOꢚ** ꢁꢇ
ꢇꢅ&
B
ꢀ&!ꢏ*F!ꢂꢄ9F!ꢉꢆꢁꢉꢆ>;$
>,ꢁ'.ꢀ6$ꢄ
ꢇꢁ'
ꢀ!ꢏ*
ꢈ3&1145
ꢉ80ꢓ$6ꢘꢉ0ꢓ
<ꢉꢀ
9ꢇꢇ Bꢀꢄ9
6ꢗꢕꢋꢜꢌꢌ!<ꢉꢀ!Cꢋ(ꢒꢖꢏM(!(ꢖꢌꢍD
;ꢃ.
Bꢄ9ꢆꢁꢆ
!ꢚꢓ!<ꢉꢁ!Cꢘ$ꢈDF!
$ꢆ<ꢂ.ꢁꢇ7ꢁ
ꢂꢏꢋ!ꢗꢖꢋ!ꢂꢖꢋ(1
'
ꢀꢃ
ꢀꢄ
ꢃ
<ꢉꢁ
ꢉ0$,$;<
ꢚ;ꢉ
ꢉ80ꢓ$6ꢘꢉ0ꢓꢀ
/ꢁ4
B9ꢘꢘ
ꢄ
ꢉ80ꢓ$6ꢘꢉ0ꢓꢀ
-ꢁꢈ
9#
6ꢁ!ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢅ
ꢉ80ꢓ$6ꢘꢉ0ꢓꢁ
ꢉ80ꢓ$6ꢘꢉ0ꢓꢂ
ꢉ80ꢓ$6ꢘꢉ0ꢓꢃ
ꢉ80ꢓ$6ꢘꢉ0ꢓꢄ
ꢉ80ꢓ$6ꢘꢉ0ꢓꢅ
ꢉ80ꢓ$6ꢘꢉ0ꢓ4
ꢉ80ꢓ$6ꢘꢉ0ꢓ.
ꢉ80ꢓ$6ꢘꢉ0ꢓ
ꢇ
ꢇ
6ꢁ!ꢁ
6ꢁ!ꢂ
6ꢁ!ꢃ
6ꢁ!ꢄ
6ꢁ!ꢅ
6ꢁ!4
6ꢁ!.
ꢁ
ꢂ
4
.
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢁ
ꢀꢀ
ꢀ&
0ꢁ
ꢆ&
ꢂ
ꢁ
9ꢂ
9
9!
ꢃ
ꢀ4
ꢀꢅ
ꢀ.
ꢀ
ꢆꢀ
ꢄ
ꢆꢁ
ꢅ
ꢘ8ꢈꢁ
ꢓꢘ
4
7ꢓ
.
ꢉ80ꢓ$6ꢘꢉ0ꢓ.
'
ꢉ80ꢓ$6ꢘꢉ0ꢓ4
ꢉ80ꢓ$6ꢘꢉ0ꢓꢅ
ꢉ80ꢓ$6ꢘꢉ0ꢓꢄ
ꢉ80ꢓ$6ꢘꢉ0ꢓꢃ
ꢉ80ꢓ$6ꢘꢉ0ꢓꢂ
ꢉ80ꢓ$6ꢘꢉ0ꢓꢁ
ꢀ&
ꢀꢀ
ꢀꢁ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢃ
ꢀꢁ
ꢀꢂ
ꢉ0$,
6ꢚ7
ꢀꢀ
;ꢄ'ꢈ
ꢓ4ꢄ
ꢓ4ꢃ
ꢓ4ꢂ
ꢓ4ꢁ
ꢓ4ꢀ
ꢓ4&
ꢓꢅ'
ꢓꢅ.
ꢓꢘ&&&&ꢁ.4
ꢀ&?!ꢀG ꢀ&?!ꢀG ꢀ&?!ꢀG ꢀ&?!ꢀG ꢀ&?!ꢀG ꢀ&?!ꢀG ꢀ&?!ꢀG ꢀ&?!ꢀG
4ꢃ8ꢇꢂꢁ
$6ꢇꢓꢚ*6ꢉ#ꢀꢃ
Bꢀꢄ9#ꢀꢄ9
;ꢃ'
ꢓꢁꢀ. ꢀ?Aꢃ
ꢁ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀ&
4
ꢂ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
.
4
ꢅ
ꢄ
968ꢂW
968 W
968!W
968"W
ꢈꢆꢇ$;<
ꢇꢂꢅ &1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
ꢈꢀ
ꢘꢀ
ꢘꢁ
ꢈꢆꢇ&9
ꢈꢆꢇꢀ9
ꢈꢆꢇꢁ9
ꢈꢆꢇꢂ9
ꢀꢃ
ꢀꢀ
ꢅ
ꢈꢁ
ꢈꢂ
ꢘꢂ
ꢀ&?
ꢈꢃ
ꢘꢃ
ꢓꢂꢃ
ꢀꢁ
ꢃ
ꢀ
ꢃ
ꢂ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢄ
ꢅ
4
.
9ꢇꢇ
9ꢇꢇ
#9ꢘ
-ꢁꢈ
B9ꢘ
6ꢁꢀ
6ꢁꢁ
6ꢁꢂ
6ꢁꢃ
ꢈꢆꢇ&
ꢈꢆꢇꢀ
ꢈꢆꢇꢁ
ꢈꢆꢇꢂ
ꢀꢅ
'
ꢄ
ꢀꢂ
.
ꢇꢂ4
&1ꢀꢄ!ꢏ*F!ꢛꢍꢒꢜꢐꢊꢛ
ꢓꢁꢁꢀ ꢀ&?Aꢃ
ꢈ-ꢃꢃꢃꢈ=
ꢆ
ꢆ
ꢉꢊꢋꢌꢍ
ꢘꢊꢙꢍ
Tpur€h‡vpꢀs‚ꢁꢀ@ꢀTrꢁvr†ꢀB$ꢀH‚‡urꢁi‚hꢁqꢀQ86ꢀQIꢀꢂ$'ꢂ!
ꢎꢏꢐꢑꢍꢒ
ꢓꢍꢔꢊꢕꢊꢖꢗ
7
ꢂ$'ꢂ"
ꢚꢒꢛꢜ !
ꢈꢜꢋꢍ"
*ꢊꢌꢍ"
ꢀꢀ#$ꢜ%#ꢁ&&'
ꢘ(ꢍꢍꢋ!!!
$
!ꢖ)!
'
ꢎ"+,ꢇ $-ꢓ+&ꢄ.&ꢀꢓ/#0#ꢕꢍꢒꢊꢍꢕ!$ꢖꢋ(ꢍꢒꢑꢖꢜꢒꢈ ꢒ!ꢜ-2ꢍꢗ!ꢍꢒꢜ%ꢋ"ꢊꢖꢗ!ꢄ+ꢘꢖꢏꢒꢛꢍ+&ꢄ.&ꢀꢑ1 ꢑ
ꢅ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
06807C DCN6650
D-27
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
ꢀꢓꢗꢚꢆꢓꢘꢄꢖꢗꢒꢏꢚ
9ꢇꢇ
ꢓꢁꢂ
ꢃ4&A.
ꢉ,4
ꢈ
ꢈ
ꢓꢁꢁ
ꢀꢄ?A.
;ꢀꢀ
;ꢀꢁ
,ꢘꢁ4&ꢁ#ꢃ
ꢀ
ꢀ'
-ꢀ
-ꢁ
ꢈ6-6ꢚ&
6ꢚꢓ
/ꢀ&&ꢃ
ꢀ
ꢀꢅ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
4
.
'
ꢀ.
ꢀ4
ꢀꢅ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀꢃ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢁ
ꢀꢀ
ꢈ&
ꢈꢀ
ꢈꢁ
ꢈꢂ
ꢈꢃ
ꢈꢄ
ꢈꢅ
ꢈ4
ꢆꢀ
ꢆꢁ
ꢆꢂ
ꢆꢃ
ꢆꢄ
ꢆꢅ
ꢆ4
ꢆ.
=ꢀ
=ꢁ
=ꢂ
=ꢃ
=ꢄ
=ꢅ
=4
=.
>ꢀ'
>ꢁ&
>ꢁꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀꢃ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢁ
@YU@SI6G
ꢃ
8PIUSPG
*0! 0ꢆꢈ
>.
ꢄ
>ꢁꢁ
DI
6
ꢅ
ꢅ
4
ꢀꢀ
ꢀ&
4
4ꢃ8ꢇꢄꢃꢀ
.
ꢈ3&1145
'
.
'
ꢀ&
>'
ꢉ0ꢓ$ >ꢚꢇ?#ꢀ&
ꢀ&&&&!J*
0<ꢉꢀBꢄ9ꢀꢚ;ꢉ
ꢀ&&&&!J*
ꢓꢁ4 ꢓꢁ. ꢓꢁ'
ꢀ&& ꢀ&& ꢀ&&
ꢓꢂꢀ ꢓꢂꢁ ꢓꢂꢂ
ꢀ&& ꢀ&& ꢀ&&
ꢇ
ꢇ
ꢓꢁꢅ
ꢓꢂ&
ꢀ&&
ꢀ&&
ꢂꢂ&!J*F!ꢄ&9
ꢂꢂ&!J*F!ꢄ&9
ꢂꢂ&!J*F!ꢄ&9
;ꢀꢂ
,ꢘꢁ4&ꢁ#ꢃ
ꢂꢂ&!J*F!ꢄ&9
ꢀ
ꢀꢅ
>ꢁꢂ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀꢃ
>ꢁꢃ
>ꢁꢅ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢁ
>ꢁꢄ
*0! 0ꢆꢈ
,ꢌꢜꢛꢍ!ꢋ(ꢍꢕꢍ!ꢋꢍꢒꢐꢊꢗꢜꢋꢊꢖꢗ!ꢒꢍꢕꢊꢕꢋꢖꢒꢕ!ꢜꢋ!ꢋ(ꢍ!ꢍꢗ !ꢖ)!ꢍꢜꢛ(! ꢜꢋꢜ
!ꢌꢊꢗꢍ1!!0ꢜꢛ(! ꢜꢋꢜ!ꢌꢊꢗꢍ!
ꢕ(ꢖꢏꢌ !ꢂꢍ!ꢌꢜꢊ !ꢖꢏꢋ!ꢜꢕ!ꢜ! ꢜꢊꢕ%#ꢛ(ꢜꢊꢗF!ꢋ(ꢍ!ꢕꢊMꢗꢜꢌ!JꢜꢕꢕꢊꢗM
!)ꢒꢖꢐ!ꢖꢗꢍ!6ꢇ!ꢋꢖ!ꢋ(ꢍ!ꢗꢍAꢋ1
ꢅ
4
ꢀꢀ
ꢀ&
.
'
ꢀ&&&&!J*
9ꢇꢇ
ꢀ&&&&!J*
ꢓꢁꢃ
ꢀꢄ?A.
;ꢀꢃ
ꢓꢁꢀ
ꢀ
ꢀ'
-ꢀ
-ꢁ
ꢈ6-6ꢚꢃ
6ꢚꢓ
ꢂꢂ&Aꢃ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
4
.
'
ꢀ. ꢈ&
ꢀ4 ꢈꢀ
ꢀꢅ ꢈꢁ
ꢀꢄ ꢈꢂ
ꢀꢃ ꢈꢃ
ꢀꢂ ꢈꢄ
ꢀꢁ ꢈꢅ
ꢀꢀ ꢈ4
ꢆꢀ
ꢆꢁ
ꢆꢂ
ꢆꢃ
ꢆꢄ
ꢆꢅ
ꢆ4
ꢆ.
=ꢀ
=ꢁ
=ꢂ
=ꢃ
=ꢄ
=ꢅ
=4
=.
;ꢀꢄ
,ꢘꢁ4&ꢁ#ꢃ
/ꢀ&&ꢅ
ꢀ
ꢀꢅ
ꢀ
ꢁ
@YU@SI6G
>ꢁ.
>ꢁ'
>ꢂ&
>ꢁ4
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀꢃ
8PIUSPG
ꢂ
DI
7
ꢃ
ꢈ3&1145
ꢄ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢁ
4ꢃ8ꢇꢄꢃꢀ
ꢅ
4
>ꢀꢀ
*0! 0ꢆꢈ
ꢀ&&&&!J*
.
>ꢀ&
ꢅ
4
ꢀꢀ
ꢀ&
'
ꢀ&
ꢆ
ꢆ
ꢉ0ꢓ$ >ꢚꢇ?#ꢀ&
.
'
0<ꢉꢀBꢄ9ꢀꢚ;ꢉ
ꢉꢊꢋꢌꢍ
Tpur€h‡vpꢀs‚ꢁꢀ@ꢀTrꢁvr†ꢀB$ꢀH‚‡urꢁi‚hꢁqꢀQ86ꢀQIꢀꢂ$'ꢂ!
ꢘꢊꢙꢍ
ꢎꢏꢐꢑꢍꢒ
ꢓꢍꢔꢊꢕꢊꢖꢗ
7
ꢀ&&&&!J*
ꢂ$'ꢂ"
ꢚꢒꢛꢜ !
ꢈꢜꢋꢍ"
*ꢊꢌꢍ"
ꢀꢀ#$ꢜ%#ꢁ&&'
ꢘ(ꢍꢍꢋ!!!
%
!ꢖ)!
'
ꢎ"+,ꢇ $-ꢓ+&ꢄ.&ꢀꢓ/#0#ꢕꢍꢒꢊꢍꢕ!$ꢖꢋ(ꢍꢒꢑꢖꢜꢒꢈ ꢒ!ꢜ-2ꢍꢗ!ꢍꢒꢜ%ꢋ"ꢊꢖꢗ!ꢄ+ꢘꢖꢏꢒꢛꢍ+&ꢄ.&ꢀꢑ1 ꢑ
ꢅ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
D-28
06807C DCN6650
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
9ꢇꢇ
ꢑꢖꢙꢖꢚꢉꢘꢄꢄꢓꢏꢚꢒꢏꢚ
ꢓꢀꢀ&
ꢃ4&A.
ꢈ
ꢈ
ꢇ.&
;ꢁꢁ
,ꢘꢁ4&ꢁ#ꢃ
ꢀꢅ
ꢇ.ꢁ
ꢀ&&&&!ꢁ*
ꢀ
ꢉ,ꢀ'
ꢇ4'
ꢇ.ꢀ
TC9I
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀꢃ
ꢘ8ꢈꢀ
;ꢁꢃ
ꢀ&&&&!ꢁ*
4ꢃ8ꢇꢄ4ꢃ
ꢃ
ꢀ
ꢀꢀ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢁ
ꢈ6-6ꢚꢁ
ꢚ0
ꢇ>?
>ꢃꢂ
ꢅ
;ꢅ
DPX
ꢄ
>ꢃꢃ
>ꢃꢄ
9ꢂ
9
9!
9"
9#
9$
9%
9&
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
4
.
'
ꢀ'
ꢅ
4
ꢀꢀ
ꢀ&
ꢈꢀ
ꢈꢁ
ꢈꢂ
ꢈꢃ
ꢈꢄ
ꢈꢅ
ꢈ4
ꢈ.
@ꢀ
ꢀ.
ꢀ4
ꢀꢅ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀꢃ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢁ
4ꢃ8ꢇꢂꢁ
@ꢁ
@ꢂ
@ꢃ
@ꢄ
@ꢅ
@4
@.
*0! 0ꢆꢈ
>ꢃꢅ
.
'
/ꢀ&ꢀ4
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢉꢄ ꢚꢉꢚꢏ ꢄꢓꢏꢚꢒꢏꢚ
ꢂ
;ꢁꢄ
,ꢘꢁ4&ꢁ#ꢃ
ꢀꢅ
ꢃ
>ꢃ.
ꢀ
ꢄ
>ꢃ'
>ꢄ&
ꢈ3&1145
ꢅ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀꢃ
4
.
*0! 0ꢆꢈ
'
>ꢃ4
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢁ
ꢇ
ꢇ
ꢀ&
ꢀꢀ
ꢀꢁ
ꢅ
4
ꢀꢀ
ꢀ&
ꢇ.ꢃ
ꢇ.ꢅ
ꢉ0ꢓ$ >ꢚꢇ?#ꢀꢁ
ꢀ&&&&!ꢁ*
>ꢀꢁ
.
'
ꢇ.ꢂ
ꢇ.ꢄ
*0! 0ꢆꢈ
ꢇꢁꢅ
ꢇꢁ4
ꢀ&&&&!ꢁ*
ꢓ0ꢘ0ꢉꢉꢆ >0!*;ꢘ0F!&1ꢂꢆF!ꢅ&9
*ꢀ
ꢈꢅ
>ꢀꢂ
*0! 0ꢆꢈ
0<ꢉꢂBꢄ9ꢂꢚ;ꢉ
9ꢇꢇ
ꢈ6ꢚꢈ0F!ꢘꢇ8ꢚꢉꢉ?=
ꢆ
ꢆ
ꢉꢊꢋꢌꢍ
ꢘꢊꢙꢍ
Tpur€h‡vpꢀs‚ꢁꢀ@ꢀTrꢁvr†ꢀB$ꢀH‚‡urꢁi‚hꢁqꢀQ86ꢀQIꢀꢂ$'ꢂ!
ꢁꢏꢐꢂꢍꢒ
ꢓꢍꢔꢊꢕꢊꢖꢗ
7
ꢂ$'ꢂ"
ꢚꢒꢛꢜ !
ꢈꢜꢋꢍ"
*ꢊꢌꢍ"
ꢀꢀ#$ꢜ%#ꢁ&&'
ꢘ(ꢍꢍꢋ!!!
&
!ꢖ)!
'
ꢁ"+,ꢇ $-ꢓ+&ꢄ.&ꢀꢓ/#0#ꢕꢍꢒꢊꢍꢕ!$ꢖꢋ(ꢍꢒꢂꢖꢜꢒꢈ ꢒ!ꢜ-2ꢍꢗ!ꢍꢒꢜ%ꢋ"ꢊꢖꢗ!ꢄ+ꢘꢖꢏꢒꢛꢍ+&ꢄ.&ꢀꢂ1 ꢂ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
06807C DCN6650
D-29
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
9ꢇꢇ
ꢑꢖꢙꢖꢚꢉꢘꢄꢄꢓꢏꢚꢒꢏꢚ
ꢓꢀ4
ꢄꢀ&A.
;ꢀꢅ
,ꢘꢁ4&ꢁ#ꢃ
ꢀꢅ
ꢘ8ꢈꢀ
ꢀ
ꢘ8ꢈꢀ
;ꢀ4
ꢈ
ꢈ
ꢀ&&&&!ꢁ*
4ꢃ8ꢇꢄ4ꢃ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀꢃ
'
ꢀ
ꢈ6-6ꢚ&
ꢚ0
ꢇ>?
.
ꢀꢀ
;ꢄ'ꢇ
ꢀ&&&&!ꢁ*
6ꢚ7
ꢀ&
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢁ
>ꢂꢁ
>ꢂꢂ
>ꢂꢃ
ꢈ&
ꢈꢀ
ꢈꢁ
ꢈꢂ
ꢈꢃ
ꢈꢄ
ꢈꢅ
ꢈ4
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
4
.
'
ꢀ'
ꢈꢀ
ꢈꢁ
ꢈꢂ
ꢈꢃ
ꢈꢄ
ꢈꢅ
ꢈ4
ꢈ.
@ꢀ
@ꢁ
@ꢂ
@ꢃ
@ꢄ
@ꢅ
@4
@.
ꢀ.
ꢀ4
ꢀꢅ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀꢃ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢁ
4ꢃ8ꢇꢂꢁ
ꢅ
4
ꢀꢀ
ꢀ&
*0! 0ꢆꢈ
>ꢂꢀ
.
ꢀ
'
/ꢀ&&.
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
;ꢀ.
,ꢘꢁ4&ꢁ#ꢃ
ꢀꢅ
ꢈ3&1145
ꢃ
>ꢂꢅ
>ꢂ4
>ꢂ.
ꢀꢓꢗꢚꢆꢓꢘꢄꢓꢏꢚꢒꢏꢚ
ꢄ
ꢅ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀꢃ
4
.
*0! 0ꢆꢈ
'
>ꢂꢄ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢁ
ꢀ&
ꢀꢀ
ꢀꢁ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢃ
ꢅ
4
ꢀꢀ
ꢀ&
ꢇꢚꢂ0<ꢉꢂꢓ0ꢉ
ꢇ
ꢇ
.
'
ꢉ0ꢓ$ >ꢚꢇ?#ꢀꢃ
*0! 0ꢆꢈ
>ꢄ'
9ꢇꢇ
ꢕꢐꢚꢕꢆꢗꢉꢘꢄꢀꢓꢗꢗꢕꢀꢚꢓꢆ
ꢓꢘꢑꢕꢆꢄ ꢖꢑꢕ
ꢀ&&&&!ꢁ*
ꢓꢀꢄ
ꢄꢀ&A.
ꢀ&&&&!ꢁ*
ꢀ&&&&!ꢁ*
;ꢀ'
,ꢘꢁ4&ꢁ#ꢃ
ꢀꢅ
ꢀ
ꢘ8ꢈꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀꢃ
;ꢁꢀ
4ꢃ8ꢇꢄ4ꢃ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢀ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢁ
ꢈ6-6ꢚꢃ
6ꢚ7
ꢚ0
ꢇ>?
>ꢃ&
>ꢃꢀ
>ꢃꢁ
ꢂ
ꢀꢀ
;ꢁ&ꢆ
ꢈ&
ꢈꢀ
ꢈꢁ
ꢈꢂ
ꢈꢃ
ꢈꢄ
ꢈꢅ
ꢈ4
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
4
.
'
ꢀ'
ꢀ.
ꢀ4
ꢀꢅ
ꢀꢄ
ꢀꢃ
ꢀꢂ
ꢀꢁ
ꢅ
4
ꢀꢀ
ꢀ&
ꢈꢀ
ꢈꢁ
ꢈꢂ
ꢈꢃ
ꢈꢄ
ꢈꢅ
ꢈ4
ꢈ.
@ꢀ
@ꢁ
@ꢂ
@ꢃ
@ꢄ
@ꢅ
@4
@.
4ꢃ8ꢇꢂꢁ
*0! 0ꢆꢈ
>ꢂ'
.
'
ꢀ&&&&!ꢁ*
Bꢀꢁ9
ꢈꢁ
ꢓ0>ꢆ=!ꢘ,ꢈꢉ
?ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢄ
ꢃ
ꢀ
ꢂ
ꢈ6ꢚꢈ0F!ꢘꢇ8ꢚꢉꢉ?=
ꢀ&&&&!ꢁ*
/ꢀ&&'
@ꢀ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢓꢄ.
Bꢀꢁ9
ꢀ
ꢈꢂ
ꢀ
ꢓ0>ꢆ=!ꢘ,ꢈꢉ
ꢁ1ꢁ?F!ꢄG
?ꢁ
@YU@SIꢀG
ꢄ
ꢘꢚꢁꢁꢁꢁ
ꢈ6ꢚꢈ0F!ꢘꢇ8ꢚꢉꢉ?=
@ꢁ
ꢁ
ꢄ
ꢃ
ꢀ
ꢂ
S@ꢀSꢀQꢀI@G
ꢀGꢀSHꢀPVUQVUT
ꢅ
4
ꢓ0>ꢆ=!ꢘ,ꢈꢉ
.
?ꢂ
'
ꢓꢅ
ꢁ
ꢄ
ꢃ
ꢀ
ꢂ
Bꢀꢁ9
ꢀ&
ꢀꢀ
ꢀꢁ
ꢈꢃ
ꢁ1ꢁ?F!ꢄG
ꢘꢚꢁꢁꢁꢁ
ꢈ6ꢚꢈ0F!ꢘꢇ8ꢚꢉꢉ?=
@ꢂ
ꢉ0ꢓ$ >ꢚꢇ?#ꢀꢁ
Bꢀꢁ9
ꢈꢄ
ꢓ0>ꢆ=!ꢘ,ꢈꢉ
?ꢃ
ꢁ
ꢄ
ꢃ
ꢀ
ꢂ
ꢓ4
ꢁ1ꢁ?F!ꢄG
ꢘꢚꢁꢁꢁꢁ
ꢈ6ꢚꢈ0F!ꢘꢇ8ꢚꢉꢉ?=
@ꢃ
ꢆ
ꢆ
ꢓ.
ꢉꢊꢋꢌꢍ
ꢘꢊꢙꢍ
ꢁ1ꢁ?F!ꢄG
ꢘꢚꢁꢁꢁꢁ
Tpur€h‡vpꢀs‚ꢁꢀ@ꢀTrꢁvr†ꢀB$ꢀH‚‡urꢁi‚hꢁqꢀQ86ꢀQIꢀꢂ$'ꢂ!
ꢁꢏꢐꢃꢍꢒ
ꢓꢍꢔꢊꢕꢊꢖꢗ
7
Bꢀꢁ9ꢓ0ꢉ
ꢂ$'ꢂ"
ꢚꢒꢛꢜ !
ꢈꢜꢋꢍ"
*ꢊꢌꢍ"
ꢀꢀ#$ꢜ%#ꢁ&&'
ꢘ(ꢍꢍꢋ!!!
'
!ꢖ)!
'
ꢁ"+,ꢇ $-ꢓ+&ꢄ.&ꢀꢓ/#0#ꢕꢍꢒꢊꢍꢕ!$ꢖꢋ(ꢍꢒꢃꢖꢜꢒꢈ ꢒ!ꢜ-2ꢍꢗ!ꢍꢒꢜ%ꢋ"ꢊꢖꢗ!ꢄ+ꢘꢖꢏꢒꢛꢍ+&ꢄ.&ꢀꢃ1 ꢃ
ꢀ
ꢁ
ꢂ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
D-30
06807C DCN6650
1
2
3
4
5
6
M
T
1
M
T
2
M
T
3
M
T
4
M
T
5
M
T
6
M
T
7
M
T
8
M
T
9
S
D
A
S
D
A
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
T
P
1
T
P
2
J
1
J
1
4
+
5
V
A
B
C
A
B
C
D
T
P
3
T
P
4
1
0
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
1
0
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
3
.
3
V
F
B
1
+
5
V
F
B
1
6
F
B
M
H
3
2
1
6
H
M
5
0
1
N
T
F
B
M
H
3
2
1
6
H
M
5
0
1
N
T
S
C
L
S
C
L
F
B
2
F
B
1
7
R
6
R
1
R
2
R
3
R
4
R
5
0
0
3
9
3
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
3
9
3
0
0
1
0
0
1
D
0
i
K
1
U
0
/
K
D
1
L
0
K
1
a
0
H
K
S
1
a
0
V
K
1
M
0
o
K
d
F
B
M
H
3
2
1
6
H
M
5
0
1
N
T
F
B
M
H
3
2
1
6
H
M
5
0
1
N
T
t
h
B
/
R
y
n
c
s
y
n
c
e
5
V
-
G
N
D
J
2
5
V
-
G
N
D
5
0
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
5
5
2
1
B
k
l
g
h
t
+
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
F
B
3
B
k
l
g
h
t
-
i
B
a
c
k
L
i
g
h
t
D
R
N
r
i
4
I
v
e
6
R
4
7
R
N
4
I
8
0
J
7
F
B
M
H
3
2
1
6
H
M
5
0
1
N
T
V
c
o
m
1
3
5
7
9
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
a
a
a
G
G
G
2
4
6
a
G
G
G
3
5
7
C
1
M
o
d
e
4
6
8
0
2
4
6
8
0
2
4
6
8
0
a
a
2
3
2
1
u
6
F
B
/
6
.
2
3
V
C
2
a
a
a
D
a
t
a
E
n
a
b
l
e
3
.
3
V
J
M
K
J
2
6
K
L
0
.
0
0
2
2
V
s
S
y
y
n
c
+
5
V
J
P
2
C
A
_
1
1
2
H
n
c
.
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
3
a R
a R
a R
2
4
6
a R
a R
a R
3
5
7
a
B
B
B
B
B
B
7
1
3
0
1
.
.
J
3
1
a B
a B
a B
a B
a B
a B
7
6
5
4
3
2
2
5
8
1
4
7
a
a
a
a
a
6
5
4
3
2
3
5
7
9
1
3
5
7
9
1
N
I
F
B
4
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
4
6
.
a B
a B
a B
2
4
6
a B
a B
a B
3
5
7
5
V
-
G
N
D
L
.
.
0
1
0
1
1
L
L
J
8
F
B
M
H
3
2
1
6
H
M
5
0
1
N
T
7
9
0
0
1
L
L
a
a
B
B
1
N
I
1
3
5
7
9
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
4
6
8
0
2
4
6
8
0
2
4
6
8
0
0
G
G
G
0
2
4
G
G
G
1
3
5
a
D
C
L
K
a
G
G
G
G
G
G
7
6
5
4
3
2
a G
a G
a G
a G
a G
a G
7
6
5
4
3
2
a
a
a
a
a
1
1
0
2
1
1
1
D
E
N
1
0
L
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
3
R
2
1
D
e
f
a
u
l
t
:
R
2
1
B
R 0
R 2
R 4
R 1
R 3
R 5
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
B
3
0
B
-
P
H
D
S
S
(
L
F
)
(
S
N
)
1
3
5
7
9
1
3
5
7
9
1
1
3
5
j
u
m
p
e
r
B 5
B 4
B 3
a
a
G
G
1
M
o
d
e
1
1
6
8
0
B 0
B 2
B 4
B 1
B 3
B 5
B
A
C
K
L
a
R
R
R
R
R
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
b
D
C
L
K
a R
a R
a R
a R
a R
a R
7
6
5
4
3
2
C
3
a
a
a
a
a
2
1
2
u
F
B
/
6
.
3
V
C
4
B 2
B 1
B 0
6
X
3
J
u
m
p
e
r
J
M
K
3
6
J
2
2
6
K
L
0
A
.
0
_
0
2
2
D
E
N
C
1
1
2
0
R
2
8
C
5
G
G
G
5
4
3
2
1
2
u
F
/
J
6
2
.
3
V
C
6
a
R
1
0
B
3
0
B
-
P
H
D
S
S
(
L
F
)
(
S
N
)
J
M
K
3
6
B
2
6
K
L
0
.
0
0
2
2
1
a
R
C
A
_
1
2
G
G
G
2
1
0
3
.
3
V
5
V
-
G
N
D
L
U
/
R
D
/
V
g
h
R 5
R 4
R 3
R
7
V
g
d
l
1
0
0
K
A
V
d
J
P
3
a
R
e
s
e
t
1
3
C
7
V
c
o
m
2
R 2
R 1
R 0
1
J
.
1
0
0
D
i
t
h
B
G
M
K
1
0
7
B
5
K
A
4
6
5
8
1
L
/
R
7
9
4
4
1
2
G
M
8
0
0
4
8
0
X
C
-
7
0
-
T
6
T
X
2
9
N
-
L
2
W
U
/
D
L
5
8
-
0
5
2
1
1
0
2
1
C
L
5
8
6
-
0
5
2
7
-
7
4
X
3
J
u
m
p
e
r
Make
FEM A
Model
GM800480W
FG0700A0DSWBG01 3-2, 6-5, 9-8, 12-11, 15-14, 18-17
JP2
JP3
D
1-2, 4-5, 7-8, 10-11, 13-14, 16-17
1-2, 4-5, 7-8, 10-11
2-3, 5-6, 8-9, 11-12
2-3, 5-6, 8-9, 11-12
T
i
t
l
e
Dat a Image
G
U
I
I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e
S
i
z
e
N
u
m
b
e
r
R
e
v
i
s
i
o
n
United Radiant Tech. UMSH-8173MD-1T
2-3, 4/5/6 NC, 7/8/9 NC, 10-11, 13-14, 16/ 17/18 NC
0
6
6
9
8
D
B
D
a
t
e
:
6
/
2
4
/
2
0
1
0
S
h
e
a
e
t
o
f
1
4
F
i
l
e
:
N
:
\
P
C
B
M
G
R
\
.
.
\
0
6
6
9
6
.
P
1
.
R
3
.
s
c
h
d
o
c
D
r
w
n
B
y
:
R
T
1
2
3
4
5
6
06807C DCN6650
D-31
1
2
3
4
5
6
A
B
C
D
A
B
C
T
P
5
A
V
d
d
:
+
1
0
.
4
V
R
8
R
9
T
P
6
3
0
9
K
C
8
0
.
0
0
1
4
8
7
K
C
D
2
1
4
A
-
B
1
4
0
L
F
D
1
+
5
V
A
V
d
d
D
2
L
1
3
.
3
V
L
2
B
k
l
g
h
h
t
t
+
-
2
1
2
2
u
H
K
A
C
1
1
3
.
9
u
H
C
9
C
1
u
0
F
R
8
1
1
T
P
7
2
2
6
u
F
/
6
.
3
V
M
B
R
M
1
2
0
L
T
1
G
R
1
K
0
C
1
2
4
.
7
u
F
/
1
6
V
T
P
8
4
.
7
/
1
6
V
C
1
4
G
M
K
1
0
7
B
J
1
0
5
K
A
J
M
K
3
1
B
J
2
2
6
K
L
0
6
K
C
1
3
T
M
K
3
2
5
B
J
2
2
6
M
M
V
g
l
:
-
7
V
U
1
1
0
1
.
0
2
4
p
f
2
2
u
f
/
2
5
V
5
4
1
3
G
M
K
1
0
7
B
J
1
0
5
K
A
C
1
5
V
i
n
S
W
1
.
0
R
1
2
V
g
l
S
H
D
N
F
B
B
k
l
g
D
B
3
A
1
K
R
6
1
3
R
2
1
4
T
5
4
S
9
C
1
6
9
.
7
.
0
S
U
P
R
1
5
1
2
2
1
8
1
0
9
7
8
3
2
5
V
-
G
N
D
D
R
V
N
1
0
0
K
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
0
.
3
3
F
B
F
B
N
D
4
C
1
7
R
1
4
6
K
7
C
A
T
4
1
3
9
T
D
-
G
T
3
U
2
D
R
V
P
B
A
T
5
4
S
F
D
V
3
0
5
N
C
1
8
4
6
0
.
3
3
1
R
E
F
0
.
3
3
G
Q
1
6
5
1
5
0
6
2
5
0
3
C
P
I
G
N
D
?
F
B
P
P
G
N
D
D
R
8
1
0
7
6
V
G
H
R
1
.
8
6
K
3
.
3
V
P
G
N
8
0
K
5
V
-
G
N
D
V
C
O
M
C
0
1
.
9
1
2
C
T
R
L
3
3
G
D
R
6
1
6
9
.
C
O
M
P
5
K
C
2
0
T
P
9
+
5
V
0
.
2
2
0
2
5
H
T
S
N
K
V
g
h
:
+
1
6
V
B
A
C
K
L
C
2
1
4
7
0
p
f
3
.
3
V
V
g
h
R
2
7
C
3
5
C
2
6
C
2
3
C
2
4
C
2
5
j
D
u
m
p
a
e
u
r
T
P
1
0
R
2
3
C
2
2
e
f
l
t
:
R
2
7
B
0
.
1
3
3
K
2
4
p
f
4
3
p
f
4
3
p
f
4
3
p
f
0
.
1
V
c
o
m
:
+
4
V
R
3
1
R
2
4
R
1
2
0
5
K
R
0
2
K
6
5
V
-
G
N
D
A
B
V
c
o
m
+
5
V
1
0
K
1
3
.
3
V
U
3
C
2
7
1
0
K
D
e
f
a
u
l
t
:
R
3
1
B
1
.
0
G
M
K
1
0
7
B
J
1
0
5
K
A
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
9
1
1
1
D
e
f
a
u
l
t
:
N
I
A
O
P
P
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
A
1
R
2
2
j
u
m
p
e
r
A
2
P
P
P
P
P
P
B
a
c
k
l
l
i
g
h
t
e
P
B
r
i
g
h
t
n
e
s
2
s
2
C
o
n
t
R
r
o
2
l
7
A
B
B
1
1
4
5
S
S
C
D
L
A
S
S
C
D
L
A
0
1
2
3
M
a
i
n
_
t
_
S
S
W
S
1
R
R
N
N
3
1
O
O
C
o
n
t
r
o
M
o
d
L
a
n
g
e
l
e
c
t
S
2
R
e
m
o
t
e
V
–
i
d
e
o
o
r
t
N
O
S
W
_
4
6
1
R
e
m
o
r
t
e
I
–
2
C
f
Y
E
S
O
p
t
.
M
a
i
n
S
w
I
N
T
S
W
_
4
6
P
C
F
8
5
7
4
O
p
t
.
L
a
n
g
.
S
w
.
F
i
x
e
d
B
i
g
h
t
(
d
e
a
u
l
t
)
N
O
B
5
V
-
G
N
D
5
V
-
G
N
D
D
T
i
t
l
e
G
U
I
I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e
S
i
z
e
N
u
m
b
e
r
R
e
v
i
s
i
o
n
0
6
6
9
8
D
B
D
a
t
e
:
6
/
2
4
/
2
0
1
0
S
h
e
a
e
t
o
f
2
4
F
i
l
e
:
N
:
\
P
C
B
M
G
R
\
.
.
\
0
6
6
9
6
.
P
2
.
R
3
.
s
c
h
d
o
c
D
r
w
n
B
y
:
R
T
1
2
3
4
5
6
D-32
06807C DCN6650
1
2
3
4
5
6
+
5
V
U
S
B
-
B
-
M
I
N
I
6
U
S
B
3
.
3
V
3
.
3
V
3
.
3
V
-
R
E
G
O
J
9
1
4
8
6
A
B
C
A
B
C
D
U
T
I
N
J
P
4
S
H
T
D
N
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
B
P
C
2
8
1
u
F
C
2
9
U
4
4
7
0
p
f
D
_
N
P
C
3
0
5
V
-
G
N
D
1
u
F
D
_
F
B
1
3
J
P
5
J
1
0
C
3
8
R
3
4
5
V
-
G
N
D
G
N
D
R
T
1
0
0
K
1
Y
E
L
U
S
B
3
.
3
V
1
u
F
R
L
2
3
4
5
S
D
C
3
7
0
.
0
1
u
F
1
K
D
S
1
L
L
5
V
-
G
N
D
L
T
R
2
9
R
3
5
U
5
R
3
0
1
0
0
K
T
o
n
e
w
T
S
c
r
e
e
n
1
0
0
K
4
1
S
C
L
+
V
E
7
0
5
5
3
-
0
0
4
S
C
L
2
4
M
H
Z
S
D
A
3
2
S
D
A
O
U
T
-
V
U
S
B
3
.
3
V
J
1
1
F
B
7
5
V
-
G
N
D
5
V
-
G
N
D
L
L
N
I
R
3
2
1
2
3
4
5
R
L
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
5
V
-
G
N
D
U
S
B
3
.
3
V
4
3
2
1
S
D
G
N
+
-
D
1
8
7
6
5
R
T
C
3
1
D
D
2
3
4
L
T
U
S
B
-
A
_
R
/
A
0
.
1
u
F
J
4
+
5
V
R
3
9
R
3
3
5
V
-
G
N
D
1
0
0
K
T
o
o
l
d
T
S
c
r
e
e
n
1
0
0
K
U
7
F
1
7
0
5
5
3
-
0
0
4
R
4
5
5
V
-
G
N
D
J
1
2
+
5
V
N
I
+
5
V
F
B
8
0
.
5
A
/
6
V
T
A
S
1
H
A
R
C
-
1
2
C
R
2
0
0
.
1
C
3
9
C
4
0
5
V
-
G
N
D
0
.
1
u
F
4
9
.
9
3
7
B
U
S
+
5
G
N
D
0
.
1
B
A
C
H
S
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
C
5
9
5
V
-
G
N
D
5
V
-
G
N
D
F
B
5
1
8
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
P
W
R
3
2
2
S
U
S
/
R
0
1 7
1 6
1 5
1 4
1 3
1 2
1 1
1 0
V
B
U
S
C
H
S
O
C
S
5
V
-
G
N
D
U
S
B
3
.
3
V
+
3
.
3
V
C
4
1
P
W
R
F
B
9
C
3
2
F
U
U
X
S
B
-
F
B
M
H
3
2
1
6
H
M
5
0
1
N
T
4
3
2
1
3
.
3
V
C
R
G
N
D
1
u
0
.
1
S
B
+
2
U
8
1
1
2
3
4
8
+
1
.
8
V
D
+
-
T
L
7
6
5
U
S
B
2
5
4
-
A
E
Z
G
O
C
S
1
D
U
J
S
B
-
A
_
V
E
R
T
C
L
K
-
I
N
U
S
B
3
.
3
V
P
W
R
1
+
5
V
5
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
1
.
8
V
P
L
L
R
3
6
T
E
S
3
T
R
B
I
3
A
S
U
9
+
3
.
V
C
6
0
u
1
2
K
+
3
.
P
L
L
F
2
0
.
1
F
C
3
3
C
3
4
+
5
V
+
5
V
0
.
1
u
F
0
.
1
F
B
1
0
0
.
5
A
/
6
V
5
V
-
G
N
D
5
V
-
G
N
D
C
4
2
5
V
-
G
N
D
0
.
1
u
F
D
D
1
_
N
P
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
1
_
D
D
D
D
D
D
4
_
_
_
_
_
_
P
4
3
3
2
2
N
P
5
V
-
G
N
D
1
K
5
V
-
G
N
D
F
B
1
1
N
P
4
3
2
1
C
4
3
C
4
F
4
G
N
D
R
3
8
1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
D
S
2
0
.
1
u
F
D
+
-
1
u
N
D
G
R
N
U
S
B
-
A
_
V
E
R
T
R
3
7
5
V
-
G
N
D
+
5
V
J
6
1
0
0
K
U
S
B
3
.
3
V
5
V
-
G
N
D
U
1
1
C
3
6
5
V
-
G
N
D
0
.
1
u
F
F
3
+
5
V
5
V
-
G
N
D
F
B
1
2
0
.
5
A
/
6
V
5
V
-
G
N
D
5
V
-
G
N
D
C
4
5
0
.
1
u
F
5
V
-
G
N
D
C
o
d
n
e
u
f
i
g
u
r
a
t
i
o
n
3
S
e
l
e
c
t
M
o
a
R
2
A
B
R
4
5
D
e
f
l
t
A
B
B
D
M
B
U
1
S
T
i
t
l
e
G
U
I
I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e
I
n
s
t
a
l
l
0
0
K
f
o
r
A
,
O
0
h
m
f
o
r
S
i
z
e
N
u
m
b
e
r
R
e
v
i
s
i
o
n
0
6
6
9
8
D
B
D
a
t
e
:
6
/
2
4
/
2
0
1
0
S
h
e
a
e
t
o
f
3
4
F
i
l
e
:
N
:
\
P
C
B
M
G
R
\
.
.
\
0
6
6
9
6
.
P
3
.
R
3
.
s
c
h
d
o
c
D
r
w
n
B
y
:
R
T
1
2
3
4
5
6
06807C DCN6650
D-33
1
2
3
4
5
6
A
B
C
D
A
B
C
3
.
3
V
T
O
U
C
H
S
C
R
E
E
N
I
N
T
E
R
F
A
C
E
C
I
R
C
U
I
T
R
Y
(
T
B
D
)
F
B
1
1
N
5
T
C
6
1
F
B
M
H
3
2
1
6
H
M
5
0
0
.
1
J
1
3
J
1
5
0
0
0
R
R
R
4
5
5
9
0
1
M H 1
M H 2
M H 3
M H 4
7
2
9
4
5
6
3
8
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Y
0
_
P
1
U
6
Y
0
_
_
N
P
1
Y
0
_
P
9
8
1
0
4
5
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
4
1
2
4
5
4
Y
1
1
Y
0
0
1
1
2
2
P
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
a
a
a
a
a
a
R
R
R
R
R
R
2
3
4
5
6
7
2
3
4
5
6
7
2
3
4
5
6
7
Y
0
_
N
6
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
M
P
0
R
5
2
Y
1
_
P
1
1
1
1
7
9
0
1
3
4
5
7
9
0
1
3
5
6
7
Y
1
_
N
1
1
Y
1
_
N
Y
2
_
N
M
M
P
0
R
5
3
Y
2
_
N
P
0
R
5
4
Y
2
_
Y
2
_
P
1
L
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
0
0
R
5
5
2
1
0
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
C
K
O
U
T
_
N
1
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
G
G
G
G
G
G
B
B
B
B
B
B
2
1
1
3
6
7
b
D
C
L
K
C
C
C
L
L
L
K
O
U
T
M
P
R
5
6
C
L
K
O
U
T
_
N
C
L
K
O
U
T
_
P
1
K
I
N
C
L
K
O
U
T
_
P
K
I
N
D
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
6
H
E
A
D
E
R
-
7
X
2
S
H
T
D
N
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
N
C
2
3
4
4
8
6
2
8
V
V
V
V
C C
C C
C C
C C
R
4
0
R
4
3
R
4
1
R
1
4
2
R
4
4
3
.
3
V
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
G
3
1
6
8
-
0
5
0
0
0
2
0
2
-
0
0
1
0
K
F
B
1
8
1
2
2
0
L
P
V
D
S
/
V
C
C
B
D
A
a
C
K
L
3
.
3
V
L
L
V
C
C
a
t
a
E
n
a
b
l
e
F
B
M
H
3
2
1
6
H
M
5
0
1
N
T
7
3
8
L
V
D
D
D
S G
S G
S G
ND
ND
ND
3
2
3
3
4
1
1
G
N D
N D
N D
N D
N D
C
6
2
.
C
C
.
L
C
.
.
L
V
5
2
8
4
G
G
G
G
u
00
9
6
L
F
B
B
6
L
V
4
2
L
1
2
9
1
P
P
L
L
G
N
D
D
0
.
1
C
1
2
3
u
.
F
1
4
L
L
G
N
43.
V
c
c
P
I
N
2
8
V
c
c
P
I
N
3
6
V
c
c
P
I
N
4
2
V
c
c
P
I
N
4
8
S
N
7
5
L
V
D
S
8
6
A
C
4
6
C
4
9
C
4
7
C
5
0
C
4
8
C
5
1
C
5
3
C
5
2
C
5
4
2
3
2
u
F
B
/
6
.
2
3
V
K
C
5
5
C
5
6
C
5
7
C
5
8
J
M
K
1
6
J
2
6
L
0
.
1
0
.
1
0
.
1
0
.
1
0
.
0
1
0
.
0
1
0
.
0
1
0
.
0
1
0
.
1
0
.
0
1
0
.
1
0
.
0
1
D
T
i
t
l
e
G
U
I
I
n
t
e
r
f
a
c
e
S
i
z
e
N
u
m
b
e
r
R
e
v
i
s
i
o
n
0
6
6
9
8
D
B
D
a
t
e
:
6
/
2
4
/
2
0
1
0
S
h
e
a
e
t
o
f
4
4
F
i
l
e
:
N
:
\
P
C
B
M
G
R
\
.
.
\
0
6
6
9
6
.
P
4
.
R
3
.
s
c
h
d
o
c
D
r
w
n
B
y
:
R
T
1
2
3
4
5
6
D-34
06807C DCN6650
1
2
3
4
M
T
1
M
T
2
A
B
C
D
A
B
C
D
T
o
L
C
D
D
i
s
p
l
a
y
F
r
o
m
I
C
O
P
C
P
U
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
-
0
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
U
1
+
3
.
3
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
V
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
B
A
A
A
A
B
B
B
B
B
B
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
6
4
4
4
4
4
5
7
8
1
3
4
6
7
9
0
2
3
5
6
8
9
0
2
3
5
4
4
3
3
3
3
1
0
9
8
5
4
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
0
0
1
1
2
2
_
_
_
_
_
_
N
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
Y
0
M
7
8
9
1
1
P
Y
0
P
J
1
N
P
N
P
Y
1
M
Y
1
P
Y
2
_
P
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
M
M
M
M
H 1
H 2
H 3
H 4
H
e
a
d
e
r
2
2
X
2
0
J
2
Y
2
M
1
1
3
5
7
9
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
2
Y
2
P
Y
2
_
_
N
P
V
A
D
0
V
A
D
1
3
1
0
1
4
6
8
0
2
4
6
8
0
2
4
6
8
0
2
4
6
8
0
2
4
2 6
3 3
3 2
C
L
K
I
N
Y
1
V
A
D
2
V
A
D
1
C
L
K
I
N
C
C
L
K
O
O
U
T
T
_
N
P
0
1
2
3
2
3
4
5
6
7
C
L
K
O
U
T
M
L
K
U
_
Y
1
_
_
N
P
V A
V A
V A
D
D
D
6
8
1
V A
V A
V A
D
D
D
7
9
1
C
L
K
O
U
T
P
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
Y
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
2
7
0
1
S
H
T
D
N
+
3
.
3
V
3
5
7
9
1
3
5
7
9
1
3
5
7
9
1
3
Y
0
_
O
N
U
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
1
4
3
N
N
C
C
C
L
K
T
_
P
1
1
4
2
8
2
C
L
K
O
U
T
_
N
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
V
C
C
C
C
C
C
V B
V B
V B
D
D
D
2
4
6
V B
V B
V B
D
D
D
3
5
7
V
1
V
3
7
9
B
V
A
B
C
D
K
L
L
V
P
D
L
S
V
C
C
C
C
2
V
B
D
1
0
V
B
D
1
1
E
L
V
+
3
.
3
V
2
2
.
1
4 2
3 6
3 1
V
B
G
D
C
E
L
K
5
1
7
4
6
V
V
V
L
L
L
D S
D S
D S
GN
GN
GN
D
D
D
R
1
K
G
G
G
G
G
N
N
N
N
N
D
D
D
D
D
V
B
1
1
2
4
R
2
1
0
3
0
8
P
P
L
L
G
N
D
D
2
G
3
1
6
8
-
0
5
0
0
0
1
0
1
-
0
0
L
L
G
N
S
N
7
5
L
V
D
S
8
4
A
+
3
.
3
V
B
A
C
K
L
J
3
1
3
5
7
9
1
1
2
4
6
8
0
2
4
Y
0
_
P
Y
0
_
N
N
Y
1
_
P
Y
1
_
Y
2
U
_
N
T
Y
C
2
L
_
K
P
O
1
1
1
C
L
K
O
_
N
U
T
_
P
1
3
+
3
.
3
V
H
e
a
d
e
r
7
X
2
C
1
T
i
t
l
e
C
2
C
3
C
4
C
5
C
6
C
7
C
8
C
9
C
1
0
C
1
1
2
2
u
F
/
6
.
3
V
L
V
D
S
,
T
r
a
n
s
m
i
t
t
e
r
B
o
a
r
d
J
M
K
3
1
6
B
J
2
2
6
K
L
0
.
1
0
.
1
0
.
1
0
.
1
0
.
1
0
.
0
1
0
.
0
1
0
.
0
1
0
.
0
1
0
.
0
1
S
i
z
e
N
u
m
b
e
r
R
e
v
i
s
i
o
n
B
A
0
6
8
8
2
D
a
t
e
:
5
/
7
/
2
0
1
0
S
h
e
e
t
1
o
f
1
F
i
l
e
:
N
:
\
P
C
B
M
G
R
\
.
.
\
0
6
8
8
2
-
P
1
-
R
0
.
S
c
h
D
o
c
D
r
a
w
n
B
y
:
R
T
1
2
3
4
06807C DCN6650
D-35
1
2
3
4
U
6
1
2
6
5
R
1
9
A
B
C
D
A
B
C
.01/2KV
C18
R
1
3
7
5
R
2
0
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
0
7
5
3
4
J
1
S
P
3
0
5
0
1
2
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
J
2
A
A
A
T
T
R
X
+
-
2
1
4
3
6
5
8
7
X
1
6
5
X
D
+
1
L
E
0
-
L
E
D
0
+
1
4
A
R
X
-
1
3
L
E
D
1
+
-
L
E
D
1
1
0
S
T
R
A
I
G
H
T
T
H
R
O
U
G
H
E
T
H
E
R
N
E
T
D
F
1
1
-
8
D
P
-
2
D
S
(
2
4
)
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
C
O
N
N
_
R
J
4
5
_
L
E
D
T
P
1
+
5
V
+
5
V
-
I
S
O
T
P
2
S
D
A
P
2
P
3
U
8
L
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
S
D
A
4
2
1
1
5
1
1
7
+
5
V
-
O
U
T
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
V
D
D
1
V
D
D
2
1
1
4
3
4
7
u
H
L
M
E
0
5
0
5
S
C
L
G
N
D
1
G
N
D
2
R
1
6
C28
4.7uF
1
k
+
C17
100uF
R
1
0
H
e
a
d
e
r
8
S
C
L
H
e
a
d
e
r
8
2
.
2
k
T
P
3
I
S
O
-
G
N
D
D
S
3
G
R
N
G
N
D
G
N
D
T
i
t
l
e
D
A
u
x
i
l
i
a
r
y
I
/
O
B
o
a
r
d
(
P
W
R
-
E
T
H
E
R
N
E
T
)
S
i
z
e
N
u
m
b
e
r
R
e
v
i
s
i
o
n
B
D
C
N
:
6
0
9
2
0
6
7
3
1
A
D
a
t
e
:
5
/
6
/
2
0
1
1
S
h
e
e
t
1
o
f
3
P
R
I
N
T
E
D
D
O
C
U
M
E
N
T
S
A
R
E
U
N
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D
F
i
l
e
:
N
:
\
P
C
B
M
G
R
\
.
.
\
0
6
7
3
1
-
1
_
E
T
H
E
R
N
E
T
.
S
c
h
D
o
D
c
r
a
w
n
B
y
:
R
T
D-36
06807C DCN6650
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
V
-
B
U
S
A
B
C
A
B
C
D
V
-
B
U
S
C19
0.1uF
C20
0.1uF
C21
R
2
1
1
4.7uF
C24
0.1uF
.
2
k
C22
0.1uF
3
.
3
V
G
N
D
U
9
C23
2
8
2
2
3
2
6
D
S
4
0.1uF
G
N
D
C
C
C
C
1
1
2
2
+
V
C
C
2
4
1
2
3
-
O
N
L
I
N
E
G
N
D
R
1
2
+
-
V
-
7
4
.
7
5
k
V
+
G
R
N
J
3
6
9
1
2
2
2
6
4
8
T
X
D
-
A
1
1
1
4
3
2
9
1
1
T
X
D
-
B
1
7
5
9
4
8
3
2
V
D
D
T
X
D
T
I
1
T
T
T
O
1
2
3
R
C
X
D
R
T
S
-
A
0
1
R
T
S
-
B
R
S
T
R
T
S
T
I
2
O
O
T
S
1
1
D
T
R
-
A
D
T
R
-
B
S
U
S
P
E
N
D
D
T
R
T
I
3
D
S
R
N
/
C
2
2 5
2 3
2 7
1
2
3
R
X
D
-
A
1
1
1
1
1
9
8
7
6
5
4
5
6
7
8
R
X
D
-
B
S
U
S
P
E
N
D
R
X
D
R
R
R
R
R
O
O
O
O
O
1
2
3
4
5
R
R
R
R
R
I 1
I 2
I 3
I 4
I 5
T
R
X
T
D
J
4
C
T
S
-
A
C
T
S
-
B
C
T
S
R
S
3
2
1
4
D
+
-
4
5
7
8
D
S
R
-
A
D
S
R
-
B
B
D
+
D
D
V
V
+
D
S
D
T
R
D
U
1
0
D
D
C
D
-
A
D
C
D
-
D
-
-
D
C
D
D
C
V
-
B
U
S
R
I
-
A
R
I
-
B
1
0
V
B
U
D
S
R
B
E
G
-
I
R
I
R
I
6
G
N
U
S
G
N
D
G
N
D
2
2
1
2
2
0
5
S
S
T
A
T
R
O
2
U
1
1
2
U
S
B
H
T
D
N
G
N
D
D
F
1
1
-
1
0
D
P
-
2
D
S
(
2
4
)
C
P
2
1
0
2
1
2
6
5
0
R
S
P
3
2
4
3
E
U
1
4
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
0
C25
0.1uF
C26
1uF
G
N
D
R
1
5
3
4
n
c
n
c
N
U
P
2
2
0
2
W
1
G
N
D
G
N
D
M
T
1
M
T
2
M
T
-
H
O
L
E
M
T
-
H
O
L
E
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
T
i
t
l
e
D
A
u
x
i
l
i
a
r
y
I
/
O
B
o
a
r
d
(
U
S
B
)
S
i
z
e
N
u
m
b
e
r
R
e
v
i
s
i
o
n
B
0
6
7
3
1
A
D
C
N
:
6
0
9
2
P
R
I
N
T
E
D
D
O
C
U
M
E
N
T
S
A
R
E
U
N
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D
D
a
t
e
:
5
/
6
/
2
0
1
1
S
h
e
e
t
2
o
f
3
F
i
l
e
:
N
:
\
P
C
B
M
G
R
\
.
.
\
0
6
7
3
1
-
2
_
U
S
B
.
S
c
h
D
o
c
D
r
a
w
n
B
y
:
R
T
06807C DCN6650
D-37
1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
+
5
V
-
I
S
O
R
9
9
4
.
9
A
B
C
D
A
B
C
+
5
V
-
A
D
C
A
G
N
D
C27
C1
0.1uF
4.7uF
C2
C3
C4
C5
C6
C7
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
0.1uF
P
1
U
1
A
H
N
1
-
C
H
0
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
3
1
2
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
C H
C H
C H
C H
C H
C H
C H
C H
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
V
D
D
D
D
D
N
I
S
O
-
G
N
D
A
N
-
C
V
A
N
-
C
H
2
3
S
H
T
A
H
N
-
C
H
3
A
N
-
C
4
9
5
1
1
6
S
S
D
A
A
N
-
C
H
5
C
L
A
N
-
C
H
6
0
2
A
2
A
N
-
C
H
7
A
1
4
7
8
1
2
4
4
A
0
I
S
O
-
G
N
D
N
N
N
N
N
N
A
C
U
2
C
C
C
C
C
G
2
7
6
U
3
R
F
E
F
J
A
N
A
L
O
G
I
N
P
U
T
1
2
3
6
5
4
1
2
3
6
5
4
2
1
2
2
1
R
E
-
A
C8
0.1uF
C9
2
2
3
8
C10
4.7uF
C11
0.01uF
N
N
D
C
C
0.1uF
5
N
D
D
G
N
S
M
S
1
2
S
M
S
1
2
C30
1nF
C29
1nF
M
A
X
1
2
7
0
B
C
A
I
+
T
P
4
A
G
N
D
A
G
N
D
C15
.01/2KV
I
S
O
-
G
N
D
I
S
O
-
G
N
D
A
G
N
D
4
9
.
9
R
1
7
+
5
V
-
I
S
O
C
H
A
S
S
I
S
4
9
.
9
R
1
8
+
5
V
-
I
S
O
+
5
V
T
P
5
+
5
V
-
I
S
O
R
3
R
4
T
P
6
1
K
1
K
C12
0.1uF
N
C
7
6
W
Z
1
7
P
6
X
C13
0.1uF
C14
0.1uF
R
5
R
6
1
2
.
2
k
2
.
2
k
S
D
A
S
C
L
D
S
1
D
S
2
U
5
U
4
A
I
S
O
-
G
N
D
T
P
7
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
4
5
2
3
0
1
6
9
3
2
5
4
8
6
1
7
V
D
D
2
V
D
D
1
G
N
D
I
S
O
-
G
N
D
N
C
N
C
B
L
U
B
L
U
S
D
A
S
D
A
2
S
D
A
1
I
S
O
-
G
N
D
N
C
N
C
C
N
C
N
3
4
4
7
S
C
L
S
C
L
2
S
G
G
C
L
D
D
1
1
1
U
N
B
G
N
D
2
2
N
N
C
W
Z
1
7
P
6
X
G
N
D
T
P
8
A
D
u
M
2
2
5
0
T
i
t
l
e
D
G
N
D
A
u
x
i
l
i
a
r
y
I
/
O
B
o
a
r
d
(
A
D
C
)
I
S
O
-
G
N
D
S
i
z
e
N
u
m
b
e
r
R
e
v
i
s
i
o
n
B
0
6
7
3
1
A
D
C
N
:
6
0
9
2
D
a
t
e
:
5
/
6
/
2
0
1
1
S
h
e
e
t
3
o
f
3
P
R
I
N
T
E
D
D
O
C
U
M
E
N
T
S
A
R
E
U
N
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
L
E
D
F
i
l
e
:
N
:
\
P
C
B
M
G
R
\
.
.
\
0
6
7
3
1
-
3
_
A
D
C
.
S
c
h
D
o
c
D
r
a
w
n
B
y
:
R
T
D-38
06807C DCN6650
1
2
3
4
|